Liebherr LTM 1400nx Operating Instructions

LIEBHERR
Mobile crane with telescopic boom
LTM 1400NX
LTM 1350-6-1-000
Operating instructions
BAL-No.: 18001-02-02
Pages: 1639
Works-Number
Date
ORIGINAL OPERATING MANUAL
The operating manual is part of the crane!
It must always be available within reach!
The traffic regulations and those for crane operation

must be observed!
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH

Postfach 1361
D-89582 Ehingen / Donau
: +49 (0) 7391 502–0
Fax: +49 (0) 7391 502–3399
: info.lwe@liebherr.com
www.liebherr.com
1
Foreword
General
This crane was built according to the state of technology and recognized safety technical regulations.
Despite that, dangers to body and life for the user and / or third persons or damage to the crane and /
or other material assets can occur.
This crane may only be used in flawless technical condition and according to its mission as well as
with constant awareness of safety and dangers. Any problems, which could affect safety must be
fixed immediately.
Modifications on the crane may only be made with written approval by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
This crane is equipped with a data recording device. The following data is recorded:
– Date, time
– Selected configuration (boom configuration, ballast, outrigger extension, reeving, hook block)
– Actual load
– Percentage of loading the crane
– Working radius
– Main boom angle, luffing jib angle
– Total length of tele boom, length of each tele section
– All bridging devices
The recorded data can be real with the respective software.
Warning notes
The terms DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and ATTENTION used in these operating instructions
are intended to point out certain rules of conduct to all persons working with the crane.
Warn- Signal word Explanation

ing
signs
DANGER Designates a dangerous situation which will lead to death or serious injury
if it is not prevented.
WARNING Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to death or serious injury
if it is not prevented.
CAUTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to slight or

medium-grade injuries if it is not prevented.
ATTENTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to property damage if it

is not prevented.
Additional notes
The term Note is used in these operating instructions to indicate useful information and tips to all
persons working with the crane.
2 LIEBHERR
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
Sign Signal word Explanation

Note Designates useful information and tips.
Operating instructions
These operating instructions are intended to put you in a position to operate the crane safely and
utilize the reliable usage options that it provides. The instructions also provide information about the
function of important components and systems.
Certain expressions are used in these operating instructions. In order to avoid misunderstandings, the
same expressions should always be used.
These operating instructions have been translated to be best of one’s knowledge. Liebherr-Werk
Ehingen GmbH assumes no liability for translation errors. The German version of these operating
instructions is solely applicable for factual accuracy. If you find any errors or if any misunderstandings
arise when reading these operating instructions, please contact Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH
immediately.
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury if operated incorrectly!
Incorrect operation of the crane can result in death or serious injuries!
Only authorised and trained expert personnel are permitted to work on the crane!
The operating instructions and on-site regulations and specifications (such as accident prevention
regulations) must be followed.
The use of these operating instructions:
– makes it easier to become familiar with the crane
– avoids problems due to improper operation
Observing these operating instructions:
– increases reliability in use
– extends the service life of your crane
– reduces repair costs and downtime
Always keep these operating instructions handy in the driver's or crane cab.
The operating manual is part of the crane!
Only operate the crane if you are well familiarized with the equipment, and always follow these
operating instructions.
Note
If you have received additional information about the crane from us, such as technical information
bulletins, instructions and/or supplements to these operating instructions, then this information
must also be followed and kept with the operating instructions.
If there is anything in the operating instructions or the individual chapters that you do not understand,
please contact us before starting the relevant work.
The information and illustrations contained in these operating instructions may not be copied or
distributed, nor used for the purposes of competition. All rights are expressly reserved in accordance
with copyright laws.
All accident prevention guidelines, operating instructions, etc. are based on destined use of the crane.
0.01 LIEBHERR 3
028189-00 0.01 Foreword
B110001
4 LIEBHERR 0.01
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
Destined use
The destined use of the crane consists solely in vertical lifting and lowering of free and non-adhered
loads, whose weight and center of gravity are known.
To do so, a hook or hook block approved by Liebherr must be reeved on the hoist rope and it may
only be operated within the permissible crane configurations.
Driving with the crane, with or without an attached load is only permissible if a corresponding driving
or load chart is available. The crane configurations intended for it and the safety conditions must be
observed according to the corresponding operating instructions.
Any other use or any other exceeding utilization is not destined use.
Part of destined use is also adherence of required safety regulations, conditions, preconditions, crane
configurations and working steps as noted in the crane documentation (operating instructions, load
chart, job planner).
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by non-destined use or improper use
of the crane. Any associated risk it is carried solely by the owner, the operator and the user of the
crane.
Note
Crane with “CE-mark” according to the European machinery directive 2006/42/EC and the EN
13000! Illustration 1
It is prohibited to bring the crane into service and to operate it within the European Union without a
“CE-mark”! Illustration 2
It is prohibited to operate cranes with a tipping load utilization of 85% which are programmed
according to ASME B30.5 within the European Union or in countries which permit a lower
stationary stability utilization (for example according to ISO 4305)! These cranes may not have a
“CE-mark”! Illustration 2
0.01 LIEBHERR 5
028189-00 0.01 Foreword
Non-destined use
Non -destined use is:
– Working outside the permissible crane configurations according to the load chart
– Working outside the permissible projection radii and slewing ranges according to the load chart
– Selecting load values, which do not correspond to the actual crane configuration
– Selecting LMB-Codes, which do not match the actual crane configuration
– Working with bypassed load moment limiter or bypassed hoist limit switch
– Increasing the projection radius of the lifted load after a LMB shut off, for example by diagonally
pulling the load
– Using the support pressure display as a safety function against tipping over
– Using equipment or attachment parts which are not approved for the crane
– Using the crane at sports and recreational events, especially for 'Bungee' jumps
– Driving on a public road in non-permissible driving condition (axle load, dimension)
– Driving with the equipment in place in a non-permissible driving condition
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the leveling regulation, the sliding beams or the support
cylinders
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads by actuating the slewing gear, the luffing gear or the telescoping
gear
– Ripping stuck objects loose with the crane
– Utilizing the crane for a longer period of time for material handling tasks
– Releasing the crane suddenly (grapple or dumping operation)
– Utilizing the crane when the weight of the load, which is suspended load on the crane, is changed,
for example by filling a container suspended on the load hook, except:
• The load moment limiter was checked before for function with a known load.
• The crane operator's cab is occupied and the crane is operational.
• The container size is selected in such a way that an overload of the crane with full load is
eliminated within the valid used load chart.
The crane may not be used for:
– Aattaching a stuck load for which the weight and center of gravity are not known and which is
released first, for example with a cutting torch
– Letting persons drive along outside the driver's cab
– Transporting personnel in the crane cab while driving
– Transporting personnel with the lifting equipment and on the load
– Transporting of persons with work baskets (cherry pickers), if the national regulations of the
responsible work safety organization are not observed
– Transporting loads on the chassis
– Two hook operation without auxiliary equipment
– Extended material handling operation
– Crane operation on a barge if the conditions are not determined and the written release by
Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH is not present
The operating instructions must be read and used by all persons who are involved in the usage,
operation, assembly and maintenance of the crane.
Safety systems
Special attention must be paid to the safety equipment built into the crane. The functionality of the
safety equipment must be monitored at all times. The crane may not be operated if the safety
equipment is not working or not working correctly.
Note
Your motto must always be:
Safety first!
The crane had been built in accordance with the applicable crane operating and driving regulations
and have been approved by the relevant authorities.
Attachment and spare parts
6 LIEBHERR 0.01
0.01 Foreword 028189-00
DANGER
Danger to life if original attachment parts are not used!
If the crane is operated with attachment parts, which are not original, then the crane can fail and
cause fatal accidents!
Crane components can be damaged!
Operate the crane only with original attachment parts!
Crane operation with attachment parts, which do not belong to the crane is prohibited!
DANGER
The crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become void!
If any original installed parts are modified, manipulated or replaced (e.g. removal of parts, installation
of non-original Liebherr parts), both the crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become
void.
Leave installed original parts unchanged!
Do not remove original parts!
Use only original Liebherr spare parts!
Definition of directional data

Forward driving means driving with the driver’s cab on the front.
Reverse driving means driving with the tail lights of the chassis on the front.
Front, rear, right, left on the crane refer to the condition, that the driver’s cab and the boom point in
the same direction. Front is always in direction of the driver’s cab.
Front, rear, right, left in the driver’s cab refer to the crane chassis. The driver’s cab is always in the
front.
Front, rear, right, left in the crane operator’s cab refer to the superstructure. Front is always in
direction of the boom.
Optional
Customer-specific equipment is marked with *.
0.01 LIEBHERR 7
Contents
8 LIEBHERR
Contents
Contents
1.00 Description of crane 21
1.01 Terminology 22
1 Crane components 23
1.02 Product description 30
1 Crane chassis 31
2 Crane superstructure 32
3 Additional equipment 33
1.03 Technical data 34
1 Dimensions 35
2 Suspension path and incline 35
3 Stabilizers 35
4 Tires 36
5 Workplace-related emission value 36
6 Vibrations 36
7 Rope diameter 37
8 Weights 37
9 Speeds 46
10 Hoisting heights 47
2.00 Safety 55
2.01 Traffic regulations 56
1 Traffic regulations 57
2.02 Break-in instructions 58
1 Break-in instructions 59
2.03 Job planning 60
1 Planning crane operation 61
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 62
1 General 63
2 Emergency exit 67
3 Safety guidelines for ladders 69
LIEBHERR 9
Contents
4 Requirements of the crane operator 74
5 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 85
6 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 88
7 Permissible ground pressures 88
8 Supporting 93
9 Checking the safety measures 94
10 Crane operation with a load 95
11 Lifting of personnel 98
12 Grounding 99
13 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 100
14 Welding work on the load 100
15 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V AC) 100
16 Endangering air traffic 101
17 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes 102
18 Working in the vicinity of transmitters 105
19 Hand signals for guidance 107
20 Consideration of wind conditions 108
21 Interruption of crane operation 109
22 Taking up crane operation again 110
23 Ending crane operation 110
24 Turning / driving in reverse 110
25 Parking the vehicle 111
2.05 Signs on the crane 112
1 Warning signs 113
2 Command and prohibition signs 117
3 Notice signs 121
2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 127
1 Personal protective equipment 129
2 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the boom 131
3 Fall arresters on the crane superstructure 137
4 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the counterweight frame 141
5 Fall arrest equipment on counterweights 143
6 Fall arrest equipment on the TY-guying 145
7 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the TN/TF-adapter 147
10 LIEBHERR
Contents
8 Fall arrest equipment on the TF-adapter 149
9 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the N-assembly unit 153
10 Retaining ropes as fall arrest equipment 157
2.10 General safety technical notes for driving with dolly 164
1 Travel operation with dolly 165
3.00 Crane chassis operation 175
3.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane chassis 176
1 General operating elements 177
2 Control elements DTCO trip recorder* 181
3 Operating elements camera monitoring* 183
4 Keyboard 185
5 Display unit 189
6 Grounding the mobile crane 195
3.02 Before starting to travel 196
1 General checks before starting to travel 197
2 Work station - Driver's cab 203
3.03 Axle suspension system 212
1 Crane vehicle axles suspended 213
2 Crane vehicle axles blocked 213
3 Level regulation 215
3.04 Travel operation 220
1 Travel conditions of the crane 221
2 Starting and stopping the engine 223
3 Travel 231
4 Differential locks 269
5 Steering 275
3.05 Crane at the job site 281
1 General 283
2 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 291
3 Supporting from the crane operator's cab 327
4 Before leaving the jobsite 347
3.07 Towing the crane 348
1 Towing 349
LIEBHERR 11
Contents
3.80 Transport of crane and crane components 350
1 Transporting the crane 351
2 Transporting the TY-guying 357
4.00 Operation of crane superstructure 361
4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure 362
1 Operating and control instruments 363
2 Operating elements on camera-monitor* 367
3 Operating elements on control consoles 369
4 Operating elements in the side console 397
5 Operating elements on the operating and control unit (BKE) 399
6 Operating elements on the control panel 407
4.02 LICCON computer system 408
1 General 409
2 LICCON computer system boot up 411
3 Operating elements of the LICCON computer system 413
4 “Configuration” program 415
5 “Crane operation” program 433
6 “Telescoping” program 495
7 The “Working range limitation” program* 499
8 The “Support force monitoring” program* 501
9 Settings window “Speed reduction master switch” 509
10 “Tele guying* ” program 517
11 Power-Save and Stand-by mode in the LICCON computer system 525
4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service 532
1 Checks before start up 533
2 Work station - Crane operator's cab 537
3 Preheating the hydraulic oil* 551
4 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine 553
5 LICCON computer system after engine start 561
4.04 Safety equipment 564
1 General 565
2 LICCON computer system 565
3 Safety devices on the crane 569
12 LIEBHERR
Contents
4 Safety systems 571
4.05 Crane operation 572
1 General 573
2 LICCON computer system 581
3 Luffing 583
4 Lifting / lowering 591
5 Turning 605
6 Telescoping 613
4.06 Rope reeving 630
1 Wire ropes and rope end connections 631
2 Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly winch* 633
3 Reeving the hook block in and out 637
4 Securing and removing the load hook* 643
5 Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch weight 647
6 Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock 651
7 Crane operation with auxiliary block* on the telescopic boom 653
8 Rope reeving 653
4.07 Counterweight 654
1 General 655
2 Assembly of counterweight 673
3 Disassembly of counterweight 687
4.08 Working with a load 698
1 Technical safety instructions for working with a load 699
2 Checks before starting to work with the crane 700
3 Crane movement - Telescoping 701
4 Taking on a load 703
5 Crane operation 707
4.12 Two hook operation 709
1 General 711
4.15 Reeving plans 716
1 General 717
2 Reeving the auxiliary rope 719
3 Reeving plans 723
LIEBHERR 13
Contents
5.00 Equipment 741
5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly 742
1 Checking the retaining elements 743
2 Rope pulleys 743
3 Checking the ropes 743
4 Inspection procedures 744
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off 746
6 Transporting components 746
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of components 747
8 Auxiliary rope winches for assembly support of components 747
9 Weights 748
10 Guy rods 748
11 Bypassing the overload protection 751
12 Assembly / disassembly 753
13 Erection / take down 775
5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF 777
1 General 779
2 Assembly of the fixed lattice jib 787
3 Electrical connections 797
4 Mechanically adjust the angle of the lattice jib 801
5 Erecting the boom 805
6 Taking the boom down 807
7 Changing the mechanical lattice jib to 0° 809
8 Disassembly of the fixed lattice jib 811
5.04 Luffing lattice jib -TN 818
1 General 819
2 Assembly of luffing lattice jib 827
3 Erection 863
5 Take down 877
6 Disassembly of the luffing lattice jib 885
5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 902
1 General 903
2 Procedure with installed TY-guying 907
14 LIEBHERR
Contents
3 Assembly of TY-guying 909
4 Crane operation in operating mode TY 935
5 Disassembly of TY-guying 937
5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed 950
1 General 951
2 Assembly of guyed luffing lattice jib 955
3 Erection 961
5 Take down 985
6 Disassembly of the guyed luffing lattice jib 999
5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed 1002
1 General 1003
2 Assembly of guyed fixed lattice jib 1005
4 Taking the boom down 1011
5 Disassembly of guyed fixed lattice jib 1013
5.09 Winch 2 1016
1 General 1017
2 Assembly winch 2 1019
3 Pinning the TN-control winch 1023
4 Disassembly winch 2 1027
5.10 Boom nose 1032
1 General 1033
2 Assembly of boom nose 1033
3 Removal of the boom nose 1039
5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane

superstructure 1042
1 General 1043
2 Disassembly of telescopic boom 1045
3 Assembling the telescopic boom 1051
5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 1056
1 General 1057
2 Disassembly of telescopic boom 1059
3 Assembling the telescopic boom 1065
LIEBHERR 15
Contents
5.17 Sliding beam disassembly/assembly 1072
1 General 1073
2 Disassembly of the sliding beams 1075
3 Installation of the sliding beams 1077
5.19 Hook blocks 1078
1 Hook block overview 1079
2 Assembling a double hook block for individual operation 1081
3 Assembling a double hook block for parallel operation 1091
4 Single hook block 1103
5.24 Luffing cylinder removal / installation with auxiliary crane 1110
1 General 1111
2 Removal of luffing cylinder 1113
3 Installation of luffing cylinder 1119
5.27 Erection and take-down charts 1124
1 Minimum rope reeving and minimum hook block weight 1125
2 Erection and take-down charts for TN operation 1125
3 Erection and take-down charts for TN operation 1128
4 Erection and take-down charts for TYVEN operation 1131
5.31 Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 1138
1 Operating and control instruments Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 1139
2 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) is plugged into the instrument console 1153
3 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) removed from its charging cradle 1159
4 Operation Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 1181
5.51 TN/TF adapter 1186
1 General 1187
2 Assembly of TN/TF-adapter 1187
3 Disassembly of the TN/TF-adapter 1191
5.53 Telescopic boom extension with eccentric 1192
1 General 1193
2 Assembly of eccentric 1193
3 Removal of the eccentric 1203
16 LIEBHERR
Contents
5.61 Pulley cart 1210
1 General 1211
6.00 Additional equipment 1215
6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 1216
1 Heating the driver's cab 1217
2 Heating the crane cab 1237
3 Menu “Air conditioning settings” 1237
6.04 Sliding beam monitoring 1276
1 General 1277
2 Support bases 1277
3 Working with sliding beam monitoring 1279
6.05 Emergency take-down 1280
1 Emergency control 1281
7.00 Service and maintenance 1287
7.01 Maintenance and service - General 1288
1 General 1289
2 Cleaning and care of the crane 1290
3 Measures to take during work stoppage or transport 1291
4 Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or boom 1291
5 Maintenance and inspection guidelines 1292
7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1294
1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection plan 1295
7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 1303
1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection schedule 1305
7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 1314
1 Diesel engine 1315
2 Automatic transmission with torque converter coupling 1321
3 Transfer gearbox 1329
4 Hydraulic system 1333
5 Compressed air and brake system air dryer 1343
6 Tires / wheels 1343
7 Axles 1345
8 Wheel alignment 1347
LIEBHERR 17
Contents
9 Tilting the driver's cab 1349
10 Electrical system - Lighting 1349
7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 1352
1 Diesel engine 1353
2 Pump distributor gear 1361
3 Hydraulic system 1363
4 Rotary connection 1371
5 Central lubrication system 1373
6 Hoist gear 1 and 2, illustration 1 1381
7 Assembly winch, illustration 2 1383
8 Guy winches 1385
9 Slewing gear 1387
10 Air dryer of the compressed air system of the crane superstructure 1389
11 Electrical system - Lighting 1389
12 Telescopic boom 1391
7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart 1392
1 Fill quantities 1393
2 Lubrication schedule 1399
7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 1406
1 Service items and lubricants required for LIEBHERR cranes 1407
7.15 Procedure in case of problems 1416
1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem 1417
2 Measures in clear problem cases 1421
3 Carry out error diagnostics 1433
4 Measures for defective components 1435
5 Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane with CE mark) 1440
6 Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane without CE mark) 1458
8.00 Inspections of cranes 1477
8.01 Periodic crane inspections 1478
1 General 1479
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially steel structures 1480
3 Inspection of tires and disk wheels 1545
4 Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches 1547
18 LIEBHERR
Contents
5 Inspecting load hooks 1559
6 Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the telescopic boom 1559
7 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom 1561
8 Inspection of membrane accumulator 1561
9 Inspection of relapse cylinders 1561
10 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse cylinders 1562
11 Inspecting the cable pulleys 1562
12 Inspecting the overload protection operation 1562
13 Inspecting the roller slewing ring 1562
14 Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing equipment 1562
15 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, illustration 1 1565
16 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2 1565
17 Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs 1565
18 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing winch and spare wheel winch 1565
19 Appendix 1566
8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 1576
1 Introduction 1577
2 Wire rope 1577
3 Operating behavior of steel ropes 1583
4 Condition of equipment that is functionally associated with the rope 1583
5 Rope inspection log 1583
6 Rope storage and marking 1583
7 Wire ropes and rope end connections 1583
8 Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant ropes and its remedy 1587
9 Appendix 1 1591
10 Appendix 2 1593
11 Appendix 3 1595
12 Appendix 4 1595
8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for disk brakes 1597
1 General 1599
2 Visual inspection 1599
3 Function and performance test 1599
4 Internal inspection of the wheel brake 1601
8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 1605
LIEBHERR 19
Contents
1 Luffing lattice jib 1607
8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 1612
1 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 1613
8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 1614
1 General 1615
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods 1615
9.00 General notes 1617
9.02 Supplementary service work 1618
1 Checks before start up 1619
2 Repair and maintenance tasks 1619
3 Important service tasks 1619
4 Maintenance notes for replacement parts 1620
5 Recommendations for travel operation 1620
6 Disposal of fuels and lubricants 1620
7 Tires 1620
Index 1629
20 LIEBHERR
1.00 Description of crane
LIEBHERR 21
027878-00 1.01 Terminology
B108259
22 LIEBHERR 1.01
1.01 Terminology 027878-00
1 Crane components
1.1 Crane chassis

1 6-axle chassis
2 Tires - axles 1 - 6
3 Engine
4 Driver's cab
5 Sliding beams with
support cylinders
6 Support pads
1.2 Turntable
10 Crane engine
11 Crane operator's cab
12 Counterweight
13 Luffing cylinder
WI Winch 1 • Crane operation
WII Winch 2 • Adjustment of luffing lattice jib
1.01 LIEBHERR 23
B108260
24 LIEBHERR 1.01
1.3 Telescopic boom

20 Pivot section
21 Telescopic section 1
26 TY-guying
1.01 LIEBHERR 25
B108322
26 LIEBHERR 1.01
1.4 Components fixed lattice jib

26 TY-guying
30 TN/TF-adapter
31 TF-adapter
32 NA-intermediate section •6 m
33 NA-intermediate section • 12 m
34 NI-reducer section • 1.5 m
35 NI-intermediate section •6 m
36 NI-intermediate section • 12 m
37 N-end section
40 Tele extension • 3.5 m
41 Eccentric
Note
For two 6 m intermediate sections, one 12 m long intermediate section can also be used.
1.01 LIEBHERR 27
B108323
28 LIEBHERR 1.01
1.5 Components luffing lattice jib

26 TY-guying
30 TN/TF-adapter
32 NA-intermediate section •6 m
33 NA-intermediate section • 12 m
34 NI-reducer section • 1.5 m
35 NI-intermediate section •6 m
36 NI-intermediate section • 12 m
37 N-end section
42 N-assembly unit
43 Lattice jib adjustment:
Lower pulley block
44 Lattice jib adjustment:
Upper pulley block
45 NA-frame II
46 NA-frame I
47 Guy rods
Note
For two 6 m intermediate sections, one 12 m long intermediate section can also be used.
1.01 LIEBHERR 29
027879-01 1.02 Product description
B195219
30 LIEBHERR 1.02
1.02 Product description 027879-01
1 Crane chassis
1.1 Frame
In-house manufactured, weight-optimized, distortion-resistant box structure made from high-strength,
close-grained structural steel
1.2 Outrigger supports

4-point support, fully hydraulically extendable horizontally and vertically
Operation with remote control, automatic support leveling
Electronic incline indicator
1.3 Engine
8-cylinder diesel, manufactured by Liebherr, model D 9508 A7, water-cooled
Electronic engine management with data bus technology
Performance: 450 KW (612 BHP) at 1900 rpm
Maximum torque: 2856 Nm at 1500 rpm
Exhaust emissions: According to guidelines per 97/68/EC Stage 3A and EPA/CARB Tier 3
Fuel tank: 550 l
1.4 Gear
Automatic transmission with torque converter and Intarder directly installed on the gear, made by ZF,
Type TC-TRONIC HD with 12 forward gears and 2 reverse gears, transfer gear box with transfer
differential
1.5 Axles, for drive 12x6

All 6 axles sprung and steerable
Axles 1, 3 and 5 are planetary axles with differential locks.
1.6 Suspension
All axles are hydro-pneumatically sprung with automatic level control.
Hydraulically lockable suspension
1.7 Tires
Tire size: 385/95 R 25
1.8 Steering
ZF-hydro SERVOCOM steering, dual circuit system with hydraulic servo mechanism and auxiliary
stand-by pump, powered from the axle, active rear axle steering.
The axles 3 to 6 are steered electro-hydraulically, depending on the speed, and from 30 km/h, axle 3
and axle 4 are affixed to straight forward travel.
From 60 km/h, axle 5 and axle 6 are affixed to straight forward travel.
Steering according to EC Guideline 70/311/EEC
1.9 Brakes
Service brake: All-wheel Servo pneumatic brake, all axles are equipped with disk brakes, dual circuit
brake system.
Auxiliary brakes: Exhaust flap brake, Telma Eddy current brake (optional), Intarder on transmission.
Hand brake: Spring-loaded brake acting on all wheels of axle 2 to axle 6.
1.02 LIEBHERR 31
027879-01 1.02 Product description
1.10 Driver's cab

Spacious cab made of steel, corrosion-resistant through cataphoretic paint, elastically suspended and
hydraulically cushioned
Sound and heat insulating interior panelling according to EC-guideline, safety glass, operating and
control instruments, comfort features
1.11 Electrical system

Modern data bus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries, each with 170 Ah
Lighting system according to German StVZO (Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards)
2 Crane superstructure
2.1 Frame
In-house manufactured, weight-optimized and distortion-resistant welded structure made from
high-strength, close-grained structural steel. A 3-row roller ring connection is used as the connecting
element to the crane chassis, providing unlimited rotation.
2.2 Crane engine

4-cylinder Diesel engine, manufactured by Liebherr, Type D 934S L6, water-cooled
Performance: 160 kW (218 PS) at 1800 rpm
Maximum torque: 1145 Nm at 1500 rpm
Exhaust emissions according to guidelines per 97/68/EG Stage 3A and EPA/CARB Tier 3
Fuel tank: 400 l
2.3 Crane drive

Diesel hydraulic with axial piston adjustment pumps with servo control and power control, 1 dual gear
pump
Hydraulic drive in a compact design is flanged directly onto the Diesel engine, complete drive
assembly encased for noise reduction.
2.4 Control
Comfort armrest control with 2 self-centering, 4-way control levers.
Electronic control and stepless regulation of all crane movements. Additional speed regulation through
electric adjustment of Diesel engine rpm.
2.5 Hoist gear

Axial piston adjusting motor
Rope winch with integrated planetary gear and spring loaded retaining brake
2.6 Luffing gear

1 Dual acting cylinder with safety check valve
2.7 Slewing gear

Axial piston fixed displacement motor, planetary gear, spring-loaded retaining brake
2.8 Crane operator's cab

The crane operator's cab can be tilted back by 20° to improve visibility.
Roomy crane operator's cab with large sized windows for optimum all around visibility.
Crane operator's cab and sliding doors are manufactured in weight-optimized fiber compound design.
32 LIEBHERR 1.02
1.02 Product description 027879-01
2.9 Safety devices

LICCON 2-overload system, testing system, hoist limit switch, safety valves to prevent pipe and hose
breakage
2.10 Telescopic boom

Dent and distortion-resistant design made from high-strength, close-grained structural steel with oval
boom profile, 1 pivot section and 5 telescopic sections. All telescopic sections are hydraulically
extendable independent of each other. Rapid-cycle telescoping system “Telematik”
Boom length: 14.9 m to 70 m
2.11 Counterweight
100 t counterweight
2.12 Electrical system

Modern data bus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries, each with 170 Ah
3 Additional equipment
3.1 TY-guying
To increase the load carrying capacity for operation with telescopic boom, fixed lattice jib or luffing
lattice jib
3.2 Telescopic boom extension with eccentric

3.5 m lattice section for TYVEF-operation and TYVEN-operation
3.3 Lattice jibs

Fixed lattice jib: 6 m to 42 m long
Luffing lattice jib: 12 m to 78 m long
3.4 Winch 2 with pulley block

Axial piston adjusting motor
Rope winch with integrated planetary gear and spring-loaded retaining brake to adjust the luffing
lattice jib
3.5 Tires
12 tires, tire size: 445/95 R 25 and 525/80 R 25
3.6 12x8 drive

The fifth axle can also be added
3.7 Additional counterweight

40 t for a total counterweight of 140 t
1.02 LIEBHERR 33
027880-02 1.03 Technical data
B108324
34 LIEBHERR 1.03
1.03 Technical data 027880-02
1 Dimensions
Tire size 385/95 R 25 445/95 R 25* 525/80 R 25*

A 3950 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm
B 3000 mm 3000 mm 3100 mm
C 2563 mm 2551 mm 2573 mm
D 3705 mm 3755 mm 3755 mm
E 1965 mm 2015 mm 2015 mm
F 14° 16° 16°
G 8° 10° 10°
H 13° 15° 13°
2 Suspension path and incline
Suspension path crane vehicle Side incline

+125 mm /-125 mm +7.6°/-7.6°
3 Stabilizers
3.1 Dimensions support base
Support base Length Width

Reduced (50%) 8.90 m 5.60 m
Reduced (75%) 8.90 m 7.06 m
Wide (100 %) 8.90 m 8.53 m
3.2 Dimensions support pad
Length Width
600 mm 600 mm
3.3 Support forces
1.03 LIEBHERR 35
Max. support forces per support Front Rear

With nominal load 1094 kN 1356 kN
4 Tires
4.1 Tires with “speed symbol E”
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for driving on Tire pressure when driving
public roads with the equipment in place
385/95 R 25 260 kg 10 bar 10 bar
445/95 R 25* 320 kg 9 bar 10 bar
525/80 R 25* 375 kg 7 bar 8 bar
4.2 Tires with “speed symbol F”
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for driving on Tire pressure when driving
public roads with the equipment in place
385/95 R 25 260 kg 9 bar 9 bar
445/95 R 25* 320 kg 9 bar 9 bar
5 Workplace-related emission value
Sound pressure level at nominal Stationary noise LpAeq

engine RPM
Left ear Right ear
Driver's cab, driver's side 74 db(A) 73 db(A)
Driver's cab, passenger side 74 db(A)
Crane operator's cab 77 db(A)
6 Vibrations
36 LIEBHERR 1.03
Vibrations transferred to the operator Value

Total vibration value to which the upper body limbs are exposed to not more than 2.5 m/s2
Effective value of weighted acceleration to which the entire body is not more than 0.5 m/s2
exposed to
7 Rope diameter
Rope diameter Number of visible broken wires requir-

ing rope removal, over a length of
6 x rope 30 x rope
Rope winches
Winch 1 23 mm 2 4
Winch 2 23 mm 2 4
Assembly winch 8 mm 6 13
Telescopic guying
Guy rope 38 mm 2 4
8 Weights
8.1 Axle loads
Axle loads
For travel condition of the crane, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 3.04
1.03 LIEBHERR 37
B108331
38 LIEBHERR 1.03
8.2 Counterweight frame, illustration 1
Component Weight Width

Counterweight frame with winch 2 and pulley block 7.6 t 2.47 m
Counterweight frame with winch 2 without pulley block 6.5 t 2.47 m
Counterweight frame with replacement counterweight 6.3 t 2.47 m
Counterweight frame without winch 2 and without re- 3.1 t 2.47 m
placement counterweight
8.3 Counterweight plate, illustration 2
Component Weight
Counterweight plate 5.0 t
8.4 Receptacle plate, illustration 3
Component Weight
Receptacle plate 15.0 t
8.5 Counterweight plate, illustration 4
Component Weight
Counterweight plate 10.0 t
8.6 TY-guying, illustration 5
Component Weight
TY-guying with transport device 14.0 t
1.03 LIEBHERR 39
B108332
40 LIEBHERR 1.03
8.7 N-assembly unit, illustration 6

N-assembly unit 8.0 t 2.01 m
8.8 TN/TF-adapter, illustration 7

TN/TF-adapter 0.8 t 1.75 m
8.9 TF-adapter, illustration 8

TF-adapter 1.5 t 1.75 m
8.10 Telescopic boom extension, illustration 9

Telescopic boom extension without eccentric 1.4 t 1.75 m
Telescopic boom extension with eccentric 2.4 t 2.5 m
8.11 N-end section, illustration 10

N-end section 0.7 t 1.51 m
1.03 LIEBHERR 41
B108334
42 LIEBHERR 1.03
8.12 NA-intermediate section 6 m, illustration 11

NA-intermediate section 6 m 0.8 t 1.73 m
8.13 NA-intermediate section 12 m, illustration 12

NA-intermediate section 12 m 1.4 t 1.73 m
8.14 NI-reducer section, illustration 13

NI-reducer section 0.3 t 1.7 m
8.15 NI-intermediate section 6 m, illustration 14

NI-intermediate section 6 m 0.7 t 1.51 m
8.16 NI-intermediate section 12 m, illustration 15

NI-intermediate section 12 m 1.3 t 1.51 m
1.03 LIEBHERR 43
B108333
44 LIEBHERR 1.03
8.17 Pulley cart, illustration 16

Pulley cart 0.7 t 1.61 m
8.18 Intermediate sections 6 m, illustration 17

Intermediate sections 6 m 1.5 t 1.73 m
8.19 Intermediate sections 12 m, illustration 18

Intermediate sections 12 m 2.7 t 1.73 m
8.20 Counterweight with winch 2 and pulley block, illustration 19
Component Weight
Counterweight with winch 2 and pulley block 63 t
8.21 Counterweight with replacement weight, illustration 20
Component Weight
Counterweight with replacement weight 61.7 t
8.22 Load tackle
Load Pulleys Strands Net weight Own weight with

installed auxil-
iary weight
213 t 12 20 3.4 t -
155.7 t 7 14 2.2 t -
125 t 5 11 1.6 t
1.03 LIEBHERR 45
Load Pulleys Strands Net weight Own weight with

installed auxil-
iary weight
80 t 3 7 1t 1.5 t for 2 auxiliary
weights, 2 t for 4
auxiliary weights,
2.5 t for 6 auxiliary
weights, 3 t for 8
auxiliary weights
36.2 t 1 3 0.5 t 1 t for 2 auxiliary
weights, 1,5 t for 4
auxiliary weights
12.2 t - 1 0.6 t -
9 Speeds
9.1 Driving speeds with 385/95 R 25 tires
Speed Gear
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Road gear 2.25 - 7.3 9.4 12.1 15.3 19.6 26.0 33.3
5.7 km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
km/h
Speed Gear Maximum gradi-

ent
9 10 11 12 R1 R2
Road gear 43.1 55.2 69.9 75.0 2.43 7.9 57 %
km/h km/h km/h km/h -6.1 km/h
km/h
9.2 Driving speeds with 445 / 95 R 25 and 525 / 80 R 25 tires
46 LIEBHERR 1.03
Speed Gear
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Road gear 2.45 7.9 10.3 13.1 16.7 21.4 28.2 36.2
-6.2 km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
km/h
Speed Gear Maximum gradi-

ent
9 10 11 12 R1 R2
Road gear 46.8 60 76.1 80 2.64 8.6 51 %
km/h km/h km/h km/h -6.7 km/h
km/h
9.3 Crane speeds
Drives infinitely variable Rope / rope length

Hoist gear 1 0 m/min - 120 m/min for single strand 23 mm /350 m
Hoist gear 2 0 m/min - 120 m/min for single strand 23 mm /700 m
Slewing gear 0 rpm - 1.2 rpm
Luffing gear approx. 75 s , 0.9° to 84° boom position
Telescoping approx. 533 s for boom length 14.9 m - 70 m
10 Hoisting heights
1.03 LIEBHERR 47
B108325 Telescopic boom
48 LIEBHERR 1.03
B108326 Telescopic boom guyed
1.03 LIEBHERR 49
B108327 Telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib
50 LIEBHERR 1.03
B108328 Telescopic boom guyed with fixed lattice jib
1.03 LIEBHERR 51
B108329 Telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib
52 LIEBHERR 1.03
B108330 Telescopic boom guyed with luffing lattice jib
1.03 LIEBHERR 53
54 LIEBHERR
2.00 Safety
LIEBHERR 55
021178-06 2.01 Traffic regulations
B195219
56 LIEBHERR 2.01
2.01 Traffic regulations 021178-06
1 Traffic regulations
The crane is approved for road travel when used in accordance with regional traffic regulations.
The crane must be made to comply with the relevant local traffic regulations, before it is driven on
public streets, roads and other places.
The weights, axle loads and dimensions specified in the permits must be maintained and shall not be
exceeded by additionally loading the crane.
The technically feasible axle loads may be different from those permitted by local road traffic
regulations.
In countries where EEC specifications apply, axle loads greater than 12 t are not permitted for street
traffic.
All consequences for driving on roads with an axle load that exceeds 12 t rest with the crane operator.
DANGER
Exceeding the axle load and total weight increases the risk of accident!
Any increase in axle load and total weight reduces braking performance in direct proportion to the
excess weight.
Brake lining wear is greater and risk of brake overheating in higher. This condition exceeds the
specifications of the steering mechanism, operating and parking brakes and retarder!
It shortens the life of all components subjected to the increased axle load; e.g. brakes, tires, rims and
axles, as well as the entire drive, suspension and steering assemblies.
Do not exceed the specified axle load or total weight under any circumstances!
A hook block may only be transported at the front if:

– this is permitted by the current driving condition of the crane (see Chapter 3.04)
– it has been reeved at least four times
– and lashed using the eye provided on the front towing coupling
DANGER
Risk of accident if driver's field of vision is blocked!
Do not allow the hook block to impair the driver's field of vision when driving the crane on public
roads!
1.1 Boom nose*

If a boom nose is attached, it must be moved from the operating position to the transport position to
prevent field of vision impairment and must be secured in this position using bolts and safety springs.
1.2 National traffic regulations

Be sure to comply with all valid national traffic regulations when driving the crane!
The cab may not be occupied by passengers while driving the crane.
2.01 LIEBHERR 57
021617-05 2.02 Break-in instructions
B195219
58 LIEBHERR 2.02
2.02 Break-in instructions 021617-05
1 Break-in instructions
NOTICE
Risk of damaging while driving the crane.
It is absolutely essential to break-in the crane!
Please observe the following specifications:

1.) Continuously monitor temperature and oil pressure indicators while driving!
Stop immediately if there are any fault indications!
• Carry out the following maintenance work after the first 50 km and 100 km:
• Do not over-tighten the wheel nuts (maximum permissible torque= 600 Nm).
Make sure that wheel nuts are tight.
• Check engine water and oil levels.
• Check automatic or manual transmission and load transmission oil levels.
• Visually inspect engine, gearbox and axles for any leakage or loose components.
• Check that drive shaft is properly seated.
• Check that there are no other loose chassis components.
• Visually inspect tire condition and inflation.
1.1 Breaking in the brake linings

To achieve optimum braking performance, all new brake pads must be broken in by activating the
brakes.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to overloaded braking system!
The risk of accident increases when new brake pads are subjected to one or more braking operations
over extended periods of time or if the vehicle is forced to a stop by hard braking from maximum
speed several times.
Hard braking and continuous braking are not permitted!
For drum brakes, the following applies in addition:

Activate the brakes by pumping them at low to medium speed. Hard braking is not permitted. The
break-in distance generally depends on the vehicle capabilities, but a break-in distance of at least
500 km is advisable. The brake drum temperature must not exceed 200 °C during this phase. The
temperature rise resulting from each individual braking action should not exceed 15% of the maximum
value.
2.02 LIEBHERR 59
021674-00 2.03 Job planning
B195219
60 LIEBHERR 2.03
2.03 Job planning 021674-00
1 Planning crane operation

In addition to a perfectly working crane and a well-trained crew, crane operation planning is an
important principle of safe crane operation.
DANGER
Missing information increases the risk of accidents!
Crane operation may not be possible or improvisation can result if a crane operator does not have all
the required data.
A crane operator must have exact data before starting any work!
The crane operator must obtain or receive the necessary information in a timely fashion before driving
to the work site. In particular:
– type of crane operation
– work site (travel distance)
– route
– height and width clearance measurements
– electrical transmission lines (including voltages)
– space restrictions at the work site
– movement restrictions caused by buildings
– weight and dimensions of the load(s) to be hoisted
– required hoisting height and boom projection
– ground bearing capacity at the work site
Based on the above information, the crane operator must assemble the equipment required to
operate the crane:
– hook block / load hook
– auxiliary boom
– separate lifting accessories
– counterweight
– underlay materials for support pads
2.03 LIEBHERR 61
027297-09 2.04 General safety technical guidelines
B195219
62 LIEBHERR 2.04
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 027297-09
1 General
Note
The illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the
crane model.
1.1 Danger zone of crane

The danger zone of the crane is made up of the areas which are accessed during crane operation by
the load or by movements of the crane or the crane components.
WARNING
Do not stay in danger zone!
Personnel within the danger zone cane be hit by falling loads or components!
Personnel in the danger zone can be caught by moving crane components or loads!
Fatal or severe injuries can be the result!
Warn any personnel within the danger zone with the warning device of the crane!
After the warning is issued, wait and ensure that no personnel remains within the danger zone!
If necessary, block off the danger zone with a safety distance of 0.5 m!
1.2 Exhaust systems and other heated crane components

WARNING
Danger of burns!
You can get severely burnt on the surfaces of hot components!
This applies especially to exhaust systems, the engines and the respective gears in the crane chassis
and in the crane superstructure!
Let the components cool off before touching them!
Proceed with special caution near heated crane components!
1.3 Movement on the crane

WARNING
Risk of accident!
No not step or place a load on surfaces, which are not approved, there is a danger of accidents!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
The crane can be damaged!
Observed the signage!
Replace damaged signs immediately!
WARNING
Danger of slipping / falling!
The traction of steps, walk ways and hand rails changes due to effects of the weather, such as
wetness, snow and frost!
Danger of slipping / falling!
Always move on the crane depending on the respective circumstances!
2.04 LIEBHERR 63
B109287
64 LIEBHERR 2.04
1.4 Crane operator's cab with retractable / extendable step
1.4.1 Entering / exiting of crane superstructure alignment length axis crane chassis
See illustration 1.
Before entering / exiting the crane operator's cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis.
– The step under the crane operator's cab is moved in.
– The crane operator's cab with incline adjustment is in 0° position.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis and the step is moved out,
see illustration 2, then there is a danger of falling when entering / exiting!
Set up a suitable access, such as a ladder or pedestal, to ensure safe entry into the crane
operator's cab!
When exiting the crane operator's cab in position crane superstructure in length axis crane
chassis, always move the step in completely!
1.4.2 Entering / exiting a swung crane superstructure

See illustration 3.
Before entering / exiting the crane operator's cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is swung to the point where a safe access to the crane chassis is
ensured.
– For the crane operator's cab with incline adjustment, the crane operator's cab is in 0° position.
Note
Use extendable step!
The extended step allows comfortable entry into the crane operator's cab as well as safe exit from
the crane operator's cab to the crane chassis!
1.5 Crane operator's cab with incline adjustment

WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the crane operator's cab cannot be swung from an inclined position (for example 20° position) to the
0° position, for example due to a problem, then utmost caution must be used when entering / exiting
the crane operator's cab!
There is a danger of falling, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
For safety reasons, we recommend to take advantage of outside help!
If necessary, have appropriate pedestals or other suitable entry aids set up to ensure safe exit
from the crane operator's cab!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the door of the crane operator's cab is opened in inclined position, then the door can move back
suddenly!
Hands can be crushed or injured!
When the operator's cab is in inclined position, open the door carefully!
2.04 LIEBHERR 65
B109261
66 LIEBHERR 2.04
2 Emergency exit
2.1 Emergency exit - driver's cab

The driver's cab can be exited through the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”, see
illustration 1.
Note
Exit the driver's cab through the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”, see illustration 1:
Pull and open the door handle 10 on the “left driver's door” or the “right passenger door”.
2.2 Emergency exit - crane operator's cab

WARNING
Risk of falling!
If it is not possible to safely leave the crane operator's cab through the door or to reset the crane
operator's cab from inclined position to horizontal position, then the crane operator can fall from the
crane operator's cab during the emergency exit and be severely injured!
Be especially careful when exiting at emergency exit!
If the crane operator's cab cannot be exited safely, use outside aid!
In case of an emergency, if it is not possible to leave the crane operator's cab through the door, the
crane operator's cab can be exited through one of the following openings, depending on the model:
– Roof window, see illustration 2: Pull the pins 11 on the left and right and open the roof window
upward.
– Rear window, see illustration 2: Pull the pins 11 on the left and right and open the rear window
upward.
– Front window, see illustration 3: Unlock the left and right handles 12 and open the front window.
– Side window, see illustration 3: Unlock the top and bottom handles 12 and open the side window.
2.04 LIEBHERR 67
B109766
68 LIEBHERR 2.04
3 Safety guidelines for ladders
3.1 General
The ladders have been built according to the present level of technology and recognized safety
technical regulations. Despite that, during their use dangers to life and physical condition of the user
and / or third parties can occur. The ladders may only be used in a flawless technical condition and
according to their missions as well as with constant awareness of safety and dangers. Changes on
the structure may only be made with written approval of the manufacturer.
The ladders are exclusively designated for the entry and exit of personnel.
Any other use is not as intended.
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by unintended use or improper usage.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the following safety guidelines are not observed, personnel can fall down and be killed or severely
injured!
Observe and adhere to the installation and safety guidelines for ladders!
Observe and adhere to the safety signs on the ladders!
Install and secure the ladders properly!
Do not use damaged ladders and replace them immediately!
Repairs on ladders may only be carried out by authorized expert workshops!
Before using the ladders, make sure that the following prerequisites are met:
– The ladders are hung and secured in the intended locations.
– The ladders are complete and not damaged (visual inspection).
– The legs of the ladders are not worn.
– Check the screws for tight seating and connection.
– The ladder may be subjected to a load of no more than one person or a maximum of 150 kg.
Before starting to drive / before transport, ensure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The ladders are tightly locked and secured in the intended transport retainers.
3.2 Maintenance
Note
Grease joints and pivot points on the ladders regularly and check them for easy movement, see
illustration 1 and illustration 2!
Remove any dirt on the ladders!
The ribbing on the rungs must be clear!
2.04 LIEBHERR 69
B109766
70 LIEBHERR 2.04
3.3 Safety signs on the ladders

Note
All safety signs on the ladders must be complete and always legible!
Sign Explanation
Read the operating instructions.
Maximum load.
Correct set up angle.
Set up on level ground.
Avoid leaning out to the side.
Eliminate any contaminants on the ground.
Set up on solid ground.
2.04 LIEBHERR 71
Sign Explanation
Ladder overhang over the set up point.
It is not permitted to step off to the side from the ladder.
Only one person on every accessible bracket.
Visual inspection of the ladder before use.
Do not use the ladder as a bypass.
Do not stand on the top step.
Check the legs of the ladder.
When transporting the ladder, be aware of any danger due to

overhead wires.
Pay attention to correct set up direction.
72 LIEBHERR 2.04
Sign Explanation
Face the ladder to go up or down the ladder.
Before use, pay attention that the stepladder opens completely.
Make sure the upper end of the ladder is placed correctly.
Make sure that the safety strut engages.
Maximum number of users on the ladder.
Before use, make sure it is safety engaged.
Correct access.
When accessing the ladder, wear suitable shoes.
Stepladders: Access the ladder to no more than the third step

from the top - without railing.
2.04 LIEBHERR 73
Sign Explanation
Leaning ladders: Access to no more than the fourth step from the
top.
Universal ladders: Access to no more than the fifth step from the
top.
Access the ladder only when sober.
Eliminate damaged ladders immediately.
Total weight of the ladder.
Illustration of ladder type with maximum length.
Secure the upper / lower end of the ladder.
4 Requirements of the crane operator

4.1 General
The crane operator's primary responsibility is to use and operate the crane in a manner that is safe for
both himself and others.
The following important safety guidelines will help you achieve this.
Many crane accidents are caused by incorrect crane operation.
74 LIEBHERR 2.04
WARNING
Danger due to operating error!
In the interest of both yourself and others, make sure you understand how your crane operates
and familiarize yourself with all the risks associated with the work to be done.
The main operating errors, which are made again and again while operating or driving a crane, are
as follows:
• Not paying careful attention while working, for example:
• Slewing too quickly
• Quick braking of the load
• Diagonal pulling
• Loose cable formations
– Overloading
– Driving too fast with a load, or setting up and loading on an uneven surface
– Attaching the load incorrectly
– Unsuitable operation; especially diagonal pulling, breaking away stuck loads
– Wind action on suspended loads
– Mistakes when driving on a road, for example:
• Overspeeding the engine when driving downhill
• Driving with turned on differential lock
– Crashing into bridges, roofs or high voltage wiring due to insufficient vertical clearance
– Inadequate support; support base, support under the support pads
– Incorrect assembly or disassembly of booms
In many cases, crane damage is caused by improper maintenance:
– Insufficient oil, grease or antifreeze
– Contamination
– Broken cable wires, defective tires, worn parts
– Emergency limit switches or load torque limiter (LMB) not operating properly
– Brake and clutch failure
– Hydraulic defects; for example cracked hoses
– Loose bolts
2.04 LIEBHERR 75
B107388
76 LIEBHERR 2.04
4.2 Personal protective equipment

WARNING
Danger of accidents or falling!
If protective devices are not worn, the crane operator or the auxiliary personnel can be killed or
severely injured!
Any overhead work, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids!
If fall arresters are available, then they must be used!
If work cannot be carried out using these aids or from the ground, the crane operator and the
assembly personnel must be protected from falling using approved antifall guard systems!
Only approved antifall guard systems (catch belt, connectors) may be used! These antifall
guard systems must meet the standards EN 354, EN 358, EN 360, EN 361, EN 362, EN 363
and EN 365 or national regulations.
No fall cushioning devices may be used due to low, possible falling height.
The operating instructions of the manufacturer of the antifall guard systems must be observed and
adhered to!
Check regularly to make sure that the legibility of the product identification marking is ensured.
The crane operating company must provide personal protection equipment to the crane operator
and all auxiliary personnel!
The crane operating company must ensure that the crane operator and auxiliary staff wear
personal protection equipment!
The crane operator and auxiliary personnel are obligated to carry personal protection equipment
along and to wear them!
Replace defective or damaged personal protective equipment!
Personal protection equipment include the following equipment:

– Hard hat: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly. Hitting the head at assembly
and disassembly of lattice mast equipment.
– Safety gloves: As a rule, when working with cables, penetration safe safety gloves must be used.
– Fall arrest systems ( catch belt 1, connectors 2 for retaining systems and work place positioning)
to protect against the danger of falling.
– Safety shoes: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly.
– Warning apparel.
WARNING
High risk of accident!
Even personal protective equipment does not provide 100% protection!
A helmet can protect against small falling objects, but not against falling loads.
Personnel can nonetheless be killed or seriously injured!
Always remain aware of your surroundings and behave in a safe manner!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following instructions or measures are not carried out, personnel can be killed or severely
injured!
A plan for rescue actions, taking all possible emergencies into account, must be on hand!
The following points can endanger the safe function of the personal protective equipment: For
example extreme temperatures, routing of connecting devices, routing over or around sharp
edges, chemical influences, electrical effects, cuts, abrasion, climatic influences or swing
movements during falls!
For that reason, appropriate safety preparations must be made!
2.04 LIEBHERR 77
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to fall subjected antifall guard systems!
If fall subjected fall arrest systems are not replaced after a fall, then the fall arrest systems may fail in
case of a new fall and personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Replace fall subjected fall arrest systems immediately!
WARNING
Important for the safety of the user!
If the personal protective equipment is subsequently sold into another country, the seller must
provide the instructions for use, maintenance, regular inspections and upkeep in the language of
the other country.
4.2.1 Documentation
Note
The crane driver, who employs the user, is responsible for the creation of documentation and
entry of the required data.
The following charts must be filled out after the respective inspections.
Documentation of personal protective equipment

Product:
Type and model / Identifica- Commercial name Identification number
tion
Manufacturer Address Phone and fax number, email

and internet page
Year of manufacture / expira- Purchase date Date of first use

tion date
Other significant data , such as number of document
78 LIEBHERR 2.04
Procedure of regular inspections and repairs of personal protective equipment

Date Reason of pro- Damage found, Name and signa- Date of next reg-
cess (regular in- repairs made and ture of expert ular inspection
spection or re- other significant personnel
pair) data
4.2.2 Identification
Every personal protective equipment or other equipment must be marked clearly and permanently in
the language of the user country. The identification must include at least the following data.
Manufacturer:
Product description:
Type and model / Identifica- Serial number: EN Standard(s)
tion:
Observe the warning notes and instructions!
4.3 Work on the crane superstructure or boom

WARNING
Risk of falling!
During work on the crane superstructure of boom, personnel must be secured with appropriate safety
measures to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, working personnel can fall and be killed
or severely injured!
For all work on the crane where there is a danger of falling, suitable safety measures must be
taken!
The crane superstructure or boom may not be accessed without suitable aids!
Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms,
auxiliary crane.
2.04 LIEBHERR 79
If railing are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all work, see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
Only step on such aids with clean shoes!
Keep aids clean and free of snow and ice!
If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the assembly personnel
must secure themselves with approved catch systems to avoid falling, see section “Personal
protective equipment”!
It is prohibited to step on the driver's cab or cab roof and specially marked surfaces, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 2.05!
4.4 Obligations of the crane operator

1.) Before starting to work, the crane operator must check the brake function and the emergency
shut off devices. He must monitor the condition of the crane for obvious defects. On wireless
controlled cranes, he must check the assignment of control unit and crane.
2.) The crane operator must cease crane operation in case of defects, which would endanger the
safety.
3.) The crane operator must report all defects on the crane to the appropriate supervisor, also to his
replacement in case of crane change.
4.) The crane operator must make sure that:
• All control devices are set to neutral or idle position before release of the energy supply to the
drive components.
• The control devices are set to neutral or idle position and the energy supply is shut off before
leaving the control platform.
• When taking down the control unit for wireless control, it is secured to prevent unauthorized
operation.
5.) The crane operator must ensure that cranes subjected to wind are not operated past the limits
which were set by the crane manufacturer, and that the boom is taken down at least when the
critical wind speeds for the crane are reached and at the end of the work.
6.) The crane operator must monitor the load at all crane movements or the load tackle devices
when moving the crane without a load, if they could cause a dangerous situation. If observation is
not possible, then the crane operator may move the crane only with the aid of a guide.
7.) The crane operator must give warning signs when necessary.
8.) The crane operator may not move loads over personnel.
9.) Any loads attached by hand may only be moved by the crane operator after he received a clear
sign from the person who attached the load, the guide or any other responsible party which was
assigned to that task by the contractor. If signals must be used to communicate with the crane
operator, then they must be agreed upon before use between the responsible party and the crane
operator. If the crane operator determines that the loads are not properly attached, then he may
not move them.
10.) As long as a load is suspended on the crane, the crane operator must keep the control devices
within reach. This does not apply for towing of vehicles with towing cranes.
11.) The crane operator may not run up to end positions operationally, if they are limited by the
emergency limit switches.
12.) After a load moment limiter was triggered, the crane operator may not take on an overload by
pulling in / raising the boom.
13.) The crane operator may not bypass the overload protection to increase the hoisting power of the
crane.
80 LIEBHERR 2.04
blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 81
B104101 Example for crawler crane with telescopic boom
82 LIEBHERR 2.04
B104102 Example for crawler crane with lattice mast boom
2.04 LIEBHERR 83
B104103 Example for mobile cranes
84 LIEBHERR 2.04
5 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3

It is very important to choose an appropriate location for crane operation in order to minimize safety
risks.
DANGER
Risk of accidents due to ground with insufficient load bearing capacity!
If the crane is supported or driven on ground with insufficient load bearing capacity, then the crane
can topple over and kill personnel!
Only support or drive the crane on ground with the required load-bearing capacity!
Act responsibly when planning and selecting the crane location and route.
Note the following points!
When selecting the location for the crane, observe the following:
1.) Select the placement location in such a way that crane movements can be carried out without
collision, and that the outrigger supports can be extended to the support base stipulated in the
load charts.
Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
Always keep a safety distance of 0.5 m. If this is not possible, secure the danger zone.
2.) On mobile cranes:
Support the crane correctly and support the support pads according to the load bearing capacity
of the ground on the placement location.
3.) Keep a safety distance to basements or similar.
4.) Keep a safety distance to slopes or similar.
5.) Keep the radius to as low as possible.
6.) Select the correct boom length to the load case.
7.) Angular pull is prohibited!
8.) Select the correct reeving of the hoist rope to the load case.
9.) Bear in mind the weight and the wind exposure surface of the load.
10.) Select tackle according to the weight of the load, the type of attachment and the incline angle.
11.) Keep sufficient distance to electrical overhead wiring.
2.04 LIEBHERR 85
B108387 Example for crawler cranes
86 LIEBHERR 2.04
B108388 Example for mobile cranes
2.04 LIEBHERR 87
6 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5

The crane may not be set up too close to slopes or excavations. Maintain adequate safety
distance A and safety distance B in accordance with the type of soil.
WARNING
The crane can topple over!
The edge of the slope or excavation can break in if safety distance A or safety distance B is too small.
If the edge of the slope or excavation breaks in, the crane can topple over and kill personnel!
Always maintain the required safety distance A and safety distance B!
Abbreviation Term
A Distance to bottom of excavation
B Distance to excavation
7 Permissible ground pressures
Permissible ground pressures

Soil type [N/cm2]
1. Organic ground:
Peat, sludge, muck 0
2. Uncompacted fill:
Construction debris 0 to 10
3. Non-cohesive ground:
Sand, gravel, rocks and mix 20
4. Cohesive soil:
a) Clayed silt, mixed with topsoil 12
b) Silt, consisting of poor clay and coarse clay 13
c) Plastic clay, consisting of potter's clay and fill
Stiff 9
Semi-solid 14
Solid 20
d) Mixed granular ground, clay to sand, gravel and rocky areas
Stiff 15
Semi-solid 22
Solid 33
5. Rock in evenly solid condition:
88 LIEBHERR 2.04
Permissible ground pressures

Soil type [N/cm2]
a) Brittle, with traces of decomposition 150
b) Not brittle 400
If there is any doubt about the load bearing capability of the ground at the site, soil tests should be
carried out by specialists using, for example, a penetrometer.
7.1 Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes

During crane operation, significant forces are transferred to the ground. The ground must be able to
safely withstand the pressure. If the crawler area is inadequate, then it must be supported from below
according to the load bearing capacity of the ground.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
The foundation support must be large enough for the ground conditions and constructed from solid
materials, such as wood or steel plates!
7.2 Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes

When the crane is supported, the support cylinders transmit significant forces to the ground.
The ground must be able to safely withstand this pressure. If the support pad area is inadequate, then
it must be supported from below according to the load bearing capacity of the ground.
The required support area can be calculated from the load bearing capacity of the ground and the
crane support force.
Note
Consider that the support force, due to the counterweight, can be higher without a load than with
a load.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
Only strong materials may be used for the support pad bases; for example properly dimensioned
wooden timbers!
In order to ensure that pressure is evenly distributed over the base surface, the support pads must
be positioned in the center of the support base!
Note
The following are general calculation examples. The values are used only to explain the
calculation steps. The crane specific values are in chapter 1.03 of the crane operating instructions.
2.04 LIEBHERR 89
Example: Calculation of specific support pressure

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, 720000 N
chapter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
Surface of square support pad with 550 mm side length according to 3025 cm2
chapter 1.03, for example: 302500 mm2
80 % as carrying surface of support pad: 302500 mm2 x 0.8 = 242000 2420 cm2
mm2
Specific support pressure = Support force / surface support pad 720000 N / 2420 cm2 =
297.52 N/cm2
Specific support pressure: 298 N/cm2
The value of the specific support pressure is far above the permissible ground pressure for all types of
granular soil. If this crane is utilized on bedrock, type of ground gravel, permissible ground pressure
20 N/cm2 , then the support surface must be increased.
Example: Calculation of required support surface

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, 720000 N
chapter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
Permissible ground pressure, for example: 20 N/cm2 20 N/cm2
Required support surface = Support force / permissible ground pressure 720000 N / 20 N/cm2 =
36000 cm2
Required support surface: 36000 cm2 = 3.6 m2
The surface of the support for each support pad must be at least 3.6 m2 .
Note
The corresponding support forces can be determined with the crane job planer.
90 LIEBHERR 2.04
blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 91
B180001 General example
92 LIEBHERR 2.04
8 Supporting
DANGER
When actuating the supports with attached load and / or at loaded derrick ballast guying, the incline
and the force conditions of the entire boom system change!
There is no shut off by the LICCON overload system!
When a load is suspended, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
When the derrick ballast guying is loaded, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
It is absolutely essential that the crane be supported exactly in accordance with the load charts to
ensure safe operation.
The match of the sliding beams placement surfaces must be observed to ensure proper force transfer
between the sliding beams.
The crane may only be supported in these extension conditions.
WARNING
Danger of tipping over!
f only the load side sliding beams are extended, the crane can tip over when turning or setting down
the load!
Move all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders out according to the data in the load chart!
In intermediate positions between the support bases supporting is prohibited!
Pin sliding beams to support base according to the load chart!
Fully pin in and secure the pins!
WARNING
Risk of tipping the crane due to incorrectly extending the sliding beams!
The load suspended on the hook causes tension and deformation of the hoist rope and telescopic
boom, the same applies to lattice jibs and guy ropes. If the load is dropped from the tackle cables or if
the tackle or hoist rope breaks in this situation, a sudden relief occurs. The boom snaps back quickly.
This can cause the crane to topple over.
Despite previous assumption, it might become necessary to swing the load to the opposite side. This
can cause the crane to topple over.
When turning from the vehicle longitudinal direction, the crane can topple over due to the boom or
counterweight momentum.
It is imperative that all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders be extended according to the data in
the load chart!
2.04 LIEBHERR 93
8.1 Crane alignment

In addition to the proper foundation for the supports, the horizontal alignment of the crane is of utmost
importance for safe crane operation.
DANGER
The crane may topple if it leans!
If the crane is positioned at an incline, and if the boom is turned towards the slope, then the boom
projection radius is increased as a result!
It is possible that the slewing gear can no longer hold the crane superstructure and, in extreme cases,
the crane can topple over!
It is imperative to align the crane horizontally before starting crane operation!
If the horizontal alignment of the crane has to be readjusted:
Set the load down on the ground before readjusting the crane!
Example: At a boom length of 50 m, uneven adjustment of the crane by only 5° will cause an boom
projection radius of 10 m to be increased by a = 4 m.
9 Checking the safety measures

– The placement location has been selected in such a way that the crane can be operated with the
least possible boom projection radius.
– The load bearing capacity of the ground is adequate.
– There is sufficient distance to excavations and slopes.
– It has been ensured that there are no live electrical wires within the working range of the crane.
– There are no obstacles which will hinder required crane movements.
– The crane is horizontally aligned.
– On mobile cranes:
• The axle suspension is blocked.
• All four sliding beams and support cylinders have been extended according to the support
base given in the load chart.
• The sliding beams are secured with pins to prevent them from moving.
• The support pads are pinned and secured in the operating position.
• The axles are relieved, which means the tires do not touch the ground.
94 LIEBHERR 2.04
10 Crane operation with a load

WARNING
If the crane is in condition which is not operationally safe, the crane can topple over or crane
components can fall down!
Before starting to work, the crane operator must ensure that the crane is in operationally safe
condition!
If safe crane operation cannot be ensured by the crane operator, then crane operation is
prohibited until an operationally safe condition for the crane is established!
Safety devices, for example: Load moment limiter, hoist limit switch, brakes must be fully
functioning, otherwise crane operation is prohibited!
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met:

– The load moment limiter must be adjusted according to the current crane configuration.
– The loads given in the load chart may not be exceeded.
– The crane load may never exceed those specified in the load charts.
– The weight, center of gravity and dimensions of the load to be lifted must be known.
– Load carriers, lifting equipment and tackle must be in accordance with specified requirements.
Note
It must be observed, that the weight of the hook block and the weight of the tackle must be
subtracted from the load given in the load chart, see the following chart!
Example:
Maximum permissible load according to chart 30.000 t
Weight of the hook block 350 kg - 0.350 t
Weight of the tackle rope 50 kg - 0.050 t
Actual load capacity of the crane = 29.600 t
The weight of the load to be lifted, in this example, may not exceed 29.6 t .
10.1 Counterweight
The counterweight required depends on the weight of the load to be lifted and the radius required for
work. The deciding factor for the selection of the counterweight is the data in the corresponding load
chart.
WARNING
If the counterweight is not attached in accordance with the load chart, the crane can topple over and
fatally injure personnel!
Install the counterweight in accordance with the load chart!
2.04 LIEBHERR 95
10.2 Hoist gear, hoist rope

The lifting capability of the crane depends on the pull force of the hoist gear and the number of
possible hoist rope reevings. When working with a single strand, the crane can only lift as much of a
load as the hoist gear is able to pull.
If the load to be lifted is heavier than the pull force if the hoist gear, then the hoist rope must be reeved
as needed according to the principle of a pulley between the pulley head on the boom and the hook
block.
When reeving, carefully observe the load chart specifications and the operating manual instructions.
WARNING
Hoist rope failure!
If the maximum pull force of the hoisting gear is exceeded, the hoist rope can break or the hoisting
gear can be damaged!
The load can fall and kill personnel!
Never exceed the rated pull force of the hoist gear!
96 LIEBHERR 2.04
10.3 Crane operation

DANGER
There is a high risk of accidents should the following points not be observed!
It is imperative to comply with the following instructions.
High accident risk if:

1.) The load torque limiter is not set to the actual configuration status of the crane, and as a result,
cannot fullfil its function as a safety device.
2.) The load torque limiter is defective or put out of operation.
3.) The hoist limit switches are defective or turned off.
4.) On crawler cranes:
The angle sensor and the force test brackets are not functioning.
The sliding beams of the hydraulic supports are not extended to the points specified in the load
chart.
6.) On crawler cranes:
The crawlers are not supported with stable base material sufficiently large for the soil conditions.
The support pads are not supported with stable base material sufficiently large for the soil
conditions.
8.) If the load is pulled at an angle.
Angular pulling to the side is particularly dangerous, because the boom has only minimal lateral
moment of resistance.
It is prohibited to pull a load at an angle.
9.) An excessive load is attached to the hook during disassembly work, which then hangs freely on
the crane when it is detached.
10.) If loads which have become stuck are pulled free with the hook block.
Even if the weight of the load which is stuck is no greater than the permissible lifting load, the
crane may topple over backwards if the load is suddenly freed since the tension created in the
boom can cause it to jerk back violently.
11.) Work is carried out in strong winds.
Refer to the data given in the load chart.
12.) The crane is not aligned horizontally and the load is slewed toward the slope.
13.) The hook load begins swinging because the crane operator has not properly controlled the
movements.
14.) The loads and boom projection radii contained in the load charts are exceeded.
15.) When working in the vicinity of power cables, these are not isolated by electricity engineers or if
the hazardous area is not covered of fenced off.
If it is not possible to take such measures, a sufficient safety clearance must be maintained:
Rated voltage Minimum distance

Up to 1 kV 1m
Above 1 kV to 110 kV 3m
If rated voltage is unknown 5m
2.04 LIEBHERR 97
WARNING
Danger of current transfer!
If, despite all precautions having been taken, a flashover occurs, carry out the following procedure:
Keep calm!
Do not leave the crane operator's cab!
Warn those around the crane not to move and not to touch the crane!
Move the crane away from the danger area!
11 Lifting of personnel
11.1 Generally valid instructions:
Note
The destined use of the crane is lifting of loads!
Lifting of personnel is not considered to be destined use of the crane!
The national laws and regulations for lifting personnel must be adhered to!
DANGER
When lifting personnel, the dangers of accidents and falling are significantly increased. Accidents
which occur when lifting personnel often result in severe injuries or even death!
The company, the supervisor, the crane operator and auxiliary personnel must proceed especially
carefully and safety conscious!
The following warning notes and safety regulations must be strictly observed!
Lifting of persons with personal lifting devices is only permitted for the assembly, the use and the
removal, if the user can prove that reaching the work area by conventional means, for example:
Via elevator, ladder, steps, lift, aerial platform or scaffolding is dangerous or due to the structural
design of the project or the work place condition is not possible!
Lifting of persons is only permitted with personal lifting devices, which have been designed for
lifting personnel and which were tested and approved!
When lifting personnel, the total load, including personal lifting devices, load lifting devices and
load hook may only be 50% of the nominal load for the respective condition of the valid load
charts!
The reeving must be handled in such a way that the rope pull with personal lifting devices, load
lifting devices and load hook does not exceed 50% of the maximum rope pull!
The crane operator many not leave the crane operator's cab while lifting personnel with the crane!
The lifting person must be in radio contact with the crane operator!
The rescue of person(s) in the personal lifting device must be planned in advance in case it is
necessary in an emergency!
As long as person are lifted, the crane may not be used for other purposes!
The job planning for crane operation, where personnel is to be lifted must be made especially
carefully!
Check the load bearing capacity of the ground especially carefully!
Lifting personnel may only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Unauthorized persons must remain outside the danger zone!
Carry out all crane movements especially carefully and smoothly!
The persons to be moved must secure themselves with personal protective equipment (for
example safety harnesses) to protect them from falling from the movement devices!
98 LIEBHERR 2.04
Do not step on lifted loads or lifted tackle!

The crane operator may not move personnel with the load or the load tackle!
Before using the safety devices of the crane, check them for proper function! This applies
especially for the hoist limit switch and the load moment limitations! But all other crane functions
must also be in proper condition!
The crane must be equipped in such a way that personnel can exit the personnel lifting device
without danger in case of a power failure or if the control of the personnel lifting device cannot be
returned to the initial position!
The national laws and regulations for lifting personnel must be adhered to!
11.2 In addition, the following applies for Germany:

Note
In Germany, lifting of personnel under observation of the safety regulations for “liftable personnel
lifting devices” of the trade associations (Berufsgenossenschaften) BGR 159 is permissible!
DANGER
The following warning notes and safety regulations must be strictly observed!
Moving personnel and personnel lifting devices and working with these personnel lifting devices is
approved and monitored by the national occupational heath and safety agencies, in Germany the
trade association (Berufsgenossenschaft)!
Observe the safety regulations and guidelines of the national occupational health and safety
agencies!
Additional obligations of the company:

– Report the operation of the lifting device to the appropriate trade association.
– Determination of supervisor.
– The operator of the lifting device must be familiar with the tasks.
– The contractor may not assign other tasks to the lifting device operator and the guide while
personnel is being lifted.
– The contractor must make lifting devices with sufficient load carrying capacity available.
– The contractor must provide personal protective equipment (such as safety harnesses).
– Liftable personnel lifting devices must be inspected before the initial use and after significant
changes by an expert before putting them back into service:
• Carry out trial runs in the present of the supervisor.
• Regular inspections at least once a year.
• Record and save proof of inspections.
12 Grounding
12.1 Grounding the crane
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to electric shock!
There is a risk of electrical shock, if the crane is not properly grounded.
Properly ground the crane!
Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the crane and the ground!
The crane must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.)
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
2.04 LIEBHERR 99
The crane can become electrostatically charged, especially if the crane is equipped with synthetic
support pads or if the support pads are placed on insulating materials (such as wooden planks).
12.2 Grounding the load

WARNING
There is a risk of electrical shock, if the load is not properly grounded!
Properly ground the load!
Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the load and the ground!
The load must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.)
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
The load can become electrostatically charged, even if the crane is grounded. This applies in
particular if a hook block with pulleys made of synthetic material and non-conductive fastening
equipment (for example plastic or manila ropes) are used.
13 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms

In weather conditions, which can include lightning:
– Stop work on the crane.
– If possible, place the load down.
– If possible, telescope the boom in or put it down and bring it into a safe condition.
If this is not possible, the crane operator's cab must remain occupied to keep the crane and the load
always under control.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to lightning strikes!
Make sure that there are no persons near the immediate area of the crane.
14 Welding work on the load

Note
The load must also be grounded.
In case of welding work on the load, the screw clamp of the welding unit must be attached on the
welding piece to avoid current flow via hoist rope, crane superstructure or crane chassis.
15 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V

AC)
100 LIEBHERR 2.04

A potential hazard exists when supplying a crane with external power from a low voltage distribution
system (230 V AC).
In particular, the following conditions pose an electrical hazard: touching a crane with open grounds
(caused by the mechanical stress on flexible supply cables or the service connection), loose terminal
connections, high wire or contact resistance, mixed up conductors, defective or missing protective
equipment (fault interrupters) in combination with a body contact on the crane.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the body conducts current!
Water and / or defective devices can cause hazardous stray voltages when touched. Subject to lethal
currents.
The external supply cable must be in good working order!
Make sure that the external flexible supply line is in good working order.
Where applicable, we recommend the use of an isolation transformer.
16 Endangering air traffic

When working with crane, heights are reached which could endanger air traffic. This applies
especially to areas near airports.
WARNING
Endangering air traffic!
If no protective measures are taken, this can result in endangerment to air traffic!
Get the approval from agency responsible for air traffic!
Assemble the airplane warning light on the boom head and turn it on!
2.04 LIEBHERR 101

17 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes

If a load is to be lifted by several cranes, the procedure must be previously determined by the
contractor or his representatives, and must be carried out in the presence of a supervisor assigned by
the contractor.
Proceed with particular care in the following cases:
– The part to be lifted has no even shape.
– Dynamic influences are to be taken into account when the load is freed.
Note
In the event of differing load-bearing capacities of the cranes, attach the loads in such a way as
each crane is only loaded with its own permissible load-bearing capacity.
WARNING
High risk of accident during dual-lifting!
When lifting or lowering the load, the individual cranes can be overloaded and topple over!
Personnel can be killed or seriously injured!
Only load the individual cranes with their individually permissible load capacities!
Angular pull is prohibited!
102 LIEBHERR 2.04

blank page!
2.04 LIEBHERR 103

B189640 General example
104 LIEBHERR 2.04

18 Working in the vicinity of transmitters

Strong electromagnetic fields are likely to be present if the construction site is close to a transmitter.
Electromagnetic fields can expose people and objects to direct and indirect risks, such as:
– Effect on human organs due to temperature increase
– Danger of burns or inflammation due to temperature increase
– Spark or electric arc formation
DANGER
Risk due to electromagnetic fields!
Before operating a crane in the vicinity of transmitters, be sure to consult with LIEBHERR!
Also consult a high frequency specialist!
High frequency (HF) radiation from a transmitter requires supplementary work safety protection and
special environmental specifications for crane operators and personnel:
1.) Each crane must be “fully” grounded. Check visually or with a simple tester to ensure that ladder,
cab and cable pulleys are grounded.
2.) All personnel working on the crane or with large metal objects must protect themselves from
burns by wearing non-conductive synthetic gloves and suitable clothing while working.
3.) There is no need to panic if you feel your hand warm up. Always work under the assumption that
the respective workpiece, structural steel member or support is “hot”.
4.) The temperature of objects affected by high frequency radiation depends on their “size”. Cranes,
carriers and coverings, for example, are “hotter”.
5.) Contact with other crane loads is not permitted when operating the crane (arcing). Since defects
caused by burns considerably reduce cable carrying capacity, any such occurrences must be
reported immediately to the machinery supervisor so that the cables can be inspected.
6.) An insulator 1 is required at all times between the crane load hook and tackle. It is strictly
prohibited to remove this insulator 1.
7.) Do not touch the cables above the insulator 1.
8.) Loads that are attached to the crane may not be touched by any unprotected parts of the body
after the load has been lifted or set down.
9.) Do not work with a bare upper torso or in short pants, this is prohibited.
10.) To minimize absorption of high-frequency radiation, larger loads should be transported
horizontally if possible.
11.) Loads must be grounded, or additional insulation used (rubber material between the object and
gloves) when manual work is required.
12.) Use a suitable measuring instrument to check the “temperature” of the workpiece.
If, for example 500 V can be measured on a tool at a distance of 1 cm to - 2 cm, then the tool
may not be touched with bare hands.
The greater the distance, the higher is the voltage on the object:
At a distance of 10 cm, the voltage is approx. 600 V, at a distance of 30 cm, the voltage is
approx. 2000 V.
13.) When refueling the crane, it must be ensured that no sparks are created within the radius of 6 m,
neither by handling larger metallic parts nor by other work.
14.) To avoid secondary accidents, use personal protective equipment when working on components
that are high off the ground.
15.) Any accidents and unexpected events must immediately be reported to the local construction
supervisor and the safety engineer.
2.04 LIEBHERR 105

B180003
106 LIEBHERR 2.04

19 Hand signals for guidance

For all crane movements, the crane operator must always keep the load, as well as the crane hook or
loading equipment when the crane is not loaded, in his field of vision.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to standing under swaying loads!
Constantly keep loads in sight!
Standing under swaying loads is not permissible!
If this is not possible, the crane operator may only operate the crane if he is signed by an assigned
guide.
The operator may be guided by hand signals or a two-way radio. It must be ensured that there are no
misunderstandings.
WARNING
Danger of accident caused by misunderstood hand signals!
Hand signals must be mutually agreed upon and clearly executed!
We recommend using the hand signals described on the previous page.

In any case, national regulations must be observed when abroad.
Hand signal explanation:
Luff up boom 1
Luff down boom 2
Lift load slowly 3
Lower load slowly 4
Luff up boom slowly 5
Luff down boom slowly 6
Luff up boom and hold load steady 7
Luff down boom and hold load steady 8
Telescope out boom 9
Telescope in boom 10
Luff up boom and lower load 11
Luff down boom and lift load 12
Lift load 13
Lower load 14
Turn load in this direction 15
Shut down all systems 16
Stop! 17
2.04 LIEBHERR 107

20 Consideration of wind conditions

It is imperative to observe the permissible wind speed data given in the load charts:
– For the equipped crane
– For crane operation
WARNING
It is prohibited to erect the crane to measure the wind speed!
Depending on crane application, for example:

1.) Lifting of large surfaced loads
2.) Working with long boom combinations
3.) Erection and take down of boom combinations
The crane operator must check with appropriate information sources about the expected wind speeds,
at:
1.) The start of crane operation
2.) Interruption of crane operation
3.) Taking up crane operation again
WARNING
If the crane is operated at wind speeds which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds
according to the load charts, then it can topple over and kill personnel!
If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds for the
equipped crane, then the attachments and the boom must be taken down!
If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible winds speeds for the
crane operation, then it is prohibited to lift a load!
Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beaufort Description [m/s] [km/h] in the inland
0 Calm 0 - 0.2 1 No wind, smoke rises straight up
1 Slight air (draft) 0.3 - 1.5 1-5 Wind direction is shown only by observing
the trail of smoke, not by the wind sock
2 Light breeze 1.6 - 3.3 6 - 11 Wind can be felt on the face, the leaves
rustle, wind sock moves slightly
3 Gentle breeze 3.4 - 5.4 12 - 19 Leaves and thin twigs move, wind extends
a small breeze flag
4 Moderate breeze 5.5 - 7.9 20 - 28 Swirls up dust and loose paper, moves
twigs and thin branches
5 Fresh breeze 8.0 - 10.7 29 - 38 Small deciduous trees begin to sway, foam
forms at sea
6 Strong breeze 10.8 - 13.8 39 - 49 Thicker branches move; telephone lines
begin to whistle, umbrellas are difficult to
use
7 Stiff wind 13.9 - 17.1 50 - 61 Entire trees swaying; difficult to walk into
wind
108 LIEBHERR 2.04

Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beaufort Description [m/s] [km/h] in the inland
8 Gale force wind 17.2 - 20.7 62 - 74 Breaks twigs off trees, walking becomes
difficult
9 Gale 20.8 - 24.4 75 - 88 Minor damage to property (chimney tops
and roofing tile are blown off)
10 Severe gale 24.5 - 28.4 89 - 102 Trees are uprooted, significant damage to
property
11 Violent storm 28.5 - 32.6 103 - 117 Extensive, widespread storm damage
12 Hurricane 32.7 and 118 and Major destruction
more more
21 Interruption of crane operation

21.1 Interruption of crane operation
If the crane operator must leave an equipped crane, then it must be ensured that there is no danger
for the crane or its surrounding area in case of an unforeseen event.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury!
Situations may occur which could cause the crane to become unsafe if left unsupervised.
This could cause the crane to topple over, resulting in major personal injury and property damage.
Always keep the crane under full control!
Incidents which could occur (for example):

– The ground giving way due to severe rain
– Melting ice under the supports
– Bad weather, storms, thunderstorms
– Landslides
– Wash outs
– On mobile cranes:
Support cylinder failure
– On cranes with telescopic boom:
Luffing cylinder failure
– Vandalism
– There is no load on the hook.
– The crane poses no traffic obstacle.
Note
If crane work must be interrupted if the crane is equipped, then it must be ensured that measures
are initiated in time by trained, qualified personnel, to bring the crane into a safe condition in case
something happens.
2.04 LIEBHERR 109

DANGER
Risk of accident!
If it is not possible to maintain full control over a rigged crane, the machinery and boom must be
taken down.
22 Taking up crane operation again

22.1 Taking up crane operation again
Upon resumption of crane operation, the crane operator is required to check the state of the crane
and its safety systems.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the crane operator leaves the cab, even for a short time, the operating mode setting must be
checked and reset, if necessary, before resuming crane operation.
Check operating mode settings and reset, if necessary.
23 Ending crane operation

23.1 Ending crane operation
Before the crane operator may leave the crane, the following prerequisites must be met:
Place the load fully on the ground and unhook from the crane hook.
On cranes with telescopic boom:
Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in and place the boom down.
On cranes with lattice mast boom:
Put down lattice mast boom and disassemble if necessary.
Bring the control lever (master switch) to 0-position.
Apply the parking brake on the crane chassis.
Turn the engine off and pull the ignition key.
On mobile cranes:
Secure the mobile crane to prevent unauthorized use. Ensure the crane operator's cab and driver
cab are not occupied. Lock the crane operator's cab and driver cab.
On mobile cranes:
Secure the crane against uncontrolled rolling. See paragraph “Parking the vehicle”.
24 Turning / driving in reverse

WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning or driving in reverse!
When turning or driving in reverse, personnel can be overlooked or killed!
Objects can be severely damaged!
When turning or driving in reverse, the driver must act in such a way that he does not endanger
other traffic participants!
The driver may drive only in reverse or move back when it is ensured that persons or equipment
are not endangered! If this cannot be ensured, then he must use a guide.
An acoustical back up warning device will never replace the guide!
110 LIEBHERR 2.04

Make sure that there are no persons or objects behind the vehicle when driving in reverse!
Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
Make sure that no objects are damaged!
Driving in reverse is only permissible at slow driving speed (maneuvering speed)!
Adhere to the national regulations!
25 Parking the vehicle

Note
The “parking the vehicle” section is only to be observed for mobile cranes!
WARNING
Danger of accidents if the vehicle rolls off!
If the following points are disregarded by the crane driver, then personnel can be fatally injured.
It is prohibited to park the vehicle at a slope or an incline of more than 18%.
The parking brake must always be applied when parking the vehicle.
The ground on which the vehicle is parked must be level and have adequate load-bearing
capacity.

– The vehicle is standing on level ground with sufficient load bearing capacity.
– The parking brake is applied.
WARNING
Vehicle can roll off uncontrollably!
Under the following conditions, the vehicle must be secured against rolling away by using the
specified number of wheel chocks or wedges - in addition to the parking brake:
The vehicle is parked on a slope or an incline!
The vehicle is defective, particularly if the brake system is defective!
If all the specified wheel chocks are not placed directly behind the corresponding wheel, the
vehicle may roll off uncontrollably and personnel can be fatally injured.
All specified wheel chocks must be placed in such a way that they act against the downdrift force!
Place all specified wheel chocks tightly directly under the wheel!
Place all specified wheel chocks tightly so that they have an immediate braking action and keep
the vehicle in parking position!
2.04 LIEBHERR 111

027882-00 2.05 Signs on the crane
B107952
112 LIEBHERR 2.05

2.05 Signs on the crane 027882-00
1 Warning signs
Note
Warning signs are safety signs, which warn of a risk or danger.
For that reason, all warning signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
Replace damaged warning signs immediately.
1.1 Warning of suspended load (position 11)
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury under suspended load!
Standing under suspended loads is prohibited!
Keep away from the working range of the machine!
1.2 Warning of crushing danger (position 14)
DANGER
It is prohibited for anyone to remain in areas, where there is a crushing danger!
Keep away from the working range of the machine!
1.3 Danger of burns (position 29)
WARNING
Danger of burns!
Do not touch hot surfaces!
2.05 LIEBHERR 113

1.4 Warning of rotating parts (position 31)
WARNING
Rotating parts!
Rotating parts can cause finger and hand injuries.
Place no body parts into the danger zone!
1.5 Warning of crushing danger for hands (position 32)
WARNING
Crushing danger for hands!
Hands can be caught of crushed.
Keep hands away!
1.6 Warning of high voltage (position 40)
Note
Only for certain countries!
1.7 Slewing range (position 41)
114 LIEBHERR 2.05

Note
2.05 LIEBHERR 115

B107953
116 LIEBHERR 2.05

2 Command and prohibition signs
2.1 Command sign

Note
Command signs are safety signs, which dictate a certain behaviour.
For that reason, all command signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
Replace damaged command signs immediately.
2.1.1 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 21)
Note
2.1.2 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 42)
Note
2.1.3 Use personal protective equipment (position 63)
DANGER
Risk of falling!
Use a personal protective equipment!
2.05 LIEBHERR 117

2.2 Prohibition signs

Note
Prohibition signs are safety signs, which prohibit a behavior, which could result in danger.
For that reason, all prohibition signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
Replace damaged prohibition signs immediately.
2.2.1 Access for unauthorized personnel prohibited (position 12)
DANGER
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur!
Access is strictly prohibited during crane operation!
2.2.2 Access to the area is prohibited (position 64)
WARNING
Risk of injury!
If the prohibited area is accessed, injuries can occur.
Do not access the area!
2.2.3 Access prohibited (position 66)
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur.
Do not get on the crane!
118 LIEBHERR 2.05

blank page!
2.05 LIEBHERR 119

B107954
120 LIEBHERR 2.05

3 Notice signs
Note
Notice signs are signs, which provide additional notes in text form and a pictogram.
For that reason, all notice signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
Replace damaged notice signs immediately.
3.1 Warning marks “left” (position 3)
3.2 Warning marks “right” (position 4)
3.3 Operating instructions for cranes (position 13)

Note
Only for certain countries.
Read and observe the operating instructions before operating the crane!
3.4 Operating instructions chassis (position 16)

Note
Read and observe the operating instructions before operating the crane!
3.5 Notice sign for vehicle height (position 19)
2.05 LIEBHERR 121

Note
Only for certain countries.
Vehicle height 4.2 m (13.8 ft)
3.6 The vehicle swings out (position 27)
WARNING
Risk of accident!
It is prohibited to remain in the swing range of the vehicle!
3.7 Radio remote control (position 28)
WARNING
Danger of injury due to crane operation with radio remote control!
The crane can be operating with radio remote control!
During crane operation, it is prohibited for anyone to remain in the danger zone!
3.8 Warning of fatal electric shock (position 33)
DANGER
If the boom or the hoist rope is under electric current, then death or severe injuries can occur if
anyone touches the crane, the vehicle or the load!
Keep away from the crane and the load!
3.9 Read the operating instructions (position 35)
122 LIEBHERR 2.05

CAUTION
Read and observe the operating instructions!
Avoid unsafe operation and dangerous maintenance!
The crane may only be operated if the contents of the operating instructions have been read and
understood!
If the operating instructions are lost, request a new manual from your nearest dealer!
3.10 Notice sign for refueling (position 49)
CAUTION
Property damage to the engine!
If the crane is refuelled with fuel not specified in the operating instructions, then engine damage can
occur.
Observe the operating instructions!
3.11 Note for speed limiter (position 50)

Note
Read and observe the operating instructions before operation!
3.12 Warranted maximum sound output level (position 77)
3.13 Identification of support cylinder “1” (position 84)
2.05 LIEBHERR 123

3.17 Identification of sliding beam (position 90)
Note
Sliding beams extended to a support width of 5.6 m (18.4 ft).
124 LIEBHERR 2.05

Note
Note
3.20 Warning marks “left” (position 98)
Note
3.21 Warning marks “right” (position 99)
2.05 LIEBHERR 125

Note
126 LIEBHERR 2.05

2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 027883-01
blank page!
2.06 LIEBHERR 127

027883-01 2.06 Antifall guards on the crane
B106096
128 LIEBHERR 2.06

1 Personal protective equipment
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, personnel must be secured with
appropriate fall arresters to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel
could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries.
All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting platform, ladder, scaffolding,
auxiliary crane, etc.)!
If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, then assembly personnel must be
secured with suitable personal fall arrest systems (see chapter 2.04) to protect against falling! The
personal protective equipment must be hooked into the appropriate fastening points on the crane!
If railings are present for the crane, then they must be brought into the corresponding position and
secured for installation / removal, inspection and maintenance work!
Note
The sign 1 marks the fastening points, where assembly personnel must hook in the approved fall
arrest system 3 to secure themselves against falling.
2.06 LIEBHERR 129

B108215
130 LIEBHERR 2.06

2 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the boom
2.1 Assembling the hook device on the ladder

Note
For assembly / disassembly work on the telescopic boom, the supplied ladder 11 with hook
device 12 must be used.
The ladder 11 is carried along on the crane chassis. See section “Secure the ladder in transport
position”.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following notes are not observed, the ladder can tip and the assembly personnel can fall from
the ladder and sustain life-threatening injuries!
Replace damaged ladders immediately!
The hook device 12 on the ladder serves as protection from falling over. For all assembly /
disassembly work on the telescopic boom, the ladder with hook device 12 must be used!
The ladder must be set up stable and safely accessible!
For safe handling of ladder, observe the safety notes on the ladder!
Before using the ladder, the hook device 12 must be assembled on a rung.
Push the ladder with the required rung against the locking plates 13 on the hook
device 12 (point X), see illustration 1, illustration 2.
Result:
– The locking plates 13 spring in direction of the arrow and release the receptacle on the hook
device 12 for the rung, see illustration 3.
Push the hook device 12 “upward”.

Result:
– The locking plates 13 spring (arrow) “back” into their original position by themselves and secure
the rung, see illustration 4.
2.06 LIEBHERR 131

B108214
132 LIEBHERR 2.06

2.2 Fastening and hook points on the telescopic boom

The fastening point P1 is installed on the telescopic boom.
WARNING
When working aloft, there is a danger of falling!
If the following notes are not observed, the assembly personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening
injuries!
Before performing any assembly / disassembly work or maintenance work on the crane
superstructure and telescopic boom, assembly personnel must wear an approved fall arrest
system and protective equipment!
For assembly / disassembly work, the ladder 11 with hook device 12 is hung on the pipe 2, see
also section “Installing the hook device on the ladder”.
The assembly personnel must hook themselves onto the fastening point P1 with an approved fall
arrest system to prevent them from falling!
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
Never hang loads or objects on the fastening point P1!
2.06 LIEBHERR 133

B108216
134 LIEBHERR 2.06

2.3 Securing the ladder in transport position

The ladder 1 must be safely installed for transport on the crane chassis.
Slide the ladder 1 in the retainer 2.
Secure ladder 1 with a pad lock 3.
2.06 LIEBHERR 135

B108217
136 LIEBHERR 2.06

3 Fall arresters on the crane superstructure
WARNING
If fall arresters (railings) are present, then they must be installed correctly and secured!
Install and secure all fall arresters (railings) properly on the crane superstructure!
CAUTION
Risk of crushed limbs!
When moving the railing, limbs can be crushed!
Swing the railing especially carefully!
3.1 Railing and pedestal on the left of the crane superstructure
3.1.1 Swinging the railings and pedestal into position for installation / removal
Swing the railing 1 in position for installation / removal.
Secure the railing 1 in position for installation / removal: Lock the clamping lever 5.
Swing the pedestal 4 in position for installation / removal.
Secure the pedestal 4 in position for installation / removal: Lock the clamping lever 5.
3.1.2 Swinging the railings and railing into transport position

Release the clamping lever 5.
Swing all pedestal 4 into transport position and lock.
Swing the railing 1 into transport position.
2.06 LIEBHERR 137

B108218
138 LIEBHERR 2.06

3.2 Railings on the right of the crane superstructure
3.2.1 Swinging the railings in position of installation / removal

3.2.2 Swinging the railings into transport position

2.06 LIEBHERR 139

B108219
140 LIEBHERR 2.06

4 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the

counterweight frame
WARNING
If fall arrester equipment is present, then they must be installed correctly and secured!
Install and secure all fall arrester equipment properly on the counterweight frame!
CAUTION
Risk of crushed limbs!
When moving the railing, limbs can be crushed!
Swing the railing especially carefully!
4.1 Swinging the railing in position for installation / removal,

illustration 2
4.2 Swinging the railing into transport position, illustration 1

4.3 Swinging the pipe in position for installation / removal, illustration 2

Remove the cotter pins 9.
Pull the pipe 8 up in position for installation / removal.
Secure pipe 8 in position for installation / removal with the cotter pin 9.
4.4 Installing the pipe in transport position, illustration 1

Set pipe 8 downward into transport position.
Secure the pipe 8 in transport position with the cotter pin 9.
4.5 Installing the ladder in position for installation / removal,

illustration 2
Release the ladder retainers 10 on both sides.
Push the ladder 7 downward.
Secure the ladder 7 in down position: Install the ladder retainers 10 on both sides.
4.6 Installing the ladder in transport position, illustration 1

Release the ladder retainers 10 on both sides.
Push the ladder 7 upward.
Secure the ladder 7 in up position: Install the ladder retainers 10 on both sides.
2.06 LIEBHERR 141

B108423
142 LIEBHERR 2.06

5 Fall arrest equipment on counterweights
5.1 Attachment and fastening points on the counterweights

The fastening points P6 are installed on the counterweights.
WARNING
injuries!
Assembly personnel must wear approved fall arrest systems and protection equipment before
performing any assembly / disassembly and maintenance work on the counterweights.
The assembly personnel must hook themselves onto the fastening points P6 with an approved fall
arrest system to prevent them from falling!
2.06 LIEBHERR 143

B108335
144 LIEBHERR 2.06

6 Fall arrest equipment on the TY-guying
6.1 Attachment / fastening points points on the TY-guying

The fastening points P2 and the fastening points P3 are installed on the TY-guying.
WARNING
injuries!
Assembly personnel must wear approved fall arrest systems and protection equipment before
performing any installation / removal and maintenance work on the TY-guying!
The assembly personnel must hang an approved fall arrest system on the fastening points P2 or
fastening points P3 and secure themselves against falling!
The TY-guying may not be lifted on the fastening points P2 and the fastening points P3! Please
refer to signs 4.
2.06 LIEBHERR 145

B108417
146 LIEBHERR 2.06

7 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the

TN/TF-adapter
7.1 Fastening points on the TN/TF-adapter

Fastening points P4 are installed on the TN/TF-adapter.
WARNING
injuries!
Before any assembly / disassembly work and maintenance work on the TN/TF-adapter, the
assembly personnel must wear the approved fall arrest / catch belts and protective equipment!
The assembly personnel must secure themselves with approved fall arrest belts on fastening
points P4 to prevent falling.
7.2 Ladder on TN/TF adapter
7.2.1 Installing the pipes in position for installation / removal

Pull the pipes 1 upward on both sides in position for installation / removal.
Secure pipes 1 in position for installation / removal with cotter pin 2 on both sides.
7.2.2 Installing the pipes in transport position

Set pipes 1 downward into transport position.
Insert cotter pin 2 into transport position.
2.06 LIEBHERR 147

B108418
148 LIEBHERR 2.06

8 Fall arrest equipment on the TF-adapter
8.1 Fastening points on the TF-adapter

Fastening points P5 are installed on the TF-adapter.
WARNING
injuries!
Before any assembly / disassembly work and maintenance work on the TF-adapter, the assembly
personnel must wear the approved fall arrest / catch belts and protective equipment!
The assembly personnel must secure themselves with approved fall arrest belts on fastening
points P5 to prevent falling.
2.06 LIEBHERR 149

B108607
150 LIEBHERR 2.06

B108608
2.06 LIEBHERR 151

B108609
152 LIEBHERR 2.06

9 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the N-assembly

unit
WARNING
If the N-assembly unit is accessed by unauthorized personnel, fatal injuries can result!
Access to unauthorized personnel is prohibited, see sign 6!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the N-pivot section 10 is luffed up too far, then it will collide with the fold in head 11, see sign 7!
Do not luff the N-pivot section 10 up to more than maximum 5°!
9.1 Fastening points on the N-assembly unit, illustration 1 to 3

Fastening points P6 and fastening points P7 are installed on the N-assembly unit.
WARNING
injuries!
Before any assembly / disassembly work and maintenance work on the N-assembly unit, the
assembly personnel must wear the approved fall arrest / catch belts and protective equipment!
The assembly personnel must secure itself with approved fall arrest belts on the attachment
points P6 and the fastening points P7 to prevent falling!
When installing or removing the lattice jib, the assembly personnel must hang the approved fall
arrest system on the grid of the respective lattice section and secure themselves to prevent them
from falling!
9.2 Ladder on the N-assembly unit

NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If both pipes 8 are not secured in transport position after installing the lattice jib, then they can collide
with the NA-frame 2!
Secure both pipes 8 in transport position after installing the lattice jib!
9.2.1 Securing the pipes in position for installation / removal

Pull the pipes 8 upward on both sides in position for installation / removal.
Secure pipes 8 in position for installation / removal with cotter pin 9 on both sides.
9.2.2 Securing the pipes in transport position

Set both pipes 8 downward into transport position.
Insert the cotter pin 9 into transport position.
2.06 LIEBHERR 153

B108220
154 LIEBHERR 2.06

9.3 Railing on the N-assembly unit

WARNING
If fall arresters (railings) are present, then they must be installed correctly and secured!
Install and secure all fall arresters (railings) properly on the N-assembly unit.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing hands!
When swinging the railing in, hands can be crushed!
Swing the railings especially carefully!
9.3.1 Swinging the railings in position of installation / removal

9.3.2 Swinging the railings into transport position

2.06 LIEBHERR 155

B108419
156 LIEBHERR 2.06

10 Retaining ropes as fall arrest equipment
10.1 Retaining ropes on the telescopic boom

On the left and right hand side on telescopic boom are retaining ropes 1 assembled as fall arresters.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
Never hang loads or objects on the retaining ropes 1!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly and disassembly, personnel must be secured with appropriate aids to prevent them
from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal
injuries!
Any work, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids (for example:
lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, auxiliary crane)!
must secure themselves with approved fall arrest systems 4 to avoid falling, see Crane operating
instructions, chapter 2.04!
The assembly personnel must hook themselves for all installation / removal work, maintenance
and inspection work on the boom with approved fall arrest systems 4 on the retaining ropes 1 on
the left and right hand side with both snap hooks 2 and secure themselves to prevent them from
falling! (for example: fall arrester with self-actuating blocking function and an automatic tension
and pull in device for the connectors).
The connector must be set to a length as short as possible so that is it impossible to hit the ground
in case of a fall!
Fall absorbers may not be used, because they stretch too much in case of a fall!
On the retaining ropes 1 on the left and right hand side, no more than maximum two
persons may hook themselves with the snap hooks 2 and secure themselves to prevent falls, see
sign 5!
Transferring the snap hooks 2 is only permissible on the connection points!
When transferring the snap hook 2, one snap hook 2 must always be hooked on one retaining
rope 1!
Never release both snap hooks 2 simultaneously from the retaining ropes 1!
Before any installation / removal work, maintenance and inspection work it must be ensured that
all obstacles below have been removed from the work place and that there is sufficient clearance
in case of a fall!
During all installation / removal work, maintenance work and inspections, travel or crane operation
is prohibited!
2.06 LIEBHERR 157

B108221
158 LIEBHERR 2.06

10.2 Retaining ropes on the N-assembly unit

On the left and right hand side on N-assembly unit are retaining ropes 1 installed as fall arresters.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries!
in case of a fall!
sign 5!
rope 1!
in case of a fall!
is prohibited!
WARNING
If the N-assembly unit is accessed by unauthorized personnel, fatal injuries can result!
Access to unauthorized personnel is prohibited, see sign 6!
2.06 LIEBHERR 159

B108359
160 LIEBHERR 2.06

10.3 Retaining ropes on the telescopic boom extension with eccentric

On the left and right hand side on telescopic boom are retaining ropes 1 assembled as fall arresters.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries!
in case of a fall!
sign 5!
rope 1!
in case of a fall!
is prohibited!
2.06 LIEBHERR 161

B108420
162 LIEBHERR 2.06

10.4 Replacing retaining ropes subjected by a fall

WARNING
Danger of accidents due to fall subjected retaining ropes!
If fall subjected retaining ropes 1 are not replaced after a fall, then the retaining ropes can fail in case
of another fall! The assembly personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Expert personnel must immediately replace any retaining ropes 1 which were subjected in a fall
and inspect the respective anchor points 3 for damage!
If the anchor points 3 are damaged, then they must be replaced immediately by expert
personnel!
10.5 Inspection of retaining ropes and anchor points

WARNING
Danger of falls due to damaged retaining ropes or anchor points!
The retaining ropes 1 and anchor points 3 must be inspected at least once a year by expert
personnel for safety and damage!
If any defects are found on the retaining ropes 1 or anchor points 3 during the inspections, then the
retaining ropes 1 or anchor points 3 must be replaced immediately by expert personnel! If this is not
observed, assembly personnel could be killed or fatally injured in a fall!
The rope tension, which the retaining ropes 1 have at delivery may not be changed!
Have damaged retaining ropes 1 or anchor points 3 replaced immediately by expert personnel!
10.6 Documenting the inspections in writing

Note
The scope and results of tests should be documented to permit reproducibility. This
documentation forms part of the crane records and should be safely stored during the entire
service life of the crane.
2.06 LIEBHERR 163

027456-00 2.10 General safety technical notes for driving with dolly
B104580 Example of travel operation with dolly
164 LIEBHERR 2.10

2.10 General safety technical notes for driving with dolly 027456-00
1 Travel operation with dolly
WARNING
An accident risk exists in the event of non-compliance with the operating instructions for the dolly!
Separate dolly operating instructions have been issued for each dolly and crane model.
Non-observance of the dolly operating instructions, the following description or the operating
instructions provided by the dolly manufacturer could result in fatal injury or cause serious damage to
the crane!
Read and comply with the separate dolly operating instructions, the following description and the
operating instructions provided by the dolly manufacturer!
Note
General points!
Driving the crane with a dolly is only permitted when making transit journeys on solid roads with
large turning radii and when road conditions are good!
Drive with utmost caution and at an appropriate speed!
It is prohibited to drive a crane with dolly on off-road terrain or building sites!
The drive must check the route beforehand!
The telescopic boom is secured to prevent it from accidentally telescoping out!
If the hook block should remain reeved in, secure it in such a way so that no persons, objects or
similar can be injured or damaged by swinging movements!
It is only permitted to use the "normal road driving" program during dolly operation. Other driving
programs are prohibited!
The complete crane with attached dolly should be checked by the customer and taken on an
extensive test run to verify its suitability for operation!
Dolly operation is only permitted when the hydraulics are switched on and fully functional!
The crane with dolly should only be driven by authorized and trained expert personnel!
The crane operator bears sole responsibility when driving a crane with attached dolly!
Any national regulations specific to individual countries must be observed!
Abbreviation Item
A Height of vehicle
B Travel of the dolly tower when cornering
1.1 Coupling and decoupling the dolly to/from the crane

The following is to be observed when coupling and decoupling the dolly to/from the crane:
– The crane must always be driven to the dolly. Never allow the dolly to run into the crane.
– No persons may stand in the space between the crane and dolly when reversing the crane. The
guide must be positioned so that he is able to observe the traffic situation and the coupling
process. He must be able to see the driver.
– Only when the mechanical connection between the crane and dolly has been made, may the
supply lines be connected and the parking brake released.
– When the dolly is to be decoupled from the crane, the parking brake is first to be engaged and the
dolly secured against rolling before the mechanical connection between crane and dolly is
released.
2.10 LIEBHERR 165

166 LIEBHERR 2.10

1.2 Height of vehicle
Abbreviation Item
A Height of vehicle
α Inclination angle of crane chassis
x Height difference when turning the support
y Turning distance of support
It is imperative to comply with the following instructions:

– The vehicle height for level roads is given in the separate operating instructions for the dolly. The
driver must take into account any deviations when travelling over level crossings, ramps, craters
or other changes affecting road conditions.
– The crane driver must check the vehicle height before starting to travel. Adjusting the dolly height
will also change the vehicle height. Take into account the existing vehicle height.
– The chassis on some crane models can be slightly tilted to increase the boom clearance (approx.
0.5°). If the boom is placed on the chassis support on such crane models, the vehicle height may
increase above 4 m. Take into consideration the existing vehicle height specified in the dolly
– Hydraulic accumulator cylinder and temperature changes:
If the dolly is equipped with a hydraulic accumulator cylinder, take into account that the gas
volume increases with temperature. This can alter the vehicle height. Check the vehicle height
before starting to travel and at regular intervals when driving. Also check the vehicle height if the
ambient temperature changes by 10 °C.
– Hydraulic accumulator cylinder or support rests on rotating bearings in dolly:
The hydraulic accumulator cylinder or support turn to the rear around their horizontal axis when
cornering or manoeuvering. This can increase the vehicle height. Take this into account when
considering the overhead clearance. After the vertical position is reached, it is possible for the
hydraulic accumulator cylinder or support to turn further to the rear. This results in an angle
between the vertical and the cylinder/support leaning to the rear. Do not exceed the angle given in
the separate operating instructions for the dolly. If no angle is specified on the drawing, do not
exceed an angle of 15°. The crane operator must verify and ensure there is no risk of collision with
boom or dolly components within this angular range. Stop driving when this angle is reached.
Refer to the separate operating instructions for the dolly.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
Check the overhead clearance of underpasses, bridges and other structures before attempting to
drive under them. Ensure the overhead clearance is greater than the current vehicle height and
that there is sufficient clearance between the crane and the obstacle.
2.10 LIEBHERR 167

168 LIEBHERR 2.10

1.3 Driving on inclines and slopes
Abbreviation Item
ß Inclination angle (slope of roadway)
L Length of horizontal roadway section
Rc Maximum permitted roadway bend radius
Note
The luffing cylinder is fully retracted!
The road conditions over which the crane can travel are limited by the clearance of the boom from the
ground. The permissible values are given in the separate operating instructions for the dolly! Level
crossings, ascents/descents, ramps, as well as entries and exits on inclines with a slope angle
ß higher than that specified in the separate dolly operating instructions, should only be traversed in
exceptional circumstances. See section entitled “permitted exceptional circumstances” for more
information.
WARNING
Risk of accident if bending radius is less than the maximum permissible value of Rc!
Do not drive on a roadway with a bending radius Rc lower than that specified in the separate dolly
operating instructions. If this is not observed, severe errors may occur:
The crane can be severely limited in its steering ability!
The dolly can lose contact with the ground and swing uncontrollably to the side!
The rear tires or axles of the crane can be overloaded!
The luffing cylinder can be damaged!
Personnel can be killed or injured!
Do not fall below the maximum permissible bending radius of Rc!
1.3.1 Permitted exceptional circumstances when driving on slopes and inclines

The permitted inclination angle ß for entering and exiting slopes and inclines can exceed the value
given in the separate dolly operating instructions by maximum 1.5° when operating the crane at
walking speed (maximum 5 km/h) and providing the danger area is blocked off. Block off the danger
area to avoid any risk of injury or damage to objects when the dolly loses contact with the ground
causing the dolly and boom to swing out to the side. The opposite lane should be blocked off and the
crane secured to prevent collisions. No persons other than the driver should be present inside the
danger area. The driver must wear a seat belt. Position an adequate number of helpers outside the
danger area for supervision purposes. The helpers should signal the driver to stop the traversing
movement if it becomes apparent that the dolly is losing contact with the ground or the crane tires are
becoming increasingly deformed. In this case the traversing movement should be immediately halted.
2.10 LIEBHERR 169

170 LIEBHERR 2.10

1.4 Cornering and shunting

Approach bends with utmost caution and at an appropriate speed. The boom and crane
superstructure can swing out sharply when cornering or manoeuvering. Do not exceed the turning
radius given in the separate operating instructions for the dolly. If any part of the boom protrudes into
the opposite lane, block off the lane to avoid accidents. If any part of the boom protrudes over the
hard shoulder, take appropriate safety measures to prevent injury or material damage. Stop driving if
this is not possible. Refer to the separate operating instructions for the dolly.
WARNING
High accident risk!
The centre of gravity for the superstructure is displaced outwards when cornering or manoeuvering.
This can cause the drive wheels to spin!
The dolly and telescopic boom could tip over if the speed is excessive!
The telescopic boom swings out!
Risk of fatal injury to personnel or crane damage!
Carefully drive around bends at a suitable speed!
No persons may stand in the space between the crane and dolly when cornering and shunting!
The following is to be observed when cornering and shunting:

– The distance between the rear of the chassis and the dolly changes when cornering and shunting.
• The dolly may only be steered out of the direction of travel insofar as:
• The supply lines cannot be damaged
• the crane and the dolly cannot collide
• the maximum permissible turning radius is not exceeded
– Test drives are to be carried out in order to determine the radius of operation limits and in order to
gain experience.
– If the danger area cannot be fully judged by the driver when shunting or reversing, then a guide is
required.
– The guide must be positioned so that he is able to observe the traffic situation and the reversing
area of the crane.
He must be able to see the driver.
– Dolly with towing bar:
If the dolly is hauled by the carriage engine by means of a towing bar, then a relative movement
occurs when cornering or shunting in the longitudinal direction between the suspension mounting
on the boom and the dolly. Usually a support, cylinder or rail mounted car is used on the dolly in
order to compensate for this movement. It is to be ensured, that these parts cannot collide with the
dolly or the payload on the dolly. If one observes the dolly from above, there is an
angle W between the boom longitudinal axis and the dolly longitudinal axis when cornering or
shunting. This leads to a transverse loading of the dolly. The dolly is to be observed and the
cornering manoeuvre or shunting manoeuvre is to be aborted before damage can occur or the
dolly threatens to topple.
2.10 LIEBHERR 171

172 LIEBHERR 2.10

1.5 Dolly
The dolly is usually not supplied by Liebherrwerk Ehingen.
Abbreviation Item
C Axle distance
D Self-steering axle
The dolly should be designed as follows:

– With a parking brake.
– The dolly brake must be designed to brake the full weight of the dolly and the load of the
telescopic boom plus any other loads. The dolly wheels should not lock even when maximum
braking is applied. The dolly braking system must comply with the relevant statutory regulations
for a given application.
– The connection points on the dolly are to be designed to match the connection points on the
boom.
– The dolly is to be dimensioned so that it can withstand all operationally-relevant loads.
– The supply lines for the electrical, pneumatic and, where applicable, hydraulic supplies between
the crane and the dolly do not form part of the scope of delivery from Liebherr-Werk Ehingen.
The supply lines are to be designed in such a way as that all operational movements can be
carried out without damage. The connections fitted by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen are generally to be
found on the rear of the chassis. It should be considered that the distance between the rear of the
vehicle and dolly can extend considerably during cornering or shunting.
– The dolly should be equipped with pneumatic suspension. A leaf suspension is sufficient for
hydraulic accumulator cylinders with a soft spring characteristic.
– Spring characteristic:
On some crane models, the spring travel that the dolly suspension must absorb is specified in the
separate dolly operating instructions. The spring characteristic for the dolly suspension must be
designed to permit 70% of the axle loads, as specified in the separate operating instructions for
the dolly, for the given spring travel.
– Dolly without towing bar:
The boom of the crane is used as towing bar for this dolly type. The roadway levels of crane and
dolly can be twisted against each other. In order to compensate for this, the dolly is to be designed
with an articulated joint 1. The joint must allow for angular motion of at least +/-15° in order to
enable an axis in the dolly longitudinal direction.
An internal centering is to be provided on the connection of the telescopic boom 2 and dolly 3 The
distance a on the outer side is to be selected slightly larger than the distance b on the inner side
for this purpose.
– Long dolly without towing bar:
The last dolly axle or axle group must be self-steering when the dolly is pulled through the boom
and the axle distance C between the first and last dolly axle is larger than 3 m. It is not permitted
to lock the self-steering axle or axle group. Such dollys are typically used in California or Florida.
Refer to the separate operating instructions for the dolly.
– Dolly with towing bar:
If the dolly is to be hauled by means of the chassis with a towing bar, then a fully-pivoting rotatable
connection around all 3 axles is to be planned for between the dolly chassis and the boom. In
addition, relative movement occurs when cornering or shunting in the dolly's longitudinal direction
between the mounting point on the boom and the dolly. This movement is to be taken into
consideration in the design of the dolly.
– The applicable work safety and accident prevention guidelines in the area of operation must be
observed.
2.10 LIEBHERR 173

174 LIEBHERR
3.00 Crane chassis operation
LIEBHERR 175
027884-02 3.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane chassis
B107905
176 LIEBHERR 3.01

3.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane chassis 027884-02
1 General operating elements

1 Service brake
2 Engine regulation
3 Parking brake
4 BTT (Bluetooth™ • Note:
Terminal) For the description of BTT (Bluetooth™-Terminal) see chapter
5.31.
5 Steering wheel
6 Left steering column • Switch from low beam to high beam
switch • Operate the headlight flasher
• Operate the blinker (left / right)
• Operate the windshield wiper (0, intermittent, I, II)
• Operate the windshield washer system
• Operate the horn
7 Right steering column • Retarder:
switch Switch position 0 - 1
Switch position 2 - 5
• Tempomat
• Temposet
• Manual throttle
• Shift 1 gear up or down with manual transmission
8 Foot button • Pneumatic release for steering wheel angle and height
adjustment
10 Driver's seat • Note:
For a description of “Adjusting the driver's seat”, see chapter
3.02.
13 Socket 24 V * • Connection for engine auxiliary start
14 Battery box
15 Battery master switch
3.01 LIEBHERR 177

B107906
178 LIEBHERR 3.01

17 Display unit
18 Keyboard • The function control on the button lights up: Function has
been selected and carried out
• The function control on the button blinks: Function has
been selected but not carried out
• Acoustic signal (beep) sounds when button is
pressed: Impermissible function has been selected
19 Center console
21 Switch, button • Switch: Switch between right / left outside mirror
• Button: Electric mirror adjustment
22 Cigarette lighter
24 Ignition starter switch Position:
• P = Ignition key can be pulled out
• 0 = Ignition key can be pulled out
• I = Ignition on
• II = Start the engine
24 Integrated socket 24 V
25 Integrated socket 12 V
26 Rotary switch* • Auxiliary heater
• Turn on / off
• Adjustment temperature (10 °C to 45 °C)
• Release (problem)
• Operating control (blinker code in case of a problem)
30 Switch* • Battery charger, change between superstructure (OW) /
chassis (UW)
31 Switch* • Dolly mode
34 Switch* • Camera cleaning
36 Axle pressure gauge • Axles 1 and 2, left side
37 Axle pressure gauge • Axles 1 and 2, right side
38 Axle pressure gauge • Axles 4 to 6, left side
39 Axle pressure gauge • Axles 4 to 6, right side
41 Ashtray
42 Reservoir • Windshield washer fluid
43 Interior illumination
44 Outlet nozzles • For heat / ventilation / air conditioning system*
45 Switch • Left power window lift
46 Switch • Right power window lift
47 Switch • Right power window lift
48 Trip recorder
49 Switch • Turn Intarder off
Note:
The switch 49 is under the center console.
60 EMERGENCY OFF
switch*
3.01 LIEBHERR 179

B104055
180 LIEBHERR 3.01

2 Control elements DTCO trip recorder*

80 Display
81 Key field, driver-1 • Activity button for driver-1
• Discharge button card slot-1
82 Card slot-1
83 Download Interface /
Calibrate Interface
84 Key field, driver-2 • Activity button for driver-2
• Discharge button card slot-2
85 Card slot-2
86 Release button printer
drawer
87 Tear-off edge
88 Menu keys
Note
For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied manufacturer's operating
instructions.
3.01 LIEBHERR 181

B107909
182 LIEBHERR 3.01

3 Operating elements camera monitoring*

61 Button • Monitor on / off
62 Button “Change between • Press the button “Change over day / night” to match the
day / night” brightness of the display to the time of day.
63 Button “Plus” • By pressing the “Plus” button, the value of a setting is
increased.
64 Button “Minus” • By pressing the “Minus” button, the value of a setting is
reduced.
65 Button menu • By pressing the “Menu” button, menus for various adjustments
are called up and changed over, in the following order:
– Color: Adjustment of color saturation
– Brightness: Brightness adjustment
– Contrast: Contrast adjustment
– Volume: Volume adjustment
– Language: Language adjustment (English, French, German,
Spanish, Italian, Portuguese)
– Standard: Reset to factory settings
3.01 LIEBHERR 183

B108630
184 LIEBHERR 3.01

4 Keyboard
100 Travel range switch • Reverse “R”
101 Travel range switch • Neutral “N”
102 Travel range switch • Drive “D”
104 Button • Shift, automatic / manual shift mode
Function indicator light does not light up: Automatic shift
mode
Function indicator light lights up: Manual shift mode
105 Button • Shift up 1 gear in manual shift mode
108 Button • Shift down 1 gear in manual shift mode
109 Display • Function code
112 2-hand button • Vehicle level, raise left front
113 2-hand button • Vehicle level, raise right front
114 Display • Heater stage, brightness stage
115 Button • Display and keyboard brightness adjustment
116 Button • Diagnostics
117 Button • Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the right
118 Button • Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the left
119 2-hand button • Vehicle level, lower left front
120 2-hand button • Vehicle level, lower right front
121 2-hand button • Add “on road driving” steering program
122 2-hand button • Add “All-wheel steering” steering program
123 2-hand button • Add “Crabwalk steering” steering program
124 2-hand button • Add “Reduced sheer out dimension” steering program
125 2-hand button • Add “Independent steering” steering program
127 2-hand button • Vehicle level, raise left rear
128 2-hand button • Vehicle level, raise right rear
129 2-hand button • Automatic level mode, road driving
130 2-hand button • Block the axle suspension
135 2-hand button • Vehicle level, lower left rear
136 2-hand button • Vehicle level, lower right rear
3.01 LIEBHERR 185

B108630
186 LIEBHERR 3.01

138 2-hand button • Addition of length differential lock in distributor gear and length
differential lock axle 3 as well as addition of axle 5 and addition
of axle 4 ( with 12x8 drive*)
140 2-hand button • Addition of transverse differential lock Axle 1
141 2-hand button • Add transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + transverse
differential lock axle 4 ( with 12x8 drive*)
143 2-hand button • Confirmation for 2-hand operation
Note:
The “2-hand button” must be operated for:
Vehicle level regulation
Add steering programs
Add differential locks
Block the axle suspension
144 Button* • Turn the auxiliary heater on / off
145 Button • Driver's cab heat warmer
146 Button • Driver's cab heat cooler
147 Button • Fan speed (blower), faster
148 Button • Fan speed (blower), slower
149 Button* • Seat heater, driver's seat
150 Button • Headlight
151 Button* • Fog lights
152 Button* • Air conditioning system
153 Button • Circulating air
154 Button • Fresh air
155 Button • Air supply floorboard area
156 Button • Air supply front windshield
157 Button* • Seat heater, passenger seat
158 Button • Parking lights
159 Button • Rear fog light
160 Button* • Outside mirror heater
164 Button • Sliding beam illumination, turn on / off manually
165 Button • Rotating beacons
166 Button • Hazard warning system
3.01 LIEBHERR 187

B107907
188 LIEBHERR 3.01

5 Display unit
180 Indicator light* • Auxiliary heater
Blinks: In case of a problem
181 Indicator light • Steering
Lights up: Steering operational
Blinks fast: Error in steering system, with error code display
Blinks slowly: LSB bus connection defective
182 Warning light • Engine coolant level too low
183 Indicator light • Air filter dirty
184 Indicator light • Diesel engine preglow system
185 Warning light • Steering circuit II (steering pump)
186 Warning light • Steering circuit I (auxiliary steering pump)
187 Warning light • Speed limiter
188 Indicator light • Torque converter clutch open
Lights up: Torque converter clutch open
Off: Torque converter clutch closed
Blinks: CAN bus link problem or torque converter clutch oil
temperature too high
189 Warning light • Transmission error
191 Indicator light* • Automatic brake force reduction
192 Indicator light* • Release for Dolly mode*
Blinks: When driving with the dolly* and the hydraulic oil
pressure for the release of the slewing gear brake / luffing
cylinder lowering brake drops below a permissible range.
194 Indicator light • Bluetooth™ Terminal
Off: BTT turned on and in charging cradle
Lights up: BTT turned to radio operation and emergency-off
switch on BTT activated
Blinks fast: BTT not in charging cradle, faulty or turned off
Blinks slowly: Data transmission error
195 Indicator light • High beam
196 Indicator light • Low beam
197 Indicator light • Rear fog light
198 Indicator light* • Rotating beacon
199 Indicator light* • Rotating beacon
200 Indicator light • Engine brake active
201 Indicator light • Parking brake applied
202 Indicator light • Eddy current brake active
204 Warning light • Brake pads worn
3.01 LIEBHERR 189

B107907
190 LIEBHERR 3.01

207 Indicator light* • ABS at trailer

ABS Antilock Brake System
Lights up: ABS error
Blinks: Communication error between ABS vehicle electronics
At a driving speed in trailer mode of more than approx.
10 km/h, this warning light must turn off.
208 Indicator light • Off: ABS ok
Lights up: ABS error
Blinks: Error Data transfer CAN
210 Display • Driving direction vehicle left / right
211 Display* • Driving direction of trailer left / right
212 Warning light • Hazard warning system
213 Indicator light • Rotating beacon
214 Indicator light • Rotating beacon
3.01 LIEBHERR 191

B103707
192 LIEBHERR 3.01

220 Indicator light • Tempomat or Temposet active

221 Display • Speed in [km/h], Tempomat /Temposet
222 Display • Transmission in neutral “N”
223 Display • Gear indicator
Note:
Brief display of Tempomat and Temposet speed settings
224 Warning light • Excessive engine RPM
225 Display • Engine RPM
226 Bar graph • Converter oil temperature [deg], 50 °C - 140 °C
227 Warning light • Excessive converter oil temperture
228 Bar graph • Fuel reserve [%], 0 to 100 %
229 Warning light • Fuel reserve less than 4%
230 Bar graph • Engine coolant temperature [deg], 30 °C - 120 °C
231 Warning light • Coolant temperature or charge air temperature too high
232 Bar graph • Engine oil pressure [bar], 0 bar - 10 bar
233 Warning light • Oil pressure too low / oil temperature too high
234 Bar graph • Battery voltage [V], 21 V - 30 V
235 Warning light • Charge indicator, alternator
236 Bar graph • Compressed air supply I [bar], 0 bar - 10 bar
237 Warning light • Compressed air supply I less than 5.5 bar
238 Bar graph • Compressed air supply II [bar], 0 bar - 10 bar
239 Warning light • Compressed air supply II less than 5.5 bar
240 Bar graph • Compressed air supply III [bar], 0 bar - 10 bar
241 Warning light • Compressed air supply III less than 5.5 bar
242 Bar graph • Current brake pressure with actuated brake circuit I [bar],
0 bar - 10 bar
243 Warning light • Blinks: Brake pressure sensor in circuit I defective
244 Bar graph • Current brake pressure with actuated brake circuit II [bar],
0 bar - 10 bar
245 Warning light • Blinks: Brake pressure sensor in circuit II defective
3.01 LIEBHERR 193

B107908
194 LIEBHERR 3.01

6 Grounding the mobile crane

300 Pin • Connection to ground (earth)
Note:
In order that the mobile crane can be grounded, the pin 300 for
the ground connection is assembled. To ground the mobile
crane, see Crane operating instructions chapter 2.04.
3.01 LIEBHERR 195

027885-01 3.02 Before starting to travel
B195219
196 LIEBHERR 3.02

3.02 Before starting to travel 027885-01
1 General checks before starting to travel

Various checks must be performed before starting to travel.
For a detailed description of the tasks listed below, refer to chapter 7.04.
1.1 Checking the oil level and filters

Check oil level in the vehicle engine.
Check oil levels in automatic gear box and distributor gear.
Check oil level in hydraulic reservoir for steering, support and axle suspension.
Check filter on hydraulic oil reservoir.
1.2 Checking the fuel level

Note
Bleed the fuel system.
If the fuel tank has been run dry, then the fuel system must be bled.
Do not run the fuel tank dry.
Check the fuel supply at the fuel gauge in the driver's cab.
1.3 Checking the coolant level

WARNING
Danger of injury due to scalding of the skin!
Check the coolant level only when the engine is cold.
Fill the coolant expansion tank until it overflows on the filler neck.
1.4 Checking the tires

While doing this, also check the spare tire*.
Note
See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.01.
3.02 LIEBHERR 197

B107920
198 LIEBHERR 3.02

1.5 Checking the general transport condition

Note
Transport on public highways:
For transport on public highways, observe the crane driving conditions as described in chapter
3.04 to ensure that the maximum axle load does not exceed 12 t.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to improper transport condition!
Locking mechanisms, cotter pins and retaining pins must be installed and attached in such a way,
that they cannot loosen up by themselves during travel and cause damage.
The safety measures, locking measures and checks described below must be performed!
Make sure that the following prerequisites for transporting the mobile crane are met:
– The crane superstructure is pinned with the crane chassis.
– The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in and placed in the boom receptacle.
– The telescopic boom is secured to prevent it from telescoping out by itself.
– Individually secure the four sliding beams of the hydraulic supports using pins 1 to prevent them
from unintentionally extending.
– The four pins 2 are secured in the transportation retainers.
– Move the four support pads to the transport position and secure them with pins 5 to prevent them
from extending unintentionally.
– The winding speed sensor is disassembled.
– The axle blocking is turned off.
Perform the following checks before leaving the jobsite:

Check that the axle suspension is set to the correct height for road driving. See chapter 3.03.
Check if the support cylinders are fully retracted.
Check if the support pads 5 are in the transport position and secured.
Check if the sliding beams 1 are fully retracted and pinned.
Check if the chocks 6 are in their holders.
Check if the telescopic boom has been retracted and placed on the receptacle block.
Check if the crane superstructure is locked with the crane chassis.
Check if the covers on the turntable are closed.
Check whether the doors 8 and window of the crane driver's cab are closed.
Check if the step under the crane operator's cab is retracted.
Check if the folding ladders are placed and secured on the vehicle frame 3.
Check if the spare wheel* has been properly secured.
Check if the hoist rope is hung and tightened on the front trailer coupling 7.
Check if the winding speed sensor has been removed.
Check if the auxiliary ladders are properly secured.
Check if the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4 has been placed in the charging cradle.
Check if the steering program “On road driving” is activated.
Check if all locks on tool boxes and cabinet doors are locked.
Check if all locking pins used for crane operation are present and secured for transportation.
3.02 LIEBHERR 199

B107921
200 LIEBHERR 3.02

1.6 Checking the lights

Make sure that the battery master switch and the ignition are turned on.
DANGER
Danger of accident if lights are defective!
Have any defective lights repaired by an expert before starting to travel!
Crane lights:
– Low beam 1
– High beam 2
– Front and rear parking lights 3
– Fog lights* 4
– Turn signals 5
– Tail light 6
– Brake lights 7
– Back up light 8
– Rotating beacons 9
– Outline lights 10
– Rear fog light 11
– License plate illumination 12
– Side marking lights 13
– Course holding light 14
Check all lights before starting to travel.
3.02 LIEBHERR 201

B103209
202 LIEBHERR 3.02

2 Work station - Driver's cab
DANGER
Risk of accident due to incorrect mirror and / or steering wheel adjustment!
Adjust the driver's seat, mirrors and steering wheel before starting to travel.
Never adjust or readjust the driver's seat, the mirror or the steering wheel while driving.
2.1 Adjusting the driver's seat

The pneumatically suspended driver's seat can be adjusted to suit any body size.
If desired, the driver's seat can be equipped with IPS* (Integrated Pneumatic System). IPS* provides
additional side lumbar support.
1 Horizontal adjustment • Pull up the lever and adjust the seat position.
• Let the lever latch back in position.
2 Incline adjustment • Pull up the lever and adjust the tilt of the seat by pressing /
releasing the front of the seat cushion.
3 Seat cushion adjustment • Pull up the lever and slide the seat cushion
forwards / backwards.
4 Horizontal suspension • Lever to right: Horizontal suspension unlocked.
• Lever to left: Horizontal suspension blocked.
5 Lowering • Push lever downwards: Seat is lowered.
• Pull lever upwards: Seat moves to the set height.
6 Damper adjustment • Use the damper setting to optimally adjust the vibration
characteristic of the seat to any road surface and driver.
• Lever up: Minimum damper force
• Lever down: Maximum damper force
7 Height adjustment • Pull or push the lever to set the desired seat height.
8 Integrated pneumatic • The “integrated pneumatic system” (IPS) allows the optimum
system (IPS)* adjustment of the rear support contour to the body shape, see
positions 9, 10 and 11.
• Lower lumbar area support 9
Press button to inflate or vent the air chamber in the “lower
lumbar area support”.
• Upper lumbar area support 10
Press button to inflate or vent the air chamber in the “upper
lumbar area support”.
• Side support 11
Press button to inflate or vent the air chamber in the “side
support”.
12 Seat heater / seat climate • Switch position up:
control* Seat cushion and arm rest heating turned on.
Thermostatically controlled seat cushion and arm rest heating.
• Switch position neutral (center position):
No function, switch position “OFF”.
• Switch position down:
Seat cushion and arm rest climate control turned on.
3.02 LIEBHERR 203

B103209
204 LIEBHERR 3.02

13 Fan* • Press button to set the fan stage.

Note:
The fan is only available in conjunction with the seat heater /
climate control*.
14 Shoulder adjustment • Pull up the lever and use your body weight to move the upper
half of the backrest to the desired position.
15 Backrest adjustment • Pull up the lever and use your body weight to move the
backrest to the desired position.
3.02 LIEBHERR 205

B105661
206 LIEBHERR 3.02

2.2 BTT (Bluetooth™ Terminal)

Before driving, plug the BTT 4 into the instrument panel.
Insert BTT 4 into the instrument panel.
Result:
– Speed and kilometer data is displayed when driving.
– The rechargeable battery in the BTT is charged.
2.3 Adjusting the mirror

Clean outside mirrors before starting to travel and adjust to suit the driver's field of view.
Actuate the switch 21 on the centre console 19.
Result:
– You can switch between the left and right outside mirrors.
– Mirror is adjusted.
2.4 Adjusting the steering wheel

The steering wheel is unlocked pneumatically.
Press the button 8.
Adjust the angle and height of the steering wheel.
2.5 Turning the heater / ventilation on

The driver's cab can be heated or ventilated to the desired temperature.
For detailed description, see chapter 6.01.
To adjust the heater or ventilation, use the keypad 18.
2.6 Fastening the seat belt

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury if seat belt is not worn!
If the seat belt is not fastened during travel operation, the driver or the passenger can be fatally
injured or killed in case of an accident or full braking action.
All occupants must wear a seatbelt before moving the crane and during driving.
Fasten the seat belt.
3.02 LIEBHERR 207

B104055
208 LIEBHERR 3.02

2.7 DTCO trip recorder*

Note
Data loss on DTCO trip recorder!
If the buffer battery is not replaced within two years by a service location of the manufacturer
(Siemens-VDO), then a power failure can lead to a loss of all data! In this case, the trip recorder is
defective and the maximum travel speed for cranes with active rear axle steering is limited to 40 km/h.
Make sure to have the buffer battery replaced in time.
For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied manufacturer's operating
instructions.
2.7.1 Initial calibration
Note
After delivery of the crane, the calibration of the DTCO trip recorder should be carried out by one
of the manufacturer's service locations (Siemens-VDO).
2.7.2 Company / driver card

The company / driver card(s) must be requested by the crane operator / driver at the respective
authority in the member state.
Company card
The company card identifies a company.
Note
After the initial calibration, the company must register with the company card on the DTCO trip
recorder.
The main memory data of the DTCO trip recorder must be downloaded and secured every 3
months with the company card.
Driver card
The driver card is personal and in possession of the driver. The activities of the driver (steering and
resting times) are saved on the driver card. Before starting to travel, the driver card must be inserted
in the card slot 82 or card slot 85.
Note
The data of the driver card(s) must be saved every 28 days!
3.02 LIEBHERR 209

B105662
210 LIEBHERR 3.02

2.8 Checking main controls

DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to defective main controls!
Arrange to have any defective functions repaired by an expert before starting to travel.
Make sure that the battery master switch 15 is turned on. Otherwise the controls cannot be checked.
For some checks, the ignition must also be turned on.
2.8.1 Checks with the ignition turned off

Hazard warning system: Press button 166 with function control and check.
Rotating beacons: Press button 165 with function control and check.
Parking lights: Press button 158 with function control and check.
2.8.2 Checks with the ignition turned on

Headlight: Press the button 150 with function control, check indicator light 195 and indicator
light 196.
Fog lights* (only with headlight or parking light turned on): Press button 151 with function control
and check.
Rear fog light* (only with headlight or parking light turned on): Press button 159 with function
control and check indicator light 197.
Heater: To increase temperature, press button 145 with function control and check.
Heater: To reduce temperature, press button 146 with function control and check.
Auxiliary heater*: Press button 144 with function control and check indicator light 180.
Fan: Press button 147 and button 148 with function control and check.
Windshield wiper / washer system: Check steering column switch 6 with windshield washer
system reservoir.
Check the horn 6.
Turn signals: Operate steering column switch 6 with indicator light 210 and check.
3.02 LIEBHERR 211

027886-01 3.03 Axle suspension system
B109433
212 LIEBHERR 3.03

3.03 Axle suspension system 027886-01
1 Crane vehicle axles suspended

The crane vehicle axles must be suspended in the following situations to equalize uneven ground
conditions and level differences:
– For driving on public roads, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
– For off road driving, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
The side stability of the vehicle when cornering is ensured by the axle suspension.
1.1 Turning the axle suspension on

NOTICE
Risk of damage to axle suspension!
If the axle suspension is turned off without the wheels being in contact with the ground, then the axle
suspension can be damaged if the axles drop down!
Do not turn axle suspension off until all wheels are in contact with the ground!
DANGER
Risk of injury when operating the axle suspension!
Ensure that no persons are present within the crane danger zone!
Press button 143 and button 130.

Result:
– Function control on button 130 does not light up.
– All axles are suspended in this position.
– The level of the crane can be regulated.
2 Crane vehicle axles blocked

The crane vehicle axles must be blocked in the following situations to avoid tipping the crane over or
damage to the axle suspension:
– Driving in equipped condition, see separate manual “Driving in equipped condition”
– For supporting the crane, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.05
2.1 Block the axle suspension

DANGER
Risk of injury when operating the axle suspension!
Ensure that no persons are present within the crane danger zone!

Result:
– The function indicator on the button 130 lights up.
– All axles are blocked in the current position.
– The level of the crane can be regulated manually.
3.03 LIEBHERR 213

B109433
214 LIEBHERR 3.03

3 Level regulation
Note
To improve the fording ability, the crane vehicle can be raised and to reduce the overall height, it
can be lowered. On slopes, the crane vehicle can be inclined. For the suspension path and the
side incline angle, refer to the Crane operating instructions, chapter 1.03.
The level can be regulated manually or automatically.

– The vehicle is on a level surface.
– The crane engine is running.
– The transmission is in neutral position “N”.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
Do not level the vehicle, unless the vehicle is at a standstill!
Carry out the level regulation on a level and load-bearing surface.
Never raise or lower the vehicle fully when driving on an uneven road surface.
The function control on the button 129 must light up during the level regulation procedure.
– If the function control does not light up, stop the procedure immediately!
– Arrange to have the problem remedied by an expert.
When the level regulation procedure is complete, the function control must turn off when releasing the
button 129.
Note
If the function control does not turn off when releasing the button 129, have the problem remedied
by an expert.
3.1 Level regulation from the driver's cab
3.1.1 Automatic level regulation

Button 143 and button 129 operate the automatic level regulation. The crane is automatically moved
to a level position (driving height for road driving) by the level switches attached to the suspension
cylinders.
Ensure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The axle suspension is turned on.
Press button 143 and button 129 simultaneously until the function control on the button 129 blinks.
Result:
– The function control on the button 129 lights during automatic level regulation and blinks when the
end position is reached.
– The function controls for manual level control ( button 112, button 113, button 119, button 120,
button 127, button 128, button 135 and button 136) blink when the corresponding suspension
cylinders have reached the level position for on road driving.
Note
After releasing button 143 and button 129, the function controls on button 112, button 113,
button 119, button 120, button 127, button 128, button 135 and button 136 turns off.
The function control on button 129 continues to light up and turns off when driving.
3.03 LIEBHERR 215

B109433
216 LIEBHERR 3.03

3.1.2 Manual level regulation
Note
The crane vehicle can only be levelled manually when the axle suspension is turned on.
The level position is adjusted manually by pressing the 2-hand button 143 for manual level regulation.
The suspension cylinders are filled or emptied.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Manual level regulation in public traffic is only permitted in order to adapt the crane to special
situations, such as lowering the crane to reduce the height in order to drive under a bridge.
Carry out the level regulation only in special situations and when the vehicle is at a standstill!
Note
If the axle suspension is blocked, the level regulation can be adjusted manually.
If the crane vehicle is not in level position, then it is shown by blinking on the function controls for
manual leveling regulation ( button 112, button 113, button 119, button 120, button 127,
button 128, button 135 and button 136) which axles must be raised or lowered so that the
respective suspension cylinder gets to level position.
To adjust the vehicle incline via the axle suspension, the function key 555 can be used to switch to
the sight gauge on the BTT 4, which must be in the charging cradle.
Raising the vehicle

Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 112.
Result:
– The left front vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The right front vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The left rear vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The right rear vehicle level is raised.
Raising the entire vehicle

Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 112, button 113, button 127, button 128.
Result:
– The vehicle level is fully raised.
3.03 LIEBHERR 217

B109433
218 LIEBHERR 3.03

Lowering the vehicle

Result:
– The left front vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The right front vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The left rear vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The right rear vehicle level is lowered.
Lowering the entire vehicle

Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 119, button 120, button 135, button 136.
Result:
– The vehicle level is fully lowered.
3.03 LIEBHERR 219

027887-03 3.04 Travel operation
B107910
220 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.04 Travel operation 027887-03
1 Travel conditions of the crane

Before the crane can be driven on public roads, the telescopic boom must be fully telescoped in and
placed on the receptacle frame.
Note
Driving on public highways.
Observe national regulations at all times!
1.1 Axle loads up to 12 t

Before the crane can be driven on public highways and motorways, in order to comply with the axle
load limit of 12 t per axle, the travel condition must be established as shown in the illustration and the
chart.
– The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in and placed down.
– The hoist rope is hung and tightened on the front tow coupling.
– The axle suspension system has been set to “suspended”.
– The vehicle is at the level setting for on-road travel.
Set up condition
Counterweight No counterweight
With: Winch I
Without: TY-guying
Counterweight frame
Hook block
Total weight Axle load
1 2 3 4 5 6
72 t 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t 12 t
1.2 Axle loads above 12 t

DANGER
Increased danger of accidents!
The braking path is longer due to the greater overall weight!
The wear on brake linings is increased and there is an increased danger of overheating the brakes.
The steering system, service brake, parking brake and retarder no longer meet the regulations!
The service life of all components affected by the increased axle load such as: Brakes, tires, wheel
rims, axles and all drive, suspension and steering components is reduced.
Check the affected parts more frequently!
3.04 LIEBHERR 221

B105634
222 LIEBHERR 3.04

2 Starting and stopping the engine

Do not put a full load on the engine until it is at operating temperature.
2.1 Starting the engine

– The battery master switch 15 is turned on.
– The parking brake 3 is applied.
2.1.1 With engine at operating temperature

Turn the ignition switch 23 to position “I”.
Result:
– The indicator light 184 blinks.
– The charge indicator light 235 lights up.
– The engine is ready to start.
Turn the ignition switch 23 to position “II” and start the engine.
Troubleshooting
The engine does not start after a maximum of 10 seconds?
Wait for 1 minute. The starter can be operated three times for 10 seconds per attempt with a one
minute break in between.
3.04 LIEBHERR 223

B105634
224 LIEBHERR 3.04

2.1.2 With heater flange control at a coolant temperature of less than 10 °C

To improve the cold start procedure, the engine is equipped with a heater flange. The heater flange
control turns on at a coolant temperature below 10 °C. The heater flange control is also activated
automatically at a coolant temperature above 25 °C and a charge air temperature of less than -10 °C.
This turn on condition is required for a warm engine and very cold air.
When the engine is started with heater flange control, the idling speed speed is automatically
increased to assist the battery.
Note
Functionality of the battery in the cold season.
The starting capacity of the battery is considerably reduced in cold temperatures: For example, at a
temperature of -10 °C, it has only 66 % of its normal capacity.
Once the engine has been turned off, store the batteries in a heated room, if possible.

Result:
– The indicator light 184 lights up first and then starts to blink after a short time.
– The charge indicator light 235 lights up.
– The engine is ready to start.
Turn the ignition switch 23 to position “II” and start the engine.
Troubleshooting
Is the indicator light 184 blinking quickly?
The heat flange control has detected a fault.
Remedy the problem.
3.04 LIEBHERR 225

B105634
226 LIEBHERR 3.04

2.2 Checking the instruments after starting the engine

The following indicator lights must turn off when the engine is running:
Check the indicator light for the engine oil pressure 233.
Troubleshooting
Does the engine oil pressure indicator light 233 still light up or is no oil pressure displayed?
There is a danger of engine damage.
Turn the engine off immediately!
Check the preheat indicator light 184.

Check the charge indicator light 235.
Check the indicator light - gear oil temperature 227.
Check the indicator light - steering circuit II 185.
The indicator light for steering circuit I 186 turns off only after a certain speed.
Check the indicator light - steering circuit I 186.
Check the indicator light - air pressure circuit I 237.
Check the indicator light - air pressure circuit II 239.
Check the indicator light - air pressure circuit III 241.
3.04 LIEBHERR 227

B107911
228 LIEBHERR 3.04

2.3 Turning the engine off
2.3.1 Parking
See also paragraph “Stopping the vehicle (Parking)”.
NOTICE
Damage to engine!
Turn off the engine immediately in case of dropping or significantly fluctuating oil pressure,
reduced power and RPM without a throttle control change, heavy exhaust, increasing coolant
temperature or suddenly occurring abnormal engine noises!
Turn the ignition switch 23 back to the stop.

Pull the ignition switch 23 off and store in a safe place.
2.3.2 Turning off the engine in case of danger

In case of danger, the engine can be turned off immediately by pressing the emergency off
switch* 60.
Note
Operating the emergency-off switch* 60.
Only use the emergency off switch* 60 in the event of a clear emergency. Use of the emergency
off switch* 60 for normal operation is not permitted!
Press the emergency off switch* 60.

Result:
– The engine is turned off immediately.
To turn off the emergency-off switch* 60 once it has been activated:

Unlock with the ignition key.
3.04 LIEBHERR 229

B105636
230 LIEBHERR 3.04

3 Travel
3.1 Driving speed

The current speed is shown on the display 221.
3.2 Changing the idling speed

The idling speed increase will be automatically reduced after preselecting the drive range switch
“D” or “R”.
3.2.1 Changing the idling speed with the steering column switch
If required, the idling speed can be changed when the vehicle is not operational and the transmission
is in neutral position “N” using the steering column switch 7.
After the engine is started, the idling speed will be automatically regulated, depending on the coolant
temperature.
Hold the steering column switch 7 in position 8.
Result:
– The idling speed increases cyclically by approx. 50 rpm.
Tap the steering column switch 7 in position 8.

Result:
– The idling speed increases by approx. 50 rpm.
Release the steering column switch 7.

Result:
– The engine runs at the attained RPM.

Result:
– The idling speed reduces cyclically by approx. 50 rpm.

Result:
– The idling speed reduces by approx. 50 rpm.
Release the steering column switch 7.

Result:
– The engine runs at the attained RPM.

Result:
– The idling speed increase is turned off.
3.2.2 Changing the idling speed with the engine regulation

Set the idling speed with the engine regulation 2.
Press button 7.
Result:
– The engine runs at the adjusted RPM.
3.04 LIEBHERR 231

B105637
232 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.3 Parking brake
3.3.1 Applying
WARNING
If the hand lever 3 is not correctly engaged when the parking brake is applied, then the vehicle can roll
off uncontrollably and fatally injure personnel!
It is imperative to ensure that the hand lever 3 is correctly locked into place. The hand lever 3 may
not be permitted to be pushed forward (without being pulled out first)!
Pull the hand lever 3 back until it locks into place.

Result:
– The indicator light 201 lights up.
3.3.2 Releasing
Ensure that the required brake release pressure is present in brake circuit III.
WARNING
Mobile crane rolls uncontrollably away!
When the parking brake is released, the mobile crane can start to move immediately!
Personnel can be injured or killed by the rolling vehicle!
Objects can be damaged!
Before releasing the parking brake, hold the mobile crane with the service brake!
Pull back the hand lever 3 hand lever to the stop in the lever's longitudinal direction and push
forward.
Result:
– Parking brake is released.
– The indicator light 201 turns off.
Troubleshooting
The parking brake does not release, even though the manual lever 3 has been pushed forward?
The required brake release pressure is not present in brake circuit III. The warning light 241 lights up.
Pull the hand lever 3 back again.
Fill brake circuit III until the warning light 241 extinguishes.
3.4 Service brake

DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to defective service brake!
Carry out a brake test immediately after starting to drive!
Depress the pedal 1 and check the service brake.

Result:
– The displays on bar graph 242 and on bar graph 244 must move proportional to the pedal path of
the service brake.
3.04 LIEBHERR 233

B105638
234 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.5 Retarder
The retarder consists of the engine brake, the hydraulic Intarder and the Eddy current brake.
3.5.1 Operating conditions

The retarder can only be operated with the engine turned on. If the retarder is being actuated, it is not
possible to accelerate.
Sensible use of the retarder by anticipating travel modes reduces wear on the service brake and
thereby reduces operating costs.
DANGER
Utmost care should be taken when operating the retarder!
Switch through the individual stages one by one while constantly observing the vehicle handling
characteristics.
Long braking causes the retarder to overheat! The brake power of the Eddy current brake and the
intarder can be reduced significantly!
On long downhill slopes

On long downhill slops, select a shift that leaves further shift stages available for additional braking
procedures, which may be required.
If the braking effect is not sufficient, slow down the vehicle with the service brake and shift down.
On snow, ice and dirty road surfaces
DANGER
In the event that the wheels lock when operating the retarder, select a lower shift stage!
Careful use of the retarder will ensure safe and sure deceleration even under bad road surface
conditions.
3.04 LIEBHERR 235

B105638
236 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.5.2 Operating the retarder

The retarder is operated using the 6-stage steering column switch 7. Five switch settings are
available.
Steering column switch 7 change through the steering column switch stage by stage and not jerkily in
order to avoid any overbraking.
Operate steering column switch 7.
Result:
– In switch position 1, the Intarder is active. When driving downhill, it is attempted to retain the last
driven speed.
– In switch settings 2 to 5 the Intarder, the engine brake and the Eddy current brake are active.
If the road surface is wet:

Engage briefly in each shift position to avoid locking the wheels.
NOTICE
Danger of overheating!
As soon as the vehicle is at a standstill or no more deceleration is required, turn the retarder off.
The steering column switch 7 may be reset with one pull without pauses between the stages.
Reset the steering column switch 7 to stage 0.
Result:
– The retarder is turned off.
3.04 LIEBHERR 237

B105639
238 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.6 Automatic transmission
3.6.1 General
The automatic transmission can be used in automatic or in manual shift mode. The transmission has
12 forward gears and 2 reverse gears. The current gear positions will be indicated on the display 223.
3.6.2 Switching between automatic and manual shift mode

When the ignition is turned on, the automatic mode is activated automatically. In the neutral “N” and
reverse “R” travel range, the manual mode is always activated.
Press button 104 to change between automatic and manual shift mode.
Result:
– The indicator light on button 104 does not light up: Automatic mode
– The indicator light on button 104 lights up: Manual shift mode
3.04 LIEBHERR 239

B105639
240 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.6.3 Starting to drive

– The crane vehicle is at a standstill.
The torque converter clutch is released.
The dry coupling is applied.
In order to be able to set a travel range, the service brake 1 must be applied.
Apply the service brake 1 and select the travel range with the button R 100 for reverse or button
D 102 for forward.
Result:
1.) The torque converter clutch remains open.
2.) The dry clutch opens.
3.) A starting gear is placed.
4.) The dry clutch closes.
The starting gear is automatically set by the transmission according to the travel resistance. It can be
manually corrected upwards as far as predetermined gear or downwards as far as 1st gear. To do so,
change to manual shift mode. Thereafter it is possible to change immediately back to automatic
mode.
If necessary:
Correct the starting gear.
Release the parking brake 3.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to rolling mobile crane!
After releasing the service brake 1, the mobile crane starts to move immediately! Personnel can be
injured or killed by the rolling mobile crane!
Objects can be damaged!
Release the service brake 1 only if the travel path is clear of personnel and object!
Release the service brake 1.

Result:
– The mobile crane starts to drive in low idle speed without actuating the engine regulation 2.
To accelerate the mobile crane:

Activate the engine regulation 2.
Result:
– The torque converter clutch remains open for now and closes at an engine rpm of approx.
1200 rpm.
3.04 LIEBHERR 241

B105639
242 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.6.4 Selecting the driving direction

Make sure that the vehicle is at a standstill.
Reverse driving direction “R”
This setting is used to move the vehicle backwards.
Press the button 100.
Result:
– The indicator light on button 100 lights up.
Neutral position “N”

This setting is used to start the engine and for low idle operation.
Use the neutral position also if the vehicle is not occupied and the engine is running.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to rolling crane!
In the event that the driver is required to leave the crane while the engine is running, ensure that
the parking brake is applied correctly and that wedges are placed under the wheels!

Result:
Driving direction forward “D”

This travel range is selected for general travel operation in a forward direction.
Result:
Note
If the button 102 is pressed in travel direction forward “D”, while driving in manual shift operation,
then the nominal gear is reduced to the lowest possible gear. When the vehicle is at a standstill,
the standard starting gear is preselected.
3.04 LIEBHERR 243

B105641
244 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.6.5 Automatic mode

In automatic mode, the driver operates only the engine control or the brake. Gear shifts are carried out
automatically by the system depending on travel condition and usage. Depending on the preset
driving direction, the transmission automatically selects a starting gear. It can be manually adjusted to
the travel conditions.
Apply the service brake before switching from neutral “N” to a drive range. If this is not done, an
acoustic warning signal sounds and an operating instruction appears on the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4.
The display 223 contains the following information:

– Automatic mode: A
– Not assigned: B
– Gear engaged: C
– Gear engaged: D
3.6.6 Manual shift mode

In manual mode the gears are selected by the driver using the steering column switch 7 or the
key 105 and the key 108.
Apply the service brake before switching from neutral “N” to a drive range. If this is not done, an
acoustic warning signal sounds and an operating instruction appears on the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4.
In manual shift operation, it is not possible to drive with the Tempomat or Temposet.
If an attempt is made to shift up in the 12th forward gear or an attempt is made to shift down in the 1st
forward gear or the 1st reverse gear, an acoustic signal is heard and an operating instruction appears
in the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4.
In the event that an attempt is made to shift down further than the gear permitted by the transmission,
an acoustic signal will sound and a notice will appear in the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4.

– Gear selected: A
– Gear selected: B
– Gear engaged: C
– Gear engaged: D
3.04 LIEBHERR 245

B105642
246 LIEBHERR 3.04

Selecting the gear with the steering column switch

The steering column switch can be used to shift through one or more gears simultaneously. The
steering column switch returns to the initial setting after each operation.
Shifting up
Push the hand lever 7 briefly upwards.
Result:
– Shift up by one gear.
Push the manual lever 7 up and hold.

Result:
– The gears are shifted up cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Shifting down
Push the manual lever 7 briefly downward.
Result:
– Shift down by one gear.
Push the manual lever 7 downward and hold.

Result:
– The gears are shifted down cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Selecting the gear with the buttons

With button 105 and button 108, can be one or more gears shifted up or down simultaneously.
Shifting up
Press the button 105 briefly.
Result:
– Shift up by one gear.
Press and hold button 105.

Result:
– The gears are shifted up cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Shifting down
Press the button 108 briefly.
Result:
– Shift down by one gear.
Press and hold button 108.

Result:
– The gears are shifted down cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
3.04 LIEBHERR 247

B105641
248 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.6.7 Warning display

Transmission error
The transmission carries out a self-check as soon as the ignition is turned on. If there is a
transmission error, the error message “CH” will appear on the display 223 either immediately or soon
after the ignition has been turned on.
CH =“check”
– Transmission error: A
– Transmission error: B
– Gear engaged: C
– Gear engaged: D
Turn the engine off and remedy the transmission error.
Loss of air pressure
In the event of loss of air pressure, the transmission may no longer be able to shift.
This is shown via the display 223 “AL”.
AL =“air less”
– Loss of air pressure: A
– Loss of air pressure: B
– Gear engaged: C
– Gear engaged: D
Start to drive only if there is sufficient air pressure.
3.04 LIEBHERR 249

B105641
250 LIEBHERR 3.04

Clutch overloaded
The clutch could overheat in the event that too high a demand is placed on it.
This is shown via the display 223 “CL”.
CL =“clutch load”
– Clutch overheating: A
– Clutch overheating: B
– Gear engaged: C
– Gear engaged: D
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to rolling crane!
If the driver ignores the error message “CL”, the clutch closes of its own accord when the accelerator
pedal is operated. This can result in the engine stalling and the crane rolling back.
Stop the vehicle immediately and allow the clutch to cool off!
CAUTION
Danger of clutch damage!
If the ignition is turned off and then turned immediately back on while the error message “CL” is
showing, the error message “CL” will no longer be displayed even though the clutch is overheated.
It is imperative to let the clutch cool down!
Stop the vehicle and allow the clutch to cool off until it is possible to shift gears again.
3.04 LIEBHERR 251

B105644
252 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.7 Important indicator instruments while driving
3.7.1 Checking steering circuit I

At a driving speed of approximately 10 km/h the warning light 186 for hydraulic steering circuit I turns
off.
Check the warning light 186.
Troubleshooting
Are warning light 185 and warning light 186 blinking?
A sensor error is present.
Remedy the cause of the problem.
Troubleshooting
The warning light 186 does not turn off?
Steering circuit I is not operational.
Immediately bring the crane to a standstill and remedy the cause of the problem.
3.7.2 Checking the engine oil pressure

Engine oil pressure display on bar graph 232 of 0 bar - 10 bar.
Check the warning light 233 and the bar graph 232.
Troubleshooting
Does the oil pressure drop while driving and not increase even when increasing RPM?
The engine is not lubricated if there is insufficient or no oil pressure. This causes engine damage.
Bring the crane to a standstill immediately and turn the engine off.
3.7.3 Checking compressed air supply I, II and III

The warning lights 237, 239, 241 do not light up.
Check the warning lights 237, 239, 241.
Troubleshooting
Are all or one of the warning lights 237, 239, 241 illuminated?
The brake system is not operational.
Immediately bring the crane to a standstill and remedy the cause of the problem.
3.04 LIEBHERR 253

B105644
254 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.7.4 Checking the fuel reserve

Do not drive until the fuel tank is empty, otherwise the fuel system will have to be bled.
Fuel quantity displayed on bar graph 228 in percent (%), 0 to 100 %
If the fuel reserve is less than 4%, the yellow indicator light 229 lights up.
Check the indicator light 229.
If the yellow indicator light 229 lights up:
Add fuel.
Troubleshooting
The indicator light 229 blinks.
Remedy the error.
3.7.5 Checking the coolant temperature

Display of coolant temperature on bar graph 230 from 30 °C - 120 °C.
Check the warning light 231 and the bar graph 230.
If the coolant temperature is too high while driving:
First try to reduce the temperature to the permissible range of between 85 °C - 90 °C first by load
reduction and engine rpm increase.
Troubleshooting
Does the warning light 231 light up while driving?
Excessive coolant temperature causes excessive engine temperature. This causes engine damage.
Bring the crane to a standstill immediately and turn the engine off.
3.04 LIEBHERR 255

B105644
256 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.7.6 Checking the converter oil temperature

Display of converter oil temperature on bar graph 226 from 50 °C - 140 °C.
The temperature display on bar graph 226 must be within the approved range for normal travel mode.
Check the warning light 227 and bar graph 226.
Troubleshooting
Does the warning light 227 blink?
Remedy the error.
Troubleshooting
Display on bar graph 226 reaches the red range or the warning light 227 lights up while driving?
Immediately bring the crane to a standstill.
Shift the transmission into neutral position “N”.
Allow engine to run at approx. 1500 rpm.
If the oil temperature does not drop into the approved temperature range within a short time:
Turn the engine off completely.
3.04 LIEBHERR 257

B105645
258 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.8 Tempomat
A driving speed of more than 20 km/h can be stored using the Tempomat. The Tempomat is operated
with the steering column switch 7. If the Tempomat is active, the indicator light 220 lights up and the
display 221 shows a “t” on position A. The set speed will be briefly shown on the display 223.
Use the Tempomat only when traffic conditions permit a steady speed. It may not be possible to
maintain the speed on ascending or descending gradients.
Take the foot off the gas pedal when the Tempomat is turned on.
DANGER
Danger of skidding on slippery road surfaces!
Do not use Tempomat on slippery road surfaces!

– The automatic mode is turned on.
– The driving speed is greater than 20 km/h.
– The service brake and the retarder are not activated.
3.8.1 Saving the Tempomat speed

Ensure that Tempomat is not activated.
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 or direction 9.
Result:
– The stored speed will be briefly indicated on the display 223.
3.8.2 Displaying the current Tempomat speed

Ensure that Tempomat is activated. The indicator light 220 lights up.
Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 or direction 9.
Result:
3.8.3 Status Tempomat speed

If the Tempomat is active, the display 221 will indicate the status of the stored Tempomat speed at
position B:
– The stored speed exceeded: B1
– The stored speed is reached: B2
– The speed is below the stored speed: B3
The current speed is shown at position C and position D.
3.04 LIEBHERR 259

B105645
260 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.8.4 Changing the current Tempomat speed

Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 and again within 10 seconds in direction 8.
Result:
– The speed is increased by 2 km/h.

Result:
– The speed is continuously increased by 2 km/h.
Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 9 and again within 10 seconds in direction 9.
Result:
– The speed is reduced by 2 km/h.

Result:
– The speed is continuously reduced by 2 km/h.
3.8.5 Turning off the Tempomat

Accelerate engine control for more than 10 sec.
If the engine control is used to accelerate for less than 10 sec., the crane will brake back to the speed
stored in the Tempomat when the engine control is released.
The stored speed is deleted when the ignition switch is turned back to position “0”.
Move steering column switch 7 in direction 6.
Apply the service brake or retarder.
The speed drops below 10 km/h.
3.8.6 Resuming the old Tempomat speed

If the Tempomat has been turned off but the ignition switch has not been turned back to “0”, the
previous driving speed can be resumed.
Move steering column switch 7 in direction 9.
Result:
– The speed will blink on the display 223.
Move the steering column switch 7 again in direction 9 within 2 seconds.

Result:
– The displayed driving speed will be resumed.
3.04 LIEBHERR 261

B105646
262 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.9 Temposet
With the Temposet, the driving speed can be limited from a speed of 10 km/h. The Temposet is
operated with the steering column switch 7. If the Temposet is active, the indicator light 220 lights up
and the display 221 shows an “S” at position A. The set driving speed will be briefly shown on the
display 223.
– The automatic mode is turned on.
– The driving speed is greater than 10 km/h.
3.9.1 Saving the Temposet speed

Ensure that Temposet is not activated.
Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
Press the button 7.
Result:
3.9.2 Displaying the current Temposet speed

Ensure that Temposet is activated. The indicator light 220 lights up.
Press the button 7.
Result:
3.9.3 Status Temposet speed

If the Temposet is active, the display 221 will indicate the status of the stored Temposet speed at
position B:
– The stored speed exceeded: B1
– The stored speed is reached: B2
– The speed is below the stored speed: B3
The current speed is shown at position C and position D.
3.04 LIEBHERR 263

B105646
264 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.9.4 Changing the current Temposet speed

Press button 7 and hold steering column switch 7 in direction 8. Within 10 seconds, push it in
direction 8 again.
Result:
– The speed is increased by 2 km/h.
Press button 7 and hold steering column switch 7 in position 8.

Result:
– The speed is continuously increased by 2 km/h.
Press button 7 and hold steering column switch 7 in direction 9. Within 10 seconds, push it in
direction 9 again.
Result:
– The speed is reduced by 2 km/h.
Press button 7 and hold steering column switch 7 in position 9.

Result:
– The speed is continuously reduced by 2 km/h.
3.9.5 Turning off the Temposet

The Temposet speed is deleted at ignition starter switch position “0” and the vehicle-specific speed is
activated.
Push the steering column switch 7 for more than 3 seconds in direction 6.
3.04 LIEBHERR 265

B105647
266 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.10 Ending travel

NOTICE
Inadequate lubrication will damage the automatic transmission!
Do not allow vehicle to coast in neutral gear. This cancels out the engine braking effect and the gear
lubrication will be inadequate.
Do not switch vehicle to neutral unless it is at a standstill!
3.10.1 Stopping
Slow down the crane until it comes to a standstill.
The selected travel range can remain turned on.
For longer stops (more than 1 minute), use the button 101 to shift the transmission into neutral
position “N”.
Use the service or parking brake to ensure that the crane does not roll away.
3.10.2 Interrupting travel while the engine is running

Press the button 101 and shift the gear box into neutral “N”.
Close the parking brake 3.
Result:
3.10.3 Parking the vehicle when the engine is running

Press the button 101 and shift the gear box into neutral “N”.
Close the parking brake 3.
Result:
If the crane has been operated at full engine output or if the coolant temperature is above 95 °C:
Allow the engine to run without a load at idling speed for 1-2 minutes.
If special functions (parking light, rotating beacons, hazard warning lights, auxiliary heating*) are
turned on:
Turn off special functions.
Turn off the ignition 31 and pull out the ignition key.
Turn off the battery master switch 15 and remove the trip cam.
Lock the driver's cab.
Secure the vehicle with chocks against uncontrolled rolling away.
3.04 LIEBHERR 267

B107918
268 LIEBHERR 3.04

4 Differential locks
This vehicle is equipped with differential locks, which can be added for off road driving, on unpaved
roadways and in wintery conditions.
With the differential locks enabled, a speed restriction of up to 40 km/h is active.
The differential locks may only be added when the vehicle is at a standstill and in the following
sequence:
1.) Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox and axle 3 + addition of axle 5 (with
12x8 drive)*
2.) Transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 4 (with drive 12x8)*
3.) Transverse differential lock axle 1
CAUTION
Danger of damage to drive axles!
Only add / turn off differential locks when the vehicle is at a standstill!
Never turn the differential locks on when the drive wheels are turning!
Drive carefully, do not start jerkily, do not drive at full throttle!
Drive only straight away and not around corners!
Only drive on difficult terrain (e.g. sand, slush, loose or slippery subsoil etc.) with differential locks.
4.1 Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox and

axle 3 + addition of axle 5 ( (with 12x8 drive)*).
– The vehicle is at a standstill.
Result:
– The function control on the button 138 lights up.
– Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + axle 3 + axle 5 (with 12x8 drive)* is added.
Troubleshooting
The function control on the button 138 blinks.
The gears of the differential are in tooth-on-tooth position.
Place the gear and start to drive carefully.
3.04 LIEBHERR 269

B107918
270 LIEBHERR 3.04

4.2 Adding the transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 4 (with
drive 12x8)*
– Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + axle 3 + axle 5 (with 12x8 drive)* is added.
Result:
– The transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 4 (with drive 12x8)* is added.
Troubleshooting
4.3 Adding transverse differential lock Axle 1

– The longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox and axle 3 + axle 5 and axle 4 (with 12x8
drive)* is added.
– The transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 4 (with drive 12x8)* is added.
Result:
– The transverse differential lock for axle 1 is added.
Troubleshooting
3.04 LIEBHERR 271

B107918
272 LIEBHERR 3.04

4.4 Turning the differential locks off

CAUTION
Danger of damage to drive axles as well as the entire drive train!
Considerable damage can be caused by driving on solid, non-slippery ground with added differential
lock.
Turn the differential locks off again as soon as possible.

Turning off the longitudinal differential locks automatically turns off any transverse differential locks
that are active.
Result:
– The function controls on button 138, button 140 and button 141 go out.
– All differential locks are turned off.

Result:
– The function control on the button 140 turns off.
– The transverse differential lock axle 1 is turned off.

Result:
– The transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 4 (with 12x8 drive)* is turned off.
3.04 LIEBHERR 273

B107912
274 LIEBHERR 3.04

5 Steering
There are 5 operating modes for steering the crane:
1.) On-road driving, illustration 1
2.) All-wheel steering, illustration 2
3.) Crab steering, illustration 3
4.) Reduced sheer out rate, illustration 4
5.) Independent steering, illustration 5
Note
On public roads!
Only drive in “Road driving” mode on public roads.
5.1 General
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Ensure no one is between the wheels when the engine is started and a gear is selected.
Approval to shift change between the individual operating modes is checked each time by the system.
If a shift change is not permitted, an acoustic signal will sound and an operating error message (LEC)
will be shown on the Bluetooth™ Terminal 4.
A shift change in operating mode is only possible up to a speed of 18 km/h. The operating mode can
only be activated if the wheels are in a position which permits a direct transition to the selected
operating mode.
When the power supply is turned on, the last selected operating mode is activated.
If the steering deflection of the wheels correspond to the selected operating mode, then the selected
operating mode is activated.
If the steering deflection of the wheels does not correspond to the last selected operating mode, then
the function check on the button for the last selected operating mode will blink. Operating mode
“Independent steering” will be set. This means that the respective operating mode can be selected
indirectly.
From a temperature of -20 °C operate steering several times before driving off to allow the oil in the
steering cylinders to get warm.
Note
Steering at standstill!
To ensure steering of the electrically steered rear axles at a speed of less than 5 km/h, a hydro
accumulator is actuated and charged with pressurized fluid from the steering circuit II every time the
engine is started and subsequently periodically after every steering request. This can cause a short
term, slight increase of force on the steering wheel.
This procedure has no influence on the safety of the steering system, the steering system
continues to be fully functioning!
3.04 LIEBHERR 275

5.1.1 Limiting the speed in the event of defects in the active rear axle steering
If an error occurs in the steering, the maximum driving speed is limited to 40 km/h unless a restriction
of less than 40 km/h is already in effect and the vehicle is not moving at a speed of up to 40 km/h.
If an error occurs while driving and the speed is greater than 40 km/h, the maximum speed is reduced
to the current driving speed. This means that the driver will be able to continue to drive at the current
speed until the speed is reduced. However, he can no longer accelerate. If a speed of 40 km/h or less
is reached the limit remains at 40 km/h. This is designed to ensure that the vehicle does not suddenly
lose power and therefore is suddenly slowed down.
5.1.2 Function controls

The function control on the button lights up.
Result:
– Operating mode is activated.
Function control on button does not light up.

Result:
– Operating mode is not activated.
Function control on the button blinks slowly.

Result:
– Operating mode has been selected, but has not yet been accepted by the control.
– The function control will continue to blink until it is possible to transfer to the operating mode.
Troubleshooting
The function control on the button for the active operating mode lights up, but the function control on
the button for the selected operating mode blinks slowly?
The selected operating mode does not correspond to the active operating mode because the control
has not (yet) approved the change.
Move the wheels into a position that will permit a shift change.
Or select operating mode indirectly.
Troubleshooting
The function control on the button blinks fast?
There is a defect in the steering system. The operation of the button will be suppressed; if necessary
an acoustic signal is output on the display unit or an error message is indicated on the Bluetooth™
Terminal 4.
Remedy the error.
276 LIEBHERR 3.04

5.1.3 Indicator lights

The indicator light 181 shows the condition of the steering:
– The indicator light 181 lights up: Steering ok.
– The indicator light 181 blinks fast: Error in steering system with error code.
– The indicator light 181 blinks slowly: Error in the LSB bus connection.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
An error in the steering will be indicated by the blinking indicator light 181 and fast blinking of all 5
buttons for the steering operating modes. An acoustic warning signal also sounds every 3 seconds.
The rear steering axles are automatically reset in 0° position and aligned straight forward. If the
vehicle is cornering at this time, this action will only take place when the crane changes direction. The
turning radius of the crane will be greater due to the 0° position of the rear steering axles.
Changing operating modes is no longer possible.
Ensure that only a short distance is travelled at a reduced speed and bring the vehicle to a stop as
quickly as possible.
Have problems remedied immediately by authorized, trained expert personnel!
Set the ignition to “ON”.

Result:
– A light test will be carried out on the display unit and the keyboard.
– The indicator light 181 “Steering” will be off for a short period.
Note
If no defect in the “active rear axle steering” is signalled at the keyboard or display unit, then the
crane may be driven.
3.04 LIEBHERR 277

5.2 Changing between operating modes
5.2.1 Direct selection

Select the desired operating mode using the button 143 and the operating mode button. Turn the
steering wheel until the wheels on the front axles go through the 0° position. The wheels of the rear
axle will be automatically aligned. When the desired operating mode has been obtained, the indicator
light on the operating mode button lights up continuously.
5.2.2 Indirect selection using the operating mode “Independent steering”

The operating mode can also be changed without changing the current steering position of the wheels
on the front axle. To do this, first select the operating mode “Independent steering”. When the
“Independent steering” operating mode has been accepted, the button 143 and the desired operating
mode button must both be pressed until the wheels of the rear axles have achieved their specified
position. When the desired operating mode has been obtained, the indicator light on the operating
mode button lights up continuously.
5.3 On road driving
The “On road driving” operating mode is the default setting. In this mode, the rear steering axles are
steered depending on the steering of the front axles. The steering angle reduces as the vehicle
accelerates. Steering axles 3 and 4 are moved back to the 0º position when the speed reaches
30 km/h. Steering axles 5 and 6 are moved back to the 0º position when the speed reaches 60 km/h.
5.4 All wheel steering
In the “All-wheel steering” operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered dependent on the
steering effort of the front axle so that the vehicle attains as small a turn as possible.
The maximum driving speed is limited to approx. 20 km/h.
278 LIEBHERR 3.04

5.5 Crab steering
In the “Crab steering” operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered in the same direction as the
front axles.
The maximum driving speed is limited to 20 km/h.
The wheels could grind if the front axles are locked harder than the maximum possible angle of the
rear steering axles. This is also dependent on weight distribution of the crane.
5.6 Reduced sheer out rate
In the “Reduced sheer out rate” operating mode, the rear steering axles are locked dependent on the
front axle so that the sheer out rate of the vehicle rear-end is reduced to a minimum. This operating
mode would typically be selected when driving away from the edge of a group of houses.
Only restricted turns are possible in this operating mode.
5.7 Independent steering
3.04 LIEBHERR 279

In the “Independent steering” operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered independent of the
steering effort of the front axle using the key 117 and the key 118. The rear axles are locked in
parallel if the front axle is locked in the same direction. For deflection in the opposite direction, the
steering axles are proportioned as for cornering. The “Independent steering” operating mode can be
enabled in all wheel positions.
280 LIEBHERR 3.04

3.05 Crane at the job site 027888-02
blank page!
3.05 LIEBHERR 281

027888-02 3.05 Crane at the job site
B107936
282 LIEBHERR 3.05

1 General
1.1 Selecting the operating location

Note
Chapter 2.04, must be observed and complied with.
Select the operating location for the crane in such a way that the supports can be extended to the
support base specified in the load charts and the crane can be aligned horizontally.
1.2 Numbering of sliding beams with support cylinder

All four sliding beams on the crane are numbered to be able to match the number on the display with
the number on the sliding beam when supporting via the BTT.
The illustration on the left side shows the crane from above as well as the numbered sliding beams
with support cylinders and the driver's cab 5.
– Sliding beam “right rear” with support cylinder 1
– Sliding beam “right front” with support cylinder 2
– Sliding beam “left front” with support cylinder 3
– Sliding beam “left rear” with support cylinder 4
3.05 LIEBHERR 283

B107949
284 LIEBHERR 3.05

1.3 Changing from travel mode to crane operation

– The crane is on a level and load-bearing surface.
– The engine is running.
1.3.1 Blocking the axle suspension

Before supporting the crane, the vehicle must be lowered and the axle suspension must be blocked.
Result:
– Function control on the button 130 lights up.
– The axle suspension is blocked.
Extend the sliding beams and the support cylinders.
1.3.2 Changing to crane operation

– The engine is turned off.
– The ignition in the chassis is turned off.
Turn the ignition switch 326 in the crane operator's cab to position “I”.
Result:
– The crane has been changed to superstructure operation.
3.05 LIEBHERR 285

B105531
286 LIEBHERR 3.05

1.4 Moving the support plates from transport position (illustration 1) to

operating position (illustration 2)
Remove the cotter pin 5 of the locking pin 3.
Pull the locking pin 3 from the bore 2.
Pull the support plate outward by the handle until the locking pin 4 meets ball head of the support
cylinder.
Insert the locking pin 3 into the bore 1 and secure with the cotter pin 5.
1.5 Moving the support plates from operating position (illustration 2) to

transport position (illustration 1)
Remove the spring pin 5 from the locking pin 3.
Pull the locking pin 3 from the bore 1.
Use handle to push the support plate in until it meets ball head of the support cylinder.
Insert the locking pin 3 into the bore 2 and secure it with the cotter pin 5.
1.6 Support plates, illustration 3

Observe the safety instructions and permissible ground pressure (see chapter 2.04).
Support plate area = 3600 cm2
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Use only suitable materials for support.
Place the support bases in the center under the support plates.
Use stable materials such as wood, steel plates or concrete slabs of a suitable size under the
supports plates, depending on the ground conditions.
3.05 LIEBHERR 287

B107950
288 LIEBHERR 3.05

1.7 Changing from crane operation to travel mode

– The crane is supported and horizontally aligned.
– The wheels are not in contact with the ground.
– The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
– The telescopic boom is above the receptacle frame but has not yet been place down.
NOTICE
Bending of crane chassis!
If the telescopic boom is placed on the receptacle frame with a supported crane chassis, then the
crane chassis can be bent!
Do not place the telescopic boom on the receptacle frame with supported crane chassis!
1.7.1 Turning the axle blocking off
WARNING
If the axle block is turned off without the wheels being in contact with the ground, then the axle
suspension can be damaged if the axles drop down.
Do not turn axle blocking off until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
Retract support cylinders until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
Result:
– The axle suspension is active.
Retract the support cylinders and the sliding beams all the way.
1.7.2 Placing the telescopic boom in the receptacle frame

Place the telescopic boom completely into the receptacle frame.
1.7.3 Changing to travel mode

– The ignition in the superstructure is turned off.
Turn the ignition switch 23 in the driver's cab to position “I”.
Result:
– The crane is switched to travel mode.
3.05 LIEBHERR 289

B105969
290 LIEBHERR 3.05

2 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT)
2.1 General
Before being able to work with the BTT, it must run through the pairing process, see chapter 5.31.
This is necessary to be able to establish the connection between the Bluetooth™ Basis (BTB) and the
BTT.
The crane may be supported via the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) as well as from the crane cab.
To operate the support with the Bluetooth™ Terminal, remove the terminal from its fitting in the
driver's cab.
DANGER
The crane operator must set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart for the
respective support width.
The support cylinders must be supported as specified.
Turn on the ignition in the cab.

Result:
– The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) turns itself on.
If the BTT display shows the “Kilometer display and operating hours” menu, see illustration 1:
Remove the BTT from the charging cradle.
Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Main menu”, see illustration 2.
Note
The icon on function key F9 is only displayed during superstructure operation.
Actuate the function key F2.

Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Engine operation chassis” menu, see illustration 3.
– The rotating beacons turn on.
– The EMERGENCY OFF switch 556 on the BTT is active.
3.05 LIEBHERR 291

B105969
292 LIEBHERR 3.05

If the icons on function key F5 and / or the function key F6 are highlighted in purple:
Result:
– The engine is started.

Result:
– The engine is stopped.
If the icons on function key F8 and / or the function key F9 are highlighted in purple:
Result:
– The engine speed increases.

Result:
– The engine speed decreases.
Troubleshooting
If the icons are not highlighted in purple?
The 2-hand keypad 557 at the rear of the BTT was not actuated or the selection is invalid.
Press the 2-hand keypad 557.
Note
In continuous actuation of the function key F8 and / or the function key F9 the nominal rpm
changes cyclically. In continuous “stronger” actuation, the cycle time is increased.
In short actuation of the function key F5 the nominal rpm is reset to the idling speed.
Note
The actuation of the 2-hand keypad 557 is stored for 30 seconds. If no movement is actuated
within these 30 seconds or if the 2-hand keypad 557 is not actuated, then the stored actuation is
deleted and a signal tone sounds.
3.05 LIEBHERR 293

B105970
294 LIEBHERR 3.05


Result:

Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Sliding beam movement ” menu, see illustration 5.
Note
Use function key 554 and function key 555 to “toggle” between individual menus.
3.05 LIEBHERR 295

B107940
296 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.2 Extending the sliding beam with the BTT

– The “sliding beam movement” menu is shown on the BTT display.
The sliding beams on the left / right side of the vehicle can be operated using the Bluetooth™
Terminal.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when extending the sliding beams!
The operator is obliged to carefully monitor the extending movement of the controlled sliding
beam.
Ensure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone when the sliding beams are
extended.
2.2.1 Extending the sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle
Remove retaining pins 4 from both sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle.
WARNING
Risk of accident if operator is incorrectly positioned next to the crane.
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the sliding beams being extended on the wrong
side, resulting in severe or fatal personal injury.
The crane icon on the BTT display must correspond to the actual position of the operator with
respect to the crane. This ensures that the sliding beams on the selected vehicle side are
extended.
If the actual position of the operator with respect to the crane does not correspond to the crane
icon on the BTT display:
Result:
– The crane icon is turned by 180°, see illustration 6.

Result:
– The sliding beams at the right side of the vehicle are displayed, see illustration 7.
Press function key F7 and / or function key F10.

Result:
– The sliding beam adjustment icons are displayed, see illustration 8.
– The blinkers on the right side of the vehicle turn on.
3.05 LIEBHERR 297

B107941
298 LIEBHERR 3.05

If the icons on function key F2 and function key F3 are highlighted in purple:
Extend sliding beams using function key F3 to the support base specified in the load chart.
Troubleshooting
Note
WARNING
If the following conditions are not met, the crane can topple over and cause fatal injuries!
This could result in high property damage!
All sliding beams must be pinned to preclude any subsequent movement of the support surfaces!
All retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a must be inserted and locked!
Only the support bases specified in the load chart may be used! Intermediate positions are strictly
prohibited!
Secure and lock the retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a on both sliding beams on the right side
of the vehicle.
Note
The support cylinder icons on function key F5 and function key F6 or function key F8 and function
key F9 are only used to extend the cylinders until they touch the ground.
To support the crane, select the “Support” menu on the BTT.
3.05 LIEBHERR 299

B107942
300 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.2.2 Extending the sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle
Remove retaining pins 4 from both sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle.
WARNING
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the sliding beams being extended on the wrong
extended.
Result:

Result:
– The sliding beams at the left side of the vehicle are displayed, see illustration 10.

Result:
– The blinkers on the left side of the vehicle turn on.
Extend sliding beams using function key F3 to the support base specified in the load chart.
Troubleshooting
Note
3.05 LIEBHERR 301

B107943
302 LIEBHERR 3.05

WARNING
prohibited!
Secure and lock the retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a on both sliding beams on the left side of
the vehicle.
Note
The support cylinder icons on function key F5 and function key F6 or function key F8 and function
key F9 are only used to extend the cylinders until they touch the ground.
To support the crane, select the “Support” menu on the BTT.

Result:

Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Support” menu, see illustration 13.
Note
3.05 LIEBHERR 303

B105336
304 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.3 Extending the support cylinder using the BTT

– The sliding beams are extended and pinned to the support base specified in the load chart.
– All support plates are in operating position.
– The “Support” menu is shown on the BTT display, see illustration 14.
DANGER
Danger of accident when supporting!
Ensure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone when the support cylinders are
extended.
Raise the crane until the wheels are no longer touching the ground.
Do not move the support cylinders out all the way during crane operation (up to stop position)!
Move the fully extended support cylinders in again by at least 10 mm.
Ensure that the crane has been lifted so that the wheels are no longer touching the ground.
2.3.1 Supporting manually

Supporting the crane
WARNING
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the support cylinders being extended on the
wrong side, resulting in severe personal injury.
respect to the crane. This ensures that the support cylinders on the selected vehicle side are
extended.
Result:
– The crane icon is turned by 180°.
Up to 4 support cylinders may be extended at the same time.

In the “Support” menu, select the relevant support cylinder(s) by pressing function key F5, function
key F7, function key F8 and function key F10.
Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) are displayed in a black border on the BTT display.
– The blinkers turn on depending on the selected support cylinder(s) on the corresponding side of
the vehicle.
Note
If all 4 support cylinders are extended at the same time, then the blinkers on the right and left side
of the vehicle turn on.
3.05 LIEBHERR 305

B105336
306 LIEBHERR 3.05

Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) are extended.
Troubleshooting
Note
Aligning the crane horizontally
WARNING
Danger of accident if crane topples over!
If the crane is not aligned horizontally, it may tip over.
Ensure that crane is level.
The maximum permitted deviation from the horizontal position is 0.5 % ( 0.3 °).
Extend and retract individual support cylinders until the point (small square) is in the center of the
graphic spirit level, see BTT display. The crane incline in longitudinal and lateral direction is
displayed as 0 °.
Result:
– The crane is horizontal.
3.05 LIEBHERR 307

B105337
308 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.3.2 Supporting automatically
WARNING
Risk of accident!
When the automatic support is operated the crane is levelled automatically.
Ensure that the alignment is within the permitted tolerance and that all four support plates are
touching the ground.
The automatic support is activated by pressing function key F6 in the “Support” menu, see
illustration 15. The selection of the automatic support function is cancelled.
Result:
– The blinkers on the right and left side of the vehicle turn on.
Result:
– All support cylinders are moved out.
– The crane is aligned horizontally.
Troubleshooting
Note
3.05 LIEBHERR 309

B105337
310 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.3.3 Checking the supports

In order to minimize the accident risk, the extension conditions and the following safety regulations
must be adhered to.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if crane falls over!
The load suspended on the hook causes tension and deformation of the hoist rope and telescopic
boom (also applies to auxiliary boom and guy ropes, if operated). If the load drops from the tackle
ropes in this situation, or if the tackle or hoist rope breaks, a sudden relief occurs. The boom snaps
back quickly. If only the sliding beams on the load side are moved out, the crane could topple over.
Another situation may occur when it becomes necessary to slew the load to the opposite side. If only
the sliding beams on the load side are moved out, the crane could topple over.
When rotating out of the longitudinal vehicle direction, the boom or counterweight momentum could tip
over the crane unless all four sliding beams are moved out.
Always extend all 4 sliding support beams, i.e. also on the side opposite the load.
Check the extension conditions.

Make sure that all four sliding support beams have been extended.
3.05 LIEBHERR 311

B105338
312 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.4 Retracting the support cylinders with the BTT

– The BTT is turned on and the “Main menu” is displayed.
WARNING
Danger of injury when retracting the support cylinders!
Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
NOTICE
2.4.1 Manual retraction

Result:
WARNING
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the support cylinders being retracted on the wrong
side, resulting in severe personal injury.
respect to the crane. This ensures that the support cylinders on the selected vehicle side are
retracted.
Result:
– The crane icon is turned by 180°.
Up to 4 support cylinders may be retracted at the same time.

In the “Support” menu, select the relevant support cylinder(s) by pressing function key F5, function
key F7, function key F8 and function key F10.
Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) are displayed in a black border on the BTT display.
– The blinkers turn on depending on the selected support cylinder(s) on the corresponding side of
the vehicle.
Note
If all 4 support cylinders are retracted at the same time, then the blinkers on the right and left side
of the vehicle turn on.
3.05 LIEBHERR 313

B105338
314 LIEBHERR 3.05

Press function key F2 until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) are retracted.
Troubleshooting
Note
3.05 LIEBHERR 315

B106106
316 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.4.2 Automatic retraction

If the BTT display is showing the “Main menu”:
Result:
WARNING
Risk of accident!
The automatic support is activated by pressing function key F6 in the “Support” menu. The selection
of the automatic support function is cancelled.
Result:
– The blinkers on the right and left side of the vehicle turn on.
Result:
– All support cylinders are retracted.
Troubleshooting
Note
Retract all four support cylinders all the way.

Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Main menu”.

Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Sliding beam movement” menu.
Note

Press button 143 and button 130 to switch off axle locking.
3.05 LIEBHERR 317

B107944
318 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.5 Retracting the sliding beam using the BTT

– The “sliding beam movement” menu is shown on the BTT display.
The sliding beams on the left / right side of the vehicle can be operated using the Bluetooth™
Terminal.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when retracting the sliding beams!
The operator is obliged to carefully monitor the retraction movement of the controlled sliding beam.
Ensure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone when the sliding beams are
retracted.
2.5.1 Retracting the sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle
Remove retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a from both sliding beams on the right side of the
vehicle.
WARNING
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the sliding beams being retracted on the wrong
retracted.
Result:

Result:
– The sliding beams at the right side of the vehicle are displayed, see illustration 21.

Result:
– The blinkers on the right side of the vehicle turn on.
3.05 LIEBHERR 319

B107941
320 LIEBHERR 3.05

Retract the sliding beam(s) using function key F2.
Troubleshooting
Note
Secure and lock the retaining pins 4 for both sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle.
Insert and secure the retaining pins 4a into the transport retainer.
3.05 LIEBHERR 321

B107945
322 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.5.2 Retracting the sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle
Remove retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a from both sliding beams on the left side of the
vehicle.
WARNING
If the following is not observed, there is a danger of the sliding beams being retracted on the wrong
retracted.
Result:

Result:
– The sliding beams at the left side of the vehicle are displayed, see illustration 24.

Result:
– The blinkers on the left side of the vehicle turn on.
Retract the sliding beam(s) using function key F2.
Troubleshooting
Note
Secure and lock the retaining pins 4 for both sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle.
Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Main menu”.
Place the Bluetooth™ Terminal in the charging cradle.
3.05 LIEBHERR 323

B106247
324 LIEBHERR 3.05

2.6 Moving support plates to transport position and securing them

Move the support plates into transport position and secure them. See section “Moving the support
plates from operating position to transport position”.
2.7 Turning the sliding beam illumination on

At a speed of more than 3 km/h, the sliding beam illumination is blocked.
The sliding beam illumination is also turned off and blocked if the engine is turned off. However, the
“Automatic sliding beam illumination active / inactive” status is noted.
2.7.1 Manual
– The vehicle is stationary.
Press key 164 on the keyboard.
or
Press function key F9 in the “Support” menu.
Result:
– Sliding beam illumination is turned off or on.
2.7.2 Automatic
– The vehicle is in support mode (transmission in neutral “N” and BTT set to “Sliding beam
movement” or “Support” menu).
Perform any movement when the BTT is in the “Sliding beam movement” or “Support” menu.
Result:
– The sliding beam illumination is turned on.
Troubleshooting
Can sliding beam illumination not be turned on automatically?
If sliding beam illumination has been automatically turned on and then turned off in the chassis using
the key 164 on the keyboard, or if it is turned off using function key F9 on the BTT, automatic sliding
beam illumination has been deactivated.
Turn the sliding beam illumination back on by pressing the key 164 on the keyboard or function
key F9 on the BTT. The automatic sliding beam illumination is active again.
3.05 LIEBHERR 325

B107946
326 LIEBHERR 3.05

3 Supporting from the crane operator's cab
3.1 General
The supports are operated from the crane cab using the right touch-display. See also chapter 4.01.
The “Support program” may also be used to work and operate the crane. Support procedures, which
must be repeated at short intervals do not require switching back to the “Operation program”.
WARNING
Danger of injury if hazard warnings are ignored!
An increased accident hazard exists, if the following hazard warnings are not observed!
All regulations and hazard warnings listed in paragraph “support control unit” must be observed!
The operator must monitor the extending and retracting of the sliding beams.
A guide is required to assist when extending and retracting the supports without any visual contact
with the support cylinders or sliding beam.
When extending and retracting the sliding beams, make sure that there are no persons or objects
within the danger zone.
The crane must be aligned horizontally.
All 4 sliding beams and support cylinders must be extended, the ones on the side opposite the
load as well.
3.05 LIEBHERR 327

B107947
328 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.2 Extending the sliding beams from the crane operator's cab
– Observe the engine regulation from the crane operator's cab in chapter 4.03.
– The crane is on a level and load-bearing surface.
– The telescopic boom is telescoped in all the way and placed into the boom receptacle.
– The parking brake in the driver's cab and the crane cab is closed.
– The support pads are in the operating position and secured.
– The retaining pins 4 of the four sliding beams are unpinned.
– The ignition on the crane chassis is turned on via the function key 680.
– The engine on the crane chassis is started on via the function key 681.
The assignment of the pedal 322 to the chassis engine is made when:
– The chassis engine is running.
– The selection of the sliding beam and / or the support cylinder is made via the touch display.
– The actuation of the pedal 322 is interrupted once.
Note
The change of assignment of the pedal 322 to the chassis engine is only made by a one time
interruption of the actuation of the pedal 322.
DANGER
Risk of fatal injury due to toppling crane!
Always extend all 4 sliding support beams, i.e. also on the side opposite the load.
Note
Pay attention to sliding beam assignments!
The sliding beam assignment on the touch-display depends on the operating direction of the crane
in the “Support / sliding beams” menu. If the working direction of the crane is changed from
“forward” 520 to working direction “backward” 531 (or vice versa) by turning the turntable, then
the sliding beam assignment on the Touch-display changes accordingly.
The icon 520 and the icon 531 is matched to the respective selection.
The extension and retraction direction may also be reversed after changing the working direction.
The extension and retraction direction refers to the view of the driver.
3.05 LIEBHERR 329

B107946
330 LIEBHERR 3.05

For safety reasons, only one sliding beam at once can be selected on the touch-display and
extended / retracted.
Note
The sliding beams are extended / retracted by pressing the button 421 (holding down) and by
moving the master switch 420 in the X+ or X- direction.
Press function key 461 until the “Support / sliding beams” menu appears.
Select required sliding beam by “touching” icon 521 or icon 522 or icon 523 or icon 524.
Result:
– The selected sliding beam is displayed on the touch-display with a black border.
CAUTION
Pay attention to sliding beam assignment and crane operating direction!
Pay attention to “operating direction” and “selected sliding beam” on right touch-display.
Press button 421 (hold down) and move master switch 420 in direction X+ or X-.
Result:
– The selected sliding beam extends or retracts.
3.05 LIEBHERR 331

B107946
332 LIEBHERR 3.05

Note
If the button 421 is released while retracting or extending a sliding beam or the master switch is
moved from X+ or X- to Y+ or Y-, then the current sliding beam movement is shut off.
Move the right master switch 420 to the neutral position.
Extend / retract the sliding beam to the permissible position by pressing button 421 and by moving
master switch in the X+ or X- direction.
Extend the sliding beam to the required support bases.

Extend all 4 sliding beams to the required support bases.
WARNING
prohibited!
Secure and lock all 4 sliding beams with retaining pins 4 and retaining pins 4a.
3.05 LIEBHERR 333

B104134
334 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.3 Extending support cylinders from the crane cab

WARNING
Danger of accident when supporting!
Ensure that there are no persons or objects present in the danger zone when the support
cylinders are being extended and retracted.
Raise the crane until the wheels are no longer touching the ground.
Do not move the support cylinders out all the way during crane operation (up to stop position)!
Move the fully extended support cylinders in again by at least 10 mm.
When the support cylinders are fully extended, the crane can no longer be aligned horizontally!
Note
Pay attention to sliding beam assignments!
The sliding beam assignment on the touch-display depends on the operating direction of the crane
in the “Support / sliding beams” menu. If the working direction of the crane is changed from
“forward” 520 to working direction “backward” 531 (or vice versa) by turning the turntable, then
the sliding beam assignment on the Touch-display changes accordingly.
3.3.1 Supporting manually

Up to 4 support cylinders may be extended at the same time.
Press the function key 461 on the right touch-display until the “Support / sliding beams” menu
appears.
In the “Support / sliding beams” menu, select / deselect the relevant support cylinder(s) by
“touching” icon 525, icon 526, icon 527 and icon 528.
Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) will be displayed with a black border on the touch display.
Press button 421 (hold down) and move master switch 420 in direction Y+.
Result:
– The selected support cylinder(s) are extended.
3.05 LIEBHERR 335

B104134
336 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.3.2 Aligning the crane horizontally
WARNING
Danger of accident if crane topples over!
If the crane is not aligned horizontally, it may tip over.
Ensure that crane is level.
The maximum permitted deviation from the horizontal position is 0.5 % ( 0.3 °).
Extend and retract individual support cylinders until the point (small square) is in the centre of the
graphic spirit level, see icon 533 on the LICCON monitor. The crane incline in longitudinal and
lateral direction is displayed as 0 °.
Result:
3.05 LIEBHERR 337

B105342
338 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.3.3 Supporting automatically
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Automatic support is activated by “touching” the icon 529 in the “Support / sliding beams” menu. The
selection of the automatic support function is cancelled.
Press icon 529.
Result:
– All support cylinders are moved out.
– The crane is aligned horizontally.
Note
If the button 421 is released during the supporting procedure, the button 421 must be pressed
again (held down) and the master switch 420 must be moved from the neutral position in direction
Y+.
3.05 LIEBHERR 339

B104135
340 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.4 Retracting support cylinders from crane driver's cab

WARNING
Danger of injury when retracting the support cylinders!
Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
NOTICE
3.4.1 Manual retraction

Up to 4 support cylinders may be retracted at the same time.
appears.
In the Support / sliding beams menu, select / deselect the relevant support cylinder(s) by
“touching” icon 525, icon 526, icon 527 and icon 528.
Result: The selected support cylinder(s) will be displayed with a black border on the touch display.
Press button 421 (hold down) and move master switch 420 in direction Y-.
Result:
– The support cylinder(s) are retracted.
Retract support cylinders until all crane wheels are in contact with the ground.
3.05 LIEBHERR 341

B105342
342 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.4.2 Automatic retraction
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Automatic support is activated by “touching” the icon 529 in the “Support / sliding beams” menu. The
selection of the automatic support function is cancelled.
Press icon 529.
Result:
– All support cylinders are retracted.
Note
If the button 421 is released during the supporting procedure, the button 421 must be pressed
again (held down) and the master switch 420 must be moved from the neutral position in direction
Y+.

To switch axle locking off, please refer to chapter 3.03.
Fully retract all four support cylinders.
3.05 LIEBHERR 343

B107946
344 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.5 Retracting sliding beams from the crane cab

Only one sliding beam may be retracted at a time.
Unpin retaining pin 4 and retaining pin 4a.
Press function key 461 until the “Support / sliding beams” menu appears.
Select required sliding beam by selecting icon 521, icon 522, icon 523 or icon 524.
Result:
– The selected sliding beam is displayed with a black border.
CAUTION
Pay attention to sliding beam assignment and crane operating direction!
Pay attention to “operating direction” and “selected sliding beam” on right touch-display.
Press button 421 (hold down) and move master switch 420 in direction X- or X+.
Retract sliding beam all the way.
Completely retract the 4 sliding beams.
Secure all sliding beams with the four retaining pins 4 and lock.
3.6 Moving support plates to transport position and securing them

Move and secure the support plates from operating position to transport position.
3.05 LIEBHERR 345

B104135
346 LIEBHERR 3.05

3.7 Turning the sliding beam illumination on / off

Sliding beam illumination turns off at a driving speed of more than 3 km/h.
The sliding beam illumination is also turned off and blocked if the engine is turned off.
3.7.1 Manual
– The vehicle is in the support menu.
appears.
Actuate the function key 464.
Result:
– Sliding beam illumination is turned off or on, see icon 530 and icon 532.
3.7.2 Automatic
– The vehicle is in the support menu.
Press icon 521 or icon 522 or icon 523 or icon 524 or icon 525 or icon 526 or icon 527 or icon 528.
Move master switch 420 in direction X+ or X-, or direction Y+ or Y-.
Result:
– The sliding beam illumination is turned on, see icon 532.
Troubleshooting
The sliding beam illumination does not turn on automatically?
If the sliding beam illumination has been automatically turned on and then turned off with the function
key 464 in the “Support / sliding beams” menu, the automatic turn on of the sliding beam illumination
is deactivated. The automatic turn on function does not become active until the LICCON computer
system is restarted with “ignition ON”.
4 Before leaving the jobsite

4.1 Checks to be performed
After a longer period of time on the construction site, all the checks described in chapter 3.02 must be
carried out before starting to drive.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to improper transport condition!
Improper transport conditions can result in property damage to the crane and endanger others on the
road.
Check that the crane is secured in the correct transport condition before driving off.
Ensure proper transport condition.
3.05 LIEBHERR 347

027868-00 3.07 Towing the crane
B103736
348 LIEBHERR 3.07

3.07 Towing the crane 027868-00
1 Towing
1.1 General towing regulations

The following towing regulations must be adhered to:
– For the towing procedure, release the parking brake or the brake system will be damaged.
– When towing, the speed must always remain below 20 km/h.
– Use the tow coupling to tow the vehicle.
– Only tow with a tow bar.
– Turn on the hazard warning system and the headlight.
1.2 Towing with a defective engine and / or transmission

If the engine cannot be started, a pressurized air supply must be established from the towing vehicle
to the mobile crane. A hose coupling is attached at the front under the bumper to supply compressed
air to the mobile crane to be towed.
Use a hose line to connect the external supply with the towing vehicle.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
The supply pressure of the compressed air brake system of the mobile crane to be towed must be
at least 6 bar.
With the engine turned off the vehicle can only be steered from a speed of 5 km/h - 10 km/h.
Using the travel range switch 101, switch the transmission to the neutral position “N”.
If the transmission cannot be shifted to neutral position “N” with the travel range switch 101:
Remove the gear shaft between the gear box and the distributor gear.
1.3 Towing with an intact engine
1.3.1 Towing in case of damage on the distributor gear

Disconnect the drive shaft from the gear box to the distributor gear and tie it up.
Disconnect the drive shafts from the distributor gear to the drive axles on the drive axles and tie
them up.
Using the travel range switch 101, switch the gear box to the neutral position “N”.
Let the engine run at low idle speed.
1.3.2 Towing in case of damage to the drive axles

Only authorized and specially trained personnel can carry out towing arrangements in case of
damage to the driving axles.
Assign specially trained personnel to carry out this work.
3.07 LIEBHERR 349

027889-02 3.80 Transport of crane and crane components
B110223
350 LIEBHERR 3.80

3.80 Transport of crane and crane components 027889-02
1 Transporting the crane
1.1 Transporting the crane safely

Observe the following notes for safe crane transport:
– For transport, use a suitable transport vehicle.
– Clean the wheels before transport to obtain the greatest possible friction value to the transport
surface.
– When driving on the transport vehicle, check the easy movement of the vehicle with the aid of a
guide to avoid hitting too hard.
– The transport location must be horizontal and level.
– Apply the parking brake. See Operating instructions, chapter 3.04, section “Parking brake”.
– Lower the crane with the leveling regulation to obtain a center of gravity as low as possible. See
Operating instructions, chapter 3.03, section “Axle suspension system”.
– Place wedges under the wheels. See Operating instructions, chapter 2.04, section “Parking the
vehicle”.
– Close the driver's cab and the crane cab as well as all cover panels.
NOTICE
Damage to crane!
The rigging eyehooks 1 and the rigging points 2 may only be used to rig the crane. The rigging
eyehooks 1 and the rigging points 2 may not be used to lift the crane and to lift loads.
Use the rigging eyehooks 1 and rigging points 2 only to rig the crane.
– Secure the vehicle on the rigging eyehooks 1 (13400 daN maximum nominal load) according to
the illustration, permissible load and valid regulations for loading and load retention.
Use suitable rigging material with sufficient capacity.
– Secure the telescope on the marked rigging points 2 (13400 daN maximum nominal load) by
taking the specified rigging area according to the illustration, permissible load and valid regulations
for loading and load retention into account.
Permissible tension surface on the ground for the rigging points 2 at lowered levelling regulation on
the crane.
– Use suitable rigging material with sufficient capacity.
3.80 LIEBHERR 351

B110223
352 LIEBHERR 3.80

1.2 Driving the crane on the transport vehicle

– The crane superstructure is locked with the crane chassis.
– A guide is available.
NOTICE
Damage to vehicle!
Have the guide check that the vehicle does not collide with the transport vehicle or hits it!
Drive the crane carefully on the transport vehicle.

Drive the crane carefully to the transport location.
Apply the parking brake. See Operating instructions, chapter 3.04, section “Parking brake”.
Lower the vehicle. See Operating instructions, chapter 3.03, section “Axle suspension system”.
Result:
– By lowering the vehicle, a center of gravity as low as possible can be reached for the vehicle.
Turn the engine off and pull the ignition key.

Place wedges under the vehicle, see Operating instructions, chapter 2.04, section “Parking the
vehicle”.
Close the driver's cab, crane cab and all cover panels and hand the ignition key to an authorized
person.
1.3 Securing the crane

DANGER
If the vehicle is not correctly secured on the transport location, the vehicle can roll off uncontrolled or
even topple over!
Secure the crane to prevent it from rolling off or falling over!
Place the wedges carried along on the crane!
Use tension belts or tension chains according to the illustration, permissible load and the valid
regulations for loading and load retention.
Attach tension belts or tension chains on the rigging eyehooks 1 and rigging points 2 according to
the illustration!
Observe angles, radii and tension surfaces according to the illustration!
The rigging points 2 are marked with the sign 3.

Secure the crane with tension belts or tension chains on the rigging eyehooks 1.
Secure the telescope with tension belts or tension chains by observing the marked tension area
on the rigging points 2.
Attach the tension belts or tension chains on the transport vehicle.
3.80 LIEBHERR 353

B110223
354 LIEBHERR 3.80

1.4 Unloading the crane safely

– A guide is available.
Remove all transport retainers.
Level the vehicle for on road driving. See Operating instructions, chapter 3.03, section “Axle
suspension system”.
Release the parking brake. See Operating instructions, chapter 3.04, section “Parking brake”.
NOTICE
Damage to vehicle!
Have the guide check that the vehicle does not collide with the transport vehicle or hits it!
Carefully drive the crane from the transport vehicle.
3.80 LIEBHERR 355

B108338
356 LIEBHERR 3.80

2 Transporting the TY-guying
2.1 Installing the TY-frames on the transport device

Remove the turnbuckle 22 on position A: Release and unpin the pins 20.
Attach the right TY-frame 1 on the attachment points and lift.
Place the right TY-frame 1 in the right centering 24 of the transport device 15.
Attach the left TY-frame 2 on the attachment points and lift.
Place the left TY-frame 2 in the left centering 24 of the transport device 15.
Hang the rigging belt 23 on the left and right on the transport device 15.
CAUTION
Hands can get trapped!
Risk of trapping hands when tightening the rigging belt 23!
Be especially careful!
Tension the rigging belt 23 with the ratchet.

Release the bracket 25 on the left TY-frame 2: Release and unpin the pins 26.
Swing the bracket 25 to the right and affix on the bore of the right TY-frame 1.
Pin the bracket 25 with the right TY-frame 1: Insert the pin 26 and secure with spring retainer 27.
Connect the right TY-frame 1 and the left TY-frame 2 with the turnbuckle 22: Insert the pins 20 and
secure with spring retainers 21.
2.2 Removing the TY-frames on the transport device

– The tension belts are removed on the transport device and on the TY-frames.
Removing the turnbuckle 22. Release and unpin the pins 20.
Release the bracket 25 on the right TY-frame 1: Release and unpin the pins 26.
Swing the bracket 25 to the left and affix on the bore of the left TY-frame 2.
Secure the bracket 25. Insert the pin 26 and secure with spring retainer 27.
Open and remove the rigging belt 23 with the ratchet.
Attach the right TY-frame 1 on the attachment points and lift.
Place the right TY-frame 1 in the right receptacle on the crane superstructure.
Attach the left TY-frame 2 on the attachment points and lift.
Place the left TY-frame 2 in the left receptacle on the crane superstructure.
Install the turnbuckle 22 on position A: Insert the pins 20 and secure with spring retainers 21.
3.80 LIEBHERR 357

B108339
358 LIEBHERR 3.80

2.3 Transporting the TY-frames with transport device

– The TY-frames are placed and secured on the transport device 15.
WARNING
Danger of accidents if incorrectly or insufficiently attached!
If the TY-frames or the transport device 15 are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport, they
can loosen up and cause severe accidents!
Attach the TY-guying and the transport device 15 properly and sufficiently!
To prevent the TY-frames from slipping during transport, place a slip resistant mat 28 under the
placement surface of the TY-frames!
Place a slip resistant mat 28 on the transport vehicle.
Note
On the attachment points, which are marked with the sign 29, neither the TY-frames nor the
transport device 15 may be lifted.
Place the TY-frames on the transport vehicle in such a way that the placement surface of the
TY-frames is adhered on the slip resistant mat 28. See illustration on the left.
Secure the transport device 15 with tension belts as shown in the illustration.
Secure the TY-frames with tension belts as shown in the illustration.
3.80 LIEBHERR 359

360 LIEBHERR
4.00 Operation of crane superstructure
LIEBHERR 361
027890-01 4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure
B107922
362 LIEBHERR 4.01

4.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane superstructure 027890-01
1 Operating and control instruments
1.1 Operating elements on control platform

300 Crane operator's seat
301 Seat contact button
302 Left console • Master switch 2 (MS2)
• Touch display
303 Right console • Master switch 1 (MS1)
• Touch display
304 Left armrest
305 Right armrest
306 Left notch lever
307 Right notch lever
1.1.1 Operating elements seat adjustment
Note
For a detailed description of the seat adjustment controls, see chapter 4.03.
310 Horizontal adjustment

311 Incline adjustment
312 Seat cushion adjustment
313 Height adjustment
314 Seat heater / seat climate
control*
315 Fan*
316 Backrest adjustment
317 Foot button* • Slewing gear change over to freewheeling
1.2 Operating elements pedals

320 Pedal • Slewing gear brake
321 Foot pedal: Master switch • Telescoping gear
(MSY) • Operate foot pedal 321 in direction Y+ (forward): Telescope
out.
• Operate foot pedal 321 in direction Y- (backward): Telescope
in.
322 Pedal • Engine regulation
4.01 LIEBHERR 363

B107923
364 LIEBHERR 4.01

1.3 Operating elements, General

324 LICCON monitor • On the LICCON monitor 324, the following application
programs are shown:
• Configuration
• Operation
• Telescoping
• Control parameter
• Operating range limiter
• Stabilizers
• Test system
• Engine monitoring
325 LICCON monitor • On the LICCON monitor 325, the following application program
is shown:
• Telescopic guying
326 Ignition starter switch Position:
• 0 = Ignition key can be pulled out
• I = Ignition on
• II = Start the engine
328 Drink holder
329 Radio
330 Cigarette lighter
332 Outlet nozzles • For heat / ventilation / air conditioning system*
333 Reservoir • Windshield washer fluid
341 Warning light rod • LICCON utilization display:
• Green:
“Safe range ”
• Yellow:
Above a utilization of 90 %, the “Safe range” is exceeded
• Red:
Above a utilization of 100 %, the “DANGER ZONE” is
reached!
Note:
Once 100 % utilization is reached, the red warning light lights
up and an “LMB-Stop” occurs.
350 EMERGENCY OFF • Crane operator's cab (external)
switch
4.01 LIEBHERR 365

B107924
366 LIEBHERR 4.01

2 Operating elements on camera-monitor*
2.1 Camera monitoring

410 Monitor
411 Button “Camera • The “Camera selection” menu is selected by pressing the
selection” * button.
The camera LED blinks and shows that the manual camera
selector switch is activated.
Select the camera with the plus or minus key.
The remaining keys (brightness, contrast etc.) can be used as
long as the “Camera selection” key* 411 is active.
The camera selection is turned off by pressing the key again.
412 “Background lighting / • The background lighting / 0-light control is turned on by
0-light control* key” pressing the key.
Turn the background lighting on / off with the plus key.
Turn the 0-light control on / off with the minus key. This function
is only available if the autofocus camera is used.
413 “Contrast” key • The Contrast menu is selected by pressing the key.
Adjust the contrast with the plus or minus key.
414 “Brightness” key • The Brightness menu is selected by pressing the key.
Adjust the brightness with the plus or minus key.
413 + • By pressing the “Contrast” key 413 and the
414 “Saturation” “Brightness” key 414, the “Saturation” menu is selected.
Adjust the saturation with the plus or minus key.
415 “Option” key • Various options can be selected by pressing the key.
416 “Minus” button • By pressing the “Minus” button, the value of a setting is
reduced.
417 “Plus” button • By pressing the “Plus” button, the value of a setting is
increased.
417 “Enter” key • Various menus can be selected by pressing the “Enter” key.
Note
Select user menus!
Press the “Enter” key 417.
Press the “Minus” key 416 to get to the next menu.
Press the “Plus” key 417 to get to the previous menu.
Press the “Enter” key 417 to select the respective option.
Press the “Option” key 415 to get to the previous menu.
Note
Stand-by operation
Leave the stand-by operation by pressing the “Enter” key 417.
4.01 LIEBHERR 367

B105746
368 LIEBHERR 4.01

3 Operating elements on control consoles
3.1 Touch displays

The touch displays are combined display and operating elements. The touch displays are operated
using the row of function keys “F1” to “F4” and by direct “touch” (fingertip) on the corresponding
display icons.
Note
The illustrations and / or icons in the touch displays are only examples.
They may differ from the crane!
If the function key F1 is continuously pressed, the system shifts continuously between the existing
menu points.
Via the left touch display 430 and the right touch display 460, you can call up various menus. Various
crane functions can be selected or preselected, turned on or off, or directly activated in these menus.
F Function keys • The function of individual function keys depends on the menu
and can vary, depending on the menu selected. Therefore the
individual menus will now be described in more detail. The
icons on the touch display above the row of function keys with
a single border indicate the functions that will be triggered by
activating the function keys below them.
460 Right touch display • Menu “Master switch configuration”
• Menu “Winch lock”
• Menu “Support / sliding beams”
430 Left touch display • Menu “Master switch configuration”
• Menu “Working floodlight”
• Menu “Air conditioner settings”
• Menu “Hydraulic oil preheating / telescopic boom
disassembly” *
Touch functions
Note
Touch functions are identified by the double border of the display icons. Selecting a function by
“touching” the relevant icon on the display does not actually trigger the function directly. Instead, it
selects or pre-selects the function.
The function selection or pre-selection can be cancelled by “touching” the corresponding icon
again.
Note
Selected or pre-selected functions are shown on the touch display with a “bold icon border ”.
3.1.1 Starting up the LICCON Computer system and the touch displays
After turn on and correct boot up of the LICCON computer system, a static crane screen appears
briefly on the left touch display 430 and the right touch display 460. From here the system
automatically switches to the master switch configuration for the relevant master switch, MS1 (right) or
MS2 (left).
The touch display always displays the master switch configuration that was selected or “active” prior
to switching the LICCON computer system off.
4.01 LIEBHERR 369

B107929
370 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.2 Master switch configuration for cranes with two winches

Note
Change of master switch assignment!
The assignment of the master switches on the control platform to the respective devices on the crane
can change after using the assembly remote control (BTT) or the radio remote control (BTT-E)!
The same applies for change from control platform to radio remote control (BTT-E)!
In addition, the master switch assignment can change when changing the equipment configuration!
Before actuating the master switches, check the assignment!
3.2.1 The “master switch configuration” menu (right touch display)

The function key line
461 Function key F1 • Change to next menu
462 Function key F2 • Motor STOP
Note:
After “Engine STOP” the engine can be re-started by turning
the ignition switch to “position 2”, also see chapter 4.02.
463 Function key F3 • Change to the menu “lock winch”
Note:
The winch status (winch activated / deactivated) can be seen
on the touch display.
464 Function key F4 • Change over master switch assignment “D”, “E”, “I” and “K”
Conditions:
Neutral position master switch 1 420 (MS1) right
For master switch configuration I, an operating mode or
configuration with luffing lattice jib must be selected and
confirmed on the LICCON computer system.
Note
If no configuration with luffing lattice jib has been set and
confirmed, the “Luffing lattice jib” master switch configuration is
not available.
4.01 LIEBHERR 371

B107929
372 LIEBHERR 4.01

Right master switch configuration

420 Master switch - right Hoist gear 1:
(MS 1) • Move the master switch 420 in direction Y+ (forward): Winch 1
spools out and the load is lowered.
• Move the master switch 420 in direction Y- (backward):
Winch 1 spools up and the load is raised.
Luffing gear - telescopic boom:
• Move the master switch 420 in direction X+ (toward the right):
Luff the telescopic boom down.
• Move the master switch 420 in direction X- (toward the left):
Luff the telescopic boom up.
421 Button • Bypassing the seat contact button. Or if the seat contact button
is actuated: Activates the vibration sensor 423.
422 Button • Adding rapid mode for the hoist gear(s) and luffing up
423 Vibration sensor • Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 1
424 Button • Latch for superstructure engine regulation
Note:
Pressing the button 424 will lock the engine control in the
current position.
425 Button • Horn
4.01 LIEBHERR 373

B107926
374 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.2.2 The “master switch configuration” menu (left touch display)

432 Function key F2 • Note:
The winch status ( winch 2 620 or adjusting
winch 621 activated / deactivated) can be seen on the touch
display.
433 Function key F3 • Open / close slewing gear brake
• Slewing gear brake opened 436
• Slewing gear brake closed 437
434 Function key F4 • Spool assembly winch out / up
(touching) • Bypass of the overload protection ( icon 438), used to luff up at
overload.
Danger:
The bypass may only be carried out if the overload has
been caused by luffing down at freely suspended load and
the crane operator is absolutely certain that he can leave
the overload range by luffing up. For the same reason,
bypassing the LICCON overload protection at a radius of
less than or equal to 3.5 m is prohibited.
Touch functions
439 Assembly winch • Select / deselect spool assembly winch out
440 Assembly winch • Select / deselect spool assembly winch up
441 Assembly winch • Select / deselect self-retention spool assembly winch up
4.01 LIEBHERR 375

B107926
376 LIEBHERR 4.01

Left master switch configuration:

400 Master switch left (MS 2) Hoist gear 2: Master switch assignment “D” 476 is active:
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y+ (forward): Winch 2
spools out and the load is lowered.
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y- (backward):
Winch 2 spools up and the load is raised.
Slewing gear:
Slewing gear turns to the right.
Slewing gear turns to the left.
Luffing lattice jib: Master switch assignment “I” 481 is active:
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y+ (to the right): Luff
luffing lattice jib down.
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y- (to the left): Luff
luffing lattice jib up.
402 Button • Addition of the rapid gear for winch(es) and luffing up.
403 Vibration sensor • Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 1 or winch 2 or turn sensor,
(vibrator) slewing gear
Note:
current position.
The idling speed can be increased up to the maximum RPM.
• Can be “overridden” with the engine control (gas pedal).
• The current RPM is taken over if the engine control (gas pedal)
is operated again.
• Pressing button 404 with the engine control (gas pedal)
inactive cancels the manual throttle.
• If the engine RPM is locked, the “dynamic engine RPM
display” (travel mode) and the “dynamic load histogram
display” (crane operation) contain a “+” .
405 Button • Horn
4.01 LIEBHERR 377

B107931
378 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.3 Master switch assignment for cranes with TY-guying
3.3.1 The “master switch configuration” menu (right touch display)

462 Function key F2 • Motor STOP
463 Function key F3 • No function
464 Function key F4 • Change over master switch assignment
Conditions:
Neutral position master switch 1 420 (MS1) right
For master switch configuration K, an operating mode or
configuration with TY-guying must be selected and confirmed
on the LICCON computer system.
Note
If no configuration with TY-guying has been set and confirmed,
the “TY-guying” master switch configuration is not available.
Right master switch configuration
420 Master switch - right TY-guy winch B (right): Master switch assignment “K” 483 is
(MS 1) active:
• Move the master switch 420 in direction Y+ (forward): The
TY-guy winch B (right) spools out.
• Move the master switch 420 in direction Y- (backward): The
TY-guy winch B (right) spools up.
Luffing gear - telescopic boom:
422 Button • Adding rapid mode for the hoist gear(s) and luffing up
423 Vibration sensor • Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 1
Note:
current position.
425 Button • Horn
4.01 LIEBHERR 379

B107932
380 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.3.2 The “master switch configuration” menu (left touch display)

433 Function key F3 • Open / close slewing gear brake
• Slewing gear brake opened 436
• Slewing gear brake closed 437
434 Function key F4 • Bypass of the overload protection ( icon 438), used to luff up at
(touching) overload.
Danger:
The bypass may only be carried out if the overload has
been caused by luffing down at freely suspended load and
the crane operator is absolutely certain that he can leave
the overload range by luffing up. For the same reason,
bypassing the LICCON overload protection at a radius of
less than or equal to 3.5 m is prohibited.
Touch functions
439 Assembly winch • Spool assembly winch out
439 Assembly winch • Spool assembly spool up
Left master switch configuration:
400 Master switch left (MS 2) TY-guy winch A (left):
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y+ (forward): The
TY-guy winch A (left) spools out.
• Move the master switch 400 in direction Y- (backward): The
TY-guy winch A (left) spools up.
Slewing gear:
Superstructure turns to the right.
Superstructure turns to the left.
402 Button • Addition of the rapid gear for winch(es) and luffing up.
403 Vibration sensor • Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 1 or winch 2 or turn sensor,
(vibrator) slewing gear
Note:
current position.
• The idling speed can be increased up to the maximum RPM.
• Can be “overridden” with the engine control (gas pedal).
• The current RPM is taken over if the engine control (gas
pedal) is operated again.
• Pressing button 404 with the engine control (gas pedal)
inactive cancels the manual throttle.
• At locked engine RPM, a “+” appears in the “dynamic
utilization bar display” (crane operation).
405 Button • Horn
4.01 LIEBHERR 381

B107930
382 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.4 Block winch

The crane operator has the possibility to block a winch which is not needed in the “Block
winch” menu.
Note
“Touching” the desired winch does not directly activate this function, instead it only selects the
function.
Only a selected winch can be blocked or released with the function key F4 464.
Function key line

464 Function key F4 • Block / release the winch
Touch functions
560 Winch 1 • Select / deselect winch 1
561 Winch 2 • Select / deselect winch 2
4.01 LIEBHERR 383

B103967
384 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.5 The menus (operating functions)
3.5.1 The “Support / sliding beams” menu (right touch display)

464 Function key F4 • Sliding beam illumination ON / OFF ( icon 530).
Touch functions in the Support /
sliding beams menu
521 Sliding beam • Select sliding beam
525 Support cylinder • Select support
529 Automatic support • Select automatic mode
Note
Pay attention to sliding beam and support cylinder assignments!
The sliding beam / support cylinder assignment on the touch-display depends on the operating
direction of the crane in the “Support / sliding beams” menu. If the operating direction of the crane
is changed from “forward” 520 to “backward” 531 (or vice versa) by rotating the turntable, the
sliding beam / support cylinder assignment on the touch-display changes accordingly. The sliding
beam “extend / retract” movements (X+ / X-) that are actuated with the master switch are reversed
if the working direction changes.
Sliding beams
For safety reasons, only one sliding beam at once can be selected on the touch-display (“touch”) and
“extended / retracted” using the master switch (MS1).
Note
The extension / retraction of the sliding beams is “coupled” to the X+ and X- deflection direction of
master switch 1 420 (MS1), right.
The selected sliding beam can be extended or retracted by pressing the button 421 (seat contact
bypass) and then moving the right master switch 1 420 (MS1) in the X+ or X- direction.
Note
If the master switch is moved from X+ or X- to Y+ or Y- when a sliding beam is being retracted or
extended, the current sliding beam movement is stopped.
Move the right master switch 1 420 (MS1) to the neutral position.
Now you can extend / retract the sliding beam to the required position using the master switch.
4.01 LIEBHERR 385

B103967
386 LIEBHERR 4.01

Support cylinder
The crane driver can select between manual support and automatic support in the “Support / sliding
beams” menu. The crane driver can also control the extending / retracting speed of the support
cylinder using the master switch.
Two extension / retraction speeds of the support cylinder are available:
Master switch deflection < 80 % = slow
Master switch deflection ≥80 % = fast
The selected support cylinder can be extended or retracted by pressing the button 421 (seat contact
bypass) and simultaneously moving the right master switch 1 420 (MS1) in the Y+ or Y- direction.
Note
If the master switch deflection is changed from Y+ or Y- to X+ or X- when the selected support
cylinders are being retracted or extended, the current movement is shut off.
Move the right master switch 1 420 (MS1) to the neutral position.
Now you can extend / retract the support cylinder to the required position using the master switch.
Supporting manually
0 - 4 supports can be selected on the touch-display (“touch”) at once and “extended / retracted” using
the master switch (MS1). When a support cylinder is selected, the automatic support 529 selection is
cancelled.
Note
The extension / retraction of the support cylinder is “coupled” to the Y+ and Y- deflection direction
of master switch 1 420 (MS1), right.
Moving the master switch in direction Y+ causes the selected support cylinder(s) to extend.
Moving the master switch in direction Y- causes the selected support cylinder(s) to retract.
4.01 LIEBHERR 387

B103967
388 LIEBHERR 4.01

Automatic support
Selecting (“touching”) the automatic support 529 cancels all manual support function selections.
Note
The extension / retraction of the support cylinder is “coupled” to the Y+ and Y- deflection direction
of master switch 1 420 (MS1), right.
Moving the MS1 in direction Y+ levels the crane by extending the support cylinders.
Moving the MS1 in direction Y- levels the crane by retracting the support cylinders.
If automatic support 529 has been selected, the support function is carried out via the master switch
deflection. The automatic support function automatically levels the crane during the support
procedure.
Sliding beam illumination
When a function is activated for the first time in the “support / sliding beams” menu, the sliding beam
illumination automatically turns itself on.
The sliding beam illumination 530 remains turned on until:
– The crane reaches a driving speed of more than 3 km/h.
– The sliding beam illumination is manually turned off with the function key F4 464.
Note
If the sliding beam illumination has been turned off with the function key F4 464, the automatic
turn-on function is not reactivated until the F4 key has been pressed again or the crane and the
LICCON computer system has been restarted using “Ignition ON”.
4.01 LIEBHERR 389

B103969
390 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.5.2 The “Working floodlight” * menu (left touch display)

In the “Working floodlight” * menu the crane operator has the opportunity to manually align the
working floodlight to suit the current load or the planned working range. In crane operation, the
previously aligned working floodlight changes its position according to the movement direction of the
load (load-following) or the working range (fixed to working range).
Note
The Working floodlight menu* is only available if the floodlight is assembled and connected.
“Touching” the desired floodlight function does not directly activate this function, instead it only
selects the function.
Only if a floodlight function has been selected, can function key F4 434 be used to turn it on or off.

434 Function key F4 • Working floodlight ON / OFF
Touch functions in the Working
floodlight menu*
510 Working floodlights • Select “manually”
511 Working floodlights • Select “following the load”
512 Working floodlights • Select “fixed to working range”
Note
Before the required operating mode of the working floodlight is selected, the “starting position” of
the working floodlight must be manually selected in “Working floodlight manual” operating mode
by moving the Master switch 2 400 (MS2) left in direction Y+ or Y-.
4.01 LIEBHERR 391

B103970
392 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.5.3 The “Air conditioning settings” menu (left touch display)

In the “Air conditioning settings” menu the crane driver has the opportunity to make any heater, air
conditioning and ventilation settings.
432 Function key F2 • Automatic air conditioning “ON” / “OFF”
• Note:
The automatic air conditioning system can only be turned on if
the Air conditioning 553 has been selected.
433 Function key F3 • “Minus” - reduce level / temperature or turn “OFF”
434 Function key F4 • “Plus” - increase level / temperature or turn “ON”
Touch functions in the climate
control settings menu
Note
Note
“Touching” a function in the “Air conditioning settings” menu causes a black border to appear
around the relevant icon (function selection) and at the same time the current setting, the selected
level or the on / off status (“ON” / “OFF”) for a function is displayed in the Status display 556.
Only one function at a time can be selected or edited in the “Air conditioning settings” menu.
550 Recirculated air / fresh • Function selection

air
551 Air distribution “up” / • Function selection
“down”
552 Fan / blower • Function selection
553 Air conditioning system • Function selection
554 Heater • Function selection
555 Auxiliary heater • Function selection
556 Status display • Display function
The status display 556 shows the following, depending on the
selected function:
• The adjustment ratios between the head area and the
floorboard area for recirculated air / fresh air
• The adjustment ratios for air distribution
• The selected stage in manual heating mode
• The temperature setting in automatic heating mode
• Air conditioning system on - “ON”
• Air conditioning system off - “OFF”
• The programming display for auxiliary heater
Note
Refer to chapter 6.01 for a detailed description of the heater / air conditioning and ventilation
settings.
4.01 LIEBHERR 393

B107933
394 LIEBHERR 4.01

3.5.4 The menu “Hydraulic oil preheating / telescopic boom disassembly” * (left
touch display)
434 Function key F4 • Turn hydraulic oil preheating on / off
Turn the regeneration of the Diesel particle filter on / off
Turn telescopic boom disassembly on / off
Touch functions
570 Hydraulic oil preheating • Select / deselect hydraulic oil preheating
571 Regeneration of Diesel • Select / deselect regeneration of Diesel particle filter
particle filter*
572 Telescopic boom • Select / deselect telescopic boom disassembly
disassembly
4.01 LIEBHERR 395

B107934
396 LIEBHERR 4.01

4 Operating elements in the side console
4.1 General operating elements

610 Socket 12 V
611 Socket 24 V
4.01 LIEBHERR 397

B107935
398 LIEBHERR 4.01

5 Operating elements on the operating and control

unit (BKE)
5.1 Operating console

Note
The indicator lights as well as the operating keys are described in detail in the following sections.
650 Operating console • Housing with indicator lights and keys

651 EMERGENCY OFF • Impact switch
switch*
652 Indicator lights on the
BKE
653 Operating keys on the • Standard assignment
BKE
654 Operating keys on the • Standard assignment
BKE for release control
5.2 Indicator lights on the BKE “652”
Position Indicator light LED condition Description

660 yellow Engine preheat active
Engine monitoring yellow blinking (slow) Engine ready to start

superstructure
yellow blinking (fast) Engine preheating Error / problem
off Engine is running (after engine has been started)
red Engine is running, alternator does not charge
661 yellow Engine preheat active
Engine monitoring yellow blinking (slow) Engine ready to start

chassis
yellow blinking (fast) Engine preheating Error / problem
off Engine is running (after engine has been started)
Red Engine is running, alternator does not charge
662 yellow + red (orange) Functional readiness (is shown after engine start
for 1.5 s )
Central lubrication yellow Lubrication active

red Error / problem
off Central lubrication not active
663 yellow Unpin cylinder
4.01 LIEBHERR 399

Position Indicator light LED condition Description

Pinning tele / cylinder green Tele unpinned
664 yellow Gripper in position
Cylinder in position
5.3 Operating keys on the BKE “653”

Note
With the LEDs in the operating keys, the operating conditions and problems can be recognized
quickly and reliably by the crane driver.
Position Button Function LED Description

670 “On” – Clean window: By pressing and holding the
button “Front” or “Roof”
Windshield washer Note: After releasing the key “Front” or “Roof” , three
system “Front” additional wipe movements are carried out
before the wiper blades return to their original
position.
671 “Off” – by releasing the button “Front” or “Roof”
Windshield washer
system “Roof”
672 Note: There are three different wipe stages.
Windshield wiper 1. Wiper “On” : Continuous operation

“Front”
2. Intermittent 1: Wipe with long pauses
3. Intermittent 2: Wipe with short pauses
4. Wiper “Off”
673
Windshield wiper Every time the button “Front” or “Roof” is

“Roof” pressed, the wipe stages change incrementally.
“On” lights up by pressing the button “Front” or “Roof”
400 LIEBHERR 4.01


“Off” off by pressing the button “Front” or “Roof” long
than one second until a “beep” sounds
or
by pressing the button “Front” or “Roof” until the
LED is off
or
Ignition “Off”
674 Note : The interior lighting can also be switched on
when the ignition is “off” , by pressing the button
longer than 1 s .
Interior light cab “On” – by opening the door

(100 %)
or
by pressing the button
Dim – There are three different dimmer stages:
1. 75 %
2. 50 %
3. 25 %
4. “Interior lighting Off”
When the interior light is turned on: Each time
the button is pressed, the brightness is reduced
incrementally.
“Off” – by pressing the button for longer than one se-
cond
or
by pressing the button until the light turns “Off”
or
if the following conditions are present simulta-
neously for longer than 30 s :
– Driver's seat not occupied
- Door is closed
- Engine is “off”
679 Note : The airplane warning can also be turned on
when the ignition is “off” by pressing the button
longer than 1 s .
Airplane warning “Off” off by pressing the button

“On” lights up by pressing the button
“On” blinking Error / problem
4.01 LIEBHERR 401


680 “Off” off by pressing the button
Ignition chassis “On” lights up by pressing the button

“On” blinking Transmission error to chassis
Start the engine in “On” lights up by pressing the button

chassis
Floodlight on front of “On” lights up by pressing the button

turntable
Floodlight turntable “On” lights up by pressing the button

rear
Floodlight, winch “On” lights up by pressing the button

Floodlight pivot section “On” lights up by pressing the button

Low beam “On” lights up by pressing the button

402 LIEBHERR 4.01


Parking lights “On” lights up by pressing the button

5.4 Operating keys on the BKE (optional) “653” *

Note
The assignment of the operating keys on the BKE can vary, depending on the configuration of the
crane!
Position Button LED condition Function

682 off: Floodlight camera turned off
Headlights
lights up: Floodlight camera turned on
5.5 Operating keys on the BKE for release control “654”

Note
The following functions require the activation of the “release button”.
The “release button” is active for 30 s. If an operating key is pressed during this time, the release
time is reset to 30 s. The release stops after 30 s.
A function is triggered by activation of the “release button” and then pressing the corresponding
operating key.
For the listed key combinations, hold the corresponding operating key until the desired end
position is reached.
Position Key combinations Function LED Description

675 Note : After pressing the release button, the functions,
which require a release can be activated. The
release is indicated by the green LED on the
release button.
Release button “On” lights up Press release button
“Off” off by pressing the button
or
as long as no button is pressed, which requires
a release: Automatically after 30 s
4.01 LIEBHERR 403


675+676 “On” Activate “release key” and press “Extend
pedestal” key
Extending the pedestal

675+677 “On” Activate “release key” and press “Retract
pedestal” key
Retract the pedestal

675+688 “Off” off Function inactive
Unpin the turntable lock “On” blinking The unpinning procedure “runs”
slowly
fast
“On” lights up The “top” end position has been reached, an
acoustic signal will sound when the end position
is reached
Pin the turntable lock “On” blinking The pinning procedure “is running”
slowly
fast
“On” lights up The “bottom” end position has been reached, an
is reached
Raise counterweight “On” blinking The counterweight is raised

slowly
fast
“On” lights up The “top” end position has been reached, an
is reached
404 LIEBHERR 4.01


Lower counterweight “On” blinking The counterweight is lowered

slowly
fast
“On” lights up The “bottom” end position has been reached, an
is reached
Raise cab “On” blinking Error / problem

“On” lights up The cab is raised
Lower cab “On” blinking Error / problem

“On” lights up The cab is lowered
4.01 LIEBHERR 405

B107939
406 LIEBHERR 4.01

6 Operating elements on the control panel
6.1 Control panel counterweight

700 Button • Retract ballasting cylinder: Counterweight is raised
701 Button • Extend ballasting cylinder: Counterweight is lowered
702 Button • Block ballasting cylinder A (left)
703 Button • Block ballasting cylinder B (right)
704 Button • Turn engine on
705 Button • Turn engine off
4.01 LIEBHERR 407

027891-03 4.02 LICCON computer system
B197077
408 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.02 LICCON computer system 027891-03
1 General
Note
The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The numerical values in the individual
icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the crane exactly. In addition, many of the
illustrations show the maximum configuration of the LICCON monitor with icons. In normal crane
operation, an identical display will not appear on the LICCON monitor.
The LICCON computer system is a computer system for controlling and monitoring mobile cranes. In
addition to the overload protection (Load moment limitation = LMB) there are a number of application
programs that can be used for controlling and monitoring the crane movements.
Currently the LICCON computer system includes the following application programs:
– “Configuration” program
– “Crane operation” program
– “Telescoping” program
– “Working range limitation” program*
– “Support force monitoring” program*
From the application programs you can switch directly into the adjustment window for “speed
reduction master switch”. See also the section, adjustment window “speed reduction master switch”.
The electrical and electronic components in the superstructure and the chassis are linked via
data bus transmission technology (Liebherr System Bus = LSB).
1.1 Overload protection (load moment limiter)

The overload protection is carried out on the LICCON monitor. The LICCON computer system works
on the principle of comparing the current / actual load with the maximum permissible load according to
the load chart and reeving.
1.1.1 Actual load

The current load is determined by recording variable values.
The load on the crane results from the load momentum and the boom momentum together. It exerts
a force in the boom luffing cylinder, which is measured by pressure sensors.
The boom momentum is calculated with data from the angle sensors (boom angle), the length
sensors (boom length) and from crane data (boom weights) for the set operating mode.
The boom radius is calculated with data from the angle sensors (boom angle), the length sensors
(boom length) and from geometry data for the set operating mode. This also takes into account the
boom flexation due to its own weight and the weight of the load.
The actual load is calculated from the total load, the boom momentum and the boom radius.
1.1.2 Maximum load according to load chart and reeving

Crane data such as load charts, boom weights and geometry data are stored in the central data
memory of the LICCON computer system.
The “maximum load according to the load chart and reeving” is constantly determined for the set
crane configuration, for the set reeving and for the calculated radius, based on the load charts.
1.1.3 Comparison
The actual load and the “maximum load according to the loading chart and reeving” are compared.
When they approach the specified limit, an advance warning is issued. If this limit is exceeded, the
overload stop is triggered and any crane movements which increase the load momentum are turned
off.
4.02 LIEBHERR 409

B106287
410 LIEBHERR 4.02

2 LICCON computer system boot up

All the components of the LICCON computer system run through a self-test after turning the computer
on.
During the self-test, the LICCON monitor displays the start screen, illustration 1, and after
a successful starting procedure, the configurations screen illustration 2.
4.02 LIEBHERR 411

B108545
412 LIEBHERR 4.02

3 Operating elements of the LICCON computer system

The functions of the individual monitor operating elements are program-dependent, and can differ,
depending on the LICCON program which is currently running. This will be described in more detail in
the description of the individual LICCON programs.
A Numeric keypad
P Program keys • Selection of the individual LICCON programs
P0 Configuration
P1 Crane operation
P2 Not assigned • Correction coefficients (for LIEBHERR personnel only)
P3 Supporting force editor
P4 Telescoping
P5 Not assigned
P6 Not assigned
P7 Working range
limitation*
P8 Test system
C Input key “ENTER” • Confirmation of changes
D Bypass key button • Position to right (touching)
= The hoist limit switch and load moment limiter shut off are
bypassed
• Operating position (self-retaining)
= Normal operation
E Special function keys • Monitor brightness adjustment
• Press E3 (hold down) and E1: 6-stage “night design”
• Press E3 (hold down) and E2: Brightness setting in 7 stages
The brightness adjustment can be made from all available
programs (for example: Configuration, Crane operation).
Note:
The LICCON monitor has an automatic brightness adjustment.
The brightness of the LICCON monitor is automatically
matched to the ambient light conditions. If the LICCON monitor
is set to “medium brightness level”, then the regulating
spectrum of the adjustment is optimally utilized. If the manual
brightness setting of the LICCON monitor is on the “lowest” or
the “highest” level, then the automatic brightness adjustment is
ineffective. The current brightness setting of the LICCON
monitor can only be checked in the “BSE Test system”,
illustration 1 (arrow) (see Crane operating instructions, chapter
20.10).
• Additional functions of the special function keys are
program-dependent and are further explained in the
descriptions of the individual LICCON programs.
F Function keys • The function keys should always be viewed in conjunction with
the function key icon line displayed on the monitor.
G TFT display • Display of the individual programs (example: “Crane
operation” program)
H “SHIFT” key • Second-level key assignments, for example Supervisory
function
I LED displays • = Power supply for monitor available
4.02 LIEBHERR 413

B108546
414 LIEBHERR 4.02

4 “Configuration” program
After turning the LICCON computer system on and correct completion of the boot up procedure, the
“Configuration” program appears automatically.
Note
Adjustment and display of equipment configuration and reeving.
Normally, the most recently run equipment configuration and the reeving used at that time will be
automatically set and displayed. If the computer system is started for the first time, the first valid
operating mode, the first valid equipment configuration and reeving number “1” appear in the
configuration screen.
You can see the programmed load charts in the “Configuration” program.
You can set the desired operating mode and the desired equipment configuration for the crane in the
“Configuration” program to be able to operate the crane.
4.1 Setting the operating mode and equipment configuration

The crane operator can select the operating mode and the equipment configuration using the function
keys or by entering a short code.
4.1.1 Setting the operating mode and equipment configuration via the function keys
The function keys are explained in the section “Function key line” in this chapter.
Select the respective function keys.
Press the Enter key to confirm and accept the settings.
Result:
– The data from the selected load chart can be viewed.
4.1.2 Setting the operating mode and equipment configuration with the short code
The function keys are explained in the section “Function key line” in this chapter.
Enter a short code using the keypad on the LICCON monitor.
Press the Enter key to confirm and accept the settings.
Result:
4.02 LIEBHERR 415

B108547
416 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.2 “Configuration” program areas

The monitor is divided into three areas in the “Configuration” program:
– General information line 1
– Display area of load chart values 2
– Function key line (configuration) 3
Note
The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples.
The numerical values in the individual icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the
crane exactly.
The programmed load charts for the crane are binding.
4.02 LIEBHERR 417

B103988
418 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.2.1 General information line

1 “Telescopic boom • Note:
length” icon The icon is identical for all operating modes.
2 Abbreviations • For the programmed length units (LU) and weight units (WU)
Possible length units are [m] and [ft]
Possible weight units are [t] and [lbs]
3 4-digit short code • Stands next to the word “CODE”
• Each short code uniquely identifies a crane configuration. The
valid equipment configuration and their associated short code
numbers for the crane can be found in the load chart manual of
the crane.
• If, via the function key line:
• An invalid equipment configuration is selected, then the short
code “0000” is shown in white on red background.
• An invalid equipment configuration is selected, then the short
code is shown in white on blue background. The values are
entered into the load value field only after pressing the
ENTER key.
4 10-digit organization • Relates to the selected load chart
number • Operating mode dependent
• Example: TXXX.YYYYY
• Letter at first digit = “T” = load chart
• Number combination “XXX” = crane type
• 5-digit letter block “YYYYY” = configuration characteristic
• If a valid equipment configuration is selected via the function
key line, the 10-digit organization number is shown with
question marks, the organization number is shown only after
pressing ENTER key.
5 Page number • Relates to the currently displayed part of the load chart
• The total number of pages in this load chart is in parentheses.
4.02 LIEBHERR 419

B108548
420 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.2.2 Display area of load chart values

1 Telescopic boom lengths • In [m] or [ft]
Maximum of 7 columns per display page
• Displayed as the horizontal axis of the load value field
2 “Boom radius” icon • Operating mode dependent
• In [m] or [ft]
• Maximum 9 lines of radius values
• Displayed as the vertical axis of the load value field
3 Load value field • Columns under the telescopic boom lengths and in the lines to
the right of the radius values
• Load values depending on boom length and radius
4 Reeving number of hoist •* n *
rope n = Reeving number of the hoist rope between the boom head
and hook block, in order to be able to lift the maximum load in
the corresponding load chart column.
Note:
If an exclamation mark (“!”) is next to the reeving number, then
an auxiliary device is required for at least for one load value in
the column, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.06.
5 Line for special displays • If a load chart consists of more than seven columns, it cannot
be fully displayed because of the size of the monitor. In that
case, marking arrows in the first or the seventh field indicate
that there are additional columns to the left or right of the
displayed chart. They can be shown by pressing the key E1 or
the key E2.
As supporting information, the currently selected column
number and the number of columns in the chart are shown, for
example, 1(15) corresponds to the first of 15 columns.
• Note:
By pressing E1 or E2 twice in quick succession, you can
“browse” left or right by 7 load chart columns (equals the
display area of the LICCON monitor).
“SHIFT” (hold down) + “E1”: Jump to first column in load chart
“SHIFT” (hold down) + “E2”: Jump to last column in load chart
4.02 LIEBHERR 421

B108548
422 LIEBHERR 4.02

6 Extension condition of • In percent [%]

telescopic sections • The first column contains the “boom length” icon [%].
Next to that are the lines for the extension condition of the
telescopic sections. The number in the icon column describes
the corresponding telescopic section (highest
number = outermost telescopic section). The value in the boom
length column displays the extension condition of the telescope
in percentages, which must be maintained for the
corresponding boom length.
The status indicator “-” next to the percentage extension status
value means that the telescopic boom can be telescoped to the
percentage extension condition value under load (according to
the load chart).
9 Horizontal orientation • The “horizontal orientation display” shows the crane driver by
display the display element 10 (color red), where he is in the load chart
in a horizontal direction.
Note:
If the display element 10 in the “horizontal orientation
display” 9 is displayed on the left-hand edge, then it is in the
first column of page 1 in the load chart of the set operating
mode.
11 Vertical orientation • The “vertical orientation display” shows the crane driver by the
display display element 12 (color red), where he is in the load chart in
a vertical direction.
Note:
If the display element 12 in the “vertical orientation
display” 11 is displayed at the top, then it is in the first row of
the maximum number of available rows in the load chart of the
set operating mode.
4.02 LIEBHERR 423

B108549
424 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.2.3 The function key line (configuration)

The function key line consists of function keys F1 to F8 and the function key icon bar above it. The
function keys correspond to the various function key icons above them.
Various functions are indicated by the function key icons, or they may refer to changes of operating
mode and crane configuration.
Not all function keys have to be assigned icons on the LICCON monitor. This depends on the program
selection.
Pressing a function key changes the appearance of the icon above, its meaning, or its textual content.
Note
By simultaneously actuating the special function key E3 and the function key F3, it is possible to
“switch” by groups through the accessories. This allows quicker access to the operating mode
required for crane application.
See also description “E3 and F3 ”, as well as “E3 and SHIFT and F3 ”.
F1 Vertical paging • Depending on the size of the monitor, up to 10 load chart lines
can be displayed at once. If a chart consists of more than 10
lines, the display is spread over several pages. When pressing
a key, the next page of the load chart will be displayed, and the
number of the current page in the “general information line” will
be counted up by 1.
SHIFT and F1 • Previous page of the load chart (page numbers in the “general
information line” are counted backwards 1 at a time).
F2 Main geometry status • Options for setting the different main geometry conditions of
the crane (if available). The types are described by
abbreviations and length data in the icon.
• Example:
T for Telescopic boom
SHIFT and F2 • Previous main geometry status (if present)
4.02 LIEBHERR 425

F3 Accessories • Options for selecting the different accessory geometry

conditions of the crane (if available). The types are described
using abbreviations, angle and length data in the icon.
• Example:
TF for Crane operation with fixed lattice jib
TN for Crane operation with luffing lattice jib
TY for crane operation with guyed telescopic boom
TYVEN for crane operation with guyed luffing lattice jib with
eccentric
and more
• Note:
Pressing the function key F2 and / or the function
key F3 deletes all operating mode and configuration dependent
data from the monitor and sets the short code in the general
information line to a new value. The “Code 0000” is displayed
in white on red background if the set configuration for function
keys F4, F5 and / or F6 does not exist or has not been
programmed. For the existing equipment configuration, the
short code, more than 0, appears in white on blue background.
• Operating mode dependent data:
• Telescopic boom length icon for the general information line
• Length units and weight units
• Load chart organization number
• Boom radius icon
• Telescopic boom lengths
• Telescopic boom length icon in area “Extension status of
telescopic section in percentages [%]”
• Extension condition of telescopic section with status indicator
in percentages
• Configuration dependent data:
• Numbering of current page number and total number of
pages in load chart
• Radius values in length units
• Load values in weight units
SHIFT and F3 • Previous accessory geometry condition
E3 and F3 • By pressing the key combination E3 (hold down) and then
pressing function key F3, select the accessories in groups
forward.
Note:
The first accessory for the next accessory group it set.
E3 and SHIFT and F3 • By pressing the key combination E3 and SHIFT (holding down
both) and then pressing function key F3, reverse select the
accessories in groups.
Note:
The first accessory for the previous accessory group it set.
F4 Counterweight • Adjustment option for the current counterweight, which must be
on the superstructure in order to achieve the values in the
current chart. When pressing a key, the following icon appears
with additional text in the counterweight symbol.
• Example:
“20 t ” = total weight of 20 t
SHIFT and F4 • Previous counterweight
F5 Support base • Adjustment option for support base. The supports must be
extended and pinned to the dimensions shown in the icon in
order to work with the current load chart.
426 LIEBHERR 4.02

SHIFT and F5 • Previous support base

F6 Slewing range - • Adjustment option for slewing range
Superstructure • Example:
• 360° slewing range: Unlimited rotation is possible.
• 0° slewing range: Working range to the rear (locked)
• ! +/-10° slewing range: Working range to the rear with a
turning range of +/-10° to the left and right
• ! 180+/-10° slewing range: Working range to the front with a
turning range of +/-10° to the left and right
SHIFT and F6 • Previous slewing range
F7 Hoist rope reeving • Option to set the number of hoist rope strands, which is reeved
on the boom in order to reach a certain lifting capacity.
The displayed number of hoist rope strands (reeving) in the
icon will be increased with every keystroke by one counter, up
to a fixed maximum value for the respective operating mode.
After that the counter restarts from a fixed minimum value.
If the set value is still within the minimum and maximum values
when switching to another operating mode, it remains valid.
Otherwise it will be set to the minimum value for the new
operating mode.
Note:
In operating mode THKH, the hoist rope reeving is “0” and
cannot be edited.
SHIFT and F7 • Reduce the reeving number by 1
F8 Function key “OK” • Takeover of selected configuration and automatic change over
to operating screen.
Prerequisites:
The configuration mode setting must be completed, i.e. a valid
short code is displayed and load capacity values are in the
chart field.
The external conditions for this configuration state, if specified,
must be fulfilled (e.g. locking the superstructure).
If the crane is equipped with sliding beam monitoring*, the
sliding beams must be extended to the support base specified
in the selected load chart.
If these preconditions are met, then the “O.K.” key confirms that
the chosen configuration state and the selected reeving are
correct and transfers the parameters to the “Crane
operation” program.
Note:
Make sure that after switching to the operating screen, the
selected equipment configuration (short code) and the hoist
rope reeving(s) have been accepted correctly.If the active
equipment configuration is to be changed:
• The crane may not be utilized by more than 20 %, and the
load suspended on the hook may not be heavier than 0.5 t.
4.02 LIEBHERR 427

B108550
428 LIEBHERR 4.02

4.2.4 Other operating elements

A Numeric keypad • Pressing the keypad deletes all operating mode and equipment
configuration dependent data from the monitor.
• The keys 0 to 9 on the keypad can be used to enter the short
code directly into the LICCON monitor. During entry, the
short code is displayed in “green”.
• The key P and the key . have no function in the
“Configuration” program.
P Program keys • Selecting from the individual programs. The settings in the
Configuration program are discarded, and the equipment
configuration and reeving most recently confirmed with the
O.K. key will continue to be used.
A program that is currently running cannot be called up again
using its program key.
C Input key “ENTER” • Confirmation of input both for short codes and for any change
in the equipment configuration using the function keys
• ENTER after entering the short code searches for the short
code in the programmed load charts. If the relevant load chart
has been programmed, it is displayed in full. If the relevant load
chart has not been programmed, the short code is displayed in
white on red background and an acoustic signal is heard
(“horn”).
• ENTER after a changing the operating mode using the function
key F2 and / or the function key F3 displays the load chart (if
the chart exists) plus the short code on the LICCON monitor.
Note:
If no load chart is defined or available for the changed
operating mode, then, after pressing the ENTER key, the first
available configuration state in this operating mode with the
appropriate load chart and short code will be displayed on the
configuration screen.
• ENTER after a change in the equipment configuration using the
function key F4, the function key F5 and the function key F6,
displays the load chart (if the chart exists) plus the short code
on the LICCON monitor.
Note:
If no load chart is defined or available for the changed
configuration state, then, after pressing the ENTER key, the
first available configuration state in the set operating mode with
the appropriate load chart and short code will be displayed on
the configuration screen.
D Bypass key button • Has no function in the “Configuration” program
4.02 LIEBHERR 429

B108550
430 LIEBHERR 4.02

E Horizontal paging • The key E1 and key E2 only have a function if this is indicated
in the “line for special displays 5 ”.
If a load chart consists of more than seven columns, the first
display of the configuration state only shows columns 1 to 7.
• With the key E1, the cursor 8 can be moved to the left.
• With the key E2, the cursor 8 can be moved to the right.The
double arrow at the right edge of the line points to additional
columns in either direction. If the cursor 8 (movement mark)
is moved to an edge marked with arrows, then, for example,
when pressing the key E2 again, the chart columns are
moved by 3 columns to the left.
Note:
By pressing key E1 or key E2 twice in quick succession, you
can “page” to the left or right by 7 load chart columns (equals
the display area of the LICCON monitor).
H “SHIFT” key • “SHIFT” (hold down) + “E1”: Jump to first column in load chart
• “SHIFT” (hold down) + “E2”: Jump to last column in load chart
4.02 LIEBHERR 431

B108551
432 LIEBHERR 4.02

5 “Crane operation” program

The LICCON program “Crane operation” assists the crane driver by displaying clearly on the monitor
the data needed for operating the crane. An acoustical signal accompanies all critical displays.
Depending on the equipment, a range of other icons may also be turned on as additional displays,
either as required by the crane operator, or automatically in the event of a problem.
It also alerts the crane operator to imminent overload conditions. In the event of overload and many
error conditions, which could be hazardous, the system shuts off.
The monitor is divided into seven areas in the “Crane operation” program:
– Crane geometry and load information 5.1
– Alarm functions 5.2
– Special functions 5.3
– Monitoring functions during crane operation 5.4
– Monitored auxiliary functions 5.5
– Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 5.6
– Winch display 5.7
– Function key line (crane operation) 5.8
Note
icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the crane exactly. The configuration of the
LICCON monitor with icons is only descriptive.
In actual crane operations, an identical icon display will not appear!
4.02 LIEBHERR 433

B108633
434 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.1 Crane geometry and load information
5.1.1 Maximum load

1 “Maximum load” icon • With text for [t] or [lbs]
1.1 Reeving number of hoist • n = reeving number of hoist rope that is reeved at the pulley
rope head selected via the load chart (previously selected in the
“Configuration” program).
1.2 Maximum load according • In [t] or [lbs]
to load chart and reeving • It depends on:
• The selected operating mode
• Main boom configuration
• Accessory configuration
• The selected configuration
• Counterweight
• Support base
• Slewing range
• Reeving
• The boom radius
• Note:
“? ? ? . ?” if a value in the load chart cannot be accessed, for
example because the crane is not within the load chart range
or one or more sensors are missing or so defective, so that
the load cannot be calculated.
5.1.2 Current load

2 Icon “Current load” • With text for [t] or [lbs]
2.1 Current load on the • Actual load display = Load in [t] or [lbs] that is currently
boom suspended on the selected boom.
• Display of the calculated total load including the weights of the
support, the lifting and/or the attachment equipment
By using the function “Tare” (see description of function key
F7 in section “function key line (crane operation)”) the display
can be changed over to display the net load. The icon is
displayed in “red” and the word “net” is also displayed.
• Note:
“? ? ? . ?” is displayed if one or more sensors are missing or so
defective that the “actual load on the boom” cannot be
calculated. This is always the case if the boom projection
radius 4.1 and the pulley head height 6.1 cannot be calculated
and / or the sensors to measure the pressure in the luffing
cylinder are defective.
4.02 LIEBHERR 435

B108633
436 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.1.3 Dynamic load utilization bar display

3 Icon “Dynamic utilization
bar display”
3.1 8-digit organization • Identifies the type of load chart that has been selected and the
number operating mode
3.2 Short code • Identifies the selected equipment configuration
3.3 Utilization scale • The percentage load of the crane is displayed in different
colors in the bar display of the load scale.
• The utilization scale changes to:
• Blue if the load is less than 0.5 t or at a utilization of less than
20 %
Note:
The crane can be reconfigured!
• Green at a utilization of less than 90 %
• Yellow: At a utilization of less than 100 %, Advance
warning
• Red at a utilization of more than 100 %, STOP shut off
3.4 Utilization bar of crane • According to load chart and reeving
3.5 Engine RPM • In [rpm]
• Note:
“????” is displayed for an invalid RPM value (for approximately
10 seconds). If there is a problem, it changes to low idle RPM.
The digital display blinks, and an error message is displayed.
3.5.1 Engine RPM lock • The engine RPM can be locked on the master switch. If the
engine RPM has been locked, the icon “+” appears behind the
RPM display.
5.1.4 Radius
4 “Boom radius” icon
4.1 Radius • In [m] or [ft]
Identifies the horizontal center of gravity distance of the load
(on the load hook selected by the operating mode) from the
center of rotation of the superstructure, measured on the
ground. This also takes into account the boom flexation due to
its own weight and the suspended weight of the load.
• Note:
“? ? ? . ?” is shown if an angle sensor on the main boom or on
the accessory or the length sensor on the main boom is
defective, so that the radius cannot be calculated.
4.2 Main boom angle to the • In [°]
horizontal • Note:
“? ? ? . ?” is shown if the angle sensor on the pivot section is
defective.
4.02 LIEBHERR 437

B108633
438 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.1.5 Main boom length

5 Icon “Main boom length”
5.1 Length of main boom • In [m] or [ft]
5.2 Extension condition of • In [%]
individual telescopic Order: Telescope 1 to telescope 5 from left to right
sections
5.3 TELEMATIC • Special functions in “Operation” program
Note:
In the “Main boom length” icon all the information required is
displayed to enable an experienced crane operator to
telescope the telescopic boom to a desired length without
switching to the “Telescoping” program.
5.3.1 Preselected telescoping
target reached
5.3.2 Nominal deflection • Request: Telescope in = arrow down
direction of master • Request: Telescope out = arrow up
switch
5.3.3 Error in system
5.1.6 Pulley head height

6 “Pulley head height” icon
6.1 Pulley head height • In [m] or [ft]
• Identifies the vertical distance from the crane base to the
selected pulley head axle, to which the displayed maximum
load applies
• Note:
“? ? ? . ?” is shown if an angle sensor on the main boom or on
the accessory or the length sensor on the main boom is
defective, that that the pulley head height cannot be calculated.
6.2 Angle of the luffing lattice • In [°]
jib to the horizontal* • Note:
“? ? ? . ?” is displayed, if the geometry data or the sensor
values are missing, so that the angle of the luffing lattice jib
cannot be calculated.
4.02 LIEBHERR 439

B110120
440 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.2 Alarm functions

The limit ranges of the crane movements are monitored. The crane operator is alerted that the limits
have been when the following blinking icons are shown.
5.2.1 Boom limitation

2 “Boom limitation” icon • The luffing range of the boom is limited both upwards and
downwards. This icon appears if an end position determined by
the load chart is reached when luffing the boom or when luffing
up the boom is disabled by a proximity switch. Exclamation
marks show that an associated sensor is defective.
Note: The icon“boom limitation” 2 can change in different
operating modes, but it is shown always at the same position in
the LICCON monitor.
Position Icon Description

2.1 The shut off “luffing down the main boom” has been triggered by running
against the lower limit.
Note: Luffing down the main boom is still possible.

2.2 The shut off “luffing up the main boom” has been triggered by running
against the upper limit.

2.3 The shut off “luffing up the main boom” has been triggered by running
against the proximity switch (boom steep) on the turntable.

2.4 An associated sensor on the main boom is defective and the shut off
“luffing up the main boom” has been triggered by running against the
proximity switch (boom steep) on the turntable.
2.5 An associated sensor on the main boom is defective.
4.02 LIEBHERR 441

B110120
442 LIEBHERR 4.02

Position Icon Description

2.6 The shut off “luffing down the luffing lattice jib” has been triggered by
running against the lower limit.
Note: Luffing up the luffing lattice jib is still possible.

2.7 The shut off “luffing up the luffing lattice jib” has been triggered by running
against the upper limit.
Note: Luffing down the luffing lattice jib is still possible.

2.8 The shut off “Luffing up the luffing lattice jib” occurred by running against a
proximity switch (“Jib on top block” , “Jib on top flap” ).
Note: Luffing down the luffing lattice jib is still possible.

2.9 The shut off “luffing down the luffing lattice jib” has been triggered by
running against a proximity switch (“jib bottom” ).
Note: Luffing up the luffing lattice jib is still possible.

2.10 An associated sensor on the luffing lattice jib is defective and the shut off
“Luffing up the luffing lattice jib” occurred by running against a proximity
switch (“Jib on top block” , “Jib on top flap” ).
2.11 An associated sensor on the luffing lattice jib is defective and the shut off
“Luffing down the luffing lattice jib” occurred by running against a proximity
switch (“Jib bottom” ).
2.12 An associated sensor on the luffing lattice jib is defective.
4.02 LIEBHERR 443

B108661
444 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.2.2 Hoist top limit switch HES1 and HES4*

3 “Hoist top on HES1 / • In order to prevent the crane from being operated without hoist
HES4* icons” limit switches (HES), the minimum hoist limit switch
configuration is continuously monitored. If a hoist limit switch
required for a particular operating mode is not plugged in,
therefore not active on the LSB bus system, an operating error
message is issued. Four hoist limit switches are possible.
3.1 HES1 • Installation location: Telescopic boom head, right
• The icon appears if:
• The hook block moves against the HES1 at the right
telescopic boom head.
• HES1 is not active, although it must be present on the bus.
• HES1 has an internal error.
• Note:
The crane movements spool up hoist winch, luff down the
telescopic boom, luff down the lattice jib, telescope the
telescopic boom out are shut off.
3.2 HES4* • Installation location: Telescopic boom head (left) or boom
nose.*
• The hook block moves against the HES4 on the left
telescopic boom head or the boom nose*.
• Note:
The HES4 must be plugged in in operation mode Boom nose*.
If this is not the case, an operating error message is issued.
3.3 HES1 and HES4* • The icon appears when icon HES1 3.1 and HES4 3.2 appear
simultaneously.
4.02 LIEBHERR 445

B108661
446 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.2.3 Hoist top limit switch HES2*

4 “Hoist top on • In order to prevent the crane from being operated without hoist
HES2* ” icons limit switches (HES), the minimum hoist limit switch
configuration is continuously monitored. If a hoist limit switch
required for a particular operating mode is not plugged in,
therefore not active on the LSB bus system, an operating error
message is issued.
4.1 HES2* • Installation location: Lattice jib*
• The hook block runs against the HES2 at the lattice jib.
• Note:
The HES2 must be plugged in in the “lattice jib” operating
mode. If this is not the case, an operating error message is
issued.
4.02 LIEBHERR 447

B105406
448 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.2.4 Load chart utilization advance warning / STOP, Working range limitation*
5 “Advance warning” icon • Load chart utilization
The current load chart utilization is calculated from the “current
load” and the “maximum load according to the load chart and
the reeving”. The icon “Advance warning” appears, if the
current load chart capacity exceeds the (90 %) limit
programmed in for advance warning.
6 “STOP” icon
6.1 Load carrying capacity • The “STOP” icon is displayed if the load chart load (“current
exceeded load” > “maximum load according to the load chart and the
reeving”) exceeds the 100 % mark.
• Note:
All crane movements that increase the load momentum are
shut off.
6.2 Working range • If a programmed working range limit* is reached, this condition
limitation* is indicated by the STOP icon Working range
limitation* 6.2 instead of the standard icon “Load torque
limitation STOP” 6.1.
Note:
If a load moment limitation STOP occurs at the same time, the
STOP Working range limitation* 6.2 icon continues to be
displayed. The load moment limitation STOP is identifiable if
the load utilization bar exceeds 100 % or if a maximum load of
0 t is shown.
4.02 LIEBHERR 449

B196965
450 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.2.5 Horn
7 “Horn” icon • Acoustical signal
• Is heard as well as visual display (for example: B!DSP0) of
detected operational errors, leading to interruption of
a movement, and application errors with error number (such as
sensor errors occurring due to insufficient sensor signals
related to defective sensors)
“Horn” is a beeping sound with a duration of approx. 0.5 of
a second, repeated in a 1 second cycle.
Note:
The error (for example: B!DSPO) is displayed in “red” in the
horn icon.
• Operational errors are:
• Overload
• Boom outside the angle range of the load chart
• Boom outside radius range of the load chart
• Extension condition of telescopic sections not in accordance
with the load chart
• The following sensors are monitored:
• Hoist limit switch
• Length sensors
• Angle sensors
• Pressure sensors
• Wind sensor
• Battery voltage
• Inductive sensors
“Short horn” • Sounds in addition to the visual display of error messages
without an error number and which do not lead directly to crane
movement shut off by the LICCON overload protection.
“Short horn” is a beeping sound with a duration of approx. 0.1
of a second, repeated at 1 second intervals.
• The following errors are monitored:
• Maximum permissible wind speed exceeded (only for
activated wind sensor*)
• Maximum or minimum support force exceeded (only with
active support force monitoring*)
• Crane utilization value for “Advance warning” (90 %) reached
Priority and “Horn off” • The “horn” alarm has higher priority than the “short horn” alarm,
i.e. “horn” takes preference over “short horn”.
• The “horn” as well as the “short horn” of the monitor may be
turned off by function key F8.
• Pressing the function key F8 again automatically changes the
error definition display of the test system. The error is displayed
there in documentary form.
• Note:
The “Horn”, as well as the “Short horn” immediately become
active again if an error recurs.
4.02 LIEBHERR 451

B108199
452 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.3 Special functions

Special functions, see also Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.04.
Note
The various icons 1 are shown on the same position in the LICCON monitor, depending on the
operating mode.
5.3.1 Bypass Load moment limitation “Hoist top”

1.1 Bypass load moment • The icon blinks:
limitation / “Hoist top” • When the crane control is bypassed via the bypass key
button D.
Note:
The Operation program is locked, meaning, no other
program can be turned on via the program keys.
or
• When the crane control is bypassed in active shut off
(overload safety load moment limiter, “Hoist top”) via the
bypass key button D.
5.3.2 Bypass of load moment limiter Emergency operation*

1.2 Bypass load moment • The icon blinks if the “Bypass load moment limiter - Emergency
limiter Emergency operation” has been turned on via the key button -S401 in the
operation* control cabinet.
5.3.3 No load chart is present

1.3 No load chart is present • The icon blinks:
• When the crane control is bypassed in active shut off
(overload safety load moment limiter, “Hoist top”) via the
bypass key button D and no load chart is available.
or
• If key switch -S401 in the control cabinet was used to turn on
the “Bypass Load moment limiter - Emergency
operation” and no load chart is available.
5.3.4 Power Plus

2 “Power Plus” icon • The icon appears if rapid gear is enabled during a crane
movement.
• This is possible for the following crane movements:
• Lift / lower hoist gear 1
• Lift / lower hoist gear 2
• Luff up boom
4.02 LIEBHERR 453

B108634
454 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.4 Monitoring functions during crane operation

For the crane superstructure and the crane vehicle there are monitoring functions which can be
shown in the monitoring field 1, if needed or which are displayed automatically to the crane driver if
a warning event occurs.
The monitoring functions in the monitoring field are always active. The monitoring field has its fixed
place on the LICCON monitor and can be hidden.
Using the function key F3, the monitoring field 1 with its monitoring functions can be shown on the
LICCON monitor.
Note
When showing the monitoring area by pressing the “F3 ” function key, the assignments of the
“F4” to “F6” function keys are changed at the same time. The function keys are explained more
fully in this section.
If a warning event occurs in one or more monitoring functions in the monitoring field, this is indicated
by warning icon “F3 ” in the function key line. The warning icon is displayed statically and in the color
of the monitoring function that triggered the warning event. See also section entitled “The function key
line”.
Note
Press function key “F3” to change to the “Monitoring field with monitoring functions”.
5.4.1 Monitoring field with monitoring functions

In the monitoring field 1 for the crane superstructure or for the crane vehicle appear the following
monitoring functions:
Indicator light display Icon display State

Green: Fuel reserve more than 5 %
Fuel reserve
Yellow: Fuel reserve approx. 3 % - 4 %
Red: Fuel reserve less than 3 %
Green: Coolant temperature OK
Coolant temperature
Red: Coolant temperature too high
Green: Pressure in brake circuit I is OK
Brake circuit I
Red: Pressure in brake circuit I too low
4.02 LIEBHERR 455


Green: Pressure in brake circuit II OK
Brake circuit II
Red: Pressure in brake circuit II too low
Green: Alternator OK (engine on)
Charge indicator dis-

play
Red: Alternator does not charge (engine on)
Green: Coolant level OK
Coolant level
Red: Insufficient coolant
Note: Increase the coolant level, see chapter 7.05
“Maintenance guidelines Crane superstructure”
Green: Engine oil pressure ok (engine on)
Engine oil pressure

Red: Engine oil pressure too low (engine on)
Note: Bring the crane to a standstill immediately and
turn the engine off.
Green: Pressure in brake circuit III OK
Brake circuit III

Red: Pressure in brake circuit III too low
Green: Battery voltage OK
Battery voltage
Red: On-board power supply over / undervoltage
Green: Hydraulic oil temperature crane drive OK
Hydraulic oil tempera-

ture
Red: Hydraulic oil temperature crane drive too high
456 LIEBHERR 4.02


Green: Charge air temperature OK
Charge air temperature

Red: Charge air temperature too high
Green: Air filter OK
Air filter
Yellow: Air filter is dirty
Note: Clean or replace air filter.
Green: Gear ok
Transmission
Yellow / red: Problem in gear
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Due to insufficient pressure in brake circuits I, II and III, a danger exists that braking performance
declines sharply or that the braking system fails totally.
If the air pressure supply in one of the brake circuits drops into the red area, the crane must be
stopped immediately and the cause of the problem remedied.
5.4.2 Individual indicator displays with analog values
Note
Analog values, which are saved in the system for some of the monitoring functions in the
monitoring field can be displayed by “toggling” function keys “F4” (down) or “F5” (up). The
values in the depicted individual indicator displays are only examples!
Fuel reserve
4.02 LIEBHERR 457

Coolant temperature
Brake circuit I
Brake circuit II
Engine oil pressure
Brake circuit III
458 LIEBHERR 4.02

Battery voltage
Hydraulic oil temperature
5.4.3 The “function key line”
Note
When showing the monitoring area by pressing the “F3 ” function key, the assignments of the
“F4” to “F6” function keys are changed at the same time.
Not all function keys have to be assigned icons on the LICCON monitor.
Function key F3 “Advance warning”
4.02 LIEBHERR 459

The warning icon on function key “F3 ” is used as a collective warning for the monitoring functions in
the monitoring area.
Icon display State

Green No error / no fault
Yellow At least one monitoring function has reported
a warning
Red At least one monitoring function has reported an
error or a problem
Note
The monitoring functions in the monitoring field can be displayed by pressing function key “F3” .
Pressing function key “F3” again will hide the monitoring field.
Function key F4 “Function selector”
Function key “F4” can be used to “shift” “down” through the different monitoring functions.
Note
Function key “F4” can be pressed to display the monitoring functions that contain an analog
value, individually and in sequence in the monitoring field.
Function key F5 “Function selector”
Function key “F5” can be used to “shift” “up” through the different monitoring functions.
Note
Function key “F5” can be pressed to display the monitoring functions that contain an analog
value, individually and in sequence in the monitoring field.
Function key F6 “Return key”
460 LIEBHERR 4.02

Note
Pressing function key “F6” causes you to “jump back” a level.
4.02 LIEBHERR 461

B108543
462 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5 Monitored auxiliary functions for crane operation

There are several monitored auxiliary functions, which can be displayed when needed or
automatically.
The monitoring of all auxiliary functions is always active during “normal” crane operation, only the
icons may be hidden. The icons of the monitored auxiliary functions have their fixed place on the
LICCON monitor.
Using the function key F4, you can show the icons for the monitored auxiliary functions.
Auxiliary functions:
Crane incline 1
Wind speed 2
Support force display* 3
Slewing range 4
Telescopeable load 5
If an error occurs in one or more of these monitored functions, this is displayed in the “Crane
operation” program, as follows:
• Monitored auxiliary functions turned off F4:
• Error in one function
Icon is displayed.
• Monitored auxiliary functions turned on F4:
• No error:
Optional icons (optional) are displayed.
• Error in one function:
Icon is displayed.
4.02 LIEBHERR 463

B104214
464 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5.1 Crane incline

1 “Incline” icon • Display of the incline of the superstructure to the horizontal in
longitudinal and lateral direction. The display is graphic as well
as numeric.
1.1 Graphic part • The graphic display is in the form of a spirit level, with a moving
dot (small square) representing the air bubble. The center of
the dot shows the precise incline value.
1.2 Numeric part
1.2.1 Incline range • Value either 1° or 5°
This value describes the resolution of the graphic illustration
and can only assume the two values “1°” or “5°”.
• If the incline is less than 1° in the lateral direction and in the
longitudinal direction, the level moves within the “1°” range.
Note:
With the maximum deflection this corresponds to 1°.
• If at least one value exceeds the 1° limit, it shifts into the
“5°” range.
Note:
With the maximum deflection this corresponds to 5°.
• The range change is automatic.
1.2.2 Crane incline • In [°] in lateral direction
• The double arrow shows the direction of incline:
• Double arrow to left = crane is inclined to the left
• Double arrow to right = crane is inclined to the right
1.2.3 Crane incline • In [°] in longitudinal direction
• The arrow shows the direction of incline:
• Arrow up = crane is inclined to the front
• Arrow down = crane is inclined to the rear
4.02 LIEBHERR 465

B104215
466 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5.2 Wind speed

2 “Wind speed” icon • The wind speeds are displayed in [m/sec.] or [ft/sec.]
depending on the customer specific units of measurement.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to non-existing or defective wind sensor!
If the following notes are not observed, dangerous situations can arise up to toppling of the crane.
Make sure, before operating the crane, that the wind sensor or sensors are “plugged in” and fully
“functioning”.
There is no automatic system monitoring for the “presence” of the wind sensor during crane
operation! For that reason, it is imperative that the crane operator regularly checks for the
“presence” of the wind sensor, see function key F4 in Crane operation section).
2.1 “Wind speed” icon • In [m/s] or [ft/s]

2.2 Current wind speeds
2.2.1 Current wind speed WG • In crane operation with equipment / accessories: Lattice jib*
1 • Note:
If several wind sensors are attached to the LSB bus, the
location of the wind sensor determines the corresponding
display in the icon “wind speed”.
The priority depends on the location of the wind sensor, from
“outside” (accessory) to “inside” (telescopic boom). The wind
speed of the “exterior” wind sensor is displayed in
2.2.1 (“large”) and the wind speed of the “interior” wind sensor
is displayed in 2.2.2 (“small”).
Note:
If only one wind sensor is installed and connected to the LSB
bus, the wind speed is displayed in 2.2.1.
2.2.2 Current wind speed WG • If two wind sensors are installed and connected to the LSB
2 bus, the wind speed of the “inner” wind sensor is displayed in
2.2.2.
4.02 LIEBHERR 467

B104215
468 LIEBHERR 4.02

2.3 Maximum permissible • With icon text “max:”

wind speed • The value depends on the operating mode and the equipment
configuration
Note:
If access to a load chart is not possible, then the maximum
value starts to blink and the acoustic alarm “Short
horn” sounds.
WARNING
Danger of toppling the crane!
If the maximum permissible wind speed is exceeded on an erected crane boom system – the
maximum value starts to blink and the acoustical alarm “Short horn” sounds – then dangerous
situations can arise (for example: due to swinging load), up to toppling the crane.
The crane movements will not be shut off!
The danger notes in chapter 2.04 in the Crane operating instructions must be strictly observed and
adhered to.
4.02 LIEBHERR 469

B108544
470 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5.3 Support force display

3 Icon “Support force • The LICCON support force monitoring system continuously
display” * records the current hydraulic pressure present in all 4 support
cylinders during crane operation using a pressure sensor, and
converts this into a support force [t] value for each support.
The icon “Support force display” 3 may be displayed by
program “Crane operation”, if required, or the icon appears
automatically with the alarm signal “short horn” when a critical
situation occurs, when a support has reached or exceeded
maximum force or has reached or fallen below the minimum
force. The corresponding value is shown by a blinking display.
Note:
The same maximum support force and a common minimum
support force is programmed for each support at the factory.
These 5 values may be changed in the support force editor
depending on the situation. (Refer to section “Changing
minimum and maximum support force limits”)
Independent of the programmed minimum / maximum values, it
is continuously checked if the total of the two lowest support
forces is less than 15 % of the total support forces. If this limit is
fallen below, the two supports with the lowest forces are shown
blinking.
If length sensors* are installed in the sliding beams, the
extension length is shown in [%] in the icon “Support force
display” 3. If the extension length corresponds to the nominal
value for the set equipment configuration, then the value is
shown in “green”. If the extension length does not correspond
to the nominal value for the set equipment configuration, then
the value is shown in “red”.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
When reaching the programmed minimum / maximum support force limits, there is no automatic
shut off of crane movements!
WARNING
Danger of tipping backward!
When the two supports with the lowest forces are in the direction of the boom, telescoping in and
luffing up the telescopic boom is shut off.
3.1 Display of current support • Display of support force for each support
force
NOTICE
Danger due to erroneous support force display!
The support force display may in some circumstances be defective or inaccurate.
Also refer to hazard warnings in section “Support force monitoring”.
3.2 Weight unit of support • In [t] or [kips]

force
3.3 Display of support base
3.4 Extension length of • In [%]
sliding beam
4.02 LIEBHERR 471

B108538
472 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5.4 Slewing range

4 “Slewing range” icon
4.1 Maximum slewing speed • V: [%]
• Identifies the current (selected) “maximum slewing speed” of
the slewing gear with a fully deflected master switch, relating to
the maximum attainable slewing speed of the slewing gear at a
preselected speed of 100%.
This value can be infinitely preselected, see section Adjustment
window “Speed reduction master switch”.
DANGER
Danger of accidents in case of excessive slewing speed!
Make the preselection according to the specifications in the load chart.
4.2 Current superstructure • Related to the working direction “to the rear” (0 [°])
position* Increases up to the maximum value of 180°
4.2.1 Direction of rotation of The arrow in front of the value indicates the direction of rotation of
superstructure the superstructure
• Arrow to the right: The superstructure is turned to the right
• Arrow to the left: The superstructure is turned to the left
4.3 Status of turntable
pinning between
superstructure and
chassis
4.3.1 Lock is unpinned and • Locking pin on top: Turntable unpinned
static
4.3.2 Lock is unpinned and • Locking pin in intermediate position: Error
blinking
4.3.3 Lock is pinned and static • Locking pin on the bottom: Turntable pinned
Note
The turntable pinning and unpinning is carried out on the operating and control unit (BKE), see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.01.
4.5 Slewing range • Marks the currently selected slewing range

4.5.1 Slewing range 360° • The superstructure can be turned by ±180°.
4.5.2 - X° slewing range:* • In boom direction to the rear, the superstucture can be turned
by -X° and +180°. The blinking arrow shows the reduced
slewing direction.
4.5.3 +X° slewing range:* • In boom direction to the rear, the superstucture can be turned
by +X° and -180°. The blinking arrow shows the reduced
slewing direction.
4.5.4 ±X° slewing range:* • In boom direction to the rear, the superstucture can be turned
by ±X°.
4.02 LIEBHERR 473

B106282
474 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.5.5 Telescopeable load

5 “Telescopable load” Icon • The “telescopable load” 5.1, with which the boom can be
telescoped, is shown in the icon.
• This icon is automatically shown when the “telescopeable
load” 5.1 is “0” or smaller than the “current load” 2.1 (actual
load).
• The value of the “telescopeable load” 5.1 blinks.
Note:
The icon “Telescopeable load” 5, cannot be faded out on the
LICCON monitor if the value is blinking.
• The icon “Telescopeable load” 5 can be faded out when the
“current load” 2.1 (actual load) is smaller or the same as the
“telescopeable load”.
5.1 Telescopeable load • In [t] or [lbs]
• The weight unit [t] or [lbs] defined in the load chart is displayed
in the icon, under which the telescopic boom can still be
telescoped.
Note
Exceeding the “Telescopeable load” results in no shut offs.
The icon “Telescopeable load” can be faded in manually via function key “F3 ”.
4.02 LIEBHERR 475

B108636
476 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.6 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder

1 “Replenishing pressure in
relapse cylinder” field
1.1 Display area of • Display area of replenishing pressure in [bar]
replenishing pressure • Note:
• The display area with the permissible replenishing pressure
is marked in green.
• The display area with the impermissible replenishing
pressure is marked in red.
1.2 Bar display of actual • Bar display of actual pressure on relapse cylinder
pressure • Note:
• When the replenishing pressure is in the permissible range,
the bar display of actual pressure 1.2 is shown in green.
• When the replenishing pressure is in the impermissible
range, the bar display of actual pressure 1.2 is shown in red.
1.3 Relapse cylinder icon
1.4 Date
1.5 Outside temperature
1.5 Time
2 Change of replenishing • By pressing the function key F4, the field to “check the
pressure in relapse replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder” is shown.
cylinder
2.1 Icon for change of • Note:
replenishing pressure in • When the replenishing pressure is in the permissible range,
relapse cylinder the icon 2.1 is shown in green.
• When the replenishing pressure is in the impermissible
range, the icon 2.1 is shown in red.
4.02 LIEBHERR 477

B108294
478 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.7 “Winch display” icon
5.7.1 Winch 2
1 “Winch 2” icon
1.1 Winch number with
master switch number
and master switch
operating direction
1.1.1 Winch activated •2 : 2 Y
• First digit (2): Winch number
• Second digit (2): Master switch number
• Letter (Y): Master switch operating direction
1.1.2 Winch activated •2 : 1 X
• Letter (X): Master switch operating direction
1.1.3 Winch deactivated • 2 : ??
• Second digit (??): Winch 2 is deactivated; no operating
direction or master switch has been assigned
Note
Except for the winch number with master switch number and movement direction of the master
switch 1.1 the remaining symbols of winch 2 are identical with the symbols for winch 1. They will
be explained on the symbol for winch 1 2.
4.02 LIEBHERR 479

B108294
480 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.7.2 Winch 1
2 “Winch 1” icon
2.1 spooled up / out rope • In [m] or [ft]
length From a zero point to be determined
• For individual operation (all winches individually controllable)
with the reeving set in the “Configuration” program: completed
hook path
• The positions before the decimal point are displayed with
a maximum of 3 large digits. The digits after the decimal point
are displayed with small digits. (Also refer to the description of
the function keys F1 and F2).
• A precondition for a correct display is that the value entered
equals the actual number of rope strands between the boom
head and the hook block.
If the set reeving does not match the reeving of the winch
involved (for example, winch on the auxiliary boom at a set
load chart for the main boom), then the correct hook path can
be calculated from the displayed hook path as follows:
Legend:
• sHk = correct hook path
• sHa = displayed hook path
• ne = selected reeving
• nt = actual reeving
• The hook path calculation only works accurately if the load is
suspended freely and is not luffed during the lifting procedure.
Not taken into account are flexation and rope expansion.
2.2 Direction of hook The arrows on the length value show the direction of the hook
movement movement in relation to the zero point:
• Arrow pointing up: Hook has moved upward from the zero point
• Arrow pointing down: Hook has moved down from the zero
point
2.3 Length unit for hook path • In [m] or [ft]
display
4.02 LIEBHERR 481

B108294
482 LIEBHERR 4.02

2.4 Winch status display • There are five winch status icons:
2.4.1 Spool out (blinking)
2.4.2 Spool up (blinking)
2.4.3 Spooled out • Spooling out is blocked
2.4.4 Spooled up • Spooling up is blocked
2.4.5 Winch is deactivated or • Spooling up and spooling out are blocked (deactivate / activate
unplugged, or the turn winch(es)), see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.01)
sensor is defective or not • Note:
present on the system If no winch status icon appears, the activated winch is inactive
bus and is neither spooled up nor spooled out.
2.5 Winch icon • (With rope end for winch status icon)
2.6 Winch number with
master switch number
and master switch
operating direction
2.6.1 Winch activated •1 : 1 Y
• Letter (Y): Master switch operating direction
2.6.2 Winch deactivated • 1 : ??
• Second digit (??): Winch 1 is deactivated; no operating
direction or master switch has been assigned
Note
Activating or deactivating the winches is described in chapter 4.01.
4.02 LIEBHERR 483

B108635
484 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.8 The function key line (crane operation)

The function key line consists of function keys F1 to F8 and the function key icon bar above it. The
function keys correspond to the various function key icons above them.
The function key icons may trigger a function or they change their appearance upon the push of a key
(function keys) and thereby their definition.
Not all function keys must have assigned icons. This depends on the “active” program selection.
Pressing a function key changes the appearance of the icon above, its meaning, or its textual content.
F1 Function key • Set the current hook position as the zero point for the hook
path display Winch 2*
• Pressing the function key F1 causes the “Set winch display to
zero” icon to appear, i.e. the winch 2* hook path display in the
winch icon above is set to “000.00” when the key is pressed.
The path measurement begins here.
F2 Function key • Set the current hook position as the zero point for the hook
path display Winch 1
• Pressing the function key F2 causes the “Set winch display to
zero” icon to appear, i.e. the winch1 hook path display in the
winch icon above is set to “000.00” when the key is pressed.
The path measurement begins here.
F3 Function key • Show monitoring field
• Using the function key F3, the “monitoring field with its
monitoring functions” can be shown.
• Note:
The monitoring functions in the monitoring field are always
active; only the monitoring field can be hidden.
If a warning event occurs, there is an acoustic warning (horn)
and the “monitoring area with a warning icon” is displayed on
the LICCON monitor, even if the monitoring area was
previously hidden. Pressing function key F3 changes to the
“monitoring field with monitoring functions”.
F4 Function key • With the function key F4, the field to “check the replenishing
pressure in the relapse cylinder” is shown.
• Note:
If the replenishing pressure is in the permissible range, the key
icon over the function key F4 is shown in green.
If the replenishing pressure is in the impermissible range, the
key icon over the function key F4 is shown in red.
F5 Function key • Not assigned
4.02 LIEBHERR 485

B108635
486 LIEBHERR 4.02

F6 Function key • Fading monitored auxiliary functions in or out

• The function key F4 can be used to turn all the monitored
auxiliary functions in the crane on or off.
• The appearance of the icon changes according to the
condition:
• “Thick border” = auxiliary function icons turned off
• “Thin border” = auxiliary function icons turned on
• Note:
The monitored auxiliary functions are always active; only the
icons may be hidden. If a monitored limit has been exceeded,
an acoustical signal (horn) sounds and the corresponding icon
is displayed, even if the monitoring symbols have been hidden.
F7 Function key • Turn tare function on or off
• Pressing the function key F7 sets the actual load display to
“zero” and the icon of function key F7 is displayed in “red”. At
the same time, the word “net” appears in the icon of the actual
load display. This function, for example, makes it possible to
eliminate the weights of the hoist rope, load carriers, lifting and
attachment equipment and only display the weight of the load
that must be lifted (net load).
If the taring is cancelled, the word “net” disappears from the
icon “Actual load display” and the gross load value is displayed.
• Taring is cancelled by one of the following three actions:
• Pressing the function key F7 again.
• Telescoping the boom by more than 3 LU (dm or 1/10 ft.)
• Luffing by more than ± 4°
F8 Function key • Turn off horn / error diagnostics
• Turn off the acoustic warning
The “Horn” and “Short horn” acoustic warnings can be turned
off by pressing the function key F8.
A new error turns the acoustic warning on again.
• Error message in “Horn” icon
If a system, application or operating error occurs, an error
message appears in the “Horn” icon (refer to illustration 1).
Example: E!DSP0
By pressing the function key F8 twice, the acoustic warning is
turned off and the “Test system” program switches to the error
determination screen where the error is documented (see
diagnostics manual).
4.02 LIEBHERR 487

B108552
488 LIEBHERR 4.02

5.9 Other operating elements

The following functions are assigned to the other operating elements of the display and operating unit
of the LICCON computer system in program “Crane operation”.
A Numeric keypad • Keys “0” to “9” and “P” have no function in the “Crane
operation” program
P Program keys • The program keys are used to select individual programs.
However, the appropriate program-specific features (for
example, switching from “Configuration” to “Crane
operation” using the “O.K.”) must always be observed.
Note:
A program currently running cannot be called again using its
program key.
The programs may only be called up with their program key if
the “Assembly” key switch is not in the “Assembly” position.
C Enter key • No function in “Crane operation” program
4.02 LIEBHERR 489

B108552
490 LIEBHERR 4.02

D Bypass key button • Position to right (touching):

Hoist limit switch and shut off of load moment limiter bypassed
(if shut off available)*
• Operating position (self-retaining):
Normal operation
• Bypassing the overload protection:
If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the
LICCON overload safety device turns off all crane movements
that increase the load moment. This shut off can be bypassed
by the Bypass key button D in the “right touching position”.
DANGER
Increased accident risk when bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no additional protection against crane overload!
All LICCON overload protection displays remain functional.
In the event of deliberate improper use, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or the crane
can topple over!
Personnel can be killed!
It is only permitted to bypass the overload protection for assembly or in emergencies!
The bypass key button D may only be operated by persons who are aware of the consequences
of a bypass!
Bypassing overload protection may only be done if the crane supervisor is present and with
utmost caution.
Crane operation with overload protection bypassed is prohibited!
4.02 LIEBHERR 491

B108552
492 LIEBHERR 4.02

• Bypass of the hoist top shut off

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during
the upward movement, the hoist limit switch reacts. The crane
movements “Spool up winches”, “Luff telescopic boom
down” and “Telescope out” are shut off. This shut off can be
bypassed by the bypass key button D in the “right
touching” position, at a (reduced working speed* (forced
neutral position).
DANGER
When bypassing the hoist top shut off, there is a risk that the hook block may be pulled against the
pulley head when continuing to lift or luffing down the boom. This may damage the pulleys and cause
the loads to fall!
The hoist up shut-off must only be bypassed if the crane supervisor is present, and with the help
of a “guide”. The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator and must continually
monitor the distance between the hook block and the boom head.
Carry out all crane movements with maximum care and minimum speed.
E Special function keys • Monitor brightness adjustment (see section “Control elements
of the LICCON computer system”)
H “SHIFT” key • Second level key assignments
4.02 LIEBHERR 493

B106284
494 LIEBHERR 4.02

6 “Telescoping” program
The telescoping screen shows the crane operator the pinned state of the telescopic boom, the
position of the individual telescopes and the extension state of the telescopic cylinder, in full dynamic
graphics (refer to Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.05 “Crane operation”).
6.1 Starting the program

Press program key P4.
or
Automatic start from “Operation” program when telescoping target (A!) 9.1 is reached and
telescoping at master switch.
6.2 User interface

For a description of icons 2 to 7, see section “Alarm functions” in the “Operation” program.
2 Preventing further • Based on exceeding the expected load in the unpinned state
telescoping processes in • Note:
relation to the telescoping This is the same program-specific illustration of the same topic
cylinder as in section “Telescopeable load”.
3 “Hoist top” icon on HES1
and / or HES4
4 “Hoist top” icon on HES2
or HES3
5 “Advance warning” icon
6 “STOP” icon
7 “Radius” icon
7.1 Radius • In [m] or [ft]
7.2 Main boom angle to the • In [°]
horizontal
8 “Stylized illustration of the
telescopic boom” icon
8.1 Current extension • In [%]
condition of telescopes 1
-5
8.2 Current extension • In [%]
condition of telescoping
cylinder
8.3 Display of actual load and • In [t] or [lbs] and in [%]
utilization of crane in
percentages
8.4 Engine RPM • In [rpm]
4.02 LIEBHERR 495

B106284
496 LIEBHERR 4.02

9 “Automatic telescoping
mode” icon
9.1 Preselected telescoping
target reached
9.2 Nominal deflection Request:
direction of master • Telescope in = arrow down
switch • Telescope out = arrow up
9.3 Error in system
10 “Selected telescoping
targets of telescopes 1 -
5” icon
10.1 Telescope 1 - 5 target
selection
10.2 Blinking marker (arrows) • To the selected telescoping target
• As a warning in the event of incorrect operation, target already
reached, or enter new target.
11 Function key bar
Automatic operation
F1 Function key • Switch between automatic operation and manual telescoping
F2 Function key • Target selection Telescope 1
F8 Function key • Press once:
Turn the acoustic signal off
• Press twice:
Errors shown in the “Horn” icon are automatically displayed in
the error determination screen (see chapter “Diagnostics”).
12 Icon “Reports for manual
telescoping”
12.1 Telescoping cylinder • Display telescoping cylinder unpinned / pinned
12.2 Telescope pinning • Display telescope unpinned / pinned
13 Function key bar manual
telescoping
F2 Function key • Telescoping cylinder unpinned / pinned
F3 Function key • Telescope pinning unpinned / pinned
4.02 LIEBHERR 497

B197068
498 LIEBHERR 4.02

7 The “Working range limitation” program*

A detailed description of operating range limitation can be found in the separate operating instructions
for “Working range limitation”.
7.1 Starting the program

Press program key P7.
7.2 User interface

1 Icon “Limitation of pulley
head height”
2 Icon “Radius limitation”
3 Icon “Slewing limit stop”
3.1 Right slewing limit stop • The right limit stop is shown in black
3.2 Left slewing limit stop • The left limit stop is shown in red
4 Icon “Edge limit with edge • The limit function icons are shown crossed out if they are
and point selection” inactive
5 Function selector • For selection of limit functions
6 “Graphic display of
programmed limits” icon
7 Function key line
F1 Function key • Select point 1 or 2 of selected edge A (red) or B (black)
F2 Function key • Selected edge A (red) or B (black) that is being programmed
F3 Function key • The function selector is moved down by one limit function
F4 Function key • ON / OFF
The limit function selected with the function selector changes
its status. If previously active, it will now be inactive when the
function key F4 is pressed, and vice versa. An inactive limit
function is identified by a crossed out icon. If the function
selector shows a slewing limit to the left or the right, then both
limits will always be switched.
Note:
For the edge limit, only the preselected edge will be switched.
The edge that is not displayed can be active or inactive at the
same time.
F5 Function key • All limit functions become inactive
7.3 Displays in “Crane operation” program

If a programmed working range limit is activated, this condition is indicated in the “Crane
operation” program by an alternative STOP icon in the position of the normal load moment limiter
STOP icon (see section “Alarm functions” in “Crane operation” program).
4.02 LIEBHERR 499

B108555
500 LIEBHERR 4.02

8 The “Support force monitoring” program*
Note
The numerical values in the icons are only examples and may differ from the crane.
The monitor screen shows the complete configuration of the “Support force monitoring” program.
Once the “Support force monitoring” program is started, if there is no input, then after 10 s the
“Support force monitoring” program is ended, and the system switches back to the “Crane
operation” program.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
The LICCON supporting force monitoring is only an aid. It does not prevent a potential crane
overload.
Never use Support force monitoring in order to use the crane up to its tipping limit.
8.1 Starting / stopping the program
8.1.1 Starting the program

Press the program key P3.
8.1.2 Stopping the program

Press any program key.
or
Wait 10 s.
Result:
– “Support force monitoring” program is ended.
– System switches back to the “Crane operation” program.
8.1.3 Program configuration

– Support force monitoring *
This support force monitoring records the current pressure continuously during crane operation at
all four support cylinders using pressure sensors, and displays this as the supporting force for
every support. Because the limit values are variable and programmable, the support force
monitoring can also be used for advance warning.
4.02 LIEBHERR 501

B108555
502 LIEBHERR 4.02

8.2 User interface

1 Monitoring and control
operating panel
1.1 Crane icon with support
numbers
1.2 Selected support base • In [m] or [ft]
1.3 Current supporting force • In [t] or [kips]
values
1.4 Unit of displayed support • In [t] or [kips]
forces
2 Adjustment field for
support force limits
2.1 Crane icon with support
numbers
2.2 Permissible range • Max: in [t] or [kips]
“Maximum support force • Permissible range of support force limits, for example from 20 t
limit values” - 40 t
2.3 Set maximum support • In [t] or [kips]
force limit values • The maximum support force limit values must also be entered
for every support.
2.3.1 Editable support force • Note:
limit value After pressing the ENTER key, the cursor “jumps” to the next
support cylinder.
2.4 Unit of maximum support • In [t] or [kips]
force limit values
2.5 Set minimum support • In [t] or [kips]
force limit value • Applies to all four supports
2.6 Permissible range • Min : In [t] or [kips]
“Minimum support force • Permissible range of support force limits from 0 t to 10 t
limit values”
4.02 LIEBHERR 503

B108555
504 LIEBHERR 4.02

8.2.1 Display current support forces

Display current support forces in operating screen, see “Monitored additional function for crane
operation”.
8.2.2 Remarks
Because of the option to determine limit values yourself, the LICCON supporting force monitoring can
also be used as a way of giving advance warning.
Bear in mind however that the screen display may be inaccurate. Because of friction in the support
cylinders, depending on the type of machine, a measurement error of up to ± 2 % of the maximum
load carrying capacity of a crane is possible.
This applies particularly:
– In case of large support forces
– In case of far extended support cylinders
– When extending the support cylinders (up to 15 minutes afterwards)
In order to ensure that the LICCON supporting force monitoring system operates correctly with an
accurate display, do not let the support cylinders move either on “the block below” or on “the block
above”. Otherwise the support force display will be incorrect.
WARNING
Danger of tipping over!
If a support lifts off, then, due to the friction forces in the support cylinder, a support force of more than
0 t can be shown even though no load is resting on the support any longer.
Watch the support cylinders.
Note
The maximum support force limit must be entered separately for each support.
4.02 LIEBHERR 505

B108555
506 LIEBHERR 4.02

8.2.3 Modifying minimum and maximum support force limits

As an additional safety precaution, this program monitors the bypass key button. If it is actuated, the
system switches back to the “Crane operation” program.
In the Monitoring and control field 1 the current support force values are displayed.
If one or more of the values are below or above the programmed maximum values for the support
force limits, then they are displayed blinking.
The programmed maximum / minimum values for the support force limits are displayed in the
adjustment field 2.
Ensure that:
– The crane is supported during operation.
– The bypass key button has not been pressed.
Adjustment procedure for support force limit values

Once the “Support force monitoring” program has started, the cursor is on the maximum value for the
support force limit for support 1 and is editable.
By pressing the “ENTER ” key, the cursor switches to the next one in sequence. Starting at support 1
to supports 2, 3, 4 and then to the input field for the minimum value for the support force limit
monitoring. Pressing the “ENTER” key again repeats this sequence.
If the support force limit values are not changed before pressing “ENTER” , then the existing support
force limit values are used.
Procedure:
Using the numeric keypad, enter the maximum support force limit for the desired support.
Press “ENTER ” key.
The maximum support force limit entered for the selected support is accepted, and the cursor
“jumps” to the next support.
Note
If a maximum support force limit of greater than 40 t is entered, and the “ENTER ” key is pressed,
then the input value will be reset to the highest permissible maximum value of 40 t.
If a maximum support force limit of less than 20 t is entered, and the “ENTER ” key is pressed,
then the input value will be reset to the lowest permissible maximum value of 20 t.
The input of minimum values (permissible range 0 t to 10 t) is done in the same way as the input
for maximum values.
4.02 LIEBHERR 507

B108539
508 LIEBHERR 4.02

9 Settings window “Speed reduction master switch”

In the Settings window “speed reduction master switch” 1 the speeds of various crane functions can
be set from 20 % to 100 % (infinitely variable).
If a crane function is actuated by maximum deflection of a master switch, then the speed of the
crane function is reduced to the speed sets in the adjustment window.
Note
When the Rapid mode function is turned on, speed reductions of “winch 1”, “winch 2* ” and “luffing
up the boom” are ineffective.
9.1 Operating interface “Adjustment window”

1 Adjustment window
“Speed reduction master
switch”
2 Adjustment field “Speed
reduction luffing tele”
2.1 Dynamic bar display
“Luffing speed tele”
2.2 Analog display “Luffing • In [%]
speed tele”
reduction telescoping”
“telescoping speed”
3.2 Analog display • In [%]
“Telescoping speed”
4 Adjustment field not
assigned
4.02 LIEBHERR 509

B108539
510 LIEBHERR 4.02

5 Settings field “Speed

reduction turning”
“Slewing speed”
5.2 Analog display “Slewing • In [%]
speed”
reduction winch 1”
“Winching speed winch
1”
6.2 Analog display “Winching • In [%]
speed winch 1”
reduction winch 2”
“Winching speed winch
2”
7.2 Analog display “Winching • In [%]
speed winch 2”
4.02 LIEBHERR 511

B108539
512 LIEBHERR 4.02

9.2 Showing adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch”

Press the key rapid gear 402 on the master switch MS1 for longer than 2 seconds.
or
Result:
– The adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch” 1 is shown.
Note
The adjustment window is automatically hidden after 10 s, if during that time there is no access to
the speed reduction of a crane function.
or
Result:
– The adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch” 1 is hidden.
4.02 LIEBHERR 513

B108539
514 LIEBHERR 4.02

9.3 Implementing speed reduction

The procedure in the adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch” is identical for all crane
functions.
Using the example “Speed reduction turning”, the individual steps are explained.
Note
Before using speed reduction, preselect the master key assignments on the touch display on
which the desired crane function is located (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.01).
Be careful with the master switch assignments for devices with one or two winches, as the master
switch assignments differ.

– The desired master switch assignment is active on the appropriate touch display.
– The adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch” is shown on the LICCON monitor.
9.3.1 Procedure
Note
The “speed reduction turning” is set via the master switch.
If the master switch is deflected lightly, the value is slowly increased / reduced.
If the master switch is deflected strongly, the value is quickly increased / reduced.
Move master switch MS2 in direction X- (to the left).

Result:
– The value of the slewing speed 5.2 is reduced.
– The dynamic bar display 5.1 “moves” to the left.
Move master switch MS2 in direction X+ (to the right).

Result:
– The value of the slewing speed 5.2 is increased.
– The dynamic bar display 5.1 “moves” to the right.
4.02 LIEBHERR 515

B110137
516 LIEBHERR 4.02

10 “Tele guying* ” program

See Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05, “Telescopic boom guyed”.
10.1 Operating interface Tele guying*
10.1.1 Function key line

The function keys can always be seen together with the icons in the line above.
F1 Function key Catching:
• Guying the TY-frames
F2 Function key Catching:
• When the icon “open latches” 2.1 is shown on the monitor:
Open latches (release TY-frames)
Note:
For guyed TY-guying, the TY-frames are released.
F2 Function key Touching:
• When the icon “close latches” 2.2 is shown on the monitor:
Closing the latches
• Fold the TY-frames in
• Fold the TY-frames out
• Erect the TY-frames
• Place the TY-frames down
F7 Function key • Activate or deactivate the TY-frames
The TY-frames are activated or deactivated via the function
key F7. An active TY-frame is shown in icon 23.
• By repeatedly pressing the function key F7, the TY-frames can
be activated or deactivated as follows:
• Select no TY-frame 23.1
• Select TY-frame A (left) 23.2
• Select TY-frame B (right) 23.3
• Select TY-frame A (left) and TY-frame B (right) 23.4.
Note:
Both TY-frames (A and B) must be selected in order to be
able to start the bracing procedure.
F8 Function key • Horn “OFF”
See section “Operation program”
4.02 LIEBHERR 517

B110137
518 LIEBHERR 4.02

10.1.2 Icons of operating interface “Tele guying”

9 Icon Blinking:
• TY-frames are guyed
The function key F1 has been pressed
10 Icon • Open latches or close latches is active
10.1 Icon Blinking:
• Latches are opened
The function key F2 has been pressed
10.2 Icon Blinking:
• Latches are closed
The function key F2 is pressed
11 Icon Blinking:
• Fold the TY-frames in
12 Icon Blinking:
• Fold the TY-frames out
13 Icon Blinking:
• Erect the TY-frames
14 Icon Blinking:
• Place the TY-frames down
17 Icon Static
• TY-frames are guyed
18 Icon Static
• Latches are open or closed
When the latches are closed, the icon “latches closed” 18.1 is
shown on the monitor.
When the latches are open, the icon “latches opened” 18.2 is
shown on the monitor.
18.1 Icon Static
• Latches are closed
18.2 Icon Static
• Latches are open
4.02 LIEBHERR 519

B110137
520 LIEBHERR 4.02

19 Icon Static:
• TY-frame angle
19.1 Value • “Current angle left”, actual angle in [°] for TY-frame A
19.1 Value Blinking:
• “Current angle left” (TY-frame A) is outside of angle tolerance
19.2 Value • “Nominal angle”
• Specified angle of TY-frames for guying release
• Specified angle for telescoping release if this function is
selected
• Specified angle for erect / lower TY-frame release, if this
function is selected
Blinking:
• The actual angle right and left do not correspond to the
respective nominal angle
Value static; with “!” blinking:
• Guy release
Static:
• Telescopic boom is guyed
• The actual angle right and left correspond to the respective
nominal angle
19.3 Value • “Actual angle right”, actual angle in [°] for TY-frame B
Blinking:
• “Actual angle right” (TY-frame B) is outside of angle tolerance
21 Icon Static:
• The TY-frames are fully erected, Operating position
22 Icon Static:
• Master switch assignment TY-winch A (left)
The TY-winch A is actuated with master switch MS2 in
Y-direction.
22.1 Icon Static:
• TY-winch A (left) is not selected
23 Icon Static:
• TY-frame selection icons
23.1 Icon • No TY-frame selected
23.2 Icon • TY-frame A (left) selected
23.3 Icon • TY-frame B (right) selected
23.4 Icon • TY-frame A (left) and B (right) selected
23.5 Icon • TY-frame automatic selected
Note:
In automatic mode, when folding the TY-frames, the nominal
angle 19.2 (specified angle of TY frames for guy release) is
automatically retained. It is not possible to overrun the nominal
angle 19.2.
24 Icon Static:
• Master switch assignment TY-winch B (right)
The TY-winch B is actuated with master switch MS1 in
Y-direction.
24.1 Icon Static:
• TY-winch B (right) is not selected
4.02 LIEBHERR 521

B110138
522 LIEBHERR 4.02

25 Icon • Utilization display luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1)

25.1 Utilization bar • Luffing cylinder pressure in [%]
26 Icon • Display of force in guying of luffing lattice jib (test point F2)
26.1 Force in guying of luffing • In [t]
lattice jib • Note:
If the permissible force is exceeded, there is not shut off, only a
signal sounds!
27 Icon • Display of length of guy cylinder A (left)
27.1 Utilization bar • Length of guy cylinder A (left) in [%]
28 Icon • Display of length of guy cylinder B (right)
28.1 Utilization bar • Length of guy cylinder B (right) in [%]
29 Icon • Display of load capacity with guyed or non-guyed telescopic
boom
29.1 Icon • Display of load capacity with non-guyed telescopic boom
29.2 Icon • Display of load capacity with guyed telescopic boom
30 Icon • Utilization display pressure in telescoping cylinder
30.1 Utilization bar • Pressure in telescoping cylinder in [%]
4.02 LIEBHERR 523

B105523
524 LIEBHERR 4.02

11 Power-Save and Stand-by mode in the LICCON

computer system
11.1 The Power-Save mode

If the crane engine - by turning the ignition starter switch 18 - is turned off to position 0 (ignition OFF),
the the LICCON computer system changes to Power-Save mode.
The Power-Save mode enables the crane driver - within 8 seconds of turning the ignition off - either to
change to Stand-by mode or to start the crane engine again without having to start the LICCON
computer system again.
If no program key is pressed within 8 seconds, then after 8 seconds are up the LICCON computer
system turns off completely.
Note
In the Power-Save mode, no crane movements are possible.
Turning the crane engine off

Turn the ignition switch 18 to position 0 (ignition OFF).
Result:
– The crane engine is turned off.
– The Power-Save mode is active.
– The display area on the LICCON monitor turns black, illustration 1.
– The clock with a Power-Save run time (8 seconds) appears, illustration 1.
Note
After 8 seconds have expired, a clock appears briefly with an integrated STOP icon, which
displays the complete switching off of the LICCON computer system.
– The clock with integrated STOP icon appears for a few seconds, illustration 2.
– All processes on the LICCON computer system are stopped.
– The LICCON computer system turns off completely.
4.02 LIEBHERR 525

B105523
526 LIEBHERR 4.02

Press any key in Power-Save mode once
Note
Pressing a key in Power-Save mode once shortens the Power-Save alarm time to 5 seconds.
Press any key.

Result:
– The Power-Save alarm time is shortened to 5 seconds.
Press any key in Power-Save mode twice

Press any key twice in succession.
Result:
– The Power-Save alarm time is set to 0.
– The clock with integrated STOP icon appears for a few seconds, illustration 2.
– All processes on the LICCON computer system are stopped.
– The LICCON computer system turns off completely.
4.02 LIEBHERR 527

B108556
528 LIEBHERR 4.02

11.2 Stand-by mode

After pressing the Engine STOP key F2 462 - the crane engine is turned off - on the LICCON monitor,
the operating interface of the most recently active application program continues to be displayed
(Stand-by delay time 10 minutes), illustration 3.
After 10 minutes from pressing the Engine STOP key F2 462, Stand-by mode is reached. The
Stand-by mode is displayed by the Stand-by clock + warning icon on the LICCON monitor, and by a
repeated acoustic signal (rhythmic horn).
Note
In the Power-Save mode, no crane movements are possible.
There are two ways of achieving stand-by mode with the LICCON computer system.
Turning the crane engine off
Turning off the engine with the engine STOP key F2 462 on the right touch display 460 from menu:
– “Driving mode and master switch configuration.”
Press engine-STOP key F2 463 in menu “Driving mode” + “master switch configuration” (see
chapter 4.01).
Leave the ignition starter key 18 in position “I”, illustration 4.
Result:
– Stand-by delay time (10 minutes) expires.
Press any key within the Stand-by delay time.

Result:
– The Stand-by time is reset again to 10 minutes.
– The Stand-by delay time starts again.
Press no key within the Stand-by delay time.

Result:
– After 10 minutes, Stand-by mode is reached.
– The display area on the LICCON monitor turns black.
– The stand-by clock with a warning icon is shown, illustration 4.
– A recurring acoustic signal sounds (30 s interval).
Note
Stand-by mode does not lead to any automatic turn off of the LICCON computer system.
4.02 LIEBHERR 529

B108556
530 LIEBHERR 4.02

Turning the LICCON computer system off from the Stand-by mode
Turn the ignition switch to position 0.
Result:
– The Power-Save mode is active.
Note
See section “Power-Save mode”.
4.02 LIEBHERR 531

027892-02 4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service
B195219
532 LIEBHERR 4.03

4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service 027892-02
1 Checks before start up

Various checks must be performed every time before operating the crane.
If an item is low or lacking during an inspection, then it must be refilled or brought to normal status
before operating the crane.
If the inspection shows a very dirty filter, then it must be replaced before operating the crane.
Note
For detailed description of fill quantities, service items and lubricants, see chapter 7.06 and
chapter 7.07 in the Crane operating instructions!
1.1 Checking the fuel level

Note
Fuel tank empty!
If the fuel tank has run dry, then the fuel system must be bled!
Do not deplete the fuel tank.
On the LICCON monitor, the fuel level is indicated in percentages.

In the “Crane operation” program, press function key F3.
Result:
– The monitoring area with its monitoring functions is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
Press function key F4 once.

Result:
– The fuel reserve indicator is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
Press function key F6 twice.

Result:
– The “Crane operation” program is displayed.
Note
For a detailed description see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
1.2 Checking the coolant level

WARNING
Danger of injury due to scalding of the skin!
Check the coolant level only when the engine is cold.
Check the coolant level.
If the coolant level is too low:

Add coolant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
4.03 LIEBHERR 533

B195219
534 LIEBHERR 4.03

1.3 Checking the oil level and filters

Check the oil level on the engine.
Check the oil level in the hydraulic tank.
Check the filter on hydraulic tank.
1.4 Checking the central lubrication system

The grease container must be filled at all times with sufficicient lubricant.
Check the grease container.
If the lubricant level is too low:

Add lubricant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
1.5 Checking the window cleaning fluid

NOTICE
Frozen window cleaning fluid!
If the window cleaning fluid is not frost resistant, then the windshield washer system can freeze during
the cold time of the year!
Failure of the windshield washer system is the result!
The windshield washer system can be damaged!
Change the window cleaning fluid in time to a frost resistant type!
Before the start of the cold season:

Empty the container for the window cleaning fluid and refill it with a commercially available, frost
resistant window cleaning fluid.
1.6 Checking general condition of the crane

DANGER
Risk of accident from falling parts!
Before raising the boom, check that there are no loose parts on the main boom or the auxiliary
boom, such as pins, spring retainers or ice!
Make sure that the crane is properly supported on a level load-bearing surface and has been
aligned horizontally.
Make sure that the gear ring of the rotary connection is clean and greased.
Make sure that the air supply to the oil and water cooler is clear.
Make sure that side covers are closed and locked.
Make sure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone of the crane.
Make sure that the cable / rope drum and the limit switches are free of snow and ice.
Make sure that there are no loose parts on the superstructure and on the telescopic boom.
4.03 LIEBHERR 535

B104056
536 LIEBHERR 4.03

2 Work station - Crane operator's cab
2.1 Adjusting the crane operator's seat

The crane operator's seat can be adjusted to suit different body sizes.
Unlock the horizontal seat adjustment with the bar 310.
With the lever 311 adjust the seat incline.
Use lever 312 to adjust the seat cushion by moving it back or forth.
With the lever 313 adjust height of seat.
Turn the seat heater / air conditioning on with switch* 314.
Adjust the fan stage with key* 315.
With the lever 316 adjust the angle of the backrest.
4.03 LIEBHERR 537

B107394
538 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.2 Adjusting the consoles

The control platform, with the consoles on the left and right hand side of the crane operator's
seat 300 allows the crane operator to adjust the consoles for “crane operation” to suit his body size
optimally.
Note
The left and right consoles are individually adjustable.
Two different console positions are possible:

– “Crane operating position”
– “Entering / exiting”
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If the left console 302 is swung up (position “entering / exiting”), see illustration 2, when operating the
crane - specially during severe braking maneuvers - there is an increased risk of accidents as well as
a danger of property damage due to uncontrolled “down” or “forward” swing of the console(s).
Driving the crane with upward swung consoles is prohibited.
Before starting to drive, always bring the consoles into “crane operating position”.
You can move the left console from “crane operating mode” to “entering / exiting” position by swinging
it up.
Note
When swinging the console upward, hold on to it until the end position “entering / exiting” is
reached.
When the console is swung down, it returns to the previously set “crane operating position”.
The consoles can be adjusted with one hand.
2.2.1 Adapting the consoles to the crane driver
Note
The consoles can be adjusted to suit the crane driver as described for the left console 302.
Release the star handle screw 306 and pull the adjustment via the latch pin, see illustration 3.
Move console 302 forwards / backwards as you prefer (point 2).
Tighten the star handle screw 306.
Result:
– The console is adjusted.
4.03 LIEBHERR 539

B107394
540 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.2.2 Armrests
The armrests 304 left and right, offer a variety of adjustment possibilities, see illustration 4.
Note
To ensure fatigue free and concentrated work with the crane, the armrests should be adjusted in
such a way that you can comfortably reach and operate the master switches.
4.03 LIEBHERR 541

B108559
542 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.3 Footboard
In order to make it easier for the crane operator to enter and leave the crane operator's cab, the
footboard can be extended or retracted.
The footboard latches in the end positions.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If the footboard is not extended or retracted completely, personnel can fall down!
Always retract or extend the footboard completely!
Step on the footboard only if it is completely extended!
NOTICE
Observe the safety notes!
See Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04 “Crane operator's cab with retractable / extendable
footboard”!
2.3.1 Extending the footboard

Activate the release button 675 and then actuate the control button 676 until the footboard is fully
extended.
2.3.2 Retracting the footboard

Activate the release button 675 and then actuate the control button 677 until the footboard is fully
retracted.
2.4 Turning the heater / ventilation on

The crane cab can be heated or ventilated depending on the desired temperature, see detailed
description in the Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.01.
Adjust the heater, ventilation and automatic air conditioning* on the left touch-display.
Press the key 431 on the left touch display until the “Air conditioning settings” menu appears.
To turn on the recirculated air / fresh air, press (“touch”) icon 550.
To turn on the blower, press (“touch”) icon 552.
To turn on the heater, press (“touch”) icon 554.
To control the temperature, press key 433 or key 434.
4.03 LIEBHERR 543

B108560
544 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.5 Tilting the crane cab*

To give the crane driver a better field of view, the cab can be tilted upwards.
When you have finished working with the crane, always set the cab to horizontal position.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the door of the crane operator's cab is opened in inclined position, then the door can move back
suddenly!
Hands can be crushed or injured!
When the operator's cab is in inclined position, open the door carefully!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
If there are persons on the footboard when the cab is tilted, then they can fall down!
If the cab is tilted, it is forbidden to stand on the footboard.
Before stepping on the footboard, set the cab to horizontal position.
2.5.1 Tilting cab upward

Activate the release key 675 and then press the key 692.
Result:
– The cab swings upward.
2.5.2 Setting the cab to horizontal position

Activate the release key 675 and then press the key 693.
Result:
– Cab swings downward.
4.03 LIEBHERR 545

B108561
546 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.6 Operating the windshield wiper / washer system
2.6.1 Operating the windshield wiper

The windshield wipers are turned on by pressing control button 672 (front window) and control
button 673 (roof window). The following description refers to the operation of the windshield wipers for
the front window. The operation of the roof window wipers is identical.
To activate the windshield wiper on the front window:
Press the control button 672.
Result:
– The windshield wipers run continuously.
– The indicator light on control button 672 lights up.
If the windshield wipers are running continuously:

Result:
– The windshield wipers are now running at a “long interval”.
If the windshield wipers are running at a “long interval”:

Result:
– The windshield wipers are now running at a “short interval”.
If the windshield wipers are running at a “short interval”:

Result:
– The windshield wipers are turned off.
– The indicator light on control button 672 turns off.
Note
If the control button 672 is pressed longer than 1 s during “continuous”, “long interval” or “short
interval” operation, then the windshield wiper is turned off.
Press the control button 672 longer than 1 s.

Result:
– The windshield wiper is turned off; this is confirmed by a short “beep”, the indicator light on the
control button 672 turns off.
2.6.2 Operating the windshield washer system

Activate the windshield washer system to support the windshield wipers by pressing control
button 670 (front window) and control button 671 (roof window). The following description refers to the
operation of the windshield washer system for the front window. The operation of the windshield
washer system for the roof window is identical.
Before the start of the cold season, fill the container for the window washer fluid with standard
antifreeze mix.
To operate the windshield washer system for the front window:
Result:
– The windshield wipers and water pump will run as long as control button 670 is pressed. After
releasing key 670, the windshield wipers continues to run 3 times.
4.03 LIEBHERR 547

B108562
548 LIEBHERR 4.03

2.7 Opening the crane operator's cab window

WARNING
Danger of crushing!!
Risk of trapping hands when closing the roof / rear window.
Watch your hands when closing the roof / rear window.
2.7.1 Opening the roof window

Use the rotary handle 10 to open the roof window.
Turn the rotary handle 10 to the right and push the roof window up.
2.7.2 Opening the rear window

Use the handle 11 to open the rear window.
Push the handle 11 back until it audibly engages.
2.8 Checking the horn

Note
Use of signal horn!
Only use the horn only in dangerous situations to maintain its warning effect.
Before starting work, check that the signal horn is functioning.
4.03 LIEBHERR 549

B108487
550 LIEBHERR 4.03

3 Preheating the hydraulic oil*

The hydraulic oil must be preheated to ensure crane operation at low ambient temperatures.
Note
The hydraulic oil must be preheated at an hydraulic oil temperature below -25 °C.
3.1 Turning the hydraulic oil preheating on

– The individual control display hydraulic oil temperature 50 is shown on the LICCON monitor, see
Select “hydraulic oil preheating” 573 function by “touching”.
Result:
– The “hydraulic oil preheating” icon is then surrounded with a black border.
Press function key F4 434.

Result:
– The hydraulic oil preheating is turned on.
– The “hydraulic oil preheating” 574 icon is then surrounded with a black border.
If the hydraulic oil temperature in the individual control display 50 on the LICCON monitor has
reached approx. -20 °C:
Result:
– The hydraulic oil temperature is turned off.
Move through all hydraulic crane functions without a load for approx. 15 minutes to preheat the
cylinders, valves, oil motors and hoses.
4.03 LIEBHERR 551

B108542
552 LIEBHERR 4.03

4 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine

Do not put a full load on the engine until it is at operating temperature.
4.1 Starting superstructure engine from the crane operator's cab

– The battery master switch 15 is turned on.
– The ignition in the chassis is turned off.
Result:
– The indicator light 660 lights up yellow.
Engine preheating is active.
NOTICE
Danger of property damage!
Start the engine only if the indicator light 660 blinks yellow (1 Hz).
When the indicator light 660 blinks yellow (1 Hz), the engine is ready to start.
Turn the ignition switch 326 to position “II”.
Result:
– The engine starts.
4.03 LIEBHERR 553

B108540
554 LIEBHERR 4.03

4.2 Checking the instruments after starting the engine

As soon as a stable voltage is present with the engine running, the electric crane control and the
LICCON computer system are turned on automatically. A self-test of the LICCON-computer system
follows; after several seconds the configuration display appears on the monitor.
4.2.1 Checking the instruments on LICCON monitor
Note
icons do not need to match exactly to the crane. In addition, many of the illustrations show the
maximum configuration of the LICCON monitor with icons. In normal crane operation, an identical
display will not appear on the LICCON monitor.
Check the LICCON monitor for warning messages.
4.2.2 Warnings on the LICCON monitor

If the warning icon of the function key F3 becomes “yellow” or “red”, illustration 1, the crane has a fault
or a critical condition. For detailed description of the individual warnings and error displays see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
The warnings are called up using the function key F3.
Result:
– The “monitoring field with monitoring functions” appears on the LICCON monitor, see illustration 2.
– The erroneous function is displayed in the monitoring field in “red” or “yellow”.
Turn off the engine immediately and rectify the cause of the defect.
4.03 LIEBHERR 555

B107046
556 LIEBHERR 4.03

4.2.3 Displaying monitoring functions with analog values
Note
For the monitoring functions or individual control displays, also see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.02.
The relevant values for some monitoring functions in the monitoring field can be displayed as analog
values.
Press function key F4 or function key F5, see example in illustration 3.
Result:
– The individual monitoring function with analog value is displayed, see illustration 4.
You can change back to the monitoring field with the monitoring functions using the function key F6.
Result:
– The monitoring field with all the monitoring functions is displayed, see illustration 3.
The monitoring field can be exited using the function key F3.
Result:
– The monitoring field is faded out.
4.03 LIEBHERR 557

B108563
558 LIEBHERR 4.03

4.3 Turning the superstructure engine off
4.3.1 Turning the superstructure engine off

If the crane has been operated at full engine output or with very high coolant temperatures (above
95 °C), let the engine run without a load for 1-2 minutes at low idle speed.
Turn the ignition switch 326 back to the stop.
Pull the ignition switch 326 off and store in a safe place.
4.3.2 Turning the superstructure engine off in the event of danger
CAUTION
Operating the emergency off switch.
Only use the emergency off switch 350 or the emergency off switch 651 in case of serious
emergency. Use of the emergency off switch 350 or the emergency off switch 651 in normal
situations is prohibited!
Press the emergency off switch 350.

or
Press the emergency off switch 651.
Result:
– The crane will be turned off immediately.
4.03 LIEBHERR 559

B108541
560 LIEBHERR 4.03

5 LICCON computer system after engine start

The LICCON computer system is only operational with the engine running.
5.1 Waiting for the boot up phase

After being turned on, the LICCON computer system boots up and carries out a self-test, see Crane
Wait for the boot up phase.
Result:
– The configuration screen appears on the LICCON monitor.
– In a normal case the previously selected configuration is displayed.
Troubleshooting
The LICCON monitor does not show the most recently set configuration state and reeving number?
If there has been a data loss in the memory (cold start), then the first valid configuration appears in
the configuration screen. The reeving number is set to “0”.
Set the configuration state and reeving number again.
5.2 Taking over the previously selected configuration and hoist rope
reeving
Check in the operating screen if the correct short code and the correct reeving number have been set.
If the settings in the operating screen are correct:
Press function key “F8” (O.K.).
Result:
– The “Configuration” program is terminated and the adjusted parameters are accepted for the
newly started “Crane operation” program.
4.03 LIEBHERR 561

B108541
562 LIEBHERR 4.03

5.3 Selecting the new configuration and hoist rope reeving

The selected and displayed configuration can be changed with the function keys or by entering the
short code.
5.3.1 Selecting the new configuration using function keys

Press function key “F2” until the desired main geometry status is selected.
Press function key “F3” until the desired accessory status is selected.
Press function key “F4” until the desired counterweight is selected.
Press function key “F5” until the desired support base is selected.
Press function key “F6” until the desired turning area of the crane superstructure is selected.
Press the “Enter” key.
Check the set load chart.
5.3.2 Selecting new configuration with short code

The short code can be found in the load chart.
Entering the 4-digit short code using the keypad A.
Press the “Enter” key.
Result:
Note:
For a more detailed description of the “Configuration” program, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.02.
Check the set load chart.
5.3.3 Selecting the new hoist rope reeving

Press function key “F7” until the desired reeving number is selected.
or
Press function keys “SHIFT” + “F7” until the desired reeving number is selected.
5.3.4 Checking and accepting the new configuration and hoist rope reeving
Check in the operating screen if the correct short code and the correct reeving number have been set.
If the settings in the operating screen are correct:
Press function key “F8” (O.K.).
Result:
– The “Configuration” program is terminated and the adjusted parameters are accepted for the
newly started “Crane operation” program.
4.03 LIEBHERR 563

028128-00 4.04 Safety equipment
B107151
564 LIEBHERR 4.04

4.04 Safety equipment 028128-00
1 General
1.1 Safety systems

Every time the crane is operated, the crane operator is required to satisfy himself about the
functionality of the safety systems.
WARNING
Danger of accident from defective warning and safety systems!
Operating the crane with defective warning and safety systems can lead to life-threatening accidents!
Make sure that all warning and safety systems are functioning.
Make sure that the overload protection is functioning.
1.1.1 Checking overload protection

If the telescopic boom without a load and lifting equipment is fully telescoped in and horizontally
aligned, then the LICCON must show approximately the following:
– Load 0 t
– Telescopic boom length
– Telescopic boom angle 0°
1.2 Levelling instruments

To ensure the working safety of the crane, the crane must be aligned horizontally on level ground with
sufficient load bearing capacity.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to toppling crane!
If the crane is not aligned horizontally, it may tip over. The maximum permitted deviation from the
horizontal position of the crane is ± 0.5 % (± 0.3°).
Ensure that crane is level!
1.2.1 Levelling instruments on chassis

The support of the crane is controlled with the BTT. Remove the BTT from the instrument panel in the
cab. The incline of the crane is shown on the BTT display, see Crane operating instructions,
chapters 3.05 and 5.31.
1.2.2 Spirit level on the superstructure

The horizontal alignment of the crane is displayed in the LICCON computer system both graphically
and numerically.
2 LICCON computer system

The LICCON computer system is a system for controlling and monitoring mobile cranes. In addition to
the overload protection (load moment limiter LMB) there are a number of application programs that
can be used for controlling and monitoring the crane movements, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.02.
4.04 LIEBHERR 565

2.1 Overload protection

The relevant sensors for the overload protection are:
– Length sensors
– Angle sensors
– Pressure sensors
The electronic overload protection turns all load moment increasing crane movements off if the
permissible load moment is being exceeded. Only load moment decreasing movements can then be
carried out.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
The presence of the overload protection does not relieve the crane operator of his obligation for care
and attention.
Before lifting a load, determine its approximate weight, and with the help of the load chart, decide
whether the crane is in a position to carry out this job.
The overload protection cannot cover all possible operational conditions.
DANGER
Danger of accident due to incorrect operation of the crane!
Due to incorrect operation of the crane, the overload protection does not become effective or the shut
off does not occur quickly enough. In these cases, accidents are possible despite an installed
overload protection!
Be especially vigilant!
The overload protection registers, but:

– does not turn off, for example the wind speed,
– does not monitor, for example the crane incline,
– does not monitor, for example the turn angle of the turntable.
The overload protection does not register:
– the hooking of the load or the load tackle,
– excessive delay forces,
– loads falling onto the rope,
– angular pull,
– driving the crane on ground with large slope,
– collapsing ground.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to crane toppling over or destruction of the crane!
The overload protection is a device according to EN 13000. It may not be used as an operational
shut off device for crane movements of any kind.
The overload protection must be adjusted to the current equipment configuration of the crane
before crane operation to match the load chart. Only that way can it fulfill its protective task.
The crane operator must meet his duty of caution and attention, despite the overload protection.
2.1.1 Failure of the overload protection
DANGER
Serious risk of accidents!
If the LICCON computer system is no longer functioning properly because of one or more errors,
crane operation is prohibited!
It is imperative that the next Liebherr Service location or Liebherr-Werk Ehingen is contacted!
566 LIEBHERR 4.04

2.1.2 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

Basically, all conditions in the load charts must be strictly adhered to, even those not monitored by the
LMB:
– The exact weight of the load, including load tackle, must be known.
– The condition of the boom and the boom geometry must be known and must agree with the stated
values in the corresponding load chart.
The boom length and boom projection radius must be measured manually.
– It must be ensured that the telescopic boom has been pinned.
Note
In the case of LICCON monitor failure, touch display failure or failure of one or more IO modules,
consult LIEBHERR Service.
2.1.3 Ending a load lift

If the problem cannot be remedied using these measures:
– Before continuing the load lift, contact the nearest Liebherr Service center or the Liebherr-Werk in
Ehingen.
If this is not possible, then the load lift can be completed with utmost caution, as follows:
– All values that are needed for determining the equipment configuration and the associated load
chart must be measured or manually determined.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to overloading the crane!
The exact weight of the load, including hook and attachment equipment, must be known!
4.04 LIEBHERR 567

B108171
568 LIEBHERR 4.04

3 Safety devices on the crane
3.1 Wind warning device

The wind warning appears in the operating view of the LICCON computer system.
If the actual wind speed value exceeds the displayed maximum value, the “Wind
warning” icon 1 starts to flash, and the acoustic alarm “Short horn” sounds. But there is no shut off of
crane movements.
WARNING
Danger of accidents from exceeding the permitted wind speed!
There is no automatic shut off of crane movements.
Stop crane operation and place down the boom.
3.2 Hoist limit switch “Hoist top”

The hoist limit switch is intended to prevent the hook block from colliding with the boom head.
Before every crane application, the function of the hoist limit switch must be checked by running
against the switch weight with the hook block.
When the hoist limit switch is actuated, the icon 2 appears in the operations screen. The crane
movements “Spool up winch”, “Luff telescopic boom down” and “Telescope out” are switched off.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to crane toppling over or destruction of the crane!
During crane operations, only bypass the hoist limit switch with the bypass key button D if an
observer can monitor exactly the distance between the hook block and the boom head. The guide
must be in direct contact with the crane operator.
Carry out hoist movements with maximum caution and minimum speed.
In emergency situations, only an authorized person may bypass the hoist limit switch.
Do not use the hoist limit switch as an operational shut off function.
Always use the full length of the hoist limit switch weight chain.
Hang the limit switch weight always into the cable strand leading to the cable fixed point.
3.3 Limit switch winch spooled out

The winch speed sensor turns off the winch winding in the following situations:
1.) Winch spooled out
• If there are fewer than 4 rope coils on the winch.
• Lower the winch is turned off.
2.) Emergency shut off
• If only 3 rope coils remain on the winch.
• Raise and lower the winch are turned off.
4.04 LIEBHERR 569

B108172
570 LIEBHERR 4.04

4 Safety systems
4.1 EMERGENCY OFF switch*

If the EMERGENCY OFF switch 350 or the EMERGENCY OFF switch 651 on the BKE in the crane
operator's cab is operated, the motor and the electrical crane control are turned off. Every carried out
movement can be stopped immediately.
After operating the EMERGENCY OFF switch 350, a release may only be granted by an authorized
person with a key and ignition “off”.
After the EMERGENCY OFF switch 651 has been operated, releasing takes place by rotating the
EMERGENCY OFF switch 651 and turning the ignition “off”.
Note
Only use the EMERGENCY OFF switch in the event of a clear emergency!
Use of the EMERGENCY OFF switch for normal operation is not permitted!
4.2 Control release

The seat contact button 301 shuts down the crane control as soon as the crane operator gets up from
the seat.
This prevents unintended crane movements by accidentally touching the master switch when getting
in or out of the cab.
The button 401 and button 421 bypass the seat contact button 301 if it becomes necessary for the
operator to work standing up.
4.3 Hydraulic safety valves

A distinction is made between two types:
– Pressure limitation valves against pipe and hose breaks.
– Shut off valves in the luffing cylinder and in the support cylinders
4.4 Catch bar

Note
Only for cranes with folding jib.
The catch bar 40 on the telescopic boom articulated piece is a mechanical safety device!
WARNING
Danger of fatal injuries due to toppling folding jib!
As a result of improperly mounted, damaged or non-existing catch bar 40 on the telescopic boom
pivot section, the folding jib – due to an assembly error – can fall down and cause fatal injuries.
Before folding jib assembly, make sure that the catch bar 40 is properly mounted on the telescopic
boom pivot section and that it is not damaged.
The catch bar 40 is a mechanical safety device. For that reason, it is prohibited to change the
catch bar 40 in any way.
4.04 LIEBHERR 571

027894-01 4.05 Crane operation
B108564
572 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.05 Crane operation 027894-01
1 General
– The crane is supported and aligned in horizontal direction according to the data in the load chart.
– The step at the entry of the crane operator's cab is moved out.
– The counterweight is attached and secured according to the data in the load chart.
– The hook block is correctly reeved as shown in reeving plan.
– All safety devices have been adjusted according to the data in the load chart.
– There are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
Note
In order to protect the crane and reduce the danger of accidents always use the master switch
slowly and sensitively.
Ensure that there are no obstacles in the working range of the crane and that there are no persons
within the danger zone.
Give a short warning signal (horn) before starting a crane movement.
1.1 Crane superstructure
1.1.1 Locking the crane superstructure

When “driving in equipped condition”, mechanically lock the crane superstructure to the crane
chassis.
Note
LICCON overload protection
The release of LICCON overload protection is only issued when the crane superstructure is
properly locked to the crane chassis.
The locking / unlocking procedure the crane superstructure to the crane chassis is carried out with
the operating and control unit (BKE) in the crane operator's cab, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.01.
When the superstructure is unlocked:

Activate the 2-hand button 675 (hand key) and then press key 689 until the LED on the
key 689 continuously lights up and an acoustic signal sounds.
Result:
– The crane superstructure locking mechanism is locked.
– The icon 2 appears on the LICCON monitor.
1.1.2 Unlocking the crane superstructure lock

When the superstructure is locked:
Activate the 2-hand button 675 (hand key) and then press key 688 until the LED on the
key 688 continuously lights up and an acoustic signal sounds.
Result:
– The crane superstructure locking mechanism is unlocked.
4.05 LIEBHERR 573

B108565
574 LIEBHERR 4.05

1.2 Engine RPM
1.2.1 Locking the engine RPM

Locking engine RPM relieves the crane operator if he needs to work for an extended period with
constant RPM. The engine control can be locked in any position.
Press the pedal 323 down for the engine regulation until the desired RPM is reached.
or
Result:
– RPM is locked.
– The icon “+” 3.5.1 appears on the LICCON monitor.
Note
The locked engine rpm can be overridden by pressing the pedal 323. If the button 404 or the
button 424 is pressed during the override, the current rpm will be used!
1.2.2 Releasing the engine RPM lock

– The pedal 323 is not actuated.
When the engine RPM is locked:
or
Result:
– The engine RPM lock is revoked.
– The icon “+ ” 3.5.1 turns off on the LICCON monitor.
4.05 LIEBHERR 575

B108565
576 LIEBHERR 4.05

1.3 “Power Plus” rapid gear
1.3.1 Turning on “Power Plus” rapid gear

Using the button 402 or the button 422 will increase the speed of the crane movement for “luffing
up” and “lift / lower”.
DANGER
Accident hazard in the event of one to three strand reeving!
Do not turn the rapid gear on if the crane is loaded to more than 50 % of its maximum permitted
load carrying capacity for the respective radius!
Note
The rapid gear “Power Plus” is only effective if the movement luffing up and up / down is
not reduced in the adjustment window “Speed reduction master switch”!
When the rapid gear “Power Plus” is active and various crane movements are actuated at the
same time, then speed reductions can occur!

or
Result:
– Rapid gear is turned on.
1.3.2 Turning off “Power Plus” rapid gear

When rapid gear is turned on:
or
Result:
– Rapid gear is turned off.
– The icon 3 turns off on the LICCON monitor.
4.05 LIEBHERR 577

B108565
578 LIEBHERR 4.05

1.4 Vibration sensor

By adding the vibration sensor, a crane movements can be detected by vibration of the master switch.
Note
The vibrator can only be assigned to one travel axle after activation on the master switch. To
activate the vibrator for another travel axle, it must first be deactivated. Then the vibrator must be
activated again and the master switch must be moved to the other travel axle.

– The seat contact button 301 is actuated.
1.4.1 Winch 1
Result:
– The vibration sensor 423 is turned on.
When the vibration sensor 423 is turned on:

Result:
– The vibration sensor 423 is turned off.
1.4.2 Winch 2 / control winch or slewing gear

If winch 2 / control winch and the slewing gear are operated, the vibration sensor 403 will react to the
first deflected movement.
Result:
– The vibration sensor 403 is turned on.
When the vibration sensor 403 is turned on:

Result:
– The vibration sensor 403 is turned off.
4.05 LIEBHERR 579

B108566
580 LIEBHERR 4.05

2 LICCON computer system

2.1 The crane engine is running

– The batteries are charged by the alternator.
– A stable voltage is present.
The electric crane control system and the LICCON computer system are turned on automatically. A
self test of the LICCON computer system follows.
Await the self test.
Result:
– After a few seconds the configuration screen appears on the monitor.
2.2 Stand-by mode

No crane movements are possible. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
4.05 LIEBHERR 581

B108567
582 LIEBHERR 4.05

3 Luffing
Speed of crane movement “Luffing” is controlled by the deflection of master switch 420 and by the
pedal 323 of the engine control.
NOTICE
Crane can be damaged or topple over!
If an attempt to lift a load above the hoist gear causes the LICCON overload safety device to turn
off, then the load may not be lifted by luffing up the boom!
Note
The seat contact button 301 in the crane operator's seat can be bypassed with the button 401 on
the left master switch or the button 421 on the right master switch!
3.1 Luffing the telescopic boom

The maximum luffing speed of the telescopic boom can be preselected in the settings window “Speed
reduction master switch”.
3.1.1 Luffing the telescopic boom with winch 2 as hoist winch, illustration 1
– The master switch 420 is in the neutral position.
Press the function key 461 on the right touch display until the “Master switch configuration” menu
appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch assignment 476 “D ” is active.
Deflect the master switch 420 in direction X-.
Result:
– The telescopic boom is luffed up.
Deflect the master switch 420 in direction X+.

Result:
– The telescopic boom is luffed down.
4.05 LIEBHERR 583

B108567
584 LIEBHERR 4.05

3.1.2 Luffing the telescopic boom with winch 2 as control winch, illustration 2
appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch assignment 476 “I ” is active.
Result:

Result:
3.1.3 Luffing the telescopic boom with TY-winches, illustration 3

appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch assignment 476 “K ” is active.
Result:

Result:
4.05 LIEBHERR 585

B108576
586 LIEBHERR 4.05

3.2 Luffing the luffing lattice jib
3.2.1 Luffing the luffing lattice jib with master switch “left”
– The master switch 400 and the master switch 420 are in neutral position.
appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch configuration 481 “I” is active.
Press the function key 431 on the left touch display until the “Master switch configuration” menu
appears.
Deflect the master switch 400 in direction Y-.
Result:
– The luffing lattice jib is luffed up.
Deflect the master switch 400 in direction Y+.

Result:
– The luffing lattice jib is luffed down.
4.05 LIEBHERR 587

B108583
588 LIEBHERR 4.05

3.2.2 Luffing the luffing lattice jib with master switch “right”
– The master switch 400 and the master switch 420 are in neutral position.
appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch configuration 481 “E” is active.
Result:
– The luffing lattice jib is luffed up.

Result:
– The luffing lattice jib is luffed down.
4.05 LIEBHERR 589

B108568
590 LIEBHERR 4.05

4 Lifting / lowering
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the hoist rope when spooling up or out!
Do not allow slack cable to build up.
Speed of crane movement “Lifting” is controlled by the deflection of the respective master switch and
by the pedal 323 of the engine control.
The maximum winch speed can be reduced or increased in the “speed reduction master
switch” menu. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
It is also possible to deactivate or activate the individual winches. See section “Lock winch”.
Note
the left master switch or the button 421 on the right master switch!
4.1 Lifting / lowering winch 1

The winch icon 4 shows that winch 1 is turning, even when because of multiple reeving and low
speed, no hook movement is visible.
– The crane is at a standstill.
appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch assignment 476 “D ”, the master switch
assignment 477 “E ” or the master switch assignment 481 “I ” is active.
If winch 1 is deactivated:
See section “Lock winch”.
Result:
– Winch 1 spools out and the load is lowered.

Result:
– Winch 1 spools up and the load is raised.
4.05 LIEBHERR 591

B108569
592 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.2 Lifting / lowering winch 2

The winch icon 5 shows that winch 2 is turning, even when because of multiple reeving and low
speed, no hook movement is visible.
– The crane is at a standstill.
appears.
If winch 2 is deactivated:
See section “Lock winch”.
Result:
– Winch 2 spools out and the load is lowered.

Result:
– Winch 2 spools up and the load is raised.
4.05 LIEBHERR 593

B108577
594 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.3 Blocking the winch

In the block winch menu, the hoist or control winches can be blocked or released.
Note
Blocking the winch is explained on example for winch 2.
The procedure to block and release the winches is identical.

– Both master switches are in the neutral position.
– The menu “master switch configuration” is shown on the right touch display.
Press the function key 463 on the right touch display.
Result:
– The screen on the right touch display changes to the “block winch” menu.
Preselect “winch 2” by “touching” the icon 561.

Result:
– The icon 561 is bordered in black.

Result:
– The icon 561 changes to “blocked”.
– Winch 2 is blocked.
– The icon 620 is shown on the left touch display via the function key “F2”.
Note
Winch 1 icon 560 and winch 2 icon 561 can be preselected at the same time and blocked with the
function key 464!
If winch 2 is used as the control winch, then the icon 621 is shown instead of the icon 620 via the
function key “F2”!
When winch 1 is locked, the icon 619 is shown via the function key “F3” on the right touch display!

Result:
– The screen on the right touch display changes to the “master switch configuration” menu.
4.05 LIEBHERR 595

B108578
596 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.4 Spooling the guy winch up / out

Note
The master switch assignment 483 “K” can only be selected when the latches of the TY-guy
frames are open!

– The latches of the TY-guy frames are open.
– The master switch assignment 483 “K” is active.
Result:
– The guy winch A (right) spools out.

Result:
– The guy winch A (right) spools up.

Result:
– The guy winch B (left) spools out.

Result:
– The guy winch B (left) spools up.
4.05 LIEBHERR 597

B108574
598 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.5 Spooling the assembly winch up / out

The assembly winch can be spooled up and out from the crane operator's cab and with the control
panel on the winch.
– The coupling 752 on the assembly winch is engaged.
4.5.1 Spooling the assembly winch up / out from crane operator's cab
– The “master switch configurations” menu is active on the left touch display, see illustration 1.
Spooling the winch out

Select “spool assembly winch out” by “touching” the icon 439.
Result:
– The icon 439 is bordered in black, see illustration 2.

Result:
– The assembly winch is spooled out as long as the function key 434 is actuated.
– The winch in the icon 439 blinks as long as the function key 434 is actuated.
Deselect “spool assembly winch out” by “touching” the icon 439.

Result:
– The icon 439 is no longer bordered in black, see illustration 1.
or
Select the icon 440 by “touching”.
Result:
– Instead of the icon 439, the icon 441 is shown, see illustration 3.
Spooling the winch up

Select “spool assembly winch up” by “touching” the icon 440.
Result:
– Instead of the icon 439, the icon 441 is shown.

Result:
– The assembly winch is spooled up as long as the function key 434 is actuated.
– The winch in the icon 440 blinks as long as the function key 434 is actuated.
Deselect “spool assembly winch out” by “touching” the icon 440.

Result:
4.05 LIEBHERR 599

B108574
600 LIEBHERR 4.05

Spooling the assembly winch up constantly

Select “spool assembly winch up” by “touching” the icon 440.
Result:
– Instead of the icon 439, the icon 441 is shown.
Select “spool assembly winch up constantly” by “touching” the icon 441.

Result:
– The icon 440 is no longer bordered in black.

Result:
– The assembly winch is spooled up constantly.
– The winch in the icon 441 blinks.
If the constant spool up motion of the assembly winch is be stopped:

Deselect “spool assembly winch up constantly” by “touching” the icon 441.
Result:
– The assembly winch is no longer spooled up.
or
Result:
– The icon 441 remains bordered in black, see illustration 4.
or
Result:
or
Result:
– The icon 441 is no longer bordered in black.
4.05 LIEBHERR 601

B108575
602 LIEBHERR 4.05

4.5.2 Spooling the assembly winch out / up with the control panel
– The coupling 752 on the assembly winch is engaged.
Result:
– The assembly winch is spooled out.

Result:
– The assembly winch is spooled up.
4.05 LIEBHERR 603

B108570
604 LIEBHERR 4.05

5 Turning
Speed of crane movement “Slewing” is controlled by the deflection of master switch 400 and by the
pedal 323 of the engine control.
Note
the left master switch or the button 421 on the right master switch.
5.1 Turning the crane superstructure

– The crane superstructure is not locked to the crane chassis.
WARNING
If there are any persons on the crane chassis during turning or in any other danger zone of the crane,
then these persons can be killed or severely injured!
It is prohibited for personnel to remain in the danger zone!
Make sure that there are no obstacles within the working range of the crane!
Give a short warning signal (horn) before initiating a crane movement!
When turning with a load, initiate and slow down the turning maneuver extremely sensitively!
appears.
Result:
– The crane superstructure turns to the right.

Result:
– The crane superstructure turns to the left.
5.2 Pre-selecting of slewing speed

The load chart manual gives the maximum slewing speeds in percentages. The maximum permissible
slewing speeds can be set on the LICCON monitor in adjustment window “Speed reduction master
switch”, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02. Always move at slow speed with a long boom
and a heavy load.
WARNING
If the following instructions are not observed, life threatening situations could arise even causing the
crane to topple over.
Set the slewing speed specified in the load chart manual.
Do not exceed the specified maximum speed.
4.05 LIEBHERR 605

B108570
606 LIEBHERR 4.05

5.3 Slewing gear

The slewing gear can be operated with the parking brake released or applied.
For more information, see section “Parking brake - Slewing gear”.
Note
Once the parking brake is released, it remains released, regardless of whether the slewing gear
is actuated using the master switch 400 or if it is not actuated. This is to prevent a sudden stop.
If the parking brake is engaged, it is released as soon as the master switch 400 is deflected. The
parking brake engages again as soon as the master switch 400 is moved to the neutral position
and the slewing gear is no longer actuated.
NOTICE
Uncontrolled turning of the slewing gear!
As long as the “parking brake of the slewing gear” is released, the slewing gear can turn in an
uncontrolled manner due to wind, incline position or diagonal pull!
In this case, apply the “slewing gear parking brake” by pressing the function key 433 on the left
touch display.
5.4 Slewing gear brake

CAUTION
Risk of damaging slewing gear or roller slewing ring!
The slewing gear brake cannot brake the full turning momentum. Failure to comply with the following
instructions could damage the slewing gear or roller ring connection.
The pedal 320 may only be used at minimal rotation speeds, in other words with master
switch 400 almost at the neutral position!
Do not brake the turning movement of the crane by moving the master switch 400 back to the
neutral position and / or by simultaneously applying the pedal 320!
The pedal 320 is only to be used in the following situations.
5.4.1 Starting out in strong side wind

When turning against the wind in strong side wind and with a long boom system, then the
superstructure will turn into the opposite direction due to leakage in the hydraulic motor.
This can be avoided as follows:
Actuate the pedal 320 and deflect the master switch 400 into the desired turning direction.
Slowly release the pedal 320 until the superstructure turns in the desired turning direction.
5.4.2 Stopping the slewing movement in strong side wind

Slow down the crane with master switch 400 to minimum turning speed.
Apply the pedal 320 carefully, until the crane has come to a standstill at the desired position.
4.05 LIEBHERR 607

B108570
608 LIEBHERR 4.05

5.5 Parking brake - Slewing gear

The parking brake of the slewing gear can be “applied or released” with the function key 433 on the
left touch display.
On the icon 436 and icon 437 is shown whether the parking brake is released or applied.
The parking brake can not be released if:
– The working range limiter is active.
– A load chart with limited slewing range is selected.
5.5.1 Releasing the parking brake

– Parking brake is applied.
– The icon 437 appears on the left touch display.
– The seat contact button 301 or button 401 or button 421 are actuated.
Press the function key 433.
Result:
– The parking brake is released.
5.5.2 Applying the parking brake

– The parking brake is released.
Press the function key 433.
or
Turn the engine off.
or
The seat contact button 301 or button 401 or button 421 are no longer actuated.
Result:
4.05 LIEBHERR 609

B108570
610 LIEBHERR 4.05

5.6 Switching the slewing gear to coasting

In order to position the boom over the load more easily, the slewing gear can be switched to coasting.
– The seat contact button 301 or button 401 or button 421 are actuated.
The master switch 400 may not be deflected while doing so.
The slewing gear cannot be switched to freewheel / coasting if:
– A load chart with limited slewing range is selected.
– The working range limiter is active.
Press the foot button 317.
Result: The slewing gear is switched to freewheel.
Note
The activation of the freewheel and actuation of the slewing movement via the master switch 400 are
mutually exclusive!
When the master switch 400 is deflected, then the slewing gear cannot be switched to freewheel
via the foot button 317!
When pressing the foot button 317, the slewing movement can not be carried out by deflecting the
master switch 400!
4.05 LIEBHERR 611

B108571
612 LIEBHERR 4.05

6 Telescoping
NOTICE
Damage of the push out mechanism on the telescopic boom!
If the following conditions are not observed, there is a danger that the telescopic boom is significantly
distorted on the side during the telescoping procedure and that the telescoping cylinder can no longer
retract into the corresponding telescope, but hits against the end section on the front.
This can cause damage to the push out mechanism on the telescopic boom!
In particular, when telescoping the telescopic boom with the auxiliary boom or boom extension,
ensure that:
The crane vehicle is supported and level.
The telescopic boom is not significantly heated up on one side due to sun exposure.
There is no strong side wind.
6.1 Control of crane movement “Telescoping”

The speed of crane movement is controlled by the deflection of foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 and by
the pedal of the engine regulation.
Move the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y+ (forward).
Result:
– The telescopic boom is telescoped out.
Move the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- (backward).

Result:
– The telescopic boom is telescoped in.
4.05 LIEBHERR 613

B108582
614 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.2 General
The “Telematik” automatic telescopic boom control system consists of:
– The dual action telescoping cylinder
– The hydraulically operated gripper pinning
– The hydraulically operated boom pinning
The gripper and boom assembly pins are mechanically interlinked, in other words the telescope
section can only be unpinned when at the same time the gripper is locked with this telescope section.
In the LICCON telescoping screen the crane operator can see, in dynamic graphics, the pinning state
of the telescopic room, the position of the individual telescopes in relation to each other, and the
extension status of the telescoping cylinder.
Thanks to the automatic telescoping procedure, the crane operator can easily telescope the
telescoping boom, as he does not have to concern himself with the pinning or unpinning of the
telescoping cylinder or the telescope. The LICCON telescoping control system therefore makes
possible very straightforward telescoping, only the desired telescoping targets need to be entered into
the system.
The LICCON telescoping control system decides the sequence in which the individual telescopes will
be moved in order to achieve the desired end state. After setting the desired telescoping targets, all
telescoping movements, as well as locking and unlocking, are carried out fully automatically.
The following procedures are carried out by the system:
– Locking and unlocking of the telescoping cylinder
– Pinning and unpinning of the telescopes.
– Sequence for the telescopes to be telescoped, in order to achieve the desired end state
This automatic process will however only be carried out as long as the foot rocker pedal is pressed.
The foot rocker pedal determines the direction and the speed of the telescoping movement. In this
way the crane operator has continuous control over the crane.
The direction of the cylinder movement is set by the LICCON computer system.
If the telescopic boom is lengthened, with the result that currently unreachable telescopes must be
moved, then they must first be retracted until the last telescope to be moved is reached. In this case,
in order to lengthen the telescopic boom (telescope out), telescoping in must first take place.
The LICCON computer system displays the direction in which the next telescoping must be done. The
foot rocker pedal must also be pressed to correspond to this direction setting. In this way the
connection between the direction of movement of the foot rocker pedal and the telescope continues.
In this way it is possible to move to a telescoping target automatically without an operating screen. It is
therefore also not essential to keep watching the LICCON monitor all the time.
If the direction needs to be changed by the foot rocker pedal, the telescopic boom remains stationary
if the current direction is to be maintained. This also means that the foot rocker pedal must be moved
in the other direction. If there is no further movement in the other direction, this means that the
telescoping target has been reached. This state is displayed visually on the operating screen. If the
foot rocker pedal is still being pressed, then after approx. 3 to 5 seconds the system switches to the
telescoping screen.
4.05 LIEBHERR 615

B108579
616 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.3 Selecting the telescoping target

There are two options for selecting the telescoping target:
1.) Target selection through the configuration screen
2.) Target selection through the telescoping screen
6.3.1 Target selection through the configuration screen

Result:
– The configuration screen appears on the LICCON monitor.
Using the arrow keys 4, move the cursor 1 to the left or the right into the column corresponding to
the desired telescopic boom length.
As supporting information, the currently selected column number 3 and the number of columns in the
table are shown. For example, 47(149) means 47 of 149 columns.
The status indicator (±) next to the percentage extension condition value means:
– “+” the corresponding telescopic section must be pinned.
– “-” the corresponding telescopic section can be telescoped up to the percentage value of the
extension condition value under load (as in the load chart).
The double arrow 2 at the left and / or right edge of this line points to additional columns in the
respective direction.
If the cursor 1 touches an edge marked with arrows, the next movement in this direction will display
the next load chart column(s).
The cursor 1 itself will be set on the next column, if possible in the middle.
A change of the telescoping target is always possible.
If no cursor appears in the configuration screen, this means that on the telescoping screen a boom
configuration that is not supported in the tables was selected and perhaps even started!
Press function key “F8” 8.
Result:
– The selected telescoping target will be activated.
– The selected column for the telescoping target concerned will be marked in bold along the side.
4.05 LIEBHERR 617

B108573
618 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.3.2 Target selection through the telescoping screen

Result:
– The telescoping screen appears on the LICCON monitor.
The selection of the telescoping target is achieved by pressing the function key assigned to the
telescope concerned several times. After every key press, the intended extension status of the
associated telescope changes to the next percentage value where there is a hole for pins.
In contrast to the configuration screen, the telescoping length is displayed immediately as a target,
without further confirmation, as soon as the function key is pressed. No confirmation is required, as
the assigned function keys do not have any other functions.
The appearance of a direction arrow in the automatic icon 9.2 immediately after a change in the
telescoping target can be interpreted as feedback.
If the blinking icon 2 appears on the LICCON monitor, then:
– The telescopic sections cannot be unpinned.
– The unpinned load is exceeded.
– No load chart present.
Result:
– The following appears on telescope 1: 0 %, 46 %, 92 %, or 100 %.

Result:

Result:

Result:

Result:
4.05 LIEBHERR 619

B108573
620 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.4 Telescoping to the selected target

If the desired telescoping target is set, then the direction in which the foot rocker pedal must be
moved is displayed on the operating screen and on the telescoping screen.
If the foot rocker pedal is moved against the direction set, then the telescope remains stationary. The
default direction remains visible as a possible error criterion.
If the set telescoping target has been reached, then the telescoping boom remains stationary,
regardless of any movements of the foot rocker pedal, and the markings on the set telescoping target
begin to flash. The target has thus been reached.
If the arrow 9.2 up appears in the automatic icon 9:
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y+.
Result:
If the arrow 9.2 down appears in the automatic icon 9:

Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y-.
Result:
4.05 LIEBHERR 621

B108580
622 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.5 Telescoping using the operating screen

The telescoping system is designed so that an experienced crane driver can telescope without the
telescoping screen, in other words using just the operating screen.
The crane driver receives information about the direction in which the foot rocker pedal must be
moved from the arrow 5.3.2 in the icon 5.
If the crane operator attempts further telescoping once the telescoping target has been reached, then
there is an automatic changeover from the operating screen to the telescoping screen. If the foot
rocker pedal is still being deflected, then the markings on the set telescoping target blink. This means
that the telescoping target has been reached.
If the arrow 5.3.2 up appears in the icon 5:
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y+.
Result:
If the arrow 5.3.2 down appears in the automatic icon 5:

Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y-.
Result:
Once the telescoping target is reached, icon A! 5.3.1 appears.

Press the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 for approx. another 3 seconds until the telescope is seated
on the pin.
Note
If icon 5.3.3 appears, there is an error in the LICCON computer system.
6.6 Aborting telescoping

Telescoping can be aborted at any time.
The bolts, the telescoping cylinders and the telescope remain where they were, in the last state they
were in when the foot rocker pedal was still being pressed.
If desired, a new telescoping target can be set and telescoped to automatically.
It is also possible to proceed manually by switching over to manual operation.
4.05 LIEBHERR 623

B108581
624 LIEBHERR 4.05

6.7 Manual telescoping

NOTICE
Damage to telescoping cylinder!
If the telescoping cylinder is not retracted before starting crane operation, then it can be damaged!
After reaching the telescoping target and pinning the telescoping section, the telescoping cylinder
must be extended until the pins for the telescoping section pinning touch on the bores!
For manual telescoping, move after pinning to stop (tension) to avoid any stress on the
telescoping cylinder.
Manual telescoping is regarded as an exception mode, as automatic mode makes it possible to reach
any chosen extension state.
In manual telescoping, pinning and unpinning of the telescoping cylinder and telescoping must be
carried out manually.
The marking on the telescoping screen will indicate in which telescope the pinning equipment of the
telescoping cylinder is currently located.
The proximity to a telescope pin hole can be seen on the telescoping screen to an accuracy of 1 %.
Note
To get into manual telescoping mode, you have to switch to “manual telescoping” in the
“telescoping” program with the function key F1.
Manual telescoping is identical for all telescopes. As an example, manual telescoping of
telescope 1 is described.
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met before manual telescoping:
– The “manual telescoping mode” is set and all telescopes are telescoped in.
4.05 LIEBHERR 625

B108572
626 LIEBHERR 4.05

Note
In this description it is assumed that telescope 5 is selected and pinned.

Result:
– The telescoping cylinder is pinned, see icon 1.
– The telescope 5 is pinned, see icon 2.
– The indicator light 664 lights up “yellow”.

Result:
– The icon above the function key F2 is bordered in red.
– The telescoping cylinder is unpinned, see icon 1.1.
– The indicator light 663 lights up “yellow”.
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- and retract the telescoping cylinder until the
“telescope 1” on the Liccon monitor appears “green”.
Result:
– The “telescope 1” is selected and appears “green” on the Liccon monitor.
– The indicator light 663 and indicator light 664 light up “yellow”.

Result:
– The telescoping cylinder is unpinned on telescope 1 and the icon 1 appears “green”.
– The indicator light 663 lights up “green”.
Troubleshooting
The icon 1 does not appear on point 3 but the icon 1.2 appears yellow?
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- (to the rear) or in direction Y+ (to the front) until
the icon 1 on point 3 appears “green”.
Before carrying out any other steps, please ensure that the locking pin has latched in audibly.
Result:
– The telescope 1 is unpinned, see icon 2.1.
– The icon above the function key F3 is bordered in red.
Troubleshooting
The icon 2.2 appears yellow?
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- or in direction Y+ (to the front) until the
icon 2.1 appears.
4.05 LIEBHERR 627

B108572
628 LIEBHERR 4.05

NOTICE
Risk of damage to the tele locking!
Lock the telescoping cylinder in the intended pin points.
The locking pins must latch in audibly.
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y+ and telescope the telescope 1 out to the
desired length.
Result:
– The indicator light 664 lights up when the specified pin point is reached.
Troubleshooting
The indicator light 664 does not light up?
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- or in direction Y+ until the indicator
light 664 lights up.

Result:
– The telescope 1 is pinned on the desired length.
– The icon 2 appears “green”.
Troubleshooting
The icon 2.2 appears yellow on point 4?
Deflect the foot rocker pedal (MSY) 321 in direction Y- or in direction Y+ until the icon 2 on
point 4 appears “green”.
Note
Telescope the remaining telescopic sections out as described above.
4.05 LIEBHERR 629

027942-02 4.06 Rope reeving
B108118
630 LIEBHERR 4.06

4.06 Rope reeving 027942-02
1 Wire ropes and rope end connections
1.1 Wire ropes

Please check if a rotating resistant or a non-rotating rope is required for the application. The type of
rope that is selected then determines the required type of rope end connections, see Crane operating
instructions, chapter 8.04.
Note
The correct choice and use of wire rope and rope end connections are decisive preconditions for
proper and accident-free crane operation!
DANGER
Danger of serious personnel injury and equipment damage!
Never use rotation-resistant ropes with a rotating rope end connection!
Never install a twist compensator / swivel!
1.2 Rope end connections

Rope end connections are grouped into:
– Rope end connections with rope clamp 8
For that, use a rope lock 1, see illustration 1
– Rope end connections without rope clamp
For that, use a wedge lock 40, see illustration 2
4.06 LIEBHERR 631

B110410
632 LIEBHERR 4.06

2 Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly winch*
WARNING
Risk of falling!
The assembly personnel, due to an erroneous operation of the crane function or slip on the telescopic
boom, can fall and be killed!
The telescopic boom may only be accessed if the assembly personnel is protected with suitable
safety measures to prevent them from falling!
If retaining ropes are present on the telescopic boom, then the assembly personnel must hang an
approved fall arrest system to the retaining ropes of the telescopic boom on the left and right with
both snap hooks and secure themselves in case of falls. See crane operating instructions, chapter
2.04 and chapter 2.06!
Without appropriate safety measures, it is strictly prohibited to step on the telescopic boom!
secured for assembly / disassembly.
Carry out all assembly work from a safe place!
2.1 Reeving procedure

– The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
– The crane is ballasted according to the load chart.
– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the load chart.
– The telescopic boom has been luffed to the rear or the side.
– The telescopic boom is luffed down in 0° position.
Wear approved fall arrest system and protective equipment, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 2.04.
Set the fall arrest equipment on the crane superstructure into assembly / disassembly position,
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
Secure the assembly personnel from falling: Hook assembly personnel with fall arrest system on
the respective fastening points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
Switch the assembly winch to freewheel.
Pull the auxiliary rope 37 forward to the change over pulley 33.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
Attach the ladder on the telescopic boom in such a way that it cannot fall over! See Crane
Set the ladder up safely!
Attach the ladder on the telescopic boom.

4.06 LIEBHERR 633

B110410
634 LIEBHERR 4.06

Remove the rope retaining pipe 35, rope retaining pipe 14 and rope retaining pipe 15.
Place the auxiliary rope 37 over the change over pulley 33.
Pin the rope retaining pipe 35 and secure.
Reeve in the auxiliary rope 37 in the reverse direction between the hook block and the pulley
head.
Connect the auxiliary rope 37 with the auxiliary reeving rope 34: Open the chain lock 36, connect it
with the eyehook and close the chain lock 36.
Bring the auxiliary rope 37 with the auxiliary reeving rope 34 over the rope pulley 13 upward.
Release the auxiliary reeving rope 34 from the auxiliary rope 37.
Pull the auxiliary rope 37 to the rear to the hoist winch.
Connect the auxiliary rope 37 with the hoist rope 31: Open the chain lock 36, connect it with the
eyehook of the lock clamp 8 and close the chain lock 36.
Turn the freewheel off on the assembly winch.
NOTICE
Danger of slack rope formation!
Permit no slack rope on the hoist winch and the assembly winch!
Reeve in the hoist rope 31: Spool the hoist rope 31 from the hoist winch and simultaneously spool
up the auxiliary rope 37 on the assembly winch.
Remove the rope retaining pipe 35.
Release the auxiliary rope 37 from the hoist rope 31 and spool up.
Pin and secure the rope retaining pipe 35, the rope retaining pipe 14 and the rope retaining
pipe 15.
4.06 LIEBHERR 635

B108124
636 LIEBHERR 4.06

3 Reeving the hook block in and out
3.1 Reeving in the hook block
3.1.1 Preparing the hook block
NOTICE
Damage to the hoist rope!
An incorrectly reeved hoist rope or the incorrect selection of the rope fixed point can cause the hook
block not to hang vertically and thus cause damage to the hoist rope!
Always carry out the reeving of the hoist rope according to the reeving plan!
The rope fixed point on the hook block is to be selected in such a way that the last strand runs
parallel to the remaining rope strands, as much as possible!
Place the required hook block under the pulley head of the telescopic boom.
At the hook block 19, remove the spring retainers 18 for both rope retaining pins and pull them
both out.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
Reeve in the hoist rope, see section “Reeving the hoist rope with the assembly winch”.
Insert the rope retaining pipes again and secure with spring retainers.
4.06 LIEBHERR 637

B108124
638 LIEBHERR 4.06

3.1.2 Fastening the hoist rope
NOTICE
If the pin 3 has been assembled incorrectly, the hoist rope may rub against the pin 3 or on the linch
pin 2!
Always insert the pins 3 from the “inside to outside” and secure from the outside, see illustration 1!
The rope lock 1 must be pinned in either at the pulley head or on the hook block and secured with
linch pins 2, depending on reeving.
Push the retaining pin 6 on the rope lock 1 in, move the lever 5 “downward” and hold it in this
position.
Result:
– The latch 4 will be swivelled downward.
Attach the rope end with the locking clamp 8 in the rope lock and pull the rope firmly
“downward” (in direction of arrow), until the locking clamp 8 is placed in the cone 7.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect mounting of locking clamp!
The locking clamp 8 must touch on the cone 7 after hanging it into the rope lock 1 and must be
secured by the latch 4!
Release the lever 5.

Result:
– The lever 5 returns to the initial position and is locked by the retaining pin 6.
4.06 LIEBHERR 639

B108124
640 LIEBHERR 4.06

3.2 Unreeving the hook block

– The ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity.
3.2.1 Lowering the hook block
WARNING
Crushing of hands!
When guiding the hook block by hand, hands or fingers can be crushed!
When unreeving the hook block, it can topple over!
Use the handles in the safe area of the hook block!
Make sure the hook block is safely positioned!
Lower the hook block and set it on the ground.

Remove the hoist limit switch weight, see section “Removing the hoist limit switch weight”.
3.2.2 Detaching the hoist rope

Push in retaining pin 6 on the rope lock 1 move the lever 5 downward and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side and the locking clamp 8 is released.
Push the hoist rope up and detach the locking clamp 8.

At the hook block 19, remove the spring retainers 18 for both rope retaining pins and pull them
both out.
At the pulley head remove the spring retainers on the rope retaining pipe 14 and on the rope
retaining pipe 15 and pull the rope retaining pipe out, see section “Reeving the hoist rope with the
assembly winch”.
Unreeve the hoist rope from the hook block and the pulley head.
4.06 LIEBHERR 641

B108125
642 LIEBHERR 4.06

4 Securing and removing the load hook*
4.1 Securing the load hook*
4.1.1 Assembling the load hook*

Place the load hook under the pulley head of the telescopic boom.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
Place the hoist rope over the upper rope pulley 13, see section “Reeving the hoist rope with the
assembly winch”.
Insert the rope retaining pipe 14 and the rope retaining pipe 15 and secure with spring retainers.
Pin the rope lock 1 in the load hook 26 and secure with spring retainers.
4.1.2 Fastening the hoist rope

Push the retaining pin 6 into the rope lock 1, move the lever 5 sideways and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side.
Hang in the rope end with the locking clamp 8 in the rope lock and pull the rope firmly in the
direction of the arrow, until the locking clamp 8 contacts the cone 7.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect mounting of locking clamp!
The locking clamp 8 must touch on the cone 7 after hanging it into the rope lock 1 and must be
secured by the latch 4!
Release the lever 5.

Result:
– The lever 5 returns to the initial position and is locked by the retaining pin 6.
4.06 LIEBHERR 643

B108125
644 LIEBHERR 4.06

4.2 Removing the load hook*

– The ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity.
4.2.1 Lowering the load hook
WARNING
Crushing of hands!
When guiding the load hook by hand, hands or fingers can be crushed!
The load hook could roll away!
Make sure the load hook is safely positioned!
Place the load hook 26 on the ground.

Remove the hoist limit switch weight, see section “Removing the hoist limit switch weight”.
4.2.2 Detaching the hoist rope

Push the retaining pin 6 into the rope lock 1, move the lever 5 sideways and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side and the locking clamp 8 is released.
Push the hoist rope in the direction of the load hook and detach the locking clamp 8.
At the pulley head remove the spring retainers on the rope retaining pipe 14 and on the rope
retaining pipe 15 and pull the rope retaining pipe out, see section “Reeving the hoist rope with the
assembly winch”
Unreeve the hoist rope from the pulley head
4.06 LIEBHERR 645

B106127
646 LIEBHERR 4.06

5 Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch weight
5.1 Attaching the hoist limit switch weight

The hoist limit switch weight 30 consists of 2 parts, which are pushed into each other:
– The weight 35.
– The carrier section 36.
Loosen and open the screw retainer 32.
WARNING
The hoist limit switch can fall down!
If the hoist limit switch weight is incorrectly assembled, components can fall down!
Do not replace the snap hook 33 with other parts, such as a shackle or similar!
When detaching or attaching the hoist limit switch weight 30 make sure that the weight 35 and the
carrier section 36 do not fall down!
Make sure that the curvature R of the carrier section 36 points to the hoist rope 34!
Make sure that the stubs 31 of the carrier section 36 touch on the weight 35!
Make sure that the screw retainer 32 can be turned to be closed from top to bottom, point K!
The attachment of the hoist limit switch weight 30 depends on the position of the rope fixed point.
Rope fixed point on the pulley head:
– In the event of multiple hoist rope reeving, the hoist limit switch weight 30 must always be laid
around the “stationary rope strand”, in other words around the rope strand that leads directly to the
cable lock.
Rope fixed point on hook block:
– The hoist limit switch weight 30 is laid around the outer strand which shows the least diagonal pull,
i.e. the one with the smallest angle between the hanging hoist limit switch weight and the hoist
rope.
Note
The chain 37 must be attached in full length during crane operation and may not be shortened!
Push the weight 35 with one hand on the hoist rope 34 and hold.
With the other hand, guide the carrier section 36 behind the hoist rope 34 and under the
weight 35. The curvature R of the carrier section 36 must point to the hoist rope 34.
Push the weight 35 on the carrier section 36.
Hang in the hoist limit switch weight 30 with the carrier section 36 in the snap hook 33.
The snap hook 33 must be secured with the screw retainer 32.
Close the screw retainer 32 on the snap hook 33.
4.06 LIEBHERR 647

B106127
648 LIEBHERR 4.06

5.2 Removing the hoist limit switch weight

WARNING
The hoist limit switch can fall down!
If the hoist limit switch weight is incorrectly removed, components can fall down!
Personnel can be severely injured!
When detaching or attaching the hoist limit switch weight 30 make sure that the weight 35 and the
carrier section 36 do not fall down!
It is prohibited for anyone to remain in the danger zone!
Release and open the screw retainer 32 on the snap hook 33.
Detach the hoist limit switch weight 30 from the snap hook 33.
Hold the weight 35 with one hand and with the other hand, push the carrier section 36 from the
weight 35.
Store the weight 35 and carrier section 36 safely.
4.06 LIEBHERR 649

B108119
650 LIEBHERR 4.06

6 Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock

– The rope clamp is cut off on the hoist rope.
– The hook block or the load hook are ready for assembly.
6.1 Installing the wedge lock

WARNING
Danger of fatal accidents due to falling load!
If an incorrect wedge lock 40 is used or if the wedge lock 40 is incorrectly assembled, the hoist rope
can rip off or the hoist rope can be pulled through the wedge lock 40!
The hook block and the load can fall down and kill personnel!
Use only a wedge lock 40 approved by Liebherrwerk Ehingen!
Assembling the wedge lock 40 correctly!
Place the hoist rope with the wedge 41 into the housing 43 in such a way that the rope strand runs
in the pull axle of the wedge lock 40!
The dead end of the rope must be secured by the clamp 42 to prevent it from being pulled
through!
It is prohibited for personnel to remain in the danger zone!
Take a matching wedge lock 40 from the tool box.

Place the hoist rope with the wedge 41 into the housing 43.
If possible, assemble the clamp 42 through the wedge 41 on the dead end of the rope.
NOTICE
If the pin 3 has been assembled incorrectly, the hoist rope may rub against the pin 3 or on the linch
pin 2!
Always insert the pins 3 from “inside to outside” and secure from the outside!
Pin and secure the wedge lock 40 on the fixed point of the pulley head or that of the hook block or
on the load hook, depending on the reeving plan.
6.2 Disassembling the wedge lock

Unpin the wedge lock 40 on the fixed point.
Remove the clamp 42 and pull the hoist rope with the wedge from the housing.
Store the wedge lock 40.
4.06 LIEBHERR 651

B108222
652 LIEBHERR 4.06

7 Crane operation with auxiliary block* on the

telescopic boom
7.1 Crane operation with auxiliary block*

For crane operation with auxiliary block 1, the following prerequisites are required:
– The TY guying has been disassembled (if present).
– The working floodlights on the telescopic boom have been disassembled.
Note
For crane operation with auxiliary block 1 on the telescopic boom, move only to the radius ranges,
which are present in the load chart!
NOTICE
Damage of hook block, auxiliary block or hoist rope!
If the following notes are not observed, the hook block 3, the hoist rope 2 or the auxiliary block 1 can
be damaged!
If the hoist limit switch chain on the hoist limit switch weight is too short, the hook block 3 can run on
the auxiliary block 1 when spooling up the hoist rope 2 and damage it severely!
Before crane operation with auxiliary block 1, assemble the longer hoist limit switch chain!
Before crane operation with auxiliary block 1, remove the rope protection pipes on the hook
block 3!
When the hook block 3 is on the ground, ensure that the hoist rope 2 remains in the pulleys!
For operation with auxiliary block 1, do not telescope the telescopic boom out and run only the
radii ranges, which are specified in the load chart!
Carry out crane operation with auxiliary block 1 carefully.
8 Rope reeving
Note
For reeving plans, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.15!
4.06 LIEBHERR 653

027896-03 4.07 Counterweight
B110014
654 LIEBHERR 4.07

4.07 Counterweight 027896-03
1 General
The counterweight must be disassembled before driving on public highways.
The counterweight plates are marked with their own weights.
1.1 Counterweight combinations

Note
Instead of winch 2, the replacement ballast can be carried along.
Counterweight Combination Individual weight

0t - 0t

3.1 t Counterweight frame 2 without winch 2 3.1 t

6.3 t Counterweight frame 2 with winch 2 6.3 t

8.1 t * Receptacle plate* 70 5t
Counterweight frame 2 without winch 2 3.1 t

11.3 t * Receptacle plate* 70 5t
Counterweight frame 2 with winch 2 6.3 t
4.07 LIEBHERR 655

B107951
656 LIEBHERR 4.07

Note
Instead of the counterweight plate (10 t) 4 the counterweight plate (5 t) 3 can be used twice.

20 t Receptacle plate 1 15 t
Counterweight frame 2 with winch 2 5t

2x counterweight plates 3 5t

2x counterweight plates 4 10 t


4.07 LIEBHERR 657

B107951
658 LIEBHERR 4.07




4.07 LIEBHERR 659

B107951
660 LIEBHERR 4.07




4.07 LIEBHERR 661

B107951
662 LIEBHERR 4.07



4.07 LIEBHERR 663

B108424
664 LIEBHERR 4.07

1.2 Weights
The winch 2 5, the replacement weight 6 or the pulley block 7 are not part of the counterweight.
Note
Instead of winch 2 5, the replacement weight 6 can be used.
The weights can also be read on the tag 8.
Position Components Abbreviation

2 Counterweight frame GG-frame
5 Winch 2 W2
6 Replacement weight E
7 Pulley block V
1, 3, 4 Counterweight plates GG
W2 or E3 V GG
6.7 t 8t 0t
21.7 t 23 t 20 t
31.7 t 33 t 30 t
41.7 t 43 t 40 t
51.7 t 53 t 50 t
61.7 t 63 t 60 t
1.3 Fastening points

WARNING
Components can fall off!
If the components are incorrectly fastened, then they can fall down and kill personnel.
Fasten the counterweight according to the operating instructions!
Note
Instead of winch 2 5, the replacement weight 6 can be used.
The fastening points can also be seen on the tag 8.
1.3.1 Fastening points counterweight frame
4.07 LIEBHERR 665

The weight of the counterweight frame is 3.2 t.
1.3.2 Fastening points counterweight frame + winch 2
The weight of the counterweight frame + winch 2 is 6.7 t.
1.3.3 Fastening points counterweight frame + winch 2 + pulley blocks
The weight of the counterweight frame + winch 2 + pulley blocks is 8.0 t.
666 LIEBHERR 4.07

1.3.4 Fastening points winch 2 + pulley blocks
The weight of winch 2 + pulley blocks is 4.6 t.
1.3.5 Fastening points counterweight frame + winch 2 + pulley blocks +

counterweight plates
The weight depends on the counterweight plates, which are being used, see section “Weights”.
4.07 LIEBHERR 667

B110015
668 LIEBHERR 4.07

1.3.6 Fastening points counterweight frame + receptacle plate 5 t *
Note
Before the counterweight frame 2 + receptacle plate 5 t * 70 can be attached, the lashing
lugs 71 must be installed on both sides.
Installing the lashing lugs

– Affix the lashing lug 71 on the counterweight frame 2 until the bores align.
– Pin the lashing lug 71 with the counterweight frame 2: Insert the pin 72 and secure with linch
pin 73.
– Install the lashing lug 71 on the opposite side accordingly.
Attaching the counterweight frame + receptacle plate 5 t *
WARNING
Falling counterweight frame + receptacle plate 5 t!
If a larger weight than 4.5 t is lifted on the respective lashing lug 71, then the lashing lug 71 can fail
and the load fall down!
On the respective lashing lug 71, a maximum weight of no more than 4.5 t may be lifted! See
sign 75.
– Attach tackle 74 on both sides on the lashing lugs 71.
Removing the lashing lugs

– Release the pin 72: Remove the linch pin 73.
– Secure the lashing lug 71 to prevent it from falling and unpin the pin 72.
– Place the lashing lug 71 down.
– Remove the lashing lug 71 on the opposite side accordingly.
4.07 LIEBHERR 669

B109683
670 LIEBHERR 4.07

1.3.7 Attaching the counterweight assembly 60 t, illustration 1

The counterweight assembly 60 t consists of counterweight frame 2, receptacle plate 1 and
40 t counterweight plates. The 40 t counterweight plates consist of any desired combination of 5 t and
10 t counterweight plates.
WARNING
Falling counterweight!
If the counterweight is incorrectly attached or too much counterweight is taken on, the tackle can fail
and the counterweight can fall down!
Fasten the counterweight according to the illustration 1!
Attach the counterweight assembly 60 t only with the tackle supplied by Liebherrwerk Ehingen.
1.3.8 Counterweight plates, illustration 2
Note
For a detailed description of the stop points of the counterweight plates refer to section “Placing
the counterweight”!
4.07 LIEBHERR 671

B195219
672 LIEBHERR 4.07

2 Assembly of counterweight
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly and disassembly work, personnel must be secured with appropriate fall arrest
equipment to prevent them from falling!
If this is not observed, assembly personnel can fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries!
All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (lifting platform, scaffolding, ladder,
secured with the personal fall arrest system (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to
protect against falling!
Hang in the personal fall arrest system in the corresponding attachment points on the crane (see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06)!
If railings are present on the components, then they must be brought into the corresponding
position and secured for assembly / disassembly work!
Step on aids and fall arresters only with clean shoes!
Keep aids and fall arresters clean and free from snow and ice!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Personnel can be crushed or even killed at assembly and disassembly of the counterweight!
When turning the turntable, there is a danger of collision between the turntable and the counterweight
frame!
When swinging the telescopic boom, there is a danger of collision between the telescopic boom and
the placed down counterweight!
When swinging the installed counterweight, there is a danger of collision between the counterweight
and the structures on the crane chassis!
The swing range of the telescopic boom and the installed counterweight as well as the slewing
range of the turntable must be clear of personnel and objects!
When placing the counterweight down, make sure that hands and feet are not crushed!

– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the data in the load chart.
– The ground is of sufficient load bearing capacity.
Note
If you want to work with the TY-guying, then the TY-guying must be installed before the
counterweight!
4.07 LIEBHERR 673

B108434
674 LIEBHERR 4.07

2.1 Placing the counterweight on the crane chassis

When placing it on the crane chassis, the receptacle plate 1 is affixed by the centering cone 10 and
the stops 11. The receptacle plate 1 acts as a support plate for the remaining counterweight plates
and must always be placed onto the crane chassis first.
The counterweight assembly 60 t consisting of counterweight frame 2, receptacle plate 1 and
40 t counterweight plates can be placed on the crane chassis with one lift. See illustration 3.
Lift the 60 t counterweight assembly using specially provided fastening ropes and place it into the
centering cones 10.
or
Place the receptacle plate 1 into the centering cones 10 on the vehicle frame.
Lift the counterweight frame 2 with the crane and place it on the retaining plate 1 in such a way
that the ballasting cylinders can be guided in the receptacles 13 of the retaining plate 1.
Pin the ballasting cylinders with the receptacle plate 1: Pin the pins 50 on both sides with the
notch directed upward.
Secure the pins 50 on both sides with retaining pins 51.
Secure the retaining pins 52 on both sides with locking pins 51.
WARNING
Counterweight can fall down!
Do not remove cables on the counterweight frame 2 until the ballast cylinders have been pinned
and secured at both sides!
Remove cables.
Note
Instead of the receptacle plate 15 t 1, the receptacle plate 5 t * can be installed.
Carry out the installation of the receptacle plate 5 t * according to the receptacle plate 15 t 1.
4.07 LIEBHERR 675

B109682
676 LIEBHERR 4.07

2.2 Placing the counterweight

Note
The receptacle plate 1 and the counterweight plates 3 and the counterweight plates 4 are marked
with their own weight!
WARNING
If a different counterweight than the one listed in the load chart is used, the crane may be topple over
or be damaged!
The crane can also topple over and be damaged if the counterweight status is not symmetric!
Install the counterweight according to the data in the load chart and the operating instructions!
When placing and taking down the counterweight, a maximum difference between the right
counterweight assembly and the left counterweight assembly of 10 t is permissible!
Crane operation is only permissible if the counterweight stacks are installed symmetrically, see
illustration 1.
Replace damaged counterweight plates!
Individual weight Maximum number of same counterweight plates per lift over
Counterweight plate Twistlock Bitt
5.0 t 4 4
10.0 t 2 2
2.2.1 Placing the counterweight plates, fastening points: Bitt
WARNING
Falling counterweight plates!
If more than the permissible loads are lifted, then the bitts 4.1 are overloaded and the counterweight
plates can fall down!
Observe the maximum number of counterweight plates according to the chart!
Attach the counterweight plate 3 or counterweight plate 4 or counterweight assembly on the

auxiliary crane and place it on both sides on the receptacle plate 1 or on the already placed
counterweight plates.
4.07 LIEBHERR 677

B108431
678 LIEBHERR 4.07

2.2.2 Placing the counterweight plates, fastening system: “Twistlock”
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If more than the permissible two counterweight plates 4 are lifted with the receptacle stud 30, the
receptacle stud 30 will be overloaded and can be damaged!
Make sure that the counterweight plates 3 and the counterweight plates 4 are laying correctly in
the centerings!
WARNING
The twist lock system opens by itself!
If the receptacle stud 30 is not correctly locked, the Twist lock system can open by itself!
Counterweight plates can fall down!
Make sure, when initiating a lift, that the lever 31 points directly on the symbol “Locked” 40!
If the length of the receptacle stud 30 is to be adjusted:

Release and unpin the pins 32.
To stack the counterweight plate 3 and the counterweight plate 4, the receptacle stud 30 can be used.
Before the receptacle stud 30 is guided into the counterweight plates, it must be ensured that the
length of the receptacle stud 30 is set correctly. The length of the receptacle stud 30 can be adjusted
with the pin 32.
Adjust the length of the receptacle stud by moving the receptacle stud 30.
Pin in the pin 32 and secure with retaining pin.
Hang the receptacle stud 30 on the crane and guide it into the counterweight plate.
Pull the lever 31 up and fold it down.
Turn the lever 31 by 60° until the lever 31 points to the icon 40. See illustration 2.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is locked with the counterweight plate.
Lift the counterweight plate with the receptacle stud 30 and place it carefully on the receptacle
plate 1 or another counterweight plate.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is unlocked from the counterweight plate.
Carefully pull the receptacle stud 30 from the counterweight plate.

Stack the counterweight plates according to the load chart.
4.07 LIEBHERR 679

B108432
680 LIEBHERR 4.07

2.3 Securing the counterweight

– The counterweight has been stacked according to the load chart and the operating instructions.
WARNING
Danger of accident when securing the counterweight plates!
If the counterweight is not properly secured, it can fall down and fatally injure personnel!
Before starting crane operation, the complete counterweight must be secured!
Guide the retaining chains 42 from the top through the counterweight assembly.
Pin the retaining chains 42 on the bottom with the retaining plates 44: Insert the pins 47 and
secure the spring retainers 48.
Tension the retaining chains 42.
Secure the retaining chains 42 on top with the retaining plates 43.
Secure the retaining plates 43 with retaining plates 45.
Secure the retaining plates 45 with spring retainers 46.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to chain overhang!
On a partial ballast, the chain overhang can fall down on the side of the counterweight stack!
In case of a chain overhang, hang in the retaining chain 42 into the fork 49 and secure with spring
retainer 50 to prevent it from falling down!
Secure the retaining chain 42 to prevent it from falling down.
4.07 LIEBHERR 681

B108433
682 LIEBHERR 4.07

2.4 Pinning the counterweight frame to the turntable

– The counterweight has been stacked according to the load chart and the operating instructions.
– The counterweight has been secured.
The engine must be turned off before connecting and disconnecting hydraulic lines.
Associated hydraulic lines are marked with numbers.
Establish the hydraulic connection for the ballasting cylinder on point P1.
Press the button 704 and start the engine.
Press the button 701 and move the ballasting cylinder completely out.
Result:
– The counterweight frame is raised.
Bring the hydraulic hoses from the crane chassis with expander from the slewing range of the
turntable.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
frame!
The slewing range of the turntable must be free of persons or objects!
Before swinging the turntable in or out, the counterweight must be raised completely!
Set the turntable in 0°-position (telescopic boom to the rear).

Lock the turntable in 0°-position with the crane chassis.
Press button 700 and move the ballasting cylinder in.
Result:
– The counterweight frame is lowered.
Lower counterweight frame until the bores for the pins 14 align.
WARNING
The counterweight frame can fall down!
If the counterweight frame is not pinned and secured at both sides, it may fall down and cause
life-threatening injuries to installation personnel!
Pin and secure the counterweight frame on both sides!
Insert the pins 14 on both sides and secure with spring retainers 15.
Note
The pins 16 prevent the counterweight from dropping in case the ballasting cylinder fail.
Troubleshooting
The counterweight shakes!
The ballasting cylinders have lost pressure.
Press button 700 and move the ballasting cylinder in.
4.07 LIEBHERR 683

B108433
684 LIEBHERR 4.07

Note
The counterweight may be lifted with the button 675+690 or lowered with the buttons 675+691 if
the ballasting movement is monitored exactly from the crane operator's cab. If this is not possible,
the ballasting procedure may not be carried out from the crane operator's cab!
NOTICE
The hydraulic connections for the ballasting cylinders can rip off!
Before turning the turntable with installed counterweight, the hydraulic connection for the ballasting
cylinders must be disconnected! Otherwise the hydraulic connections will be ripped off!
Release the hydraulic connection for the ballasting cylinder on point P1.
Protect the hydraulic connection from contamination.
Secure the hydraulic connection on the crane chassis in transport position.

Establish the hydraulic connection for winch 2 at point P2.
Establish the electrical connection for winch 2 at point P2.
Establish the connection for the central lubrication system.
2.5 Equalizing the incline position of the counterweight

By blocking the individual ballasting cylinders, an incline position of the counterweight can be
equalized.
If the ballasting cylinder A runs ahead:
Press the button 702 and block the ballasting cylinder A.
If the ballasting cylinder B runs ahead:
Press the button 703 and block the ballasting cylinder B.
With the button 701, move the corresponding ballasting cylinder out until the ballasting cylinders
A and B are again on a horizontal level.
or
With the button 700, move the corresponding ballasting cylinder in until the ballasting cylinders
A and B are again on a horizontal level.
Press button 702 or button 703 and turn the blocking of the corresponding ballasting cylinder off
again.
Place down or take up the counterweight as described.
4.07 LIEBHERR 685

B195219
686 LIEBHERR 4.07

3 Disassembly of counterweight
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly and disassembly work, personnel must be secured with appropriate fall arrest
equipment to prevent them from falling!
If this is not observed, assembly personnel can fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries!
secured with the personal fall arrest system (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to
protect against falling!
Hang in the personal fall arrest system in the corresponding attachment points on the crane (see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06)!
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Personnel can be crushed or even killed at assembly and disassembly of the counterweight!
frame!
When swinging the telescopic boom, there is a danger of collision between the telescopic boom and
the placed down counterweight!
When swinging the installed counterweight, there is a danger of collision between the counterweight
and the structures on the crane chassis!
The swing range of the telescopic boom and the installed counterweight as well as the slewing
range of the turntable must be clear of personnel and objects!
When placing the counterweight down, make sure that hands and feet are not crushed!

– The ground is of sufficient load bearing capacity.
– The turntable is in 0° position (telescopic boom to the rear) locked with the crane chassis.
4.07 LIEBHERR 687

B108433
688 LIEBHERR 4.07

3.1 Placing the counterweight on the crane chassis

Release the connection of the central lubrication system to the counterweight frame.
Establish the connection line between the supply and return line of the central lubrication system.
Release the electrical connection for winch 2 at point P2 and secure in the receptacle.
Release the hydraulic connection for winch 2 at point P2 and protect it from contamination.

Establish the hydraulic connection for the ballasting cylinder on point P1.
Remove spring retainers 17 and unpin the pins 16 on both sides.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Only use the operating console on the counterweight frame when placing the counterweight onto
the crane chassis!
Unpin the pin 14 only when the counterweight is laying on the crane chassis!
Press the button 704 and start the engine.

Result:
– The counterweight is lowered and affixed to the crane chassis by the centering cones 10.
Remove spring retainers 15 and unpin the pins 14 on both sides.

Result:
– The counterweight frame is raised.
Bring the hydraulic hoses from the crane chassis with expander from the slewing range of the
turntable.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
frame!
The slewing range of the turntable must be free of persons or objects!
Before swinging the turntable in or out, the counterweight must be raised completely!
Swing the turntable out from the counterweight frame.

Press the button 700 and move the ballasting cylinders all the way in.
Result:
– The counterweight frame is lowered.
Press button 705 and turn the engine off.

Release the hydraulic connection for the ballasting cylinder on point P1.
Protect the hydraulic connection from contamination.
Secure the hydraulic connection on the crane chassis in transport position.
4.07 LIEBHERR 689

B108435
690 LIEBHERR 4.07

3.2 Releasing the counterweight

If necessary:
Remove spring retainers 50.
Hang the retaining chains 42 on the crane and secure them to prevent them from falling down.
Remove retaining plates 44: Release and unpin the pins 47.
Pull the retaining chains 42 out on the counterweight assemblies and place them on the ground.
Release the retaining plates 45 and remove the retaining plates 43.
Set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart.
The receptacle stud 30 must be used for the disassembly of the counterweight plates. For more
information see section “Stacking the counterweight”.
Disassemble the counterweight plates with the receptacle stud 30.
4.07 LIEBHERR 691

B109682
692 LIEBHERR 4.07

3.3 Removing the counterweight plates

Make sure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The retaining chains are removed.
Note
The receptacle plate 1 and the counterweight plates 3 and the counterweight plates 4 are marked
with their own weight!
WARNING
If the counterweight is removed asymmetrically, then the crane can topple over!
Install the counterweight according to the data in the load chart and the operating instructions!
When placing and taking down the counterweight, a maximum difference between the right
counterweight assembly and the left counterweight assembly of 10 t is permissible!
Crane operation is only permissible if the counterweight stacks are installed symmetrically, see
illustration 1.
3.3.1 Removing the counterweight plates, fastening points: Bitt
Individual weight Maximum number of same counterweight plates per lift over
Counterweight plate Twistlock Bitt
5.0 t 4 4
10.0 t 2 2
WARNING
Falling counterweight plates!
If more than the permissible loads are lifted, then the bitts 4.1 are overloaded and the counterweight
plates can fall down!
Observe the maximum number of counterweight plates according to the chart!
Lift the counterweight plate 3 or the counterweight plate 4 or the counterweight assembly and
remove it from the counterweight stack or the receptacle plate 1.
4.07 LIEBHERR 693

B108431
694 LIEBHERR 4.07

3.3.2 Removing the counterweight plates, fastening system: “Twistlock”
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If more than the permissible two counterweight plates 4 are lifted with the receptacle stud 30, the
receptacle stud 30 will be overloaded and can be damaged!
Make sure that the counterweight plates 3 or the counterweight plates 4 are laying correctly in the
centerings!
WARNING
The twist lock system opens by itself!
If the receptacle stud 30 is not correctly locked, the Twist lock system can open by itself!
Counterweight plates can fall down!
Make sure, when initiating a lift, that the lever 31 points directly on the symbol “Locked” 40!
To remove the counterweight plates 3 or the counterweight plates 4, use the receptacle stud 30.
Before the receptacle stud 30 is guided into the counterweight plates 2, it must be ensured that the
length of the receptacle stud 30 is set correctly. The length of the receptacle stud 30 can be adjusted
with the pin 32.
If the length of the receptacle stud 30 is to be adjusted:
Adjust the length of the receptacle stud by moving the receptacle stud 30.
Insert the pin 32 and secure with spring retainer.
Attach the receptacle stud 30 on the auxiliary crane and guide it into the counterweight plate(s) 2.
Pull the lever 31 up and fold it down.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is locked with the counterweight plate 2.
Lift the counterweight plate 2 with the receptacle stud 30 and remove it from the counterweight
stack or the receptacle plate 1.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is unlocked from the counterweight plate 2.
Carefully pull the receptacle stud 30 from the counterweight plate 2.

Alternately remove the counterweight plates 2 from both sides.
4.07 LIEBHERR 695

B108436
696 LIEBHERR 4.07

3.4 Placing the counterweight on the transportation vehicle

The counterweight assembly 60 t consisting of counterweight frame 2, receptacle plate 1 and
40 t counterweight plates can be placed on the transport vehicle with one lift. See illustration 3.
Lift the 60 t counterweight assembly using specially provided fastening ropes and place it into the
transport vehicle.
or
Secure the counterweight frame 2 with tackle ropes to prevent it from falling down.
Release the pinning of ballasting cylinder with the receptacle plate 1:
Release the retaining pins 52 and unpin at both sides.
Unpin the pins 50 on both sides.
Place the counterweight frame 2 on the transport vehicle.
Place the receptacle plate 1 on the transport vehicle.
Note
If the receptacle plate 5 t * was installed, then the removal of the receptacle plate 5 t * must be
carried out according to the receptacle plate 15 t 1.
4.07 LIEBHERR 697

026079-08 4.08 Working with a load
B195219
698 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.08 Working with a load 026079-08
1 Technical safety instructions for working with a load

For more information, see chapter 2.04.
WARNING
For steep boom positions, for which no loads are specified in the load charts there is a risk of the
crane superstructure toppling when turning “backward”, i.e. towards the counterweight side! There is a
particular danger if the support base has been reduced and supported with the sliding beams
retracted!
The radii specified in the load chart must be observed!
WARNING
Danger of accident due to faulty operation!
If the reeving number on the pulley head is less than the reeving number set on the LICCON
computer system and if the load is lifted with the luffing gear, it can result in an overload of the hoist
rope, as a result, the hoist rope can rip, causing the load to drop!
Always comply with the reeving numbers specified in the load chart for maximum loads!
The reeving on the pulley head and the reeving set on the LICCON computer system must match,
otherwise crane operation is prohibited!
DANGER
Danger of fatal accidents due falling load!
If the required number of three coils is fallen below (for example due to a technical defect), the hoist
rope is ripped from the winch drum and the load falls down.
The crane operator must ensure that there are always at least three windings on the winch drum!
Always comply with the maximum load specified in the load chart.
The weight of the hook block according the load chart must be taken into account.
For the lift, use the hook block which is suited best for the existing equipment configuration in
connection with the load chart.
Initiate all crane movements carefully and also use the brakes carefully during crane movements.
That way you can avoid a swinging or pendulum motion in the suspended load.
4.08 LIEBHERR 699

2 Checks before starting to work with the crane

Before starting work with the crane, the crane operator must carry out a further inspection to satisfy
himself about the crane's operational safety:
– Check that the crane is properly supported and level.
– Check that all values in the load chart that apply to the current equipment configuration have been
entered and met.
– Ensure that there are no people or objects in the crane danger zone.
WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning the crane superstructure!
By turning the crane superstructure in restricted space conditions on the job site, especially in the rear
area of the counterweight and towards the chassis, personnel can be crushed and severely injured or
killed!
Give a short warning signal (horn) before starting a slewing movement!
Ensure before starting any slewing movement that there are no people or objects in the danger
zone!
2.1 Visual check for damage

WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the crane is operated despite existing defects, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
In the event of deficiencies that threaten operational safety, stop crane operation immediately!
The following deficiencies threaten the crane's operational safety:

– Damage to load-bearing parts of the crane design, such as booms, supports etc.
– Failure of the hoist gear brake and consequent slipping of the load
– Functional failures in the crane control system
– Functional failures in the indicator and warning lights
– Damage to the hoist ropes
– Functional failures in the safety devices
– Leakages on safety relevant components of the crane hydraulic
Inform the appropriate supervisor about the deficiencies on the crane and also inform your relief when
crane operators are changed.
2.2 Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on one side

A temperature difference occurs between the side facing the sun and the side facing away from the
sun for cranes with telescopic boom. This causes telescopic boom side distortion, which can reduce
the load-bearing capacity of the telescopic boom. For example, a temperature difference between the
two boom sides of 30 °C and a boom length of 60 m results in a length difference caused by the
temperature difference between the two sides of the telescopic boom of approximately 22 mm.
Particularly with narrow boom parts, this causes the profiles to bend sideways!
If the maximum load is being fully utilised, particularly when a telescopic boom extension such as a
lattice jib, luffing lattice jib or folding jib is being used, the equipment must be visually inspected before
picking up the load in order to ensure that the boom is not showing signs of side deformation because
the sun shining on one side.
WARNING
Risk of accident because of component overloading!
If the telescopic boom has become distorted because of one-sided sunlight, this can cause
component overloading and therefore accidents!
Turn crane so that both sides of the boom are brought to about the same temperature, therefore
preventing side deformation!
700 LIEBHERR 4.08

3 Crane movement - Telescoping

If the telescopic boom is telescoped, particularly with the auxiliary boom or telescopic boom
extension, before the telescoping procedure, ensure that:
– The telescopic boom is evenly warmed up by solar radiation.
– There is no strong side wind.
WARNING
Damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope!
If these 3 factors are not adhered to, damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope can occur and
lead to accidents!
Support the crane properly and align it horizontally!
Keep both sides of the boom at about the same temperature!
Telescope only to the permissible wind speed according to the load chart!
If the actual wind speed is higher than the permissible wind speed noted on the load chart,
telescoping is prohibited!
4.08 LIEBHERR 701

B108127
702 LIEBHERR 4.08

4 Taking on a load
The crane must always be operated in such a way that its load-bearing parts are not destroyed or
damaged and its stability is ensured.
Ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
– The crane is supported and horizontally aligned.
– The counterweight is installed according to the load chart.
– The hook block or the load hook is correctly reeved.
4.1 Attaching the load

WARNING
Observe own weight of the load tackle!
Observe own weight of the load tackle!
The maximum permissible inclination of the strands fastened on double hooks in the hook jaws
amounts to 45°. See illustration 1.
On single hooks, operation with inclined strands in the hook jaws is prohibited!
If necessary, use tackle with a suspension link 10! The maximum permissible incline is 60°. See
illustration 2.
4.08 LIEBHERR 703

B102716
704 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.2 Lifting the load

WARNING
Danger of crushing for people in the load zone!
If personnel are located between the load to be lifted and a possible interfering edge (such as a wall
of a building or similar) when the load is lifted, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Before lifting the load it must be ensured that there are no persons within the danger zone!
It is prohibited for anyone to be under the load! Keep a safety distance!
Swinging of the load is prohibited!
Exercise extreme caution when lifting a load!
WARNING
If an attempt to lift a load above the hoist gear causes the LICCON overload protection to switch off,
then the load must not be lifted by raising the boom. This leads to overloading and toppling of the
crane!
Do not lift the load by luffing up the boom from the ground!
Note
When using the assembly winch* observe the following:
The assembly winch* should only be used for assembly, and not for lifting loads!
Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited!
If the cable is manually attached to the load to be raised by an assistant:

– Make sure that the assistant's hands are not crushed between the load and the cable by the tautly
pulled ropes.
– Make sure that the assistant's body parts (hands, legs etc.) are not crushed by a pendulum
movement of the load during lifting.
4.3 Angular pull

WARNING
Angular pulling can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over!
The hook block must always be attached vertically over the center of gravity of the load to be
lifted!
The crane is designed only to lift loads vertically. During diagonal pulling, regardless of whether this is
done in the same direction as the boom or diagonally, horizontal forces are generated in addition to
the vertical ones, for which the boom is not designed.
4.08 LIEBHERR 705

B102717
706 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.4 Breaking away fixed loads

WARNING
Ripping stuck loads free can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over!
Ripping stuck loads free is prohibited!
5 Crane operation
The maximum load-bearing capacity is not just limited by stability, but in many cases a load-bearing
component breaks when the crane is overloaded before the crane topples over. Particularly
components that are susceptible to buckling such as the telescopic boom may fail suddenly without
showing signs of distortion beforehand if the crane is overloaded.
WARNING
Danger of accidents for cranes with luffing cylinders!
When the luffing cylinder is on block position, the overload protection is not functioning!
Crane operation at block position of luffing cylinders is prohibited!
5.1 General
A suspended load must always be kept under control. A fundamental requirement for this is the safe
and delicate control of the crane's functions.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to swaying loads!
A swaying load can damage the crane and cause it to topple!
All crane movements must be executed slowly and delicately!
Initiate all crane movements slowly!
Apply the brakes slowly in all crane movements!
Crane operation with swaying loads is prohibited!
NOTICE
Damage of rope pulleys!
Place down hook blocks, boom, folding jibs, auxiliary booms and boom noses in such a way that
the rope pulleys do not lie on the ground and are damaged!
5.2 Guiding the load

The use of guide ropes is recommended to help the crane operator to manage the load more
precisely and to prevent the load from swaying. This will prevent undesirable movements of the load
and consequent damage.
5.3 Danger of being crushed!

WARNING
Extreme care is needed when lowering a load! Mortal danger exists for personnel in the immediate
area of the load being lowered!
Standing under a suspended loads is strictly prohibited!
4.08 LIEBHERR 707

5.4 Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission lines

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Failure to observe the following notes can lead to damage!
Note the following points carefully!
If there are electricity transmission lines in the immediate vicinity of the building site, these must be
switched off by qualified electricians. If this is not possible, the danger area must be covered over or
cordoned off. If even these measures cannot be carried out, the following safety distances must be
maintained:
Rated voltage Minimum distance

Up to 1 kV 1m
1 kV to 110 kV 3m
110 kV to 220 kV 4m
220 kV to 380 kV 5m
Rated voltage not known 5m
If the crane becomes electrified despite having taken all necessary precautions, proceed as follows:
– Remain calm!
– Stay inside the crane driver's cab!
– Warn anyone who is outside and advise them to remain stationary and not to touch the crane!
– Move the crane away from the danger zone.
5.5 Ram work or pulling sheet piles

Vibration can be transmitted to the supporting steel structure of the crane during ram work or when
pulling sheet piles with the crane. This vibration can cause premature fatigue of the material and
therefore cracks in the supporting steel structure.
DANGER
Important instructions for “ram work” or “pulling sheet piles”!
If the crane is used for ram work or pulling sheet piles, then the following instructions must be
followed. Failure to follow the instructions can result in damage to the crane.
The ramming equipment must not introduce vibration into the boom head!
When pulling sheet piles the maximum lifting power of the crane is limited according to the load
chart! Restricting the maximum lifting power via the crane overload protection only is prohibited!
The pull force must be additionally checked by measuring.
708 LIEBHERR 4.08

4.12 Two hook operation 021688-08
blank page!
4.12 LIEBHERR 709

021688-08 4.12 Two hook operation
B108770
710 LIEBHERR 4.12

1 General
In 2-hook operations there is a difference between:
1.) Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic boom
2.) Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib
3.) Operations with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib)
1.1 Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic boom

NOTICE
Danger of damage on the hoist ropes!
When reeving in, the hoist rope 1 and hoist rope 2 must be guided through the bracket 3 on the
telescopic boom!
Guide the hoist rope 1 and hoist rope 2 through the bracket 3 on the telescopic boom.
This option is set up for rapid hoists over the boom nose, whereby the hook block reeved on the
telescopic boom can remain reeved.
No special loading tables are available for boom nose operations. The boom nose is generally run in
the telescopic boom operating mode.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of imprecise radius and load displays.
When operating with the boom nose, the overload protection radius and load display is not
precise, because the boom nose is not taken into account in the boom geometry.
Set the operating mode of the telescopic boom to overload protection.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of overloading the hoisting gear or the hoisting cable!
Overload protection is only achieved when the reeving on the telescopic boom is equal to, or greater
than, the reeving on the mast boom.
Set the overload protection to the smaller reeving of the two hooks.
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook), the boom nose and the lifting accessories must be added
to the load to be lifted.
Setting this to the smaller reeving of the two hooks ensures that the crane cannot be overloaded.
Enter the cable reeving that corresponds to the actual reeving on the mast nose.
4.12 LIEBHERR 711

B195475
712 LIEBHERR 4.12

1.2 Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib

This option is set up for rapid hoists over the boom nose, whereby the hook block reeved on the
lattice jib can remain reeved.
No special loading tables are available for boom nose operations. The boom nose is generally
extended in the lattice jib operating mode.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of imprecise radius and load displays.
When operating with the boom nose, the overload protection radius and load display is not
precise, because the boom nose is not taken into account in the boom geometry.
Set the operating mode of the lattice jib to overload protection.
DANGER
Danger of accidents because of overloading the hoisting gear or the hoisting cable!
Overload protection is only achieved when the reeving on the lattice jib is equal to, or greater than, the
reeving on the mast boom.
Set the overload protection to the smaller reeving of the two hooks.
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook) and the lifting accessories must be added to the load to be
lifted.
Setting this to the smaller reeving of the two hooks ensures that the crane cannot be overloaded.
Enter the cable reeving that corresponds to the actual reeving on the mast nose.
4.12 LIEBHERR 713

B180647
714 LIEBHERR 4.12

1.3 Operations with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom,

luffing jib)
This option is set up for turning loads during the simultaneous operation of both sets of hoisting gear.
Note
Raising the load
The load must always be raised or lowered using the weakest component (folding jib, auxiliary
boom, luffing jib) initially at 100%
In “2-hook operations” with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib), the overload
protection must be set to the operating mode boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
DANGER
Risk of accident by overloading the hoisting gear or hoisting cable!
The reeving on the boom must be equal to or greater than the reeving on the boom extension
(folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib).
Enter the reeving that corresponds to the existing reeving on the boom extension (folding jib,
auxiliary boom, luffing jib) into the overload protection.
In this case, the maximum permissible total load corresponds to the maximum permissible load in the
corresponding loading table for operating with the boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
The weight of the hook blocks (load hook) and the lifting accessories must be added to the load to be
lifted.
Note
Radius display
The radius is displayed, depending on the boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib)
entered.
The load-bearing capacity for each hook in “2-hook operations” is the permissible load in the
corresponding loading table for operating with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing
jib).
In 2-hook operations, the total load is the permissible load in the corresponding loading table for
operating with a boom extension (folding jib, auxiliary boom, luffing jib).
DANGER
Risk of accident from overloading individual components on the crane!
Lifting a load with two hooks is only permissible if done as shown in the illustrations Va. 1 and Va
2.
DANGER
Danger of accidents
If both hooks are loaded, it is forbidden to lower the boom!
In those circumstances, safety cover from the overload protection is not available.
This is why the load must always be picked up at the maximum radius.
As soon as the inner hook is pulled, the overload protection load display is wrong!
If a load is raised as shown in Va. 1, the load must first be fully lifted to 100% with the hook
furthest away.
4.12 LIEBHERR 715

027893-02 4.15 Reeving plans
B108223
716 LIEBHERR 4.15

4.15 Reeving plans 027893-02
1 General
1.1 Auxiliary pulley*

From a 16-fold reeving, an auxiliary pulley* is needed.
Note
See also chapter 4.06.
1.1.1 Installing the auxiliary pulley*

Affix the auxiliary pulleys 1 on the intended bores.
Insert the pins 2 and place the washers 3 underneath.
Secure pins 1 with spring retainers 4.
4.15 LIEBHERR 717

B109928
718 LIEBHERR 4.15

2 Reeving the auxiliary rope
WARNING
Risk of falling!
NOTICE
Danger of slack rope formation!
Permit no slack rope on the hoist winch and the assembly winch!
2.1 Swinging the assembly winch into position “luffing lattice jib”
Remove the eyebolts 20 from the transport retainer P3 and screw them in the pins 12.
WARNING
Danger of crushing fingers!
Due to uncontrolled swinging of the assembly winch, fingers can be crushed!
Do not put your fingers in the bore during the swing procedure!
Swing the assembly winch out and insert the pin 12 on point P2.
Place the washer 14 on the pin 12 and secure with linch pin 13.
Screw the eyebolts 20 into the transport retainer P2.
2.2 Swinging the assembly winch into position “Reeving the telescopic
boom”
Remove the eyebolts 20 from the transport retainer P3 and screw them in the pins 12.
WARNING
Due to uncontrolled swinging of the assembly winch, fingers can be crushed!
Do not put your fingers in the bore during the swing procedure!
Swing the assembly winch in and insert the pin 12 on point P1.
Place the washer 14 on the pin 12 and secure with linch pin 13.
Screw the eyebolts 20 into the transport retainer P2.
4.15 LIEBHERR 719

B109927
720 LIEBHERR 4.15

2.3 Reeving the telescopic boom

– The winch is in position “Reeving the telescoping boom”.
Note
Reeving the hoist rope on the telescopic boom is described in detail in the Crane operating
Reeve the hoist rope with the assembly winch.
2.4 Reeving the hoist rope for luffing lattice jib

– The winch is pinned in position “luffing lattice jib”.
– The luffing lattice jib is assembled.
Wear approved fall arrest system and protective equipment, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 2.04.
Set the fall arrest equipment on the crane superstructure into assembly / disassembly position,
Switch the assembly winch to freewheel.
Release and unpin the rope retaining pin 16.
Place the auxiliary rope 10 over the change over pulley 18 and pull to the change over pulley 22.
Pull the auxiliary rope 10 forward under the change over pulley 22.
Insert the rope retaining pin 16 and secure with cotter pin 17.
Pull the auxiliary rope 10 to the N-head and connect it with the hoist rope.
Turn the freewheel off on the assembly winch.
4.15 LIEBHERR 721

B108224
722 LIEBHERR 4.15

3 Reeving plans
Explanation of symbols on the reeving plans:
– The number denotes the number of the respective rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter f means reeve on the front over the rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter r means reeve on the rear over the rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter F means rope fixed point.
3.1 Reeving plan Telescopic boom
3.1.1 1-pulley hook block / load hook
Reeving Rope fixed point

1x On the hook block or on the load
hook fixed point
2x On pulley head
3x On hook block
4.15 LIEBHERR 723

B108225
724 LIEBHERR 4.15

3.1.2 3-pulley hook block

4x On pulley head
5x On hook block
6x On pulley head
7x On hook block
4.15 LIEBHERR 725

B108226
726 LIEBHERR 4.15

Note
From an 11-fold reeving, two additional rope pulleys must be installed on the telescopic boom
head.

8x On pulley head
9x On hook block
10x On pulley head
11x On hook block
4.15 LIEBHERR 727

B108227
728 LIEBHERR 4.15


12x On pulley head
13x On hook block
14x On pulley head
4.15 LIEBHERR 729

B108228
730 LIEBHERR 4.15


From a 16-fold reeving, an auxiliary pulley* is needed.
Note
See also chapter 4.06.

16x On pulley head
18x On pulley head
20x On pulley head
4.15 LIEBHERR 731

B108229 Reeving plan N-lattice jib adjustment

1 Upper pulley block WII Winch II
2 Lower pulley block 10 Rope fixed point
732 LIEBHERR 4.15

B108230 Hoist rope guidance for N-head with luffing lattice jib
3 N-head 5 NA-frame II WII Winch 2
4 NA-frame I WI Winch 1
4.15 LIEBHERR 733

B108231 Reeving for N-head with luffing lattice jib

3 N-head WI Winch 1
734 LIEBHERR 4.15

3.2 Reeving for N-head with luffing lattice jib
3.2.1 1-pulley hook block / load hook

1x On the hook block or on the load
hook fixed point
2x On pulley head
3x On hook block
4.15 LIEBHERR 735

B108232 Reeving for N-head with luffing lattice jib

3 N-head WI Winch 1
736 LIEBHERR 4.15


4x On pulley head
5x On hook block
6x On pulley head
4.15 LIEBHERR 737

B108233 Reeving for N-head with fixed lattice jib

3 N-head 6 TF-adapter WI Winch 1
738 LIEBHERR 4.15

3.3 Reeving for N-head with fixed lattice jib

The rope reeving for “N-head with fixed lattice jib” is the same as for the “N-head with luffing lattice
jib”. The only difference for the “N-head with fixed lattice jib” is that the hoist rope is guided in the
guide pulley of the TF-adapter 6 and not over the NA-frame I and NA-frame II.
For reeving, see “N-head with luffing lattice jib”.
4.15 LIEBHERR 739

740 LIEBHERR
5.00 Equipment
LIEBHERR 741
027500-03 5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly
B195219
742 LIEBHERR 5.01

5.01 Safety technical guidelines for assembly and disassembly 027500-03
1 Checking the retaining elements

Retaining elements are used to secure the pins in the folding jibs and lattice sections. The spring
force of the retaining elements may significantly reduce if they are mechanically damaged or distorted.
Do not re-use retaining elements if there is insufficient spring force. The pins must be secured with
correctly functioning retaining elements.
DANGER
Risk of accident if retaining element does not provide enough spring force!
It cannot be guaranteed that the pin is correctly secured if the retaining element does not provide
sufficient spring force.
Use retaining elements with sufficient spring force!
2 Rope pulleys
WARNING
Danger of crushing due to rotating rope pulleys!
Arms and legs can be crushed or severed between the rope pulley and the rope due to rotating rope
pulleys!
It is prohibited to touch the ropes or rope pulleys during operation!
Adhere to the safety distance to ropes and rotating rope pulleys!
3 Checking the ropes

The ropes must be checked by an expert before assembly and checks must be performed at regular
intervals in order to detect possible damage or wear and tear at an early stage. See Crane operating
The ropes must be removed immediately if any of the following damage is detected:
– Breakage of a strand
– Wire breaks
– Broken wire nests
– Reduction in the rope diameter by 10 % or more of the nominal size.
– Rope deformations
3.1 Placing the hoist rope

In order to guarantee safety and operating characteristics, only original Liebherr replacement parts or
parts approved by Liebherr may be used.
NOTICE
If a hoist rope is placed with worn rope pulleys, the hoist rope can be damaged!
The rope pulleys must be checked before placing the hoist rope. See the Crane operating
Replace worn or damaged rope pulleys!
5.01 LIEBHERR 743

3.1.1 Cranes with winch turn sensor

The winch turn sensor is calibrated in the factory to switch off when only 4 hoist rope coils are left on
the winch. If used properly, the winch turn sensor will not need to be readjusted.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to falling load!
If the following instructions are not observed, the hoist rope end attachment may be torn out causing
the load to topple.
The winch turn sensor must be set to turn off when only 4 hoist rope coils remain on the winch!
Note
Avoid the following situations otherwise the winch speed sensor will need readjusting:
Pulling the hoist rope ends under the winch by spooling up the winch!
Pulling the hoist rope from the “stationary” winch.
The winch turn sensor must also be readjusted if it is established that the “winch does not stop
spooling out” when 4 rope coils are left on the winch. This applies during operation or when
changing the hoist rope.
4 Inspection procedures
WARNING
If the control measures are not carried out before crane operation, then the crane can topple over or
be damaged!
Crane operation with safety devices which are not functioning correctly is strictly prohibited!
Start crane operation only after all safety devices have been checked and are functioning
correctly!
Start crane operation only if the overload protection has been set according to the data in the load
chart!
Start crane operation only if the crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned!
Note
checked and reset if necessary before resuming crane operation!
744 LIEBHERR 5.01

4.1 Control measures - mobile cranes

Perform the following checks before operating the crane:
– Check if the axle suspension is blocked.
– Check if the support pads are secured in the operating position.
– Check if the crane is sufficiently supported depending on the load case and the ground conditions.
– Check if there is adequate safety distance to excavations and embankments.
– Check if there are any live cables within the operating range of the crane.
– Ensure that the work can be carried out with minimum boom projection radius.
– Check that there are no obstacles that might hinder required crane movements.
– Check if the sliding beams are prevented from sliding by pins.
– Check if the crane is supported.
– Check if the crane is level.
– Check that the tires are not in contact with the ground.
– Check that the overload protection has been adjusted as per the information in the load chart.
– Check if the bypass key button and the assembly key button are turned off.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by luffing the telescopic boom up.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by running against the hoist limit switch.
– Check the easy movement and function of the wind speed sensor.
– Check the shut-off of the limit switches - boom “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the easy movement of the pendulum for the mechanical relapse retainer over the total
swing range of the pendulum.
– On cranes with derrick boom:
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - derrick. See Crane operating instructions, chapter
8.12.
– On cranes with lattice jib:
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane operating
• Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “lowest position”. See Crane operating
• Check the shut off of the limit switches – flap in position lattice jib “steepest position”. See
5.01 LIEBHERR 745

4.2 Control measures - crawler cranes

Perform the following checks before operating the crane:
– Check if the crane is sufficiently supported depending on the load case and the ground conditions.
– Check if there is adequate safety distance to excavations and embankments.
– Check if there are any live cables within the operating range of the crane.
– Ensure that the work can be carried out with minimum boom projection radius.
– Check that there are no obstacles that might hinder required crane movements.
– For crawler cranes with crane support:
• Check if the support pads are secured in the operating position.
• Check if the folding beams are prevented from sliding by pins.
• Check if the crane is supported.
– Check if the crane is level.
– Check that the overload protection has been adjusted as per the information in the load chart.
– Check if the bypass key button and the assembly key button are turned off.
– On certain crawler cranes:
• Check that the crawler assembly key button is turned off.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by luffing the telescopic boom up.
– Check the shut off of the overload protection by running against the hoist limit switch.
– Check the easy movement and function of the wind speed sensor.
– Check the shut-off of the limit switches - boom “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - derrick. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches - lattice jib “lowest position”. See Crane operating
– Check the shut off of the limit switches – flap in position lattice jib “steepest position”. See Crane
– Check the easy movement of the pendulum for the mechanical relapse retainer over the total
swing range of the pendulum.
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off

5.1 Block position of relapse cylinders when setting down a load
NOTICE
Damage to boom or relapse cylinder!
If the block position of the relapse cylinders is triggered by the boom or the derrick with attached,
freely suspended load, then there is a danger of damaging the boom or the relapse cylinders when
setting down the load onto the ground! By setting down the load, the crane is relieved, which causes
the boom system to move to the rear.
There is no shut off of the hoist gear down function!
Actuate the opposite direction of movement which caused the block position and eliminate the
block position!
6 Transporting components
If any components are transported on an auxiliary vehicle, then they must be properly secured. If
necessary, transport these components on supports or using a special transport device.
746 LIEBHERR 5.01

6.1 Transporting lattice sections

If the lattice sections are pushed inside each other for transportation purposes, they must each be
secured with 2 chains.
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of

components
Pneumatic springs are installed on various components to simplify the installation of these
components.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective pneumatic springs no longer provide the supporting properties on the movable components!
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Do not use components with defective pneumatic springs! Replace defective pneumatic springs!
Always check pneumatic springs for external damage before actuating the corresponding
components!
It is strictly prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the movement range of the
components, which are supported by the pneumatic spring!
It is prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the danger zone of the moveable
components!
8 Auxiliary rope winches for assembly support of

components
Auxiliary rope winches are installed on various components to simplify the installation of these
components.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective auxiliary rope winches no longer provide the supporting properties on the movable
components!
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured!
Always check the auxiliary rope winches for external damage before actuating the corresponding
components!
Check the rope of the auxiliary rope winch for damage!
At least two rope coils must always remain on the drum!
Do not use components with defective auxiliary rope winches! Replace defective auxiliary rope
winches!
It is strictly prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the movement range of the
components, which are supported by the auxiliary rope winches!
It is prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the danger zone of the moveable
components!
5.01 LIEBHERR 747

9 Weights
Note
Please note:
The weight of each component is specified in the corresponding chapter of the Crane operating
instructions or stated on the tag attached to the corresponding component!
Contact the Service department at LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen GmbH. if the weight of the
respective component is not stated on the tag or in the Crane operating instructions!
If components are pushed into one another (for example intermediate pieces) or folded together
(for example the folding jib), then the total weight is given by the sum of the individual
components!
Use an auxiliary crane with sufficient load carrying capacity!
10 Guy rods
If guy rods, which are not used in crane operation, are left on the lattice sections during crane
operation, then the following points must be observed and adhered to:
10.1 Crane operation with placed guy rods

WARNING
Falling components!
If guy rods, which are not needed in crane operation are pinned to each other, then they can slide
downward within the transport receptacle and bend due to their own weights!
Components can loosen up and fall down!
Persons can be severely injured or killed by loosened components!
Before starting crane operation, secure the guy rods in the transport receptacles of the lattice
sections!
Do not pin guy rods, which are not needed to each other!
Do not use damaged or bent guy rods!
10.2 Reduction of load carrying capacity with placed guy rods

Note
The load carrying capacities noted in the load charts are valid without placed guy rods!
If the guy rods are placed, then the possible load carrying capacity values are reduced!
The reduction of the load carrying capacity depends on the boom angle and the boom length. The
longer the main boom and the wider the boom is inclined to the horizontal, the larger is the
reduction of load carrying capacity.
748 LIEBHERR 5.01

blank page!
5.01 LIEBHERR 749

B105408 Example for cranes with LICCON overload protection
750 LIEBHERR 5.01

11 Bypassing the overload protection
DANGER
Increased accident risk when bypassing the overload safety device!
As section 4.2.6.3.2 of EN 13000 does not put the requirements of appendix 1 of the EC machinery
directive 89/37/EC into concrete terms, the overload protection has not been designed according to
this definition.
Proper and destined use of the crane is ensured due to the construction of the overload protection
system and observance of the information in the Crane operating instructions. All sensibly
foreseeable erroneous operations of the crane have been taken into consideration.
Impermissible crane operation with bypassed overload protection – with the aim of increasing the
maximum load-bearing capacity of the crane above the rated value in the load chart, or to extend the
designated working range of the crane – does not constitute a sensibly foreseeable erroneous
operation, rather a deliberate improper use with high risk of accident!
The possible risks and consequences of such deliberate improper use are detailed in the operating
instructions.
Such deliberate improper use can neither be prevented by means of the constructive design, nor by
means of information in the operating instructions!
Only operate the bypass key switch D in accordance with the operating instructions!
All other usage of the bypass key switch other than that described in the operating instructions is
prohibited!
5.01 LIEBHERR 751

B108048
752 LIEBHERR 5.01

12 Assembly / disassembly
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury due to incorrect assembly or disassembly!
The assembly / disassembly of components may never be performed by untrained personnel.
Incorrect assembly / disassembly can result in death or severe injury!
Assembly and disasssembly may only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Note
For assembly / disassembly of individual components, refer to the chapters relating to those
components!
Only use the auxiliary winch (installation or reeving winch) for installation and not to lift loads!
Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited!
Normal assembly / disassembly procedures require all separately transported components to be

transported close to the ground using appropriate auxiliary cranes and tackle and they must be safely
(correctly) connected to the crane.
WARNING
Danger of impact and crushing!
There is a risk of impact and crushing when standing in the vicinity of suspended loads moving
sideways.
During assembly / disassembly no one may be in the dangerous area around or even underneath
the suspended load before the load has been secured!
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, personnel must be secured with
appropriate fall arresters to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel
could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries.
secured with the personal catch system (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to protect
against falling! The personal protective equipment must be attached in the corresponding
fastening points on the crane (see crane operating instructions chapter 2.06).
secured for assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work.
It is prohibited to walk on the telescopic or an auxiliary boom without suitable protective devices!
5.01 LIEBHERR 753

B197715
754 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.1 Assembly / disassembly of booms

If lattice sections are not in contact with the ground during assembly / disassembly, then they must be
supported with suitable, stable materials. Adjust the height of the support so that the lattice sections
are not in contact with the ground. Pay particular attention if the lattice sections are equipped with
rope pulleys. Otherwise the rope pulleys could be damaged.
During disassembly it must be ensured that the auxiliary crane lifts the load vertically. The crane
operator must ensure that the load bearing capacity of the auxiliary crane is sufficient to safely raise
the dismantled component at the given radius. When attaching the auxiliary crane it must be ensured
that the hook of the auxiliary crane is above the center of gravity of the disassembled component and
the fastening ropes are attached to the load.
WARNING
Angular pulling can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over.
The hook block must always be attached vertically over the center of gravity of the load to be
lifted!
WARNING
Danger of accident at assembly / disassembly of booms!
The disassembling of unsecured or unsupported booms may result in fatal injury or mutilation.
Never unpin the pins under unsecured or unsupported booms!
Never unpin the connecting pins under unsecured or unsupported booms!
Do not stand under the booms or within the complete danger zone during the pinning and
unpinning procedure of the booms!
Safely secure the pins in the bearing points as well as receptacles!
Do not lean the ladder against the component being disassembled!
WARNING
Risk of accident from distorted pins!
Angular pulling or excessive / low hoisting force of the auxiliary crane may result in distortion of the
pins.
Distorted parts can suddenly detach themselves when the pins are unpinned. This represents a fatal
injury risk to assembly personnel.
When the pins are unpinned, the “lifting force” of the crane must be adapted to the “weight” of the
parts being lifted!
Do not remove difficult to remove pins by force!
Remove the reason for the distortion!
Note
Instructions for pinning and unpinning:
Unpin or pin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Pin the lower pins from inside to outside and unpin from outside to inside!
Pin in and unpin horizontally-assembled double cone pins from outside to inside!
Pin and unpin vertically assembled double cone pins from top to bottom!
5.01 LIEBHERR 755

B197718 Example for cranes with telescopic boom
756 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2 Assembly of lattice sections for telescopic cranes
12.2.1 Assembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary crane
The illustrations serve as examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the crane.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not pinned in the given sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold down or even
fall down. This can result in life-threatening injuries to personnel.
Pins must be pinned in the order specified!
Pin and secure pins at both sides ( level A) at point 1, illustration 1.

Pin and secure pins at both sides ( level B) at point 3, illustration 1.
Lift the head piece with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Lift the lattice sections, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 757

758 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.2 Disassembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary
crane
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not unpinned in the given sequence, lattice sections may suddenly fold down or even
Pins must be unpinned in the order specified!
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the head piece is lightly touching the ground, illustration 1.
Release and unpin the pins at both sides ( level B) at point 1, illustration 1.
Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
Lift the head piece with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Release and unpin the pins at both sides ( level A) at point 3, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 759

760 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.3 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms using an

auxiliary crane
WARNING

5.01 LIEBHERR 761

762 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.4 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms using an

auxiliary crane
WARNING
5.01 LIEBHERR 763

764 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.5 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms without using

an auxiliary crane
WARNING
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly /
disassembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
Assemble the lattice sections to the required length.
Luff the auxiliary boom up until the pins can be pinned at point 2, illustration 2.
5.01 LIEBHERR 765

766 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.2.6 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms without

using an auxiliary crane
WARNING
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly /
disassembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the head piece is lightly touching the ground, illustration 2.
Luff the auxiliary boom down until the lattice component to be dismantled is completely touching
the ground, illustration 3.
Completely remove the auxiliary boom.
5.01 LIEBHERR 767

B197710 Example for cranes with lattice mast booms
768 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3 Assembly of lattice sections for lattice mast cranes
12.3.1 Assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling booms!
Pin in and secure pins at both sides ( level A) at point 1, illustration 1.

Pin in and secure pins at both sides ( level B) at point 3, illustration 1.
Lift the end section with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Lift the lattice sections, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 769

770 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.2 Disassembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling booms!
Luff the boom down until the end section is lightly touching the ground, illustration 1.
Release and unpin pins at both sides ( level B) at point 1, illustration 1.
Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
Lift the end section with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Release and unpin pins at both sides ( level A) at point 3, illustration 3.
5.01 LIEBHERR 771

772 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.3 Flying assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when assembling booms!

5.01 LIEBHERR 773

774 LIEBHERR 5.01

12.3.4 Flying disassembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Risk of fatal injury when disassembling booms!

12.4 Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines

When hydraulic lines are connected and disconnected with quick-release couplings, make ensure that
the coupling procedure is being performed correctly.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to loss of pressure or leakage!
Incorrectly coupled or self-loosening quick-release couplings (particularly return lines) can result in
serious injury due to component failure!
Check the quick-release couplings after installation for correct connection.
Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before connecting and disconnecting. Turn the
engine off and wait for short time.
Assemble coupling components (sleeve and connector) and screw together using hand-tightened
nut.
Tighten hydraulic coupling by hand. Rotate hand-tightened nut until it reaches a tangible, fixed
stop position.
13 Erection / take down

WARNING
Due to an unforeseen occurrence, for example: Sudden strong wind or storm, dangers operating
situations can occur, up to toppling the crane!
The boom must be able to be placed down at any time with its current equipment!
The required counterweight must always be in direct vicinity of the crane!
The crane operator must ensure that the required counterweight is carried along when driving the
crane with the equipment in place and that the boom can be placed down at any time!
WARNING
Incorrectly assembled or non-operational limit switches and falling parts (pins, spring retainers, ice
etc.) can cause accidents!
5.01 LIEBHERR 775

13.1 Erection / take down for mobile cranes

– The crane is properly supported.
– The crane is aligned in horizontal direction.
– The counterweight has been installed to the turntable according to the load chart.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart specifications and the Operating
instructions.
– All limit switches have been correctly assembled and are fully functional.
– All pin connections have been secured.
– The hoist rope has been correctly placed in the rope pulleys and prevented from jumping out with
the rope retaining pins.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit
switches, cable drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
13.2 Erection / take down for crawler cranes

– The crane is aligned in horizontal direction.
– The central ballast has been attached according to the load chart.
– The counterweight is stacked on the suspended ballast or on the ballast trailer according to the
load chart.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart specifications and the Operating
instructions.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit switches, cable
drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
13.3 Checking the prerequisites

Check if all prerequisites have been met.
776 LIEBHERR 5.01

5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF 027897-02
blank page!
5.03 LIEBHERR 777

027897-02 5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF
B108453
778 LIEBHERR 5.03

1 General
The fixed lattice jib can be assembled to the telescopic boom as a straight extension at 0° or at an
angle of 20°, 40°, or 60°.
1.1 Working lengths

See load charts.
1.2 Components of fixed lattice jib

The following lattice sections are available:
Descriptions Length Weight

G1 TF-adapter 3.5 m 1.5 t
G2 NA-intermediate section 6m 0.8 t
G3 NA-intermediate section 12 m 1.4 t
G4 NI-reducer section 1.5 m 0.3 t
G5 NI-intermediate section 6m 0.7 t
G6 NI-intermediate section 12 m 1.3 t
G7 N-head 1.5 m 0.7 t
5.03 LIEBHERR 779

B108447
780 LIEBHERR 5.03

1.3.1 Fastening points on the TF-adapter

For the fastening points on the TF-adapter, see illustration 1.
1.3.2 Fastening points NI-reducer section

For fastening points on the NI-reducer section, see illustration 2.
1.3.3 Fastening points N-head

For fastening points on the N-head, see illustration 3.
1.3.4 Fastening points NA-intermediate section 6 m

For the fastening points on the NA-intermediate section 6 m, see illustration 4.

1.3.6 Fastening points NI-intermediate section 6 m

For the fastening points on the NI-intermediate section 6 m, see illustration 6.

5.03 LIEBHERR 781

B108451
782 LIEBHERR 5.03

1.4 Assembly of lattice jib

WARNING
Risk of accident if lattice sections are incorrectly assembled!
If the lattice sections are incorrectly assembled, the boom can break off and the load can fall down!
Any other arrangement of the lattice sections than the one specified in the Operating instructions
or assembly drawings is prohibited!
When assembling the lattice jib, make sure that the lattice sections are installed according to their
descriptions.
Disassemble and remove the guy rods on the lattice sections before crane operation!
Crane operation with fixed lattice jib and guy rods placed on the lattice sections is prohibited!
Support lattice jib properly during the assembly and disassembly with stable materials!
Note
For two intermediate sections 6 m, one 12 m long intermediate section can be installed.
The following lattice jib lengths can be assembled:
Total length 42 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G4+G5+G6+G7
Total length 36 m
Total length 30 m
5.03 LIEBHERR 783

B108452
784 LIEBHERR 5.03

Total length 24 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G2+G4+G5+G7
Total length 18 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G4+G5+G7
Total length 12 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G4+G7
Total length 6m
Lattice sections G1+G4+G7
5.03 LIEBHERR 785

B195219
786 LIEBHERR 5.03

2 Assembly of the fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
personal protective equipment must be attached in the corresponding fastening points on the
crane (see chapter 2.06).
If any fall arresters (railings) are installed, then they must be brought in position for assembly /
disassembly and secured. See chapter 2.06.
WARNING
The lattice sections can fall down!
If the lattice sections are not pinned and secured correctly, then the lattice sections can fall down and
fatally injure personnel.
Do not stand under the lattice sections or within the entire danger zone during the pinning and
unpinning procedure of the lattice jib!
Support the lattice jib with suitable sturdy materials during assembly and disassembly.

– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side in horizontal position.
– An auxiliary crane is available.
– The TN/TF-adapter is installed on the telescopic boom, see 5.51.
5.03 LIEBHERR 787

B108448
788 LIEBHERR 5.03

2.1 Swinging the rope guide pulley on the TF-adapter into operating
position
WARNING
Failure of manual rope winch or rope!
If the rope guide pulley 5 is lifted with a non-functioning manual rope winch 8 or with a damaged rope,
then it can fold down uncontrolled and severely injure personnel!
Swinging the rope guide pulley 5 is only permissible with a fully functioning manual rope
winch 8 and rope!
Carry out a visual function check on the manual rope winch 8 and rope of the manual rope
winch 8, see chapter 5.01 in the Crane operating instructions.
Release the transport retainer for the rope guide pulley 5: Release and unpin the pins 6.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When swinging the rope guide pulley 5, personnel can be severely injured!
It is prohibited to remain within the swing range as well as the complete danger zone of the rope
guide pulley 5!
Swing the rope guide pulley 5 with the manual rope winch 8 into operating position.
or
Swing the rope guide pulley 5 with the auxiliary crane into operating position: Attach the auxiliary
crane on the eyehook 9.
Pin the rope guide pulley 5 in operating position: Insert the pin 10 and secure with spring
retainer 11.
5.03 LIEBHERR 789

B110227
790 LIEBHERR 5.03

2.2 Assembling the fixed lattice jib

Set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart.
WARNING
If the lattice sections are not pinned and secured correctly, then the lattice jib can fall down and fatally
injure personnel!
Pin or unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Insert the collar pins 1 from the outside to the inside!
Pin and unpin the double cone pins 3 from the outside to inside!
Always use the double cone pins on the lower horizontal level of the lattice jib!
Secure all pins!
Disassemble and remove the guy rods on the intermediate sections before crane operation!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
At assembly, due to oscillation of the TF-adapter G1, the lattice sections or the N-head G7, hands can
be crushed or even severed!
Make sure that the TF-adapter G1, the lattice sections and the N-head G7 do not swing during
assembly!
Note
In TYVEF-operation, the TF-adapter G1 must be installed on the telescopic boom with eccentric.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the TF-adapter G1 and affix the TF-adapter G1 in the receptacle
bores on the TN/TF-adapter 20.
Pin the TF-adapter G1 with the TN/TF-adapter 20: Insert the collar pins 1 on both sides on top and
secure with spring retainers.
Lower the TF-adapter G1 until the receptacle bores of the TN/TF-adapter 20 and the lower
receptacle bores of the TF-adapter G1 align.
Insert the double cone pins 3 on both sides on the bottom and secure with spring retainers 4.
Remove the guy rods from the intermediate sections.
Assemble the lattice jib to the required length:
Pin the lattice jib with the collar pins 1 on both sides on top and secure with spring retainers 2.
Pin the lattice jib with the double cone pins 3 on both sides on the bottom and secure with spring
retainers 4.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the N-head G7 and affix the N-head G7 in the receptacle bores on
the lattice jib.
Pin the N-head 7 on the lattice jib:
retainers 4.
Lift the assembled lattice jib with the auxiliary crane and affix in the receptacle bores of the
TF-adapter G1.
Pin the assembled lattice jib with the TF-adapter G1:
retainers 4.
5.03 LIEBHERR 791

B110227
792 LIEBHERR 5.03

If necessary:
Raise the lattice jib on the front until the bores for the collar pins 1 align.
Check if all collar pins 1 and double cone pins 3 are pinned correctly and secured.
Note
The lattice sections can also installed individually. The sequence for pinning the lattice sections is
outlined in chapter 5.01.
5.03 LIEBHERR 793

B108455
794 LIEBHERR 5.03

2.3 Reeving in the hoist rope

Release and unpin the right or left pin 12.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Make sure that the hands are not crushed when swinging the counter-pulley in!
Swing the counter pulley 14 to the side.

Run hoist rope over the rope guide pulley 5 and over the rope pulleys 17.
Swing the counter pulley 14 back.
NOTICE
Pin in the pins 12 in such a way that the hoist rope cannot scrape on the pins 12!
Insert the pin 12 and secure with linch pin 13.

Insert the pins 15 and secure with linch pins 16.
5.03 LIEBHERR 795

B108588
796 LIEBHERR 5.03

3 Electrical connections
3.1 Establishing the electrical connections

Establish the electrical connections from the cable drum N-head to the connector box +S930 on the
telescopic boom head:
NOTICE
Damage to the cable drum!
If the plug -X959.A on the cable drum is not unplugged, then it can be damaged when spooling out
the cable drum!
Unplug the plug -X959.A on the cable drum!
Spool the cable out and insert the cable -W959 on the connector box +S930.
Insert the plug -X959.A on the cable drum again.
Install the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-head.
Insert the wind speed sensor*: Insert the plug -B938 into the socket -X938B.
Plug in the flashing beacon*: Insert the plug -X934.S into the socket -X934.B.
Note
The hoist limit switch -S930.X and hoist limit switch* -S931.X on the telescopic boom head must
always be connected to the LICCON system bus.
Remove the hoist limit switch weight on the telescopic boom head.
Pull the hoist limit switch rope 80 and attach with shackle 81 on the fixed point 82.
3.2 Function check of electrical connection

– All electrical connections have been established.
– The LICCON computer system is running.
– The appropriate operating mode is set.
3.2.1 Wind speed sensor*
WARNING
The wind speed can no longer be determined if a defective wind speed sensor* is installed.
Check the function of the wind speed sensor* after every installation.
Manually actuate the wind speed sensor.

Result:
– The icon element “Wind speed” 2.2.1 appears on the monitor.
5.03 LIEBHERR 797

B108588
798 LIEBHERR 5.03

3.2.2 Flashing beacon*

Turn the flashing beacon on.
Perform a visual inspection.
3.2.3 Hoist limit switch

Actuate the hoist limit switch -S960.X manually.
Result:
– The icon element Hoist top 4.1 appears on the monitor.
– The winch turns off.
Note
When replacing or changing the hoist limit switch (HLS), the HLS must have the correct bus
address and the correct software version in order to be detected by the bus system.
5.03 LIEBHERR 799

B110228
800 LIEBHERR 5.03

4 Mechanically adjust the angle of the lattice jib

– The lattice jib is completely assembled, pinned and secured.
– The electrical connections have been established.
– The lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart and pinned with the pulley cart.
– If the roller cart is used, then the ground must be level and of sufficient load bearing capacity
– or the lattice jib is carried along with an auxiliary crane.
4.1 Angle settings

The lattice jib can be operated at an angle of 0°, 20°, 40° and 60°. The adjustments for the
corresponding angle is made via the pins 30.
WARNING
It is strictly prohibited for anyone to stand under the lattice jib or within the entire danger zone
during the angle adjustment!
4.1.1 Angle setting 20°

Release the pins 30 on both sides and unpin from the bores 22.
Insert the pins 30 on both sides into the bores 23 and secure with spring retainers 31.

Insert the pins 30 on both sides into the bores 24 and secure with spring retainers 31.

Insert the pins 20 into the transport retainers and secure with spring retainers 31.
5.03 LIEBHERR 801

B110228
802 LIEBHERR 5.03

4.2 Positioning the lattice jib

DANGER
The lattice jib can fold down uncontrolled!
Never unpin the pins from bores 25 and bores 26!
Unpin the pins 30 only if the lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart or if it is held by an auxiliary
crane!
Insert the pins 30 on both sides into bores 23 and secure with spring retainers 31.
or
Insert the pins 30 on both sides into bores 24 and secure with spring retainers 31.
or
Insert the pins 30 into the transport retainers and secure with spring retainers 31.
Luff the telescopic boom up until the pull brackets are lying against the respective pins and the
lattice jib is being held in position by the pins. If an auxiliary crane is used, then the relative
movement must be carried after.
Remove the pulley cart on the N-head or remove the tackle of the auxiliary crane.
5.03 LIEBHERR 803

B108457
804 LIEBHERR 5.03

5 Erecting the boom
Note
The erection and take down is made with the programmed load charts.

– The lattice jib has been assembled according to the load chart and the Operating instructions.
– The guy rods have been removed from the intermediate sections.
– There are no loose parts on the telescopic boom and the lattice jib.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum,
flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
– For all operating modes with fixed lattice jib and a lattice jib length of F-6.0 m as well as an
angle of 0°, the minimum rope reeving of n = 3 must be observed!
WARNING
Incorrectly assembled or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (pins, spring pins,
ice) can cause accidents!
Do not stand under the lattice sections or within the entire danger zone during the erection and
take down procedure of the lattice jib!
5.1 Luffing the telescopic boom up

Luff the telescopic boom up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
Reeve hoist rope between pulley head on the N-head and the hook block and secure on the fixed
point. See chapter 4.06.
Attach the hoist limit switch weight.
Luff up the telescopic boom until the telescoping release is issued by the LICCON.
Telescope the telescopic boom out to the values specified in the load chart.
5.03 LIEBHERR 805

B108458
806 LIEBHERR 5.03

6 Taking the boom down
Note
The erection and take down is made with the programmed load charts.

6.1 Luffing the telescopic boom down

WARNING
Do not stand under the lattice sections or within the entire danger zone during the erection and
take down procedure of the lattice jib!
NOTICE
Collision of the hook block with the N-head!
During luff down, spool the hoist winch out simultaneously!
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the hook block is laying on the ground.
Remove the hoist limit switch weight and unreeve the hook block.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the N-head is laying on the ground.
5.03 LIEBHERR 807

B110228
808 LIEBHERR 5.03

7 Changing the mechanical lattice jib to 0°

Ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
– The hook block has been removed.
– The hoist limit switch is removed.
– The lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart and pinned with the pulley cart
– or the lattice jib is carried along with an auxiliary crane.
NOTICE
Damage of rope pulleys!
Do not place the lattice jib on the rope pulleys!
The placement surface of the roller cart must be level and of adequate load bearing capacity!
7.1 Changing the mechanical lattice jib

WARNING
It is strictly prohibited for anyone to stand under the lattice jib or within the entire danger zone
during the angle adjustment!
Carefully luff the telescopic boom down until the stop on the pull brackets is reached and if the
auxiliary crane is used, carry the relative movement after.
Result:
– The lattice jib is in the 0° position.
DANGER
Never unpin the pins from bores 25 and bores 26!
Unpin the pins 30 only if the lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart or if it is carried along by an
auxiliary crane.
Release and unpin the pins 30 from bores 23.

or
Release and unpin the pins 30 from bores 24.
or
Remove the pins 30 from the transport retainer.
Insert pins 30 in bores 22 and secure with spring retainers 31.
Remove the pulley cart on the N-head or remove the tackle of the auxiliary crane.
5.03 LIEBHERR 809

B108455
810 LIEBHERR 5.03

8 Disassembly of the fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries.
If any fall arresters (railings) are installed, then they must be brought in position for assembly /
disassembly and secured. See chapter 2.06.
WARNING
Support the lattice jib with suitable sturdy materials during assembly and disassembly.

– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side in the 0° position.
– The hoist limit switch weight is removed.
– The hook block is unreeved.
– The fixed lattice jib is pinned in the 0° position.
8.1 Unreeving the hoist rope

Release and unpin the left or right pin 12.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Make sure that the hands are not crushed when swinging the counter-pulley in!
Swing the counter pulley 14 to the side.

Spool up the hoist rope.
Swing the counter pulley 14 back.
Insert the pin 12 and secure with linch pin 13.
Insert the pins 15 and secure with linch pins 16.
5.03 LIEBHERR 811

B108588
812 LIEBHERR 5.03

8.2 Releasing the electrical connections

Unplug the cable plug of the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-head.
Remove the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-head.
Disconnect the cable -W959A. on the cable drum.
Unplug the cable -W959. on the telescopic boom, roll it up and secure it to prevent it from spooling
out by itself.
Plug cable -W959A. again into the cable drum.
5.03 LIEBHERR 813

B108459
814 LIEBHERR 5.03

8.3 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib

– The N-head of the lattice jib is laying on the ground.
– The lattice jib is pinned and secured in 0° position.
DANGER
The lattice jib can fall down!
If the components (lattice sections, N-head and TF-adapter) are unpinned without being secured with
an auxiliary crane, then the components can fall down and fatally injure personnel!
Do not unpin components (lattice sections, N-head and TF-adapter) until they are secured by the
auxiliary crane!
Unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
Unpin the double cone pins 3 from the outside to the inside!
It is prohibited for anyone to remain under the lattice jib during unpinning!
At disassembly, the lattice sections may not be inclined by more than 4°!
Attach the auxiliary crane to the NA-intermediate section which is pinned on the TF
adapter G1 and secure it to prevent it from falling down.
Release and unpin the double cone pins 3 on both sides.
Release and unpin the collar pins 1 on both sides.
Place the lattice jib down.
Hang the TF-adapter G1 on the auxiliary crane and secure it to prevent it from falling.
Release the double cone pins 3 on the bottom and unpin on both sides.
Tension the tackle until the TF-adapter G1 hangs in the center of gravity.
Release the collar pins 1 on top and unpin on both sides.
Place the TF-adapter G1 down.
Remove lattice jib.
Note
The lattice sections can also removed individually. For the sequence of removal of the lattice
sections, refer to chapter 5.01 in the Crane operating instructions.
5.03 LIEBHERR 815

B108460
816 LIEBHERR 5.03

8.4 Swinging the rope guide pulley on the TF-adapter into transport
position
WARNING
Failure of manual rope winch or rope!
If the rope guide pulley 5 is lowered with a non-functioning manual rope winch 8 or with a damaged
rope, then it can fold down uncontrolled and severely injure personnel!
Swinging the rope guide pulley 5 is only permissible with a fully functioning manual rope
winch 8 and rope!
Carry out a visual function check on the manual rope winch 8 and rope of the manual rope
winch 8, see chapter 5.03 in the Crane operating instructions.
Secure the rope guide pulley 5 with the manual rope winch 8 to prevent it from falling down.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When swinging the rope guide pulley 5, personnel can be severely injured!
It is prohibited to remain within the swing range as well as the complete danger zone of the rope
guide pulley 5!
Unpin the pin 10 and insert it into the bore 19 and secure with spring retainer 11.
Swing the rope guide pulley 5 with the manual rope winch 8 into transport position.
Secure the rope guide pulley 5 in transport position: Insert the pin 6 and secure with spring
retainer 7.
or
Swing the rope guide pulley 5 with the auxiliary crane into transport position: Attach the auxiliary
crane on the eyehook 9.
Swing the rope guide pulley 5 with the auxiliary crane 8 into transport position.
Secure the rope guide pulley 5 in transport position: Insert the pin 6 and secure with spring
retainer 7.
5.03 LIEBHERR 817

027898-03 5.04 Luffing lattice jib -TN
B110441
818 LIEBHERR 5.04

5.04 Luffing lattice jib -TN 027898-03
1 General
1.1 Components of luffing lattice jib, illustration 1

WARNING
Risk of accident if lattice jib is incorrectly assembled!
If the lattice jib is incorrectly assembled, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
The lattice sections and the guy rods must be arranged and assembled as shown in the
separately supplied assembly drawings!
Any other arrangement of the lattice sections and guy rods than specified in the separately
supplied assembly drawings is prohibited!
When assembling the lattice jib, make sure that the lattice sections are installed according to their
descriptions!
Support lattice jib properly during the assembly and disassembly with stable materials!
Descriptions Length Weight

N-assembly unit — 8t
N-pivot section 9.0 m —
NA-intermediate section 6m 0.8 t
NA-intermediate section 12 m 1.4 t
NI-reducer section 1.5 m 0.3 t
NI-intermediate section 6m 0.7 t
NI-intermediate section 12 m 1.3 t
N-head 1.5 m 0.7 t
1.2 Components of the N-assembly unit, illustration 2
Description
1 N-pivot section
2 Fold in head
3 Retainer guard
4 NA frame 1
5 NA frame 2
6 NA frame 3
5.04 LIEBHERR 819

B108605
820 LIEBHERR 5.04

1.3.1 Fastening points N-assembly unit

For fastening points on the N-assembly unit, see illustration 1.


5.04 LIEBHERR 821

B108606
822 LIEBHERR 5.04

1.3.4 Fastening points NI-reducer section

For fastening points on the NI-reducer section, see illustration 4.
1.3.5 Fastening points N-head

For fastening points on the N-head, see illustration 5.


5.04 LIEBHERR 823

B108632
824 LIEBHERR 5.04

1.4 Overview of guy rods to pulley block
1.4.1 Rod combination without NA frame 3, illustration 1
Note
The rod combination without NA frame 3 must be used for the following erection variations:
TN stretched out
TN angled
TYVEN stretched out
TYVEN angled
Description Length
40 Rods on NA frame 2 2070 mm
31 Upper pulley block 535 mm
Total length 2605 mm
1.4.2 Rod combinations with NA frame 3, illustration 2
Note
The rod combination with NA frame 3 must be used for the following erection variations:
TYVEN folded down or folded under
Description Length
63 Rods, NA frame 3 7130 mm
5.04 LIEBHERR 825

B195219
826 LIEBHERR 5.04

2 Assembly of luffing lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly / disassembly work, personnel must be secured with appropriate fall arresters to
prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel can fall and suffer
life-threatening or fatal injuries!
position and secured for assembly / disassembly.
WARNING
injure personnel!
Pin and unpin the double cone pins from the outside to inside!
Insert the collar pins from the outside to the inside!
During the pinning and unpinning procedure of the boom, it is prohibited for anyone to remain
under or on the lattice sections!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
While assembling, hands can be crushed or even severed by swing movements of the components!
Make sure that the components do not swing back and forth during assembly!
DANGER
The components can fall down!
If the corresponding components are disengaged from the auxiliary crane before the corresponding
component is pinned, the corresponding component can fall down and fatally injure personnel!
Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the corresponding component is pinned and secured!

– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side in horizontal position (0°
position).
– The TN/TF-adapter is installed, see chapter 5.51.
5.04 LIEBHERR 827

B108611
828 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.1 Assembly without NA-frame 3
2.1.1 Installing the N-assembly unit, illustration 1 and 2

Attach the auxiliary crane on the N-assembly unit.
Lift the N-assembly unit with the crane.
Result:
– The N-assembly unit hangs slightly at an incline.
Affix the N-assembly unit until the receptacle bores of the fold in head 2 and the upper receptacle
bores of the TN/TF-adapter 7 align.
Pin the fold in head 2 on top with the TN/TF-adapter 7: Insert the collar pins 8 on both sides from
the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers 9.
Lower the N-assembly unit until the receptacle bores of the fold in head 2 and the lower receptacle
bores of the TN/TF-adapter 7 align.
Pin the fold in head 2 on the bottom with the TN/TF-adapter 7: Insert the double cone pins 10 on
both sides from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers 11.
Note
During TYVEN-operation, carry out the installation of the N-assembly unit on the telescopic boom
extension with the eccentric according to section “Assembly with the NA-frame 3”!
DANGER
Danger to life due to falling of the N-pivot section!
Before detaching the N-assembly unit from the auxiliary crane, the retainer guard 3 must be
pinned and secured with the N-pivot section!
Detach the N-assembly unit from the auxiliary crane.

For TN-operation:
Establish the electrical connection from N-pivot section to terminal box on the telescopic boom.
See also section “Establish the electrical connections”.
For TYVEN-operation:
Establish the electrical connection from N-pivot section to the telescopic boom extension with the
eccentric. See also section “Establish the electrical connections”.
Remove the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Swing the railing on the NA-frame 2 into assembly / disassembly position, see Crane operating
Release and unpin the pins 12 on both sides and pin in transport position and secure with linch
pins 13.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the fastening points P1.
Release and unpin the pins 14 on both sides.
Remove and place the guy rods 16 down.
Insert the pins 14 again in the connector brackets and secure with linch pins 15.
Lift the NA-frame 2 5 until the assembly support 18 is hanging over the prism 19.
The lowering procedure of the assembly support 18 into the prism 19 must be monitored by a guide.
Lower the NA-frame 2 5 until the assembly support 18 is laying in the prism 19.
Detach the auxiliary crane.
5.04 LIEBHERR 829

B108612
830 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.1.2 Reeving the auxiliary rope, illustration 3

– The N-assembly unit is pinned with the TN/TF-adapter.
– The pulley blocks are reeved.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 from the assembly winch over the change over pulley 20.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 under the roller 21 over the pin 44 to the rope pulley 22.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 over the rope pulley 22 and to the rope pulley 23.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 over the rope pulley 23 and under the carrier pulley 24.
Note
If the guy rods 16 have been removed, then the auxiliary rope 29 does not have to be guided
under the roller 21 and roller 26!
The carrier pulley 24 must be secured after reeving the auxiliary rope 29 with the ball locking
pin 25!
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 under the roller 26 and under the change over pulley 27.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 over the rope pulley 28 on the telescopic boom head and over the
carrier pulley of the telescopic boom.
Connect the auxiliary rope 29 to the hoist rope 30.
2.1.3 Reeving in the hoist rope
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Always tension the auxiliary rope when spooling it in to prevent slack rope on the hoist rope!
Do not remain in danger area during the assembly procedure!
Do not lift the NA-frames via the rope tension!
Spool the auxiliary rope 29 up and spool the hoist rope 30 out simultaneously.
Pull the hoist rope 30 with the auxiliary rope 29 between the pulleys and rollers to the upper pulley
block 31.
Disconnect the hoist rope 30 from the auxiliary rope 29.
Pin the rope lock 37 on the upper pulley block 31: Insert and secure pin 38.
Hang the hoist rope 30 to the rope lock 37 on the upper pulley block 31.
2.1.4 Release the transport retainers, illustration 4
DANGER
Pins can be ripped off!
If the pins 32 or the pins 34 are not unpinned before getting the upper pulley block 31, then the pins
can be ripped off when getting the upper pulley block 31 and fatally injure personnel!
Release pin 32 and pin 34 and unpin on both sides!
Unpin the pins 32 on both sides and secure in unpinned position on both sides with spring
retainers 33.
Unpin the pins 34 on both sides and insert on both sides in the receptacle 36 and secure with
spring retainers 35.
5.04 LIEBHERR 831

B110442
832 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.1.5 Getting the upper pulley block, illustration 5 and 6

– The hoist rope 30 is reeved.
– All transport retainers on the upper pulley block 31 are released.
NOTICE
Danger of damages to the NA-frames and the hoist rope!
Pull the NA-frames no more than maximum 90° to the rear!
Do not allow slack rope formation!
NOTICE
Collision of the upper pulley block 31!
When pulling the upper pulley block 31 into operating position, the upper pulley block 31 can collide
with the ladder on the counterweight frame and damage components!
Hold the hoist rope 30 tight when pulling the upper pulley block 31 into operating position!
Spool the hoist rope 30 up and spool the control rope 48 out.
Result:
– The NA-frame 2 5 is pulled up.
Pull the upper pulley block 31 to the guy rods 40.

Spool the hoist rope 30 out until the assembly support 18 is laying on the prism 19.
Pin the guy rods 40 with the upper pulley block 31: Insert the pins 42 and secure with spring
retainers 41.
Disengage the hoist rope 30 on the rope lock on the upper pulley block 31.
Pull the hoist rope 30 to the change over pulley 22.
Lower the hoist rope 30 over the change over pulley 22 downward to the NA-frame 1 4.
Insert the pin 44 again and secure with linch pins 45.
Release the carrier roller 24: Unpin the ball locking pin 25.
Remove the hoist rope 30 and close the carrier roller 24 again.
Place the hoist rope 30 on the carrier roller 24.
Secure the carrier roller 24 with the ball locking pin 25.
Take the hoist rope 30 from the change over pulley 27 and close the change over pulley 27.
Secure the change over pulley 27: Insert the pin 46 and secure with linch pin 47.
Place the hoist rope 30 on the change over pulley 27.
Note
If necessary, use the supplied hemp rope to guide the hoist rope 30 between the change over
pulleys 49!
Guide the hoist rope 30 between the change over pulleys 49.
Pull the hoist rope 30 out a few meters between the NA-frame 1 4 and on the side of the N-pivot
section.
5.04 LIEBHERR 833

B110443
834 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.1.6 Unpinning the retainer guard on the N-pivot section, illustration 7

– The guy rods 50 and the brackets 51 are pinned to each other.
The pin 52 is inserted and secured with a spring retainer 53.
Spool the control rope 48 up until the guy rods 50 are stretched.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the N-pivot section 1 is luffed up too far, there is a danger of collision with the relapse retainer 3 or
the fold in head!
Use the assistance of a second person to ensure that the pin 54 is in middle of the elongated hole.
The pin 54 must be relieved and may not be unpinned with force!
Luff the N-pivot section 1 up slightly until the pin 54 is relieved.
DANGER
Risk of accident if the N-pivot section folds down uncontrolled!
Before unpinning the pins 54, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the guy
rods 50!
It is prohibited for any one to stand under the N-assembly during the pinning and unpinning
procedure!

Insert the pin 54 in the receptacle 56 and secure with spring retainer 55.
Install the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Disassemble the guy rod 1200 mm 58 and remove it: Release and unpin the pins 60.
Place the N-pivot section 1 on the ground by spooling out the control rope 48.
5.04 LIEBHERR 835

B108615
836 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.2 Assembly with NA-frame 3

– The TN/TF-adapter is installed, see chapter 5.51.
– The telescopic boom extension with eccentric 62 is installed, see 5.53.
2.2.1 Installing the N-assembly unit, illustration 1 and 2

Attach the auxiliary crane on the N-assembly unit.
Lift the N-assembly unit with the crane.
Result:
– The N-assembly unit hangs slightly at an incline.
Affix the N-assembly unit until the receptacle bores of the fold in head 2 and the upper receptacle
bores of the telescopic boom extension with the eccentric 62 align.
Pin the fold in head 2 with the telescopic boom extension with eccentric 62 on top: Insert the collar
pins 8 on both sides from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers 9.
Lower the N-assembly unit until the receptacle bores of the fold in head 2 and the lower receptacle
bores of the telescopic boom extension with the eccentric 62 align.
Pin the fold in head 2 with the telescopic boom extension with eccentric 62 on the bottom: Insert
the double cone pins 10 on both sides from the outside to the inside and secure with spring
retainers 11.
DANGER
Danger to life due to falling of the N-pivot section!
Before detaching the N-assembly unit from the auxiliary crane, the retainer guard 3 must be
pinned and secured with the N-pivot section!
Detach the N-assembly unit from the auxiliary crane.

Establish the electrical connection from N-pivot section to terminal box on the telescopic boom.
See also section “Establish the electrical connections”.
Remove the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Swing the railing on the NA-frame 2 into assembly / disassembly position, see Crane operating
Release and unpin the pins 12 on both sides and pin in transport position and secure with linch
pins 13.
Note
The guy rods 16 for the NA-frame 3 may not be removed during TYVEN-operation, when it is
erected folded down or folded under!

Lift the NA-frame 2 5 until the assembly support 18 is hanging over the prism 19.
Lower the NA-frame 2 5 until the assembly support 18 is laying in the prism 19.
5.04 LIEBHERR 837

B110225
838 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.2.2 Getting the upper pulley block, illustration 3 and 4
Note
The assembly procedures “reeve the auxiliary rope”, “reeve the hoist rope” and “release the
transport retainer” must be carried out according to section “assembly without NA-frame 3”!

– The hoist rope 30 is reeved.
– All transport retainers on the upper pulley block 31 are released.
NOTICE
NOTICE
When pulling the upper pulley block 31 into operating position, the upper pulley block 31 can collide
Hold the hoist rope 30 tight when pulling the upper pulley block 31 into operating position!
Spool the hoist rope 30 up and spool the control rope 48 out.
Result:
– The NA-frame 2 5 is pulled up.
Pull the upper pulley block 31 to the guy rods 63.

Spool the hoist rope 30 out until the assembly support 18 is laying on the prism 19.
Pin the guy rods 63 with the upper pulley block 31: Insert the pins 64 and secure with spring
retainers 65.
Disengage the hoist rope 30 on the rope lock on the upper pulley block 31.
Remove the rope lock on the upper pulley block 31.
Pull the hoist rope 30 to the change over pulley 22.
Lower the hoist rope 30 over the change over pulley 22 downward to the NA-frame 1 4.
Insert the pin 44 again and secure with linch pins 45.
WARNING
The NA-frame 3 can fold backward uncontrolled!
The rope of the manual winch 70 must be tensioned! Otherwise the NA-frame 3 6 can fold
uncontrolled to the rear when luffing up and kill personnel!
Check if the rope of the manual winch 70 is tensioned!
Unpin the NA-frame 3 6: Release and unpin the pins 66.

Insert the pin 66 into the receptacle and secure with linch pin 67.
Release the carrier roller 24: Unpin the ball locking pin 25.
5.04 LIEBHERR 839

B110225
840 LIEBHERR 5.04

Remove the hoist rope 30 and close the carrier roller 24 again.
Place the hoist rope 30 on the carrier roller 24.
Take the hoist rope 30 from the change over pulley 27 and close the change over pulley 27.
Secure the change over pulley 27: Insert the pin 46 and secure with linch pin 47.
Place the hoist rope 30 on the change over pulley 27.
Note
If necessary, use the supplied hemp rope to guide the hoist rope 30 between the change over
pulleys 49!
Guide the hoist rope 30 between the change over pulleys 49.
Pull the hoist rope 30 out a few meters between the NA-frame 1 4 and on the side of the N-pivot
section.
5.04 LIEBHERR 841

B108617
842 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.2.3 Unpinning the retainer guard on the N-pivot section, illustration 5

– The guy rods 50 and the brackets 51 are pinned to each other.
The pin 52 is inserted and secured with a spring retainer 53.
– The guy rods 73 for operation with the NA-frame 3 6 are installed.
– The NA-frame 3 6 is unpinned from the NA-frame 2 5.
Spool the control rope up until the guy rods 50 are stretched.
WARNING
The NA-frame 3 can fold backward uncontrolled!
The rope of the manual winch 70 must be tensioned! Otherwise the NA-frame 3 6 can fold
uncontrolled to the rear when luffing up and kill personnel!
It is prohibited for anyone to remain under the NA-frame 3 6 and within the entire danger zone!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the N-pivot section 1 is luffed up too far, there is a danger of collision with the relapse retainer or the
fold in head!
Use the assistance of a second person to ensure that the pin 54 is in middle of the elongated hole.
The pin 54 must be relieved and may not be unpinned with force!
Luff the N-pivot section 1 up slightly until the pin 54 is relieved.
DANGER
Before unpinning the pins 54, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the guy
rods 50!
It is prohibited for any one to stand under the N-assembly during the pinning and unpinning
procedure!

Install the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Lower the NA-frame 3 6 with the manual winch 70 until the NA-frame 3 6 is lying on the stop 72.
Spool the manual winch 70 out until the pin 68 is relieved.
Unpin the pulley block 71: Release and unpin the pins 68.
Pin the pulley block 71 on in Park position P3: Insert the pin 68 and secure with spring retainer 69.
Place the N-pivot section 1 on the ground.
5.04 LIEBHERR 843

B108618
844 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.3 Assembly by closing the lattice jib
2.3.1 Assembling the lattice sections, illustrations 1 and 2
WARNING
injure personnel!
Do not stand under the booms or within the entire danger zone during the boom pinning and
unpinning procedure!
Support the lattice jib with suitable sturdy materials during assembly and disassembly!

– The guy rods 50 are pinned on the N-pivot section.
– The N-head 78 is placed in the roller cart at assembly of the lattice jib.
Unpin the first lattice section to the N-assembly unit on top on both sides: Insert the collar
pin 74 from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainer 75.
Assemble the remaining lattice jib and guy rods to the required length, illustration 1.
If necessary:
Install auxiliary guying between the lattice jib and the guy rods, see separately supplied Assembly
drawings.
Lift the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane on the N-head and position the roller cart under the
N-head.
Place the lattice jib in the roller cart and pin the N-head with the roller cart, see chapter 5.61.
WARNING
When closing the lattice jib, a force of less than 8 t must be shown on the lattice jib guying (test
point F2) 26.1!
If the force is exceeded, there is no shut off!
The luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1) 25.1 must be under 100%!
Pull the N pivot section 1 up until the lattice jib can be pinned at the bottom.
Pin the N-pivot section 1 with the lattice jib on both sides on the bottom: Insert the double cone
pins 76 from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainers 77.
5.04 LIEBHERR 845

B108618
846 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.3.2 Assembling the guy rods, illustrations 2 and 3
Note
The guy rods are placed and secured for transport on the intermediate sections. The transport
retainers must be released for the guy rod assembly!
The guy rods must be installed and secured according to the separately supplied assembly
drawings. The numbering on the assembly drawing must be compared to the numbering on the
guy rod!
For a lattice jib length of N-12 m, the guy rod 1200 mm and the guy rod 1800 mm must also be
installed!
For a lattice jib length of N-18 m, the 1800 mm guy rod must additionally be installed!
For a lattice jib length of N-24 m, the 1200 mm guy rod must additionally be installed!

– The lattice jib is pinned and secured on both sides on top and bottom with the N-pivot section.
Spool the control rope out and relieve the guy rods 50.
Assemble the guy rods from the N-head 78 to the NA-frame 1 4 according to the lattice jib length,
pin and secure.
DANGER
If the pin 52 is unpinned before the lattice jib is pinned with the N-pivot section 1, then the lattice jib
falls down and can fatally injure personnel!
Do not unpin the pin 52 until the lattice jib is pinned on top and bottom with the N-pivot section 1!
Pin the guy rods on the lattice jib with the guy rods 50: Insert the pins 80 and secure with linch
pins 81.
Unpin the guy rod 50 on the N-pivot section 1: Release and unpin the pins 52.
Insert the pins 52 in the receptacle 79 and secure with spring retainers 53.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the extendable railing beams on the TN/TF-adapter are not pushed in, then they can collide with
the NA-frame 2 during crane operation!
Push the extendable railing beams on the TN/TF-adapter in, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 2.06.
5.04 LIEBHERR 847

B108637
848 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.3.3 Checking the replenishing pressure with “luffing lattice jib placed in pulley
cart”
Check the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder before crane operation with the luffing lattice
jib.
Note
When the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is in a permissible range, then the
icon 2.1 and the bar display for the actual pressure 1.2 are shown in green.
When the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is in a impermissible range, then the
icon 2.1 and the bar display for the actual pressure 1.2 are shown in red. In addition, an error
message is issued.
Crane operation with luffing lattice jib and impermissible replenishing pressure in the relapse
cylinder is not possible.

– The luffing lattice jib is fully assembled.
– The luffing lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart.
– The LICCON overload protection is in the “crane operating” program.
Note
If the telescopic boom is not luffed up, then the icon 2.1 is shown in green but the bar display for
the actual pressure 1.2 is shown in red. This does not mean that the replenishing pressure in the
relapse cylinder is impermissible! The replenishing pressure for the “luffing lattice jib placed in the
pulley cart” can only be checked if the “relapse cylinder is in test position”.
Luff the luffing lattice jib up to the shut off point.

Result:
– The relapse cylinder is now in test position.
Press the function key F4 and show the field “Test the replenishing pressure in the relapse
cylinder”.
Check if the bar display of the actual pressure 1.2 is in the permissible display range 1.1 and
shown in green.
Tension the guy rods.
5.04 LIEBHERR 849

B108619
850 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.4 Flying assembly of lattice jib

If the space requirements at the job site for the assembly of the lattice jib are restricted or limited by
buildings, then flying assembly of the lattice jib is possible.
Note
For flying assembly, the lattice sections can be assembled in pieces or the completely installed
lattice jib can be assembled with an auxiliary crane on the N-pivot section 1!
If the lattice sections are installed or removed in sections, then the assembly sequence and the
disassembly sequence must be observed as described in chapter 5.01!
Observe the notes and danger notes in section “Closing assembly of the lattice jib”!
WARNING
For flying assembly of the lattice jib, a force of less than 27 t must be shown on the lattice jib
guying (test point F2) 26.1!
For flying assembly of the lattice jib, the luffing cylinder pressure (measuring point F1) 25.1 must
be below 100 %!
The maximum permissible lattice jib length for the TN assembly in flying mode is 54 m !

– The crane is supported on wide support base and horizontally aligned.
– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side in horizontal position (0°
position).
– The N-pivot section 1 is luffed in 0° position.
– A minimum of 50 t counterweight is assembled on the turntable.
– The guy rods 50 are pinned on the N-pivot section.
– The pin 54 on the mechanical relapse retainer has been released and unpinned.
WARNING
injure personnel!
Assemble the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane: Insert the collar pins 74 on both sides and secure
with spring retainers 75.
Assemble the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane: Insert the double cone pins 76 on both sides on
the bottom and secure with spring retainers 77.
5.04 LIEBHERR 851

B108619
852 LIEBHERR 5.04

Assemble the guy rods according to the lattice jib length, pin and secure, see section “Assembling
the guy rods”.
DANGER
If the pins 52 are unpinned without the lattice jib being held by the auxiliary crane, then the lattice jib
falls down and can fatally injure personnel!
Do not unpin the pins 52 until the lattice jib is pinned on top and bottom with the N-pivot
section 1 and held by an auxiliary crane!
Attach the auxiliary crane onto the lattice section and secure it to prevent it from falling.
Pin the guy rods on the lattice jib with the guy rods 50, see section “Assembling the guy rods”:
Unpin the guy rods 50 on the N-pivot section 1: Release and unpin the pins 52.
Tension the guy rods by luffing the telescopic boom up or by luffing the lattice jib down.
DANGER
Do not detach the auxiliary crane until lattice jib is being held by the guy rods!
Crane operation with luffing lattice jib is only possible with permissible replenishing pressure in the
relapse cylinder.
Check if the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is permissible, see section “Check the
replenishing pressure with luffing lattice jib placed in the roller cart”.
5.04 LIEBHERR 853

B108620
854 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.5 Installing the hoist rope

– The lattice jib and the guy rods are correctly assembled and secured.
– The hoist rope 30 is on the N-pivot section 1.
Release the roller 83 on both sides: Release and unpin the pins 84.
Swing the roller 83 down.
Secure the roller 83 in down position: Insert the pins 84 on both sides into bores 86 and secure
Release and unpin the rope retaining pins on the change over pulleys.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 over the rope pulley 87, the roller 88 and the rope pulley 89 on the
telescopic boom.
Guide the auxiliary rope 29 to the N-head and over the rope pulley 90 and the rope pulley 91 to
the hoist rope 30.
Connect the auxiliary rope 29 to the hoist rope 30.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Do not enter the danger area when pulling in the hoist rope 30!
No excessive tension may be built up!
Pay attention to cable routing!
Spool the auxiliary rope 29 up and spool the hoist rope 30 out simultaneously.
Pull the hoist rope 30 over the rope pulleys of the N-head, depending on required reeving.
Note
This ensures that enough hoist rope 30 is available for reeving the hook block later!
WARNING
Danger if hoist rope falls down!
If the hoist rope 30 is not secured before erection, then there is the danger that the hoist rope 30 falls
down during erection!
Attach the hoist rope 30 on the pulley block of the lattice jib.
Insert all rope retaining pins and secure.

Release the roller 83 on both sides: Release and unpin the pins 84.
Swing the roller 83 upwards.
Pin the roller 83 in upper position: Insert the pins 84 on both sides and secure with spring
retainers 85.
5.04 LIEBHERR 855

B108621
856 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.6 Establishing the electrical connections
Description of connector box

Installation location Description
Telescopic boom head +S930
N-pivot section +S950
N-head +S960
Make electrical connection from N-pivot section to telescopic boom head: Plug the
cable W950 into the socket -X937.B.
Establish the electrical connection from the cable drum on the N-head to the N-pivot section:
NOTICE
If the plug -X959.A on the cable drum is not unplugged, then it can be damaged when spooling out
the cable drum!
Spool the cable W959 on the cable drum out and plug it into the switch box +S950.
Install the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-head.
Plug the adapter* with the plug -X933.S into the socket -X963.B.
Plug the wind speed sensor* into the socket -X938.B.
Plug the beacon* into the socket -X934.B.
Note
The hoist limit switch -S930.X and hoist limit switch* -S931.X on the telescopic boom head must
always be connected to the LICCON system bus.
Remove the hoist limit switch weight on the telescopic boom head!
Pull the hoist limit switch rope 92 and attach with shackle 93 on the fixed point 94!
2.7 Function check of electrical connection

– All electrical connections have been established.
– The LICCON computer system is running.
– The appropriate operating mode is set.
5.04 LIEBHERR 857

B108622
858 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.7.1 Wind speed sensor*
WARNING
The wind speed can no longer be determined if a defective wind speed sensor* is installed!
Check the function of the wind speed sensor* after every installation!
Manually actuate the wind speed sensor.

Result:
– The icon element “Wind speed” 2.2.1 appears on the monitor.
2.7.2 Flashing beacon*

Turn the flashing beacon on.
2.7.3 Oscillation guard
DANGER
Danger of tipping over if the oscillation guard is hard to move!
If the oscillation guard 95 is hard to move, the mechanical relapse retainer will no longer function. The
luffing lattice jib can tip backwards uncontrolled and cause the crane to topple over!
Crane operation with hard to move oscillation guard 95 is prohibited!
Check the oscillation guard 95 for easy movement.
2.7.4 Limit switch - General
Note
The limit switch functions have to be checked individually before erection!
In the test system, the functions of the limit switch initiators must be checked as described in the
separate “Diagnostics manual”!
The limit switch initiators are checked manually as follows!
2.7.5 Hoist limit switch

When replacing or changing the hoist limit switch (HES), the HES must have the correct bus address
and the correct software version in order to be recognized again by the bus system (LSB).
Manually operate hoist limit switch.
Result:
– The icon appears on the LICCON monitor.
– The spool up function of the hoist winch turns off.
5.04 LIEBHERR 859

B108622
860 LIEBHERR 5.04

2.7.6 Limit switch luffing lattice jib, “steepest” position, relapse cylinder
Cover the limit switch initiators individually with a metal plate. See chapter 8.12.
Result:
– The spool up function of the control winch turns off.
2.7.7 Limit switch luffing lattice jib “lowest position”

Cover the limit switch initiators “lowest” position individually with a metal plate. See chapter 8.12.
Result:
– The spool out function of the control winch turns off.
Note
As soon as the limit switch “NA-frame 3” is active, the limit switch “luffing lattice jib, lowest
position” is bypassed!
2.7.8 Limit switch luffing lattice jib, “steepest” position, mechanical relapse support
Cover the limit switch initiators individually with a metal plate.
Result:
– The spool up function of the control winch turns off.
5.04 LIEBHERR 861

B108638
862 LIEBHERR 5.04

3 Erection
3.1 Prerequisites for erection

WARNING
Overload or toppling the crane!
If the following conditions are not met before erecting the boom, the crane can topple over and fatally
injury personnel!
Incorrectly assembled or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (hoist rope, pins, spring
retainers, ice etc.) can cause accidents!
Observe the Safety technical notes, see the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.01!
Always erect or take down according to the data in the Erection and take down charts!
For all operating modes with luffing lattice jib and lattice jib lengths N-12 m , the specified
minimum rope reeving n = 4 and the minimum hook block weight 3 t must be observed!
minimum rope reeving n = 2 and the minimum hook block weight 1.5 t must be observed!
During erection and take down it is prohibited for anyone to remain under the boom as well as
within the entire danger zone!
It is not permitted to turn the crane during erection!

– The hoist rope is secured with the auxiliary rope or the hook block is reeved.
– The N-head is pinned with the roller cart.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drums,
flashing beacon, winding speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
– The LICCON overload protection settings have been compared with the current crane
configuration.
– The replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is within a permissible range.
3.2 Erection and take-down charts

5.04 LIEBHERR 863

B108641
864 LIEBHERR 5.04

3.3 Erection stretched without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 3

WARNING
Always adhere to specifications in erection and take down charts!
WARNING
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no protection against crane overload!
In the event of improper use, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or the crane can topple
over!
All LICCON overload protection displays remain functional!
The bypass of the overload protection is only permitted for assembly purposes!
The bypass key button D may only be actuated by persons who are aware of the effects of their
acts regarding the bypass of the overload protection!
Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of the crane supervisor and must be
performed with utmost caution!
Crane operation with bypassed overload safety device is prohibited!
Turn the bypass key button D to the right (self-retaining).

Result:
– The Assembly icon 1.3 on the LICCON monitor blinks.
– The flashlight on the crane front of the cab blinks yellow.
WARNING
When erecting the lattice jib, the luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1) 25.1 must be less than
100 %!
Luff the telescopic boom up until an angle of at least 10° is reached between the telescopic boom
and the lattice jib, illustration 1.
Spool the control rope up and tension the guy rods.
5.04 LIEBHERR 865

B108641
866 LIEBHERR 5.04

Remove the roller cart from N-head.

Reeve hook block properly and attach the hoist limit switch weight.
Note
When luffing the telescopic boom up, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
then the bypass of the overload protection is shut off!
The Assembly icon 1.3 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
Luff the telescopic boom up until the limit position Telescopic boom steep is reached, illustration 2.
If a shut off is shown with a LICCON message “Flap not in position and angle threshold
exceeded”:
Luff the luffing lattice jib down until the pendulum for the pendulum retainer is cleared and then luff
the telescopic boom up to 81° to 83°.
If a shut off occurs due to the load chart (luffing lattice jib on top) and the telescopic boom is not
completely luffed up:
Luff the luffing lattice jib down and then luff the telescopic boom up to 81° to 83°.
When the telescopic boom is luffed up completely:
Luff the luffing lattice jib up until a shut off occurs due to the load chart (upper limit angle luffing
lattice jib).
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
To avoid a collision between the hook block and the pulley head when telescoping the telescopic
boom out, the hoist winch must be spooled out!
Telescope the telescopic boom out and hold the luffing lattice jib in a permissible angle window
while doing so, illustration 3.
Luff the lattice jib to operating position.
5.04 LIEBHERR 867

B108639
868 LIEBHERR 5.04

3.4 Erection, angled without NA-frame 3
3.4.1 General, illustration 1 and 2
WARNING
The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight.
Spool the control winch out in such a way that the guy rods sag slightly. The lattice jib guying (test
point F2) 26.1 must show a force of between 3 t and 8 t.
WARNING
over!

Result:
WARNING
As long as the N-head is laying on the ground or in the pulley cart, a force between 3 t and
8 t must be shown on the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1!
100 %!
Luff the telescopic boom up and simultaneously spool out control winch to keep the lattice jib on
the ground. Carry out this procedure until the end position telescopic boom steep is reached or the
limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off.
5.04 LIEBHERR 869

B108640
870 LIEBHERR 5.04

3.4.2 When the limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off, illustration 3 to 5
Luff the lattice jib up until the N-head lifts off the ground, illustration 3.
Erect the lattice jib until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib top” turns off, illustration 4.
Note
exceeded”:
Luff the luffing lattice jib up until a shut off occurs due to the load chart (luffing lattice jib top).
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
while doing so.
5.04 LIEBHERR 871

B108646
872 LIEBHERR 5.04

3.4.3 When the telescopic boom is erected on end position steep, illustration 2
Unpin the roller cart on the N-head.
Luff the luffing lattice jib up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
Note
When luffing the luffing lattice jib up, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
Erect the lattice jib until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib top” turns off.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
while doing so.
5.04 LIEBHERR 873

B108642
874 LIEBHERR 5.04

4 Crane operation
Note
The notes in chapter 4.05 Crane Operation and chapter 4.08 Working with a Load must be
observed!
Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation!
checked and reset, if necessary, before resuming crane operation!
If a load is attached, the crane may not be turned off!
Before turning the crane off, set the luffing lattice jib to a lattice jib angle between 10° and 40° !

configuration.
– The bypass key button D is turned off.
The LICCON overload protection is active.
WARNING
If the bypass key button D is turned on, the hoist limit switch and the LICCON overload protection is
bypassed!
can topple over!
Crane operation with the bypass key button D turned on is strictly prohibited!
4.1 Telescoping
WARNING
Telescoping out and in with installed lattice jib is permissible at a telescopic boom angle of 81° to
83°!
The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal where the LICCON control issues the
telescoping release!
Telescoping out and in with a suspended load is prohibited!
Telescope to the telescopic boom length specified in the load chart.
5.04 LIEBHERR 875

B108645
876 LIEBHERR 5.04

5 Take down
5.1 Take down stretched without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 3

– The telescopic boom is luffed down to 82° and fully telescoped in.
– The lattice jib is luffed up to the shut off (upper limit angle luffing lattice jib), illustration 1.
WARNING
During luff down, the angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib is reduced!
The angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib may not be less than 10°. Spool the
control winch out accordingly!
When luffing the lattice jib down, the hoist winch must be spooled out at the same time to prevent
the hook block from colliding with the N-head.
During take down, turning it is not permitted!
Luff the telescopic boom down until the LICCON overload protection shuts the luffing movement
off.
WARNING
over!

Result:
1.) The Assembly icon 1.1 on the LICCON monitor blinks.
2.) The flashlight on the crane front of the cab blinks yellow.
3.) When the end of the load chart is reached, the Assembly icon 1.1 and the Assembly
icon 1.3 appears blinking in the LICCON monitor.
5.04 LIEBHERR 877

B108645
878 LIEBHERR 5.04

Lower boom until hook block touches the ground.

Unreeve the hook block and attach the hoist rope on the N-head.
Assemble the pulley cart on the N-head.
WARNING
The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight!
The guy rods must hang through slightly!
WARNING
When taking down the lattice jib, the luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1) 25.1 must be less
than 100%!
Luff the telescopic boom down all the way and spool the control winch up.
Result:
– The lattice jib rolls on the ground, illustration 2 and illustration 3.
5.04 LIEBHERR 879

B108643
880 LIEBHERR 5.04

5.2 Take down angled without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 4

WARNING
The radii specified in the load chart may neither fall below nor exceed the specified loads!
Luff the lattice jib down until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off or the N-head is just
above the ground, illustration 1.
WARNING
over!

Result:
If necessary:
Luff the telescopic boom down until the N-head is just above the ground, illustration 2.
5.04 LIEBHERR 881

B108644
882 LIEBHERR 5.04

WARNING
WARNING
When the N-head is laying on the ground or in the pulley cart, a force between 3 t and 8 t must be
shown on the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1!
than 100%!
Luff the telescopic boom down all the way and spool the control winch up.
Result:
5.04 LIEBHERR 883

B195219
884 LIEBHERR 5.04

6 Disassembly of the luffing lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and suffer
life-threatening or fatal injuries.
crane (see chapter 2.06)!
WARNING
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
During disassembly, hands can be crushed or even severed due to swing movements of the
components!
Make sure that the components do not swing back and forth during disassembly!
WARNING
If the corresponding component is unpinned without being secured by an auxiliary crane, the
corresponding component can fall down and fatally injure personnel!
Do not unpin the components until they are secured by an auxiliary crane!

– The telescopic boom and the lattice jib are fully luffed down.
5.04 LIEBHERR 885

B108621
886 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.1 Releasing the electrical connections
Description of connector box

Installation location Description
Telescopic boom head +S930
N-pivot section +S950
N-head +S960
Unplug the cable plug of the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the adapter*.
Remove the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-head.
Unplug the adapter* on the N-head.
Disconnect the electrical connection from the cable drum on the N-head to the N-pivot section:
NOTICE
If the plug -X959.A on the cable drum is not unplugged, then it can be damaged when spooling up the
cable drum!
Unplug the cable W959 on the N-head, roll it up and secure the cable drum to prevent it from
spooling out inadvertently.
Release the electrical connection from N-pivot section to telescopic boom head: Unplug the
cable W950 from the socket -X937.B.
5.04 LIEBHERR 887

B108623
888 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.2 Removal of the guy rods, illustrations 1 to 3

Spool the control rope out until the guy rods are laying on the lattice jib.
Pin the guy rods 50 with the N-pivot section 1: Insert the pin 52 and secure with spring retainer 53,
see figure 2.
Spool the control winch up until the guy rods 50 are tensioned, illustration 2.
DANGER
Before unpinning the lattice jib, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is pinned with the guy
rods 50 and the guy rods 50 are tensioned!
The pins 52 must be pinned and secured with spring retainers 53.
Unpin the guy rods of the lattice jib from the guy rods 50: Release and unpin the pins 80.
WARNING
When the lattice jib is unpinned, a force of less than 8 t must be shown on the lattice jib guying
(test point F2) 26.1!
Unpin the N-pivot section 1 on the bottom on both sides: release the double cone pins 76 and
unpin from the outside to the inside, illustration 2.
Place the lattice jib on the ground, illustration 3.
Unpin the N-pivot section 1 on top on both sides: Release and unpin the collar pins 74.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the N-head and secure it to prevent it from falling down.
Remove the N-head on the roller cart.
Lift the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane on the N-head and remove the roller cart.
Place the lattice jib on the ground.
Remove the lattice sections and guy rods and secure the guy rods on the lattice sections.
5.04 LIEBHERR 889

B110444
890 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.3 Disassembly without NA-frame 3
6.3.1 Pinning the retainer guard on the N-pivot section, illustration 1

Install the guy rod 1800 mm 59 on the N-pivot section 1: Insert the pins 60 and secure with spring
retainers 61.
retainers 61.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the N-pivot section 1 is luffed up too far, there is a danger of collision on the fold in head!
Spool the control winch 48 up until the pin 54 for the relapse retainer 3 can be pinned.
Pin the relapse retainer 3 with the N-pivot section 1: Insert the pin 54 and secure with spring
retainer 55.
WARNING
Before continuing disassembly, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the retainer
guard 3.
Check if the retainer guard 3 is correctly pinned and secured with the N-pivot section 1.
5.04 LIEBHERR 891

B108625
892 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.3.2 Removing the upper pulley block, illustrations 2 and 3

– The N-pivot section is secured to prevent it from falling down.
– The guy rods are secured.
Spool the control rope 48 out until the assembly support 18 is laying on the prism 19.
Continue to spool the control rope 48 out until the upper pulley block 31 touches.
Pull the hoist rope 30 between the change over pulley 49 to the change over pulley 22.
Remove the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley 28 of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Guide the hoist rope 30 over the back pulley 28 of the telescopic boom head.
Open the change over pulley 27: Release and unpin the pins 46.
Guide the hoist rope 30 under the change over pulley 27.
Close the change over pulley 27: Insert the pin 46 and secure with linch pin 47.
Release the carrier roller 24 and release and unpin the ball locking pin 25.
Guide the hoist rope 30 under the carrier roller 24.
Note
under the roller 21!
Guide the auxiliary rope 30 over the pin 44 and under the roller 21 to the change over pulley 20.
Pull the hoist rope 30 around the change over pulley 20 to the upper pulley block 31.
When the rope lock is not yet assembled:
Pin and secure the rope lock on the upper bore in the upper pulley block 31.
Hang the hoist rope 30 on the rope lock on the upper pulley block 31.
Release the guy rods 40 by spooling up the hoist rope winch.
Unpin the upper pulley block 31 on the guy rod 40 on both sides: Release and unpin the pins 42.
5.04 LIEBHERR 893

B110445
894 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.3.3 Pulling the upper pulley block into transport position, illustration 4 and 5
– The upper pulley block 31 is unpinned on the guy rods.
– The hoist rope is hung on the rope lock 37.
NOTICE
Spool the control rope 48 up and spool the hoist rope 30 out.
Result:
– The upper pulley block 31 is pulled into transport position.
NOTICE
When pulling the upper pulley block 31 into transport position, the upper pulley block 31 can collide
Hold the hoist rope 30 tight when pulling the upper pulley block 31 into transport position!
Spool the upper pulley block 31 in on the upper catch arm 36.1 and pull into transport position!
A guide who is in direct radio contact with the crane operator must monitor the guidance of the
upper pulley block 31 and guide the crane operator!
Do not enter the danger zone!
Pull the upper pulley block 31 into transport position until it can be secured.
Secure the upper pulley block 31 in transport position: Insert the pins 34 on both sides and secure
Secure the lower pulley block in transport position: Insert the pins 32 on both sides and secure
Unhook the hoist rope 30 on the rope lock 37.
Connect the auxiliary rope with the hoist rope 30.
When spooling up the hoist rope 30, hold the hoist rope 30 under slight tension with the aid of the
auxiliary rope.
Spool up hoist rope 30.
Release the auxiliary rope from the hoist rope 30 and spool up.
5.04 LIEBHERR 895

B108627
896 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.4 Disassembly with NA-frame 3
6.4.1 Pinning the retainer guard on the N-pivot section, illustration 1

retainers 61.
retainers 61.
Luff the N-pivot section up to 0°.
Unpin the pulley block 71 on Park position P3: Release and unpin the pins 68.
Pin the pulley block 71 on in NA-frame 3 6: Insert the pin 68 and secure with spring retainer 69.
Spool the manual winch 70 up until the NA-frame 3 6 is placed on the NA-frame 2 5.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the N-pivot section 1 is luffed up too far, there is a danger of collision on the fold in head!
If necessary:
Spool the control winch 48 up until the pin 54 for the relapse retainer 3 can be pinned.
Pin the relapse retainer 3 with the N-pivot section 1: Insert the pin 54 and secure with spring
retainer 55.
WARNING
Before continuing disassembly, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the retainer
guard 3.
Check if the retainer guard 3 is correctly pinned and secured with the N-pivot section 1.
5.04 LIEBHERR 897

B110446
898 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.4.2 Removing the upper pulley block, illustrations 2 and 3

– The N-pivot section is secured to prevent it from falling down.
– The guy rods are secured.
Spool the control rope 48 out until the assembly support 18 is laying on the prism 19.
Continue to spool the control rope 48 out until the upper pulley block 31 touches.
Pin the NA-frame 3 6 and the NA-frame 2 5: Insert the pin 66 on the pin point P4 and secure with
linch pin 67.
Pull the hoist rope 30 between the change over pulley 49 to the change over pulley 22.
Remove the rope retaining pipe on the back pulley 28 of the telescopic boom head, see Crane
Guide the hoist rope 30 over the back pulley 28 of the telescopic boom head.
Open the change over pulley 27: Release and unpin the pins 46.
Guide the hoist rope 30 under the change over pulley 27.
Close the change over pulley 27: Insert the pin 46 and secure with linch pin 47.
Release the carrier roller 24 and release and unpin the ball locking pin 25.
Guide the hoist rope 30 under the carrier roller 24.
Note
under the roller 21!
Guide the auxiliary rope 30 over the pin 44 and under the roller 21 to the change over pulley 20.
Pull the hoist rope 30 around the change over pulley 20 to the upper pulley block 31.
When the rope lock is not yet assembled:
Pin and secure the rope lock on the upper bore in the upper pulley block 31.
Hang the hoist rope 30 on the rope lock on the upper pulley block 31.
Release the guy rods 63 by spooling up the hoist rope winch.
Unpin the upper pulley block 31 on the guy rod 63 on both sides: Release and unpin the pins 64.
Note
Carry out the assembly procedure “Pull upper pulley block into transport position” according to
section “Disassembly without NA-frame 3”!
5.04 LIEBHERR 899

B108629
900 LIEBHERR 5.04

6.5 Removing the N-assembly unit

– The upper pulley block is secured in transport position.
– The hoist rope is unreeved on the N-assembly unit.
Note
If the guy rods 16 were not removed, then the assembly steps for the guy rods 16 are eliminated!

Lift the guy rods 16 and place them on the NA-frame 2 5.
Pin the guy rods 16 with the guy rods of the NA-frame 2 5 on both sides: Insert the pins 14 and
secure with linch pins 15.
Secure the guy rods 16 on both sides: Insert the pins 12 and secure with linch pins 13.
Attach the guide rope 95 on the assembly support 18.
Lift the NA-frame 2 5 until the assembly support 18 swings freely.
When placing the NA-frame 2 5 down, fold the assembly support 18 in with the guide rope 95.
Place the NA-frame 2 5 down and fold the assembly support 18 in.
Remove the guide rope 95 from the assembly support 18.
Swing the railing into transport position, see chapter 2.06.
Hang the auxiliary crane on the N-assembly unit and secure the N-assembly unit to prevent it from
falling down.
Unpin the fold in head 2 on the bottom: Release the double cone pins 10 and unpin from the
outside to the inside.
Tension the tackle until the N-assembly unit hangs in the center of gravity.
Unpin the fold in head 2 on the top on both sides: Release and unpin the collar pin 8.
Place the N-assembly unit onto transport vehicle.
5.04 LIEBHERR 901

027899-03 5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY
B110229
902 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 027899-03
1 General
With this TY guying it is possible to assembly the TY-frames with the own crane. In this, the
TY-frames are pinned by telescoping in with the telescopic boom. Through the installation of the
TY-guying, the load carrying capacity can be increased significantly.
1.1 Components TY-guying
Description Quantity
1 TY-frame, right 1
2 TY-frame, left 1
3 Guy rope 2
4 Guy rods
5 Guy winch 2
6 Erection cylinder 2
7 Control cylinder 2
8 Support 2
9 Change over pulley 2
10 Pull rod 2
11 T-head 1
12 Eccentric 1
1.2 Guy points and guy angle

For various operating modes there are various guy points and guy angles.
Operating mode Guy point Guy angle

TY T-head 35° - 50°
TYVEF Eccentric 35°
TYVEN Eccentric 50° - 55°
5.05 LIEBHERR 903

B110230
904 LIEBHERR 5.05

1.3 Dimensions
Refer to illustration 1.
1.4 Weight
Description Weight
TY-frame, right 6.8 t
TY-frame, left 6.8 t
TY-frames + transport device 14 t

Refer to illustration 2.
For the assembly and disassembly, 4 attachment points are installed on the TY-frames.
Note
If the TY-frames are placed in the transport device 15 and secured, then the TY-frames can be
raised with the transport device 15. In this case, attach only on the outer attachment hooks. Refer
to illustration 3.
5.05 LIEBHERR 905

B110478
906 LIEBHERR 5.05

2 Procedure with installed TY-guying
2.1 General
The crane can be driven with installed TY-frames. This is however only permissible if the folding
brackets 30 are folded down and the “sliding tubes with pulleys 41 ” are pushed in and pinned.
– The TY-frames are pinned and secured to the telescopic boom on both sides.
– The folding brackets 30 are folded down on both sides.
– The supports 8 are folding down and pinned on both sides.
– The “sliding tubes with pulleys 41 ” are pushed in on both sides and pinned.
Place the telescopic boom over the receptacle frame.
Lock the crane superstructure to the crane chassis.
Place the telescopic boom in the receptacle frame.
The “sliding tubes with pulleys 41 ” must lie in the grooves of the plates 43.
The crane can be driven.
2.2 Axle loads when driving with installed TY-guying

When driving with installed TY-guying, the axle loads increase above 12 t. In most countries, these
axle loads are not permitted on public roads!
WARNING
Increased danger when driving with installed TY-guying!
The braking path is longer due to the greater overall weight!
The steering system, service brake, parking brake and retarder no longer meet the regulations!
In most countries, these axle loads are not permitted on public roads!
The service life of all components affected by the increased axle load such as: Brakes, tires,
wheel rims, axles as well as the entire drive, suspension and steering components are reduced!
5.05 LIEBHERR 907

B195219
908 LIEBHERR 5.05

3 Assembly of TY-guying
The assembly and disassembly of the left and right TY-frames is identical.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
During the take down of the TY-frames, personnel can be severely crushed or even killed!
When swinging or folding the respective components, hands can be crushed or pinched!
NOTICE
Danger of collision because of limited turning radius!
When turning the crane superstructure, the lowered TY-frame can collide with the rear of the turntable
or the luffing cylinder.
Install first the right TY-frame and then the left TY-frame!
Lower the luffing cylinder only so far that no collision is possible!
Turn the crane superstructure only so far that a collision between the TY-frame and the rear of the
turntable is not possible!

– The TY-frames are placed down in the transport device.
Note
The self assembly of the TY-guying is permissible on a counterweight of no more than maximum
5 t (counterweight frame + winch 2 or replacement ballast)!
5.05 LIEBHERR 909

B110479
910 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.1 Preparatory work

– The guy rods are secured on the TY-frames to prevent them from falling down.
See section “Placing guy rods in transportation retainer”.
The following procedures are essential, otherwise the telescopic boom can be damaged.
Unpin the folding bracket 30 in transport position: Release the pins 31 and unpin.
Swing the folding bracket 30 into assembly position.
Pin the folding bracket 30 in assembly position: Insert the pin 31 and secure with linch pin 39.
Removing the TY-frames on the transport device.
Attach the own crane on the TY-frame and raise slightly.
Before unpinning the pin 35, hold the support 8 with one hand.
Release and unpin the pin 35.
Swing the support 8 slowly downwards.
Pin the support 8 with pins 40 on both sides and secure with linch pins.
Before unpinning the pins 37, “hold sliding tube with pulley” 41 with one hand.
Release the pins 37 and unpin.
Pull out each “sliding tube with pulley” 41, pin with pins 37 and secure with spring retainers.
3.2 Placing the TY-frames in the receptacles

– The bracket 47 is not installed on the retainer 48.
See section “Bringing the guy rods in transportation retainer”.
See section “Bringing the guy rods in transportation retainer”.
Place the TY-frame down in such a way that the bore of the TY-frame aligns with the centering pin 32.
The “sliding tube with pulley” 41 must lie in the groove of the plate 43.
Using the own crane, place the TY-frame in the centering pin 32 on the receptacle 33.
WARNING
Risk of accident if the TY-frame falls down!
To stop TY-frame from falling while it is being pinned to the telescopic boom, it must be secured
with a retaining plate 42.
Secure the TY-frame with a retaining plate 42: Insert the pins 44 and secure with spring
retainers 45.
5.05 LIEBHERR 911

B110480
912 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.3 Pinning the TY-frame to the telescopic boom

– Preparatory work has been carried out as previously described.
– The TY-frames are placed on the receptacle frames.
– The crane superstructure is positioned forward in travel direction and is locked to the crane
chassis.
– The telescopic boom is above the receptacle frame.
Telescope “telescopic section 2” out by 10 %.
WARNING
Risk of collision!
When luffing the telescopic boom down, a second person must make sure that the telescopic
boom does not collide with the TY-frames!
Placing the telescopic boom in the receptacle frame

Unpin the ball locking pin 52 and ball locking pin 54, see illustration A1.
Release the bracket 57: Remove the spring retainer 51.
Swing the bracket 57 into assembly position.
Center the pins 56 in the bores first.
WARNING
Risk of accident as a result of screws shearing!
To insert the pins 56, push plates are installed on the telescopic boom. In case the preceding
assembly procedures are not carried out properly, the screws on the push plates have predetermined
breaking points.
Nobody is allowed in front of or under the pin location!
It must be ensured that no one can be crushed during the pinning procedure!
The pins 56 must push on the push plates when pinning!
Retract the telescopic boom all the way.

Result:
– The pins 56 are inserted.
Secure the pins 56 when they are pinned: Insert the ball locking pin 52 and ball locking pin 54, see
illustration A2.
WARNING
Risk of accident if the TY-frame falls down!
If the retaining plate 42 is not released, then the TY-frame can topple over when the telescopic boom
is luffed up from the receptacle frame.
Release the TY-frame from the retaining plate 42!
Release the TY-frame from the retaining plate 42: Release and unpin the pins 44, see
illustration B.
5.05 LIEBHERR 913

B110481
914 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.4 Positioning the guy rods into operating position

– The TY-frames are pinned and secured to the telescopic boom.
– The retaining plate 42 is unpinned.
Establish the hydraulic connection for the TY-frame at position B.
Establish the electrical connection for the TY-frame at position B.
Remove chain 90 on the guy rods.
Erect the TY-frames a little. See section “Erecting and placing the TY-frames down”.
Remove the bracket 47 from the retainer 64: Release and unpin the pin 60.
Install the bracket 47 on the retainer 48: Insert the pins 60 and secure with spring retainers 61.
Place the TY-frames down all the way. See section “Erecting and placing the TY-frames down”.
Release the pin 62 from bore 72 and unpin.
Swing the receptacle 73 outward.
Pin the receptacle 73 on the outside: Insert the pin 62 in the bore 71 and secure with linch pin 63.
Unpin the guy rod 76 on the TY-frame: Release and unpin the ball locking pin 74.
Pin the guy rod 76 and guy rod 77 with pins 78 and secure with linch pin 79.
Release the guy rod retainer 80, swing it out and secure it again with spring retainer 81.
DANGER
Risk of accident from guy rods falling down!
The hand lever 84 may only be unpinned and pulled up after the guy rod 76 and guy rod 77 have
been pinned together.

Pull the hand lever 84 upward.
Pin the hand lever 84 in this position: Insert the pin 86 in the bore 85 and secure with linch pin 87.
5.05 LIEBHERR 915

B110482
916 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.5 Swinging the supports into the transport position

Push each “sliding tube with pulley” 41 in and pin with pins 37 and secure with spring retainers.
Fold the support 8 in.
Pin the support 8 with pins 35 and secure with spring retainer 36.
WARNING
Risk of fatal accident if the TY-frames fall down!
The TY-frames can fall down if they are not correctly assembled or if the connections are not secured!
Before operation with the TY-guying, the assembly of the TY-frames must be inspected to ensure
that the installation was carried out correctly!
Check the TY-frames for correct assembly.
5.05 LIEBHERR 917

B110483
918 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.6 Assembling the change over pulleys

– The TY-frames and the guy rods are correctly assembled.
– The TY-frames are fully erected.
Spool the guy winches out a little.
Insert the pin 90 into the receptacle and secure with spring retainer 91.
Activate the respective guy winch, see section “Activating / deactivating the guy winches”.
WARNING
Uncontrolled swinging of the change over pulley!
When pulling the change over pulley 9 from the retainer, the change over pulley 9 can swing back and
forth uncontrolled and severely injure personnel!
It is prohibited for anyone to remain in the oscillation range of the change over pulley 9!
Spool the respective guy winch up and pull the change over pulleys 9 from the retainer, see
section “Activating / deactivating the guy winches”.
Spool the respective guy winch out and affix the change over pulley 9 on the bore of the pull
rod 10.
Pin the twist guard 94 and pull rod 10: Insert the pin 92 and secure with linch pin 93.
Remove the retaining pin 95.
Spool the respective guy winch up and pull the change over pulley 9 up somewhat with the pull
rod 10.
Note
For the assembly of the change over pulley on the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.53.
Swing the pull rod 10 forward and affix on the tension lug 98.
Pin the pull rod 10 with the tension lug 98: Insert the pin 96 and secure with linch pin 97.
Assemble the opposite change over pulley 9 and pull rod 10 accordingly.
Check if the change over pulleys 9 are correctly assembled.
Note
If the change over pulleys 9 are not pinned on a guy point or in transport position and a movement
(erection / take down or telescoping) is carried out, the guy winches spool up.
5.05 LIEBHERR 919

B110487
920 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.7 Activating / deactivating the guy winches
3.7.1 Activating the guy winch A (left)

– The icon “latches are open” 18.2 is shown on the monitor.
Press the function key 431 until the master switch configuration menu appears.
Result:
– The guy winch A (left) is selected.
– The icon 22 appears on the monitor.
3.7.2 Activating the guy winch A (left)

The guy winch A (left) can be actuated via the master switch 1 400.
Press the button 401 and move the master switch 1 400 in direction Y+.
Result:
– The guy winch A (left) spools out.
Press the button 401 and move the master switch 1 400 in direction Y-.
Result:
– The guy winch A (left) spools up.
3.7.3 Deactivating the guy winch A (left)

Press the function key 464 until another master switch configuration menu appears.
Result:
– The guy winch A (left) is no longer selected.
– The icon 22.1 appears on the monitor.
5.05 LIEBHERR 921

B110488
922 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.7.4 Activating the guy winch B (right)

Press the function key 461 until the master switch configuration menu appears.
Press the function key 464 until the master switch assignment 483 “K” is active.
Result:
– The guy winch B (right) is selected.
– The icon 24 appears on the monitor.
3.7.5 Activating the guy winch B (right)

The guy winch B (right) can be activated via the master switch 1 420.
Press the button 421 and move the master switch 1 420 in direction Y+.
Result:
– The guy winch B (right) spools out.
Press the button 421 and move the master switch 1 420 in direction Y-.
Result:
– The guy winch B (right) spools up.
3.7.6 Deactivating the guy winch B (right)

Press the function key 464 until another master switch assignment 483 than “K” is active.
Result:
– The guy winch B (right) is no longer selected.
– The icon 24.1 appears on the monitor.
5.05 LIEBHERR 923

B110141
924 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.8 Opening or closing the latches

– The TY-frames are correctly assembled.
– The change over pulleys are correctly assembled.
3.8.1 Opening the latches

– The icon “open latches” 2.1 is shown on the monitor.
Press the function key F2 and open the latch.
Result:
1.) The icon “latches are opened” 10.1 blinks on the monitor as long as the latches are open.
2.) When the latches are open, the icon “latches opened” 18.2 lights up statically on the monitor.
3.) If the function key F2 is no longer actuated, the icon “open latches 2.1 ” on the monitor changes
to “close latches 2.2 ”.
3.8.2 Closing the latches

– The icon “close latches” 2.2 is shown on the monitor.
Press the function key F2 until the latches close.
Result:
1.) The icon “latches are closed” 10.2 blinks on the monitor as long as the latches are closed.
2.) When the latches are closed, the icon “latches closed” 18.1 lights up statically on the monitor.
3.) If the function key F2 is no longer actuated, the icon “close latches 2.2 ” on the monitor changes
to “open latches 2.1 ”.
Note
Close the latches!
The latches close also automatically at engine stop. It is possible, however, that the latches are not
laying in the base of the tooth.
For that reason, always close the latches via the function key F2!
5.05 LIEBHERR 925

B110142
926 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.9 Erecting or placing down the TY-frames

– The TY-frames are fully folded in (0°-position).
– The telescopic boom is luffed down less than 5°.
3.9.1 Erecting the TY-frames

Press the function key F5 until the TY-frames have reached the operating position.
Result:
1.) The icon “erect TY-frames” 13 appears blinking on the monitor.
2.) When the operating position is reached, the icon “TY-frames fully erected” 21 appears.
When the TY frames are fully erected:

Stop pressing the function key F5.
3.9.2 Placing the TY-frames down

Press the function key F6 and place the TY-frames down.
Result:
– The icon “take down TY-frames” 14 appears blinking on the monitor.
5.05 LIEBHERR 927

B110143
928 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.10 Telescoping the telescopic boom in / out

– The icon “TY-frames fully erected” 21 is shown on the monitor.
– The latches are open, the TY-frames are not guyed.
The icon “latches are open” 18.2 is shown on the monitor.
– The icon “Automatic selected” 23.5 is shown on the monitor.
– The telescopic boom is luffed to an angle where the LICCON overload protection issues the
telescoping release.
– In operating mode without eccentric:
The TY-frames are fully folded in (0°-position).
– In operating mode with eccentric:
The TY-frames are folded out to an angle of 45°.
Note
Telescoping release!
Telescoping the telescopic boom is permitted for the following angles:
0° in operating mode without eccentric!
45° in operating mode with eccentric!
If necessary:
Press the function key F4 and fold the TY-frames out to the respective angle.
Result:
– As long as the function key F4 is pressed, the icon “fold TY-frames out” 12 blinks on the monitor.
Telescope the telescopic boom to the required length.

or
If necessary:
Press the function key F3 and fold the TY-frames in to the respective angle.
Result:
– As long as the function key F3 is pressed, the icon “fold TY-frames in” 11 blinks on the monitor.
Telescope the telescopic boom to the required length.
Note
The telescopic boom must be reguyed after every change of the boom length!
If the telescoping procedure is interrupted for a longer period of time, then the latches must be
closed!
When telescoping, the guy winches must be checked via the camera monitor for the correct
spooling behavior.
5.05 LIEBHERR 929

B110144
930 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.11 Folding the TY-frames out or in

– The latches are open, the TY-frames are not guyed.
The icon “latches are open” 18.2 is shown on the monitor.
3.11.1 General
In icon 19, the TY-frame angle is displayed.
The nominal angle is displayed in the icon 19.2. The nominal angle is the specified angle for the
TY-frames.
The “actual angle left” is displayed in the icon 19.1. The “actual angle left” is the current angle for the
TY-frame A.
The “actual angle right” is displayed in the icon 19.3. The “actual angle right” is the current angle for
the TY-frame B.
3.11.2 Folding the TY frames out into operational position

Press the function key F4 until both TY-frames are folded out to the respective TY-frame angle.
Result:
– As long as the function key F4 is pressed, the icon “fold TY-frames out” 12 blinks on the monitor.
Troubleshooting
The icon “actual angle left” 19.1 or the icon “actual angle right” 19.3 blinks.
TY frames have excessive angle tolerance.
Press the function key F7 and activate or deactivate the corresponding TY-frame.
Press the function key F4 and fold out corresponding TY-frame.
3.11.3 Folding the TY-frames in

Press the function key F3 until both TY-frames are folded in.
Result:
– As long as the function key F3 is pressed, the icon “fold TY-frames in” 11 blinks on the monitor.
Troubleshooting
The icon “actual angle left” 19.1 or the icon “actual angle right” 19.3 blinks.
TY frames have excessive angle tolerance.
Press the function key F7 and activate or deactivate the corresponding TY-frame.
Press the function key F3 and fold the corresponding TY-frame in.
5.05 LIEBHERR 931

B110145
932 LIEBHERR 5.05

3.12 Guying the TY-frames

Note
The telescopic boom can be tensioned and released at any chosen angle within the permitted
radius ranges given in the TY load charts.

– The LICCON overload protection issues a guy release.
– The seat contact switch is activated.
– The TY-frames are folded out to the corresponding TY-frame angle.
– The telescopic boom is telescoped out and pinned to the required length.
– The master switches are not moved during the guying procedure.
NOTICE
Danger of accidents due to change of boom projection radius!
The tensioning and release procedure runs fully automatically. Changing the boom flexation can result
in a change in the boom radius of several meters.
Guying and releasing are only permitted if there are no obstacles within the working area.
Press the function key F1.

Result:
1.) The icon “TY-frames are guyed” 9 appears blinking on the monitor.
2.) As soon as the TY-frames are guyed, the icon 17 appears.
5.05 LIEBHERR 933

B108352
934 LIEBHERR 5.05

4 Crane operation in operating mode TY
4.1 Prerequisites for crane operation TY-guying

– The TY-frames are guyed to the corresponding TY-frame angle.
Note
The TY guying system switches automatically to the assembly or disassembly operation as soon
as the TY-guying is released or the TY-frames are swivelled. In assembly or disassembly
operations, the TY-guying is no longer effective and as a result, the load can no longer be
increased.
Start crane operation.
5.05 LIEBHERR 935

B195219
936 LIEBHERR 5.05

5 Disassembly of TY-guying
The assembly and disassembly of the left and right TY-frames is identical.
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
During the take down of the TY-frames, personnel can be severely crushed or even killed!
When swinging or folding the respective components, hands can be crushed or pinched!
NOTICE
Remove first the left TY-frame and then the right TY-frame!

Note
The self disassembly of the TY-guying is permissible on a counterweight of no more than
maximum 5 t (counterweight frame + winch 2 or replacement ballast)!
5.05 LIEBHERR 937

B110146
938 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.1 Releasing the TY-frames

Note
Instructions for tensioning and releasing in TY-operation
The telescopic boom can be tensioned and released at any chosen angle within the permitted
radius ranges given in the TY load charts.
Tensioning and releasing will change the projection radius!

– The TY-frames are guyed.
– The seat contact switch is activated.
– The TY-frames are folded out to the corresponding TY-frame angle.
– The master switches are not moved during the release procedure.
NOTICE
Danger of accidents due to change of boom projection radius!
The tensioning and release procedure runs fully automatically. Changing the boom flexation can result
in a change in the boom radius of several meters.
Guying and releasing are only permitted if there are no obstacles within the working area.

Result:
1.) The latch is opened and the TY-frames are released.
2.) The icon “latches are opened” 10.1 blinks on the monitor as long as the latches are open.
3.) When the latches are open, the icon “latches opened” 18.2 lights up statically on the monitor.
4.) If the function key F2 is no longer actuated, the icon “open latch” 2.1 on the monitor changes to
“close latch” 2.2.
5.05 LIEBHERR 939

B110483
940 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.2 Assembling the change over pulleys on the retainers

– The TY-frames are not guyed, the latches are open.
– The telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and luffed down.
– The TY-frames are fully erected.
Activate the respective guy winch, see section “Activating / deactivating the guy winches”.
Spool the respective guy winch out somewhat and release the guy rope.
Note
For the disassembly of the change over pulley on the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.53.
WARNING
Uncontrolled swinging of the pull rod and the change over pulley!
The unpinned pull rod 10 and the change over pulley 9 can swing out uncontrolled and severely injure
personnel!
Secure the pull rod 10 and the change over pulley 9 before unpinning to prevent uncontrolled
swing movement!
Unpin the pull rod 10 on the tension lug 98: Release and unpin the pin 96.
Spool the respective guy winch out until the pull rod 10 can be attached on the telescopic boom.
Attach the pull rod 10 on the telescopic boom: Insert the retaining pin 95 and secure with a linch
pin 99.
Unpin the twist guard 94 on the pull rod 10: Release and unpin the pin 92.
Place the change over pulley 9 in the retainer. Spool the respective guy winch out or up to do so.
Pin the change over pulley 9 in the retainer: Insert the pin 90 and secure with spring retainer 91.
Assemble the opposite change over pulley 9 and pull rod 10 accordingly.
NOTICE
Damage to the guy ropes!
Before luffing the TY frames down, the change over pulleys must be assembled on the retainers.
Otherwise the change over pulleys are spooled up uncontrolled when luffing the TY frames down,
which in turn can cause damage to the guy ropes.
Place the TY-frames on the telescopic boom.
5.05 LIEBHERR 941

B110484
942 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.3 Swinging the supports into the assembly position

– The change over pulleys 9 are pinned on both sides in the retainers.
– The TY-frames are placed down in the receptacles.
– The folding brackets 30 are pinned on both sides in assembly position.
Swing the telescopic boom to the side by 90°.
Before unpinning the pin 35, hold the support 8 with one hand.
Swing the support 8 slowly downwards.
Pin the support 8 with pins 36 on both sides and secure with linch pins.
Release the pins 37 and unpin.
Pull out each “sliding tube with pulley” 41, pin with pins 37 and secure with spring retainers.
Release the hydraulic connection for the TY-frame at position B secure it in the receptacle.
Release the electrical connection for the TY-frame at position B secure it in the receptacle.
5.05 LIEBHERR 943

B110481
944 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.4 Bringing the guy rods into transport position

– The supports 8 are folding down and pinned on both sides.
– The “sliding tubes with pulleys 41 ” are pushed out on both sides and pinned.
Pull hand lever 84 downwards.
Pin the hand lever 84 in this position: Pin and secure the pin 86 in the bore 88.
Unpin guy rod 76 and guy rod 77: Release and unpin the pin 78.
Swing the guy rod 76 into transport position and secure: Insert the ball locking pin 74.
Secure the guy rod 77 in transport position: Release the guy rod retainer 80, swing it in and
secure with spring retainer 81.
Remove the brackets 49 from the retainer 50: Release and unpin the pin 68.
Install the bracket 49 on the retainer 65: Insert the pins 68 and secure the spring retainers 69.
Swivel deposit location 73 inwards.
Pin deposit location 73 inside: Insert the pin 62 in the bore 72 and secure with linch pin 63.
Partially raise TY frames.
CAUTION
Risk of collision between the guy rods and the brackets!
If the brackets are not dismantled, then, when the telescopic boom is raised, they will collide with the
TY frames.
The bracket 49 must be removed on the retainer 50!
The bracket 47 must be removed on the retainer 48!
Check if the bracket 49 has been removed from the retainer 50.
Check if the bracket 47 has been removed from the retainer 48.
Luff the TY-frames down all the way.
WARNING
The guy rods can fall down!
If the guy rods are not secured on both sides with the chain 90, then the guy rods can fall down when
luffing up the telescopic boom with placed down TY-guying!
Secure the guy rods on the TY-frame on the left and on the TY-frame on the right with the
chain 90!
Place the telescopic boom over the receptacle frame.

Lock the crane superstructure to the crane chassis.
Place the telescopic boom in the receptacle frame.
5.05 LIEBHERR 945

B110485
946 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.5 Unpinning the TY-frame with the telescopic boom

– The “sliding tubes with pulleys 41 ” are laying in the grooves of the plates 43.
DANGER
The TY-frame can fall down when luffing up!
To stop TY-frame from falling when the telescopic boom is luffed up, the TY-frame must be
secured with the retaining plate 42.
Secure the TY-frame with a retaining plate 42: Insert the pin 44 and secure with spring retainer 45.
Telescope “telescopic section 2” out by 3 %.
Unpin the ball locking pin 52 and ball locking pin 54, see illustration A3.
Release and remove pull ropes 99 at holder 101.
Screw in pull ropes 99 frontally into the pins 56.
Attach cable pressings 100 into the attachment clips at Tele 2.
WARNING
Pull ropes can be ripped off!
If the preceding disassembly procedures have not been carried out properly, the pull ropes 99 have
predetermined breaking points.
Nobody is allowed in front of or under the pull ropes 99!
WARNING
Falling pins!
If the telescopic boom is telescoped out too far, the pins 56 can be pulled from the brackets and can
injure personnel!
Do not pull the pins 56 from the brackets!
Telescope the telescopic boom out until the pins 56 are pulled completely.
Unscrew the pull ropes 99 on the pins 56 and secure in retainer 101.
Swing bracket 57 into transport position, see illustration A4.
Secure the bracket 57 in transport position with spring retainer 51.
Secure the pins 56 when they are unpinned: Insert the ball locking pin 52 and ball locking pin 54.
5.05 LIEBHERR 947

B110486
948 LIEBHERR 5.05

5.6 Placing the TY-frame on the transporter

– The TY-frame is unpinned on the telescopic boom.
– The TY-frame is secured with the retaining plate 42.
NOTICE
Remove first the left TY-frame and then the right TY-frame!
Attach TY frame to crane and tension hoisting cable slightly.
Before the TY frame is released from the safety plates, ensure that the TY frame can be supported by
the crane.
Release the TY-frame from the retaining plate 42: Release and unpin the pin 44.
Raise TY frame with the crane.
Place the TY-frame down in the transport device and secure.
Fold the support 8 in.
Pin support 8 with pins 35 and secure.
5.7 Final tasks

If necessary:
Unpin hatch bracket 30: Release and unpin the pin 31.
If necessary:
Swivel hatch bracket 30 into transport position.
If necessary:
Pin the folding bracket 30 in transport position: Insert the pin 31 and secure with spring
retainer 45.
5.05 LIEBHERR 949

027900-02 5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed
B108647
950 LIEBHERR 5.06

5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed 027900-02
1 General
For TYVEN-operation, contrary to TN-operation, the telescopic boom is guyed with a TY-guying 4 and
a telescopic boom extension 1 with eccentric.
Note
See also Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04, chapter 5.05, chapter 5.25, 5.51and
chapter 5.53!
1.1 Components TYVEN-operation
Description Description
1 Telescopic boom extension with eccen- Chapter 5.25 and chapter 5.53
tric
2 N-assembly unit Chapter 5.04
3 Lattice jib Chapter 5.04
4 TY-guying Chapter 5.05
5 TN/TF-adapter Chapter 5.51
1.2 Weights and fastening points
1.2.1 Weights and fastening points of individual components of luffing lattice jib
For more information see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
1.2.2 Weight and fastening points of telescopic boom extension with eccentric
1.2.3 Weight and fastening points of TY-guying

1.2.4 Weight and fastening points of the TN/TF-adapter

5.06 LIEBHERR 951

B108632
952 LIEBHERR 5.06

1.3 Overview of guy rods to pulley block
1.3.1 Rod combination without NA frame 3, illustration 1
Note
The rod combination without NA frame 3 must be used for the following erection variations:
TN stretched out
TN angled
TYVEN stretched out
TYVEN angled
Description Length
1.3.2 Rod combinations with NA frame 3, illustration 2
Note
The rod combination with NA frame 3 must be used for the following erection variations:
TYVEN stretched out
TYVEN angled
TYVEN folded down or folded under
Description Length
63 Rods, NA frame 3 7130 mm
5.06 LIEBHERR 953

B195219
954 LIEBHERR 5.06

2 Assembly of guyed luffing lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel can fall and suffer
WARNING
injure personnel!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
DANGER

– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side in the 0° position.
5.06 LIEBHERR 955

B108648
956 LIEBHERR 5.06

2.1 Installing the equipment, illustration 1 to 4

– The TY-guying is assembled, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
– The TN/TF-adapter is installed, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.51.
– The N-assembly unit is assembled, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
– The telescopic boom extension with eccentric is installed, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.53.
Erect the TY-guying completely and fold the TY-frames out to 40°, see Crane operating
Pin the TY-guying with the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Erect the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Luff the telescopic boom up to 2°, illustration 2.
For assembly of the lattice jib, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Assemble the guy rods, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04 and separate assembly
drawings.
If necessary:
Install auxiliary guying, see separate assembly drawings.
Install the hoist rope, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Establish the electrical connections, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Check if the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is within a permissible range, see Crane
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect assembly of components!
If the components are incorrectly installed, then they can fall down and kill personnel!
Install and secure the components according to the respective detailed chapter!
Check if all components are correctly installed and secured.

Tension the guy rods by luffing the telescopic boom up, illustration 4.
5.06 LIEBHERR 957

B108649
958 LIEBHERR 5.06

2.2 Flying assembly of lattice jib

If the space requirements at the job site for the assembly of the lattice jib are restricted or limited by
buildings, then flying assembly of the lattice jib is possible.
Note
For flying assembly, the lattice sections can be assembled in pieces or the completely installed
lattice jib can be assembled with an auxiliary crane on the N-pivot section 1!
If the lattice sections are installed or removed in sections, then the assembly sequence and the
disassembly sequence must be observed as described in chapter 5.01!
Observe the notes and danger notes in the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04!
WARNING
For flying assembly of the lattice jib, a force of less than 11 t must be shown on the lattice jib
guying (test point F2) 26.1!
For flying assembly of the lattice jib, the luffing cylinder pressure (measuring point F1) 25.1 must
be below 100 %!
The maximum permissible lattice jib length for the TYVEN assembly in flying mode is 30 m !

– The crane is supported on wide support base and horizontally aligned.
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to 2°.
– The N-pivot section 1 is luffed in 0° position.
– A minimum of 50 t counterweight is assembled on the turntable.
– The guy rods 50 are assembled on the N-pivot section.
– The pin 54 on the mechanical relapse retainer has been released and unpinned.
WARNING
injure personnel!
Assemble the lattice jib and guy rods with the auxiliary crane, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.04 and separate assembly drawings.
5.06 LIEBHERR 959

B108638
960 LIEBHERR 5.06

3 Erection
3.1 Prerequisites for erection

WARNING
Overload or toppling the crane!
If the following conditions are not met before erecting the boom, the crane can topple over and fatally
injury personnel!
Incorrectly assembled or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (hoist rope, pins, spring
retainers, ice etc.) can cause accidents!
Observe the Safety technical notes, see the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.01!
Always erect or take down according to the data in the Erection and take down charts!
During erection and take down it is prohibited for anyone to remain under the boom as well as
within the entire danger zone!

– The hoist rope is secured with the auxiliary rope or the hook block is reeved.
– The N-head is pinned with the roller cart.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drums,
flashing beacon, winding speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
configuration.
– The replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is within a permissible range.
3.2 Erection and take down charts

5.06 LIEBHERR 961

B108650
962 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.3 Erection stretched with or without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 3

WARNING
WARNING
over!

Result:
WARNING
100 %!
Luff the telescopic boom up until an angle of at least 10° is reached between the telescopic boom
and the lattice jib, illustration 1.
Spool the control rope up and tension the guy rods.
5.06 LIEBHERR 963

B108650
964 LIEBHERR 5.06


Note
exceeded”:
Luff the luffing lattice jib up until a shut off occurs due to the load chart (upper limit angle luffing
lattice jib).
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
while doing so, illustration 3.
Tension the TY-guying, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
5.06 LIEBHERR 965

B110452
966 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.4 Erection, angled with or without NA-frame 3
3.4.1 General, illustration 1 and 2
WARNING
Spool the control winch out in such a way that the guy rods sag slightly.
WARNING
over!

Result:
WARNING
As long as the N-head is laying on the ground or in the pulley cart, a force between 3 t and
100 %!
NOTICE
Danger of collision when erecting with NA-frame 3!
When luffing the telescopic boom up with luffing lattice jib N 24 m, the lattice jib can collide with the
crane chassis!
Make sure that the lattice jib does not collide with the crane chassis!
the ground. Carry out this procedure until the end position telescopic boom steep is reached or the
limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off.
5.06 LIEBHERR 967

B109893
968 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.4.2 When the limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off, illustration 3 to 5
Luff the telescopic boom up until the N-head lifts off the ground, illustration 3.
Erect the lattice jib until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib top” turns off, illustration 4.
Note
exceeded”:
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
while doing so.
5.06 LIEBHERR 969

B110453
970 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.4.3 When the telescopic boom is erected on end position steep, illustration 2
Luff the luffing lattice jib up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
Note
When erecting the luffing lattice jib, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
Erect the lattice jib until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib top” turns off.
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
while doing so.
5.06 LIEBHERR 971

B110447
972 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.5 Erection, folded down or folded under with NA-frame 3

– The NA-frame 3 is unpinned on the NA-frame 2.
– The auxiliary rope 21 is reeved to counter the hoist rope 20, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.15.
– The hoist rope 20 is secured with the auxiliary rope 21.
3.5.1 General, illustration 1 to 3
WARNING
WARNING
over!

Result:
5.06 LIEBHERR 973

B110447
974 LIEBHERR 5.06

NOTICE
Risk of collision!
When luffing the telescopic boom up with luffing lattice jib N 24 m, the lattice jib can collide with the
crane chassis!
When telescoping the telescopic boom out with luffing lattice jib N 30 m, the lattice jib can collide with
the crane chassis!
Note
Make sure that the hoist rope is taken up correctly from the NA-frame 3 when luffing the telescopic
boom up or when luffing the luffing lattice jib down.
the ground.
WARNING
As long as the N-head is laying on the ground or in the pulley cart, a force of less or equal to
Luff the telescopic boom up until the end position Telescopic boom steep is reached, illustration 2.
or
Luff the telescopic boom up until a point is reached, where the N-head lifts off the ground when
continuing to luff up the telescopic boom, illustration 3.
5.06 LIEBHERR 975

B109913
976 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.5.2 When the telescopic boom is erected on end position steep, illustration 4 to 5
NOTICE
Damage of non-tensioned telescopic boom!
If the telescopic boom is not guyed, the force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 is monitored.
The force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 may not exceed 15 t!
If the force is exceeded, there is a shut off of the crane functions!
By luffing the lattice jib down the force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 can be reduced
again to below 15 t!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
Telescope the telescopic boom out until shortly before lift off of the N-head.
Before releasing the hoist rope 20 from the auxiliary rope 21, the hoist rope 20 must be secured on
the N-head with a hemp rope.
Secure the hoist rope 20 with the hemp rope on the N-head.
WARNING
When pinning the telescopic boom and when guying the TY-guying, a force of less than 8 t must
be shown on the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1! At a force of more than 8 t, the telescopic
boom may not be guyed.
If the force is exceeded, there is a shut off!
When tensioning the TY-guying, the luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1) 25.1 must be less than
100 %!
Telescope the telescopic boom out to the required length and pin. Hold the lattice jib in an angle
window of -85° to -70° while doing so.
Note
If the desired telescopic boom length is reached and the N-head has not yet lifted off the ground,
then the roller cart must be removed and the lattice jib must be luffed up to the point where the
hook block can be installed, illustration 5.
Guy the telescopic boom with TY-guying, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Note
When erecting the luffing lattice jib, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
5.06 LIEBHERR 977

B110448
978 LIEBHERR 5.06

3.5.3 When a point is reached where the N-head lifts of the ground by continuing to
luff up the telescopic boom, illustration 7 to 9
Stop luffing the telescopic boom up.
Before releasing the hoist rope from the auxiliary rope, the hoist rope must be secured on the N-head
with a hemp rope.
Secure the hoist rope with the hemp rope on the N-head.
Luff the telescopic boom up until the limit switch Telescopic boom steep shuts off, illustration 5.
WARNING
100 %!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
Telescope the telescopic boom out and hold the luffing lattice jib in an angle window of -85° to
-70° while doing so.
WARNING
When pinning the telescopic boom and when guying the TY-guying, a force of less than 8 t must
be shown on the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1! At a force of more than 8 t, the telescopic
boom may not be guyed.
If the force is exceeded, there is a shut off!
When tensioning the TY-guying, the luffing cylinder pressure (test point F1) 25.1 must be less than
100 %!
Note
5.06 LIEBHERR 979

B110449
980 LIEBHERR 5.06

4 Crane operation
Note
If a load is attached, the crane may not be turned off!
Before turning the crane off, set the luffing lattice jib to a lattice jib angle between 10° and 40° !

configuration.
– The bypass key button D is turned off.
The LICCON overload protection is active.
WARNING
If the bypass key button D is turned on, the hoist limit switch and the LICCON overload protection is
bypassed!
can topple over!
Crane operation with the bypass key button D turned on is strictly prohibited!
4.1 Telescoping with luffed up lattice jib

– The TY-frames are swung out to an angle of 45 °.
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to an angle of 81° to 83°.
– The telescopic boom is not guyed.
WARNING
Telescoping out and in with installed lattice jib is permissible at a telescopic boom angle of 81° to
83°!
Telescoping with a suspended load is prohibited!
The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal where the LICCON control issues the
telescoping release!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
Telescope and pin the telescopic boom to the required length.

Guy the telescopic boom.
5.06 LIEBHERR 981

B110450
982 LIEBHERR 5.06

4.2 Telescoping with hanging lattice jib

– The TY-frames are swung out to an angle of 45 °.
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to an angle of 81° to 83°.
WARNING
Telescoping out and in with hanging lattice jib is permissible only at a telescopic boom angle of
81° to 83°!
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
Telescope the telescopic boom out to the respective length and hold the luffing lattice jib in an
angle window of -85° to -70° while doing so.
Guy the telescopic boom.
4.3 Starting crane operation

configuration.
– The TY-frames are guyed.
5.06 LIEBHERR 983

B109898
984 LIEBHERR 5.06

5 Take down
5.1 Take down stretched with or without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 3

– The lattice jib is luffed up to the shut off (upper limit angle luffing lattice jib), illustration 1.
WARNING
During luff down, the angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib is reduced!
The angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib may not be less than 10°. Spool the
control winch out accordingly!
Luff the telescopic boom down until the LICCON overload protection shuts the luffing movement
off.
If a shut off is shown with a LICCON message “Flap not in position and angle threshold fallen
below”:
Luff the luffing lattice jib down until the pendulum for the pendulum retainer is cleared and then
continue to luff the telescopic boom down.
WARNING
over!

Result:
5.06 LIEBHERR 985

B109898
986 LIEBHERR 5.06

Lower boom until hook block touches the ground.

WARNING
WARNING
than 100 %!
Luff the telescopic boom down to 2° and spool the control winch up.
Result:
5.06 LIEBHERR 987

B110454
988 LIEBHERR 5.06

5.2 Take down angled with or without NA-frame 3, illustrations 1 to 4

WARNING
NOTICE
Danger of collision when taking down with NA-frame 3!
When luffing the lattice jib with the NA-frame 3 down, the lattice jib can collide with the crane chassis!
Luff the lattice jib down until the limit switch “luffing lattice jib bottom” shuts off or the N-head is just
above the ground, illustration 1.
WARNING
over!

Result:
If necessary:
5.06 LIEBHERR 989

B109897
990 LIEBHERR 5.06

WARNING
WARNING
than 100 %!
Result:
5.06 LIEBHERR 991

B109916
992 LIEBHERR 5.06

5.3 Take down folded down or folded under with NA-frame 3,

illustrations 1 to 6
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to 82°.
– The telescopic boom is guyed with the TY-guying.
WARNING
the hook block from colliding with the N-head!
Luff the lattice jib down to the shut off.
WARNING
over!

Result:
NOTICE
Risk of collision!
When luffing the lattice jib down and telescoping the telescopic boom in, the lattice jib can collide with
the crane chassis!
Luff the lattice jib down until the N-head is just above the ground or to an angle window of -70° to
-85° to the horizontal position.
Luff the lattice jib down.
5.06 LIEBHERR 993

B110451
994 LIEBHERR 5.06

WARNING
The telescopic boom can break off!
If the following prerequisites are not observed, the telescopic boom can break off when the TY-guying
is released and fatally injure personnel!
The telescopic boom may not be released before reaching the 82° position!
The angle of the luffing lattice jib to the horizontal position must be less than -10°!
The lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 must show a force of less than 8 t!
Release the telescopic boom, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
NOTICE
Damage of non-tensioned telescopic boom!
If the telescopic boom is not guyed, the force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 is monitored.
The force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 may not exceed 15 t!
If the force is exceeded, there is a shut off of the crane functions!
By luffing the lattice jib down the force in the lattice jib guying (test point F2) 26.1 can be reduced
again to below 15 t!
If the N-head is not just above the ground:

Telescope the telescopic boom in until the N-head is just above the ground.
If the N-head is still not just above the ground even though the telescopic boom was telescoped in
all the way:
Unreeve the hook block.
Pin the pulley cart on the N-head.
Secure the hoist rope 20 with the auxiliary rope 21.
WARNING
5.06 LIEBHERR 995

B110451
996 LIEBHERR 5.06

If the telescopic boom is not fully telescoped in:

Telescope the telescopic boom in all the way.
Result:
– The lattice jib rolls on the ground.
Troubleshooting
Is telescoping in turned off?
If the pulley cart blocks when the telescopic boom is telescoped in, then telescoping is shut off if the
minimum pressure in the luffing cylinder is fallen below.
Relieve the roller cart by telescoping the telescopic boom out.
Luff the lattice jib up until the minimum force (test point F2) 26.1 is above 15 t.
Telescope the telescopic boom in again.
WARNING
than 100 %!
Result:
– The lattice jib rolls on the ground, illustration 6.
5.06 LIEBHERR 997

B195219
998 LIEBHERR 5.06

6 Disassembly of the guyed luffing lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
against falling! The personal catch system must be attached in the corresponding attachment
points on the crane (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06)!
WARNING
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
components!
WARNING

– The telescopic boom with the lattice jib is luffed down to 2°.
5.06 LIEBHERR 999

B109915
1000 LIEBHERR 5.06

6.1 Removing the equipment, illustration 1 to 4

– The TY-guying is assembled and erected on the telescopic boom, see Crane operating
Release the electrical connection, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Unreeve the hoist rope, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
If necessary:
Remove the auxiliary guying, see separate assembly drawings.
Disassemble the guy rods and the lattice jib, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Luff the telescopic boom down all the way.
Place the eccentric down, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Unpin TY-guying on the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Remove the N-assembly unit, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.04.
Remove the telescopic boom extension with the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.53.
For disassembly of the TNTF-adapter, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.51.
5.06 LIEBHERR 1001

027901-01 5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed
B108589
1002 LIEBHERR 5.07

5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed 027901-01
1 General
For TYVEF-operation, contrary to TF-operation, the telescopic boom is guyed with a TY-guying 4 and
a telescopic boom extension 6 m 2 with eccentric.
Note
See also chapter 5.03, chapter 5.05, chapter 5.51 and chapter 5.53.
1.1 Components
Description Description
1 TN/TF-adapter Chapter 5.51
2 Telescopic boom extension 6 m with Chapter 5.53
eccentric
3 Lattice jib Chapter 5.03
4 TY-guying Chapter 5.05
1.2 Weights and fastening points
1.2.1 Weight and fastening points of the TN/TF-adapter

For more information see chapter 5.51.
1.2.2 Weights and fastening points of individual components of fixed lattice jib
1.2.3 Weights and fastening points for telescopic boom extension 6 m with eccentric
1.2.4 Weight and fastening points of TY-guying

5.07 LIEBHERR 1003

B195219
1004 LIEBHERR 5.07

2 Assembly of guyed fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
WARNING
injure personnel!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
DANGER

– The telescopic boom is luffed down into horizontal position (0°-position).
5.07 LIEBHERR 1005

B108589
1006 LIEBHERR 5.07

2.1 Assembling the lattice jib

– The TY-guying 4 is assembled, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
– The TN/TF-adapter 1 is installed, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.51.
– The telescopic boom extension 6 m with eccentric 2 is assembled, see Crane operating
WARNING
If the lattice sections are not pinned and secured correctly, then the lattice jib 3 can fall down and
fatally injure personnel!
Always use the double cone pins on the lower horizontal level of the lattice jib 3!
Disassemble and remove the guy rods on the intermediate sections before crane operation!
Support the lattice jib 3 with suitable sturdy materials during assembly and disassembly.
Install the lattice jib 3, see Crane operating instruction, chapter 5.03.
Reeving in the hoist rope, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
Establish the electrical connections, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
Pin the TY-guying 4 with the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Erect the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect assembly of components!
If the components are incorrectly installed, then they can fall down and kill personnel!
Install and secure the components according to the respective detailed chapter!
Check if all components are correctly installed and secured.
2.2 Erecting the boom

5.07 LIEBHERR 1007

B108592
1008 LIEBHERR 5.07

3 Crane operation
3.1 Telescoping the telescopic boom

– The TY-frames are folded out to an angle of 45°.
– The boom is luffed up to an angle where the LICCON overload protection issues the telescoping
release.
WARNING
Telescope and pin the telescopic boom to the required length.
3.2 Starting crane operation

configuration.
Fold the TY-frames to one of the corresponding angles, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.05.
Guy the TY-frames, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Note
Crane operation is only possible with guyed TY-frames.
5.07 LIEBHERR 1009

B108591
1010 LIEBHERR 5.07

4 Taking the boom down

– The boom is luffed up to an angle where the LICCON overload protection issues the telescoping
release.
4.1 Telescope the telescopic boom in

Release the TY-frames, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Fold the TY-frames out to an angle of 45°, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Telescope the telescopic boom in all the way.
4.2 Luffing the telescopic boom down

NOTICE
Collision of the hook block with the N-head!
During luff down, spool the hoist winch out simultaneously!
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the hook block is laying on the ground.
Remove the hoist limit switch weight and unreeve the hook block.
Spool back the hoist rope to the telescopic boom head.
Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the N-head is laying on the ground.
5.07 LIEBHERR 1011

B195219
1012 LIEBHERR 5.07

5 Disassembly of guyed fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Risk of falling!
WARNING
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
components!
WARNING

– The telescopic boom with the luffing jib is luffed down into horizontal position (0°-position).
– The TY-guying is assembled and erected on the telescopic boom, see Crane operating
5.07 LIEBHERR 1013

B108589
1014 LIEBHERR 5.07

5.1 Disassembling the lattice jib

Place the eccentric down, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Unpin the TY-guying 4 on the eccentric, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Release the electrical connection, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.53.
Unreeve the hoist rope, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
Remove the lattice jib 3, see Crane operating instruction, chapter 5.03.
Remove the telescopic boom extension 6 m with eccentric 2, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.25.
For disassembly of the TN/TF-adapter 1, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.51.
5.07 LIEBHERR 1015

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109688
1016 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
1 General
The winch 2 WII can be used as a second hoist winch or it can be used with the TN-pulley block 2 for
the angle adjustment of the luffing lattice jib. It is possible to install the winch 2 WII separately or as a
unit with the TN-pulley block 2 on the counterweight frames.
The TN-pulley block 2 consists of the lower block 3 and the upper block 4.
1.1 Weight
Description Weight
Winch 2 without wire rope 1.7 t
Winch 2 with wire rope 3.4 t
TN-pulley block 1.2 t
Winch 2 with TN-pulley block 4.6 t
1.2.1 Winch 2 without TN-pulley block, illustration 1

Hang winch 2 WII without TN-pulley block 2 on the fastening points P1.
1.2.2 TN-pulley block pinned in lower position, illustration 2

Hang the TN-pulley block 2 pinned in lower position on the fastening points P2.
1.2.3 Winch 2 with TN-pulley block, illustration 3

Hang winch 2 WII with TN-pulley block 2 on the fastening points P3.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1017

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109689
1018 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
2 Assembly winch 2
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
Set the antifall guards (railings) into assembly / disassembly position and pin! See chapter 2.06.

– The upper pulley block 4 is pinned and secured with the lower pulley block 3.
2.1 Installing the TN-pulley block on winch 2

– The pins 6 and pins 8 are released and unpinned.
Hang the crane on the attachment points of the TN-pulley block 2.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Hands can be crushed or even severed by the swing movement of the TN-pulley block 2 at assembly
on the winch 2 WII!
Make sure that the TN-pulley block 2 is not swinging back and forth during installation!
Lift the TN-pulley block 2 and place on the receptacle points P4 of winch 2 WII.
Affix the TN-pulley block 2 on the bores for the pins 6.
Pin the TN-pulley block 2 with winch 2 WII on both sides: Insert the pins 6 and secure with spring
retainers 7.
The pins 8 serve also as studs to lift the counterweight frame.

Insert the pins 8.
Secure the pin 8: Insert the retaining pins 10 and secure with spring retainers 9.
Release TN-pulley block 2 from the crane.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1019

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109690
1020 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
2.2 Installing winch 2 on the counterweight frame

– The pins 12 and pins 14 are released and unpinned.
Hang the crane on the attachment points of the winch 2 WII.
Lift winch 2 WII with the crane.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Hands can be crushed or even severed by the swing movement of winch 2 WII at assembly on the
counterweight frame!
Make sure that winch 2 WII does not swing back and forth during assembly!
Affix winch 2 WII until the bores of winch 2 WII and the counterweight frame align.
Pin winch 2 WII on both sides to the counterweight frame: Insert the pins 14 and secure with
spring retainers 13.
DANGER
Winch 2 can fall down!
When winch 2 WII is released from the crane before winch 2 WII in pinned with the counterweight
frame, then winch 2 WII can fall down and fatally injure installation personnel!
Do not unhook the auxiliary crane until winch 2 WII has been pinned and secured with the
counterweight frame!
Release winch 2 WII from the crane.
DANGER
Shearing off of the pins 16!
If the pins 16 are not unpinned before crane operation with the luffing lattice jib, then the pins 16 can
be sheered off and fatally injure personnel!
Unpin the pins 16 on both sides before crane operation with the luffing lattice jib!
Unpin the pins 16 on both sides and secure in unpinned position with spring retainers 15.
2.3 Establishing the supply lines for winch 2

5.09 LIEBHERR 1021

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109691
1022 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
3 Pinning the TN-control winch
3.1 Pin the TN-control winch in “upper position”

NOTICE
Risk of collision!
If the winch 2 WII is used as hoist winch, then the TN-pulley block 2 must be pinned in “upper
position”!
Attach the crane on the TN-pulley block 2.
DANGER
If the pins 16 are not unpinned before swinging the TN-pulley block 2 up, then the pins 16 can be
sheered off and fatally injure personnel!
Unpin the pins 16 on both sides before swinging the TN-pulley block 2 up.
If the pins 16 are not yet unpinned:

Swing the TN-pulley block 2 up with the crane until the TN-pulley block 2 can be pinned in “upper
position”.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1023

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109692
1024 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
3.2 Pin the TN-control winch in “lower position”

Attach the crane on the TN-pulley block 2.
DANGER
If the pins 16 are not unpinned before swinging the TN-pulley block 2 down, then the pins 16 can be
sheered off and fatally injure personnel!
Unpin the pins 16 on both sides before swinging the TN-pulley block 2 down.
Swing the TN-pulley block 2 down with the crane until the TN-pulley block 2 can be pinned in
“lower position”.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1025

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109690
1026 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
4 Disassembly winch 2
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
Set the antifall guards (railings) into assembly / disassembly position and pin! See chapter 2.06.

– The TN-pulley block 2 is pinned and secured in “lower position” with winch 3 1.
See section “Pinning the TN-control winch in lower position”.
– The upper pulley block 4 is pinned and secured with the lower pulley block 3.
4.1 Release the supply lines for winch 2

5.09 LIEBHERR 1027

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109690
1028 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
4.2 Removing winch 2 on the counterweight frame

Hang the crane on the attachment points of the winch 2 WII.
Secure winch 2 WII with the crane to prevent it from falling down.
DANGER
Winch 2 can fall down!
If the pins 12 or the pins 14 are unpinned before winch 2 WII is secured via the crane, then
winch 2 1 can fall down and fatally injure the installation personnel!
Do not unpin pin 12 or pin 14 until winch 2 WII has been secured with the crane!
Unpin the winch 2 WII on the counterweight frame: Unpin the pins 12 on both sides and secure in
unpinned position with spring retainers 11.
Place winch 2 WII on the transport vehicle.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1029

027902-01 5.09 Winch 2
B109689
1030 LIEBHERR 5.09

5.09 Winch 2 027902-01
4.3 Removing the TN-pulley block on the counterweight frame

Hang the crane on the attachment points of the TN-pulley block 2.
Secure the TN-pulley block 2 with the crane to prevent it from falling down.
DANGER
The TN-pulley block can fall down!
If the pins 6 or the pins 8 are unpinned before TN-pulley block 2 is secured via the crane, then
TN-pulley block 2 can fall down and fatally injure the installation personnel!
Do not unpin pin 6 or pin 8 until the TN-pulley block 2 has been secured with the crane!
Unpin the TN-pulley block 2 on winch 2 WII: Release the retaining pins 10 and unpin at both sides.
Unpin the pins 8 on both sides.
Place TN-pulley block 2 on the transport vehicle.
5.09 LIEBHERR 1031

027903-00 5.10 Boom nose
B108437
1032 LIEBHERR 5.10

5.10 Boom nose 027903-00
1 General
Operation with the boom nose is set up for rapid lifting via the boom nose, whereby the hook block
can remain reeved on the telescopic boom.
The boom nose weighs approx. 130 kg.
Note
No special load charts are available for boom nose operations. The boom nose is generally run in
the telescopic boom operating mode. However, the load is reduced by the weight of the boom
nose and the lifting and attachment equipment that is used.
2 Assembly of boom nose

2.1 Swing the boom nose into operating position, illustrations 1 and 2
DANGER
The boom nose can fall down!
If the swing pin 2 is unpinned the boom nose will fall down and can fatally injure personnel!
Never unpin the swing pin 2!
Standing in the swing area as well as in the folding area of the boom nose is prohibited!
Release the pin 3 and the pin 4 and unpin.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
Fingers could be crushed between the telescopic boom and the boom nose when the boom nose is
swivelled!
Do not put fingers between the boom nose and the telescopic boom!
Swing the boom nose 1 by 180° until the pin 4 can be pinned on point P1.
Pin in and secure pin 4.
5.10 LIEBHERR 1033

027903-00 5.10 Boom nose
B108438
1034 LIEBHERR 5.10

5.10 Boom nose 027903-00
2.2 Folding the rope pulley into operating position, illustrations 3 and 4
DANGER
Rope pulley can fall down!
If the swing pin 7 is unpinned the rope pulley will fall down and can fatally injure personnel!
Standing in the folding area of the rope pulley is prohibited!
Release the pin 6 at the point P2 and unpin.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
Fingers can be crushed when the boom nose is moved.
Do not crush your fingers when the rope pulley 5 folds down!
Fold the rope pulley 5 down until it can be pinned at point P3.
5.10 LIEBHERR 1035

027903-00 5.10 Boom nose
B108441
1036 LIEBHERR 5.10

5.10 Boom nose 027903-00
2.3 Reeving in the hoist rope

Can be reeved in a maximum of 2 times at the boom nose.
Release and unpin the rope retaining pipes 8.
Place the hoist rope over the end pulley on the telescopic boom and over the rope pulley 5.
Pin the rope retaining pipes 8 and secure.
Reeve in the load hook or hook block.
Attach the hoist limit switch weight.
2.4 Hoist limit switch

The hoist limit switch -S930, the airplane warning light* and the wind sensor* remain attached on the
telescopic boom head.
If the hoist limit switch -S931 is attached to the telescopic boom:
Remove the hoist limit switch -S931 from the telescopic boom and assemble to the boom nose.
2.5 Single hook operation

If you are working in “single hook mode”, the hoist limit switch -S930 that is not required must be
operated manually.
Disassemble the hoist limit switch weight and chain.
Pull the hoist limit switch rope 20 and attach to the fixed point 22 with the shackle 21.
Result:
– The hoist limit switch -S930 is operated manually.
2.6 Function check

The function check must be performed by the operator before lifting a load.
The following checks must be performed.
Check that the hoist limit switch, wind sensor* and airplane warning light* connections are properly
connected.
Check wind sensor* operation on LICCON monitor.
Check operation of airplane warning light*.
Check movement of hoist limit switches. The following steps are required to perform these checks.
Manually operate hoist limit switch.
Check that “Hoist top” icon is displayed on LICCON monitor for main boom or boom nose.
Check that hoist winch switches off correctly.
5.10 LIEBHERR 1037

027903-00 5.10 Boom nose
B108439
1038 LIEBHERR 5.10

5.10 Boom nose 027903-00
3 Removal of the boom nose
3.1 Fold the rope pulley to transport position, illustrations 5 and 6

Remove the hoist limit switch weight.
Reeve out load hook / hook block to boom nose.
Release and unpin the rope retaining pipes 8.
Do not pull hoist rope beneath the winch when reeling in.
Spool up the hoist rope.
Note
During operation without the boom nose, you must use the hoist limit switch -S931 as an
additional hoist limit switch for the telescopic boom or mechanically pull the hoist limit
switch -S931 and attach it to the rope fixed position with a shackle.
DANGER
Rope pulley can fall down!
If the swing pin 7 is unpinned the rope pulley will fall down and can fatally injure personnel!
Standing in the folding area of the rope pulley is prohibited!
Release the pin 6 at the point P3 and unpin.
CAUTION
Fingers can be crushed when the boom nose is moved.
Do not crush your fingers when the rope pulley 5 folds up!
Move rope pulley 5 up until it can be pinned at the point P2.

Pin and secure the pin 6.
5.10 LIEBHERR 1039

027903-00 5.10 Boom nose
B108440
1040 LIEBHERR 5.10

5.10 Boom nose 027903-00
3.2 Swiveling boom nose into transport position, illustrations 7 and 8

DANGER
The boom nose can fall down!
If the swing pin 2 is unpinned the boom nose will fall down and can fatally injure personnel!
Standing in the swing area as well as in the folding area of the boom nose is prohibited!
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
Fingers could be crushed between the telescopic boom and the boom nose when the boom nose is
swivelled.
Do not put fingers between the boom nose and the telescopic boom!
Swing the boom nose 1 by 180 ° until the pin 3 can be pinned at point P4.
Pin the pin 4 in boom nose and secure.
5.10 LIEBHERR 1041

028176-00 5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure
B109984
1042 LIEBHERR 5.14

5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure 028176-00
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the telescopic boom can be removed*.
1.1 Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary crane

Note
The weight of the telescopic boom is 25 t.
To hang the telescopic boom correctly, the lifting chain 1 on the front 2 strands must be 3570 mm long
and on the rear 2 strands it must be 3714 mm long.
Hang the lifting chain 1 onto the auxiliary crane.
To be able to hang the lashing lugs 2 on the telescopic boom, they must be turned until the
lugs 3 snap into the bores 4.
The lashing lugs 2 must be hooked in on all 4 sides.
Hang the lifting chain 1 on all four lashing lugs 2.
By tightening the lifting chain 1, the lashing lugs 2 will be locked.

Tighten the lifting chain 1 with the auxiliary crane.
WARNING
Danger of accidents, as the telescopic boom may fall down!
If the telescopic boom is not hooked properly onto the lashing lugs 2, the telescopic boom may fall off
during the installation / removal procedure.
Disassemble the telescopic boom only after the lashing lugs 2 are hung and the lifting chain 1 has
been tightened!
During assembly, lift the telescopic boom only after the lashing lugs 2 are hung and the lifting
chain 1 has been tightened!
Check if all 4 lashing lugs 2 are properly attached on the telescopic boom.
5.14 LIEBHERR 1043

B109983
1044 LIEBHERR 5.14

2 Disassembly of telescopic boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During assembly / disassembly work, personnel must be secured with appropriate fall arrest guards to

– The counterweight has been removed.
– The crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the front.
– The telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and placed down.
– The hook block is reeved out and the hoist rope is spooled up.
– The telescoping cylinder is pinned in telescoping section 1.
2.1 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and

telescopic boom
The supply lines between the turntable and the telescopic boom are in position P1.
Release the electrical connection.
Disconnect the hydraulic connections.
Protect the hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contaminants.
5.14 LIEBHERR 1045

B109983
1046 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.2 Disassembling the telescopic boom

– The telescopic boom is properly attached on the 4 lashing lugs.
– The lashing chain is slightly tightened.
– The supply lines are disconnected.
WARNING
Fingers may be crushed when inserting and removing the pins of the telescopic boom!
Do not place your fingers between pin and bore!

Remove the safety plates 2 on the pin removal equipments 9.
Start the crane engine.
Preselect the pressure boost for the pin pulling device: Press the button 572.
Result:
– The button 572 is surrounded with a black border.
Add the pressure boost for the pin pulling device: Press function key F4 434.
Result:
– The icons in the button 572 are bolded.
Unpin the luffing cylinder on the turntable: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
Unpin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
Carefully lift the telescopic boom with the auxiliary crane from the turntable.
Place the telescopic boom on the transport vehicle.
2.3 Installing the retaining ropes

Attach the auxiliary crane on the attachment point P3 and lift the luffing cylinder until the retaining
ropes 7 can be installed.
Pin the retaining ropes 7 on both sides on the turntable: Insert the pins 10 and secure with linch
pins 11.
Pin the retaining ropes 7 on both sides to the luffing cylinder: Insert the pins 12 and secure with
linch pins 13.
Detach the auxiliary crane on the attachment point P3.
5.14 LIEBHERR 1047

B109985
1048 LIEBHERR 5.14

2.4 Turning the turntable by 180° to the rear

WARNING
Danger of accident due to excess braking the crane vehicle!
The brake of the crane vehicle is oversized if the brake force reduction is not activated when the
telescopic boom is removed.
Driving with a removed telescopic boom is only permitted if the brake force reduction is activated!
The brake force reduction of the crane vehicle is turned on as soon as the turntable no longer faces
forward in travel direction.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
The crane must be supported and the axle suspension must be blocked before turning the crane
superstructure!
Turn the turntable by 180° to the rear.

Result:
– The brake force reduction is turned on.
Lock the turntable to the crane vehicle.
2.5 Final tasks

Turn the pressure boost for the pin pulling device off: Press function key F4 434.
Result:
– The icons in the button 572 are no longer bolded.
Deselect the pressure boost for the pin pulling device: Press the button 572.
Result:
– The button 572 is no longer surrounded with a black border.
Retract the support cylinders and sliding beams.

Turn off the axle suspension lock.
Activate the automatic leveling regulation.
5.14 LIEBHERR 1049

B110016
1050 LIEBHERR 5.14

3 Assembling the telescopic boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!

– The crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the rear.
– Both retaining ropes are installed.
3.1 Turning the turntable by 180° to the front

WARNING
Risk of accident!
superstructure!
The brake force reduction is turned off as soon as the turntable is facing forward in travel direction.
Unlock the turntable from the crane vehicle.
Turn the turntable by 180° to the front.
Result:
– The indicator light 191 does not light up.
– The brake force reduction is turned off.
3.2 Removing the retaining ropes

Attach the auxiliary crane on the attachment point P3 and lift the luffing cylinder until the retaining
ropes 7 can be unpinned.
Unpin the retaining ropes 7 on both sides from the luffing cylinder: Release and unpin the pins 12.
Unpin the retaining ropes 7 on both sides on the turntable: Release and unpin the pins 10.
Place the luffing cylinder on the crane chassis.
Detach the auxiliary crane on the attachment point P3.
5.14 LIEBHERR 1051

B109983
1052 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.3 Assembling the telescopic boom

NOTICE
Danger of damaging the pins or bores!
If the bore holes and pins are not aligned when pinning, then the bore holes or the pins may be
damaged.
Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes align.
WARNING
Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes between the turntable
and telescopic boom align.
Release and remove the retaining plates 2 on the pin pulling devices 9.
Result:
Result:
Pin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
Lower the telescopic boom all the way until the bore holes between the luffing cylinders and the
telescopic boom align.
Pin the telescopic boom with the luffing cylinder: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
The pin pulling devices 9 must be secured after pinning with the retaining plates 2 and the spring
retainers 1.
Attach the retaining plates 2 on the pin pulling devices 9.
DANGER
The telescopic boom can fall down!
If the telescopic boom is unhooked from the auxiliary crane before the telescopic boom is pinned, then
the telescopic boom can fall down and kill personnel!
Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the telescopic boom is pinned and secured!
5.14 LIEBHERR 1053

B109983
1054 LIEBHERR 5.14

3.4 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable and the
telescopic boom
Establish the electrical connections.
WARNING
Incorrectly connected couplings can lead to loss of pressure or sudden leaks and therefore accidents!
When hydraulic lines are connected with quick couplers, it must be ensured that the coupling
procedure is carried out correctly!
Check the quick-release couplers after installation for correct connection!
Establish the hydraulic connections.
3.5 Final tasks

Result:
Result:

5.14 LIEBHERR 1055

028183-00 5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom
B109988
1056 LIEBHERR 5.15

5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 028183-00
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the telescopic boom can be removed*.
1.1 Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary crane

Note
The weight of the telescopic boom is 27 t.
To be able to hang the lashing lugs 2 on the telescopic boom, they must be turned until the
lugs 3 snap into the bores 4.
The lashing lugs 2 must be hooked in on all 4 sides.
Hang the lifting chain 1 on all four lashing lugs 2.
By tightening the lifting chain 1, the lashing lugs 2 will be locked.

Tighten the lifting chain 1 with the auxiliary crane.
WARNING
Danger of accidents, as the telescopic boom may fall down!
If the telescopic boom is not hooked properly onto the lashing lugs 2, the telescopic boom may fall off
during the installation / removal procedure.
Disassemble the telescopic boom only after the lashing lugs 2 are hung and the lifting chain 1 has
been tightened!
During assembly, lift the telescopic boom only after the lashing lugs 2 are hung and the lifting
chain 1 has been tightened!
Check if all 4 lashing lugs 2 are properly attached on the telescopic boom.
5.15 LIEBHERR 1057

B109990
1058 LIEBHERR 5.15

2 Disassembly of telescopic boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!

– The telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and placed down.
– The hook block is reeved out and the hoist rope is spooled up.
– The telescoping cylinder is pinned in telescoping section 1.
2.1 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and

telescopic boom
2.2 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and the
luffing cylinder
Release the connection for the central lubrication system.
5.15 LIEBHERR 1059

B109990
1060 LIEBHERR 5.15

2.3 Disassembling the telescopic boom

– The telescopic boom is properly attached on the 4 lashing lugs.
– The lashing chain is slightly tightened.
– The supply lines are disconnected.
Place the rigging belt 10 around the luffing cylinder and attach on the retaining lugs 11 on the
telescopic boom.
Tension the rigging belt 10 with the ratchet.
WARNING

Result:
Result:
Tilt the crane cab to the rear, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.03.
Lift the lug 12 and remove the retaining pins 14.
Unpin both ball locking pins 16.
Actuate the manual lever 8 and extend the pin pulling device fully.
Insert both ball locking pins 16.
Unpin the luffing cylinder on the turntable: Actuate the function key 8 and unpin the pins 20.
Unpin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
Carefully lift the telescopic boom with the auxiliary crane from the turntable.
Place the telescopic boom on the transport vehicle.
Move the manual lever 8 and insert the pin 20.
Actuate the manual lever 8 and retract the pin pulling device.
Reinsert both ball locking pins 16 again.
Lift the lug 12 and push the retaining pins 14 in.
Close the lug 12.
Set the crane cab horizontally, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.03.
Insert the turntable pin: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
Install the retaining plates 2 and secure with spring retainers 1.
5.15 LIEBHERR 1061

B109989
1062 LIEBHERR 5.15


WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accident!
superstructure!

Result:
2.5 Final tasks

Result:
Result:

5.15 LIEBHERR 1063

B109991
1064 LIEBHERR 5.15

3 Assembling the telescopic boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!

3.1 Turning the turntable by 180° to the front

WARNING
Risk of accident!
superstructure!
Result:
5.15 LIEBHERR 1065

B109990
1066 LIEBHERR 5.15

3.2 Assembling the telescopic boom

Result:
Result:

Unpin the turntable pins on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
Reinsert both ball locking pins 16 again.
Move the manual lever 8 and remove the pin 20.
NOTICE
damaged.
Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes align.
Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes between the turntable
and telescopic boom align.
5.15 LIEBHERR 1067

B109990
1068 LIEBHERR 5.15

WARNING
Pin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
The pin pulling devices 9 must be secured after pinning with the retaining plates 2 and the spring
retainers 1.
Attach the retaining plates 2 on the pin pulling devices 9.
Lower the telescopic boom all the way until the bore holes between the luffing cylinder and the
turntable align.
Pin the luffing cylinder and the turntable: Actuate the manual lever 8 and insert the pin 20.
Close the lug 12.
Open the rigging belt 10 and unhook.
DANGER
The telescopic boom can fall down!
If the telescopic boom is unhooked from the auxiliary crane before the telescopic boom is pinned, then
the telescopic boom can fall down and kill personnel!
Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the telescopic boom is pinned and secured!
5.15 LIEBHERR 1069

B109990
1070 LIEBHERR 5.15

3.3 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable and the
telescopic boom
WARNING
3.4 Establishing the supply lines between the turntable and the luffing
cylinder
Establish the electrical connection between the turntable and the luffing cylinder.
3.5 Final tasks

Result:
Result:

5.15 LIEBHERR 1071

028185-00 5.17 Sliding beam disassembly/assembly
B110017
1072 LIEBHERR 5.17

5.17 Sliding beam disassembly/assembly 028185-00
1 General
In order to reduce the axle loads of this crane, the sliding beams can be removed*. The sliding beams
are removed and reinstalled complete with the support and extension cylinders.
WARNING
If the sliding beams are installed or removed with one s own crane, the crane may topple due to the
reduced stability momentum.
Remove or install sliding beams only with an auxiliary crane!
1.1 Components
Component
1 Slide section
2 Extension cylinder
3 Hydraulic extension hoses
4 Retaining pin
4a Retaining pin
5 Sliding beam 1
6 Sliding beam 2
7 Restrictor
8 Pin
9 Linch pin
10 Eyebolt
1.2 Weights Sliding beams
Component Weight
Rear sliding beams 1.4 t 3090 lb
Front sliding beams 1.3 t 2870 lb
5.17 LIEBHERR 1073

B110017
1074 LIEBHERR 5.17

2 Disassembly of the sliding beams

– The support cylinders and sliding beams have been fully retracted.
– The covers of the sliding beam boxes have been removed.
2.1 Removing the sliding beam

In order to obtain better movement of the sliding beams, the sliding sections 1 must be released.
Back out the screws of the sliding sections 1 by approximately 1 to 2 turns.
Extend the sliding beam 50%, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.05.
Pin sliding beam 1 5 with sliding beam 2 6: Pin and secure the retaining pin 4a and retaining pin 4.
If the crane is equipped with a sliding beam monitoring system*:
Release the connection for the sliding beam monitor.
Release the hydraulic connections 1 to 4.
Connect the push out cylinder 2 to the hydraulic: Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 3 on
connections 1 and 4 on the vehicle frame and on the push out cylinder 2.
Release the pin connection of the push out cylinder 2: Release and unpin the pins 8.
Note
The speed of the push out cylinders 2 can be adjusted with the restrictor 7.
Retract the push out cylinder 2 completely.

Install the supplied eyebolt 10 in the sliding beam and tighten.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the eyebolt 10 and tension the hoist rope slightly.
WARNING
Falling sliding beam!
Unpin the sliding beam only when the sliding beam is secured with the auxiliary crane to prevent it
from falling!
Unpin the sliding beam: Unpin the retaining pins 4.

Slightly lift the sliding beams using the auxiliary crane until they are easy to move in their guide.
Move the sliding beams horizontally without twisting from the sliding beam box.
Uncouple the hydraulic extension hoses 3 on the vehicle frame and on the push out cylinder 2.
Protect the hydraulic connections 1 to 4 from dirt and screw on in Park position P1.
Secure loose part to avoid loosing them.
Remove the remaining sliding beams accordingly.
5.17 LIEBHERR 1075

B110018
1076 LIEBHERR 5.17

3 Installation of the sliding beams

– The covers of the sliding beam boxes have been removed.
– The eyebolt 10 is installed and tightened on the sliding beam.
3.1 Installing the sliding beam

Hang the auxiliary crane on the sliding beam and lift sideways from the sliding beam box.
Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 3 on connections 1 and 4 on the vehicle frame.
Guide the hydraulic extension hoses 3 through the sliding beam box and connect on connections
1 and 4 on the push out cylinder 2.
Push the sliding beam horizontally into the sliding beam box.
Pin and secure the sliding beams with retaining pin 4.
WARNING
Falling sliding beam!
Detach the auxiliary crane only when the sliding beam is pinned and secured with the retaining
pin 4!
CAUTION
Risk of damage of sliding beam box and sliding beam!
If the eyebolt 10 is not removed before retracting the sliding beams, the sliding beam box may be
damaged!
Unscrew and remove the eyebolt 10.
WARNING
Crushing of hands!
When extending the push out cylinders 2 make sure that hands are not crushed!
Note
The speed of the push out cylinders 2 can be adjusted with the restrictor 7.
Extend the extension cylinder 2 so far until it can be pinned with the sliding beam box.
Pin the extension cylinder 2 to the sliding beam box: Insert the pin 8 and secure with linch pin 9.
Disconnect the hydraulic extension hoses 3 on connections 1 and 4 on the vehicle frame and on
the push out cylinder 2.
Establish the hydraulic connections 1 to 4.
If the crane is equipped with a sliding beam monitoring system*:
Establish the connection for the sliding beam monitor.
Unpin the sliding beam: Unpin retaining pin 4 and retaining pin 4a.
Retract sliding beam all the way.
Adjust the slide sections 1 to the previous dimension (prior to removal). Insert the screw to the
stop of the lock nut.
5.17 LIEBHERR 1077

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108122
1078 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
1 Hook block overview
Note
For this crane type, the permissible load hooks and hook blocks may be found in a separate load
chart!
The hook blocks described in this chapter only serve as examples and can depart their design
type and the number of rope pulleys from your hook block. The various assembly and disassembly
procedures therefore serve only as exemplary description for a large number of different hook
blocks!
DANGER
Hook block weights!
If the information in the erection and take down charts or those in the load charts are not observed,
dangerous situations can result, up to toppling of the crane!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed; additionally, high property damages can result!
Observe the data in the erection and take down charts!
The specifications in the load charts must be adhered to!
The crane operator alone is responsible for his actions for maintaining the specifications in the
erection and take down charts and in the load charts!
For different sized loads, various large hook blocks can be used.
NOTICE
Rope damage due to insufficient hook block weight!
If the hook block weight is too low to tighten the hoist rope sufficiently, spooling problems may occur
on the winches when lowering and lifting the hook block due to slack rope formation!
The hoist rope can be damaged!
In order to prevent spooling problems on the winches, the hook block weight may be increased
with auxiliary weights, if necessary!
If problems develop in the assembly and set up conditions due to the weight increase of the hook
block, auxiliary weights must be removed again!
5.19 LIEBHERR 1079

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108123
1080 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
2 Assembling a double hook block for individual

operation
2.1 Assembling the hook blocks

If the hook blocks are to be brought into individual operation, then the pulley block 4 is attached
centrally on the cross brace 8.
2.1.1 Assembling the pulley block on cross brace

– the ground is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block safely,
– the subsoil is level and horizontal,
– the cross brace 8 is placed on the floor, see illustration 1.
DANGER
Risk of tipping the pulley block!
If the retaining pins 7, during assembly of the pulley block 4, is not pinned to the cross brace, then the
pulley block tips to the side upon removal of the auxiliary crane!
Personnel remaining in the danger zone can be severely injured or killed!
Pin in the retaining pins 7 into the bores U on the hook block!
Make sure before removing the auxiliary crane that the pulley block is properly pinned and
secured!
Attach the pulley block 4 onto the auxiliary crane, illustration 1.

Position pulley block 4 on the cross brace 8 and align the pin bore V.
Pin in the pin 5 on point V and secure with spring retainer 6.
Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the transport receptacle ( point X).
Pin in the retaining pins 7 into the bores ( point U) on the cross brace 8, illustration 1.
If the pulley block 4 is secured through the retaining pins 7 at point U:
Remove the auxiliary crane.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1081

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108141
1082 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
2.1.2 Assembling the auxiliary weights
Note
Each auxiliary weight's own weight is accepted on the auxiliary weight!
WARNING
Toppling of hook block!
One-sided placement of auxiliary weights can topple the hook block!
The auxiliary weights may only be installed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
block!
If the required auxiliary weight is assembled on the pulley block, then the difference between left
and right side may never be more than one auxiliary weight!
Asymmetrical installation of auxiliary weights is prohibited!

– the hook block is placed on the ground,
– the pulley block 4 is properly assembled and secured,
– the retaining pin 7 is pinned and secured at point U.
WARNING
Falling auxiliary weights!
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley block are not properly assembled, they can fall down during
assembly or during crane operation!
Standing under suspended auxiliary weight is prohibited!
Ensure that the auxiliary weights are assembled properly and securely!
Operating the crane without insufficiently secured auxiliary weights is forbidden!
Attach the auxiliary weight 10 onto the eyebolt 14 on the auxiliary crane, see illustration 5.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
While swinging in the auxiliary weights for the pulley block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Fingers, hands or arms can be crushed or severed!
Standing between pulley block and auxiliary weight is prohibited!
Swing in auxiliary weights with extreme caution and at low speed for the pulley block!
5.19 LIEBHERR 1083

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108141
1084 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
Align auxiliary weight 10 on the pulley block 4.

Retract auxiliary weight centring pin 10.1 into the centring bores Z on them pulley block 4,
illustration 6.
WARNING
If all mounting brackets are simultaneously removed on an unsecured auxiliary weight, the auxiliary
weight can fall down!
All mounting brackets for an unsecured auxiliary load must never be simultaneously removed!
Always change sides when installing or removing mounting brackets!
Install mounting brackets 11 laterally and connect the pulley block 4 with the auxiliary weight 10,
illustration 7.
Secure mounting brackets 11 with screws 12 and safety nut 13, illustration 7.
Note
Additional auxiliary weights must be connected with the mounting brackets 11!
WARNING
By removing the auxiliary crane, the auxiliary weights can fall down!
Only remove the auxiliary crane when it is ensured that the auxiliary weight 10 is secured properly
with the mounting brackets 11!
When the respective auxiliary weight is properly assembled and secured:

2.1.3 Preparing the hook block for crane operation
Note
Reeving in of the hook blocks is described in chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions!
Observe the “permissible hook block weights” in the erection and take down charts!
Reeve in hoist rope according to chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions and on the basis
of the separate reeving plans!
NOTICE
Pin in retaining pins 7 when lifting the load!
If the retaining pin 7 is not unpinned prior to the crane operation, the retaining pin 7 may be sheered
off when raising the load!
Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the hook block before crane operation!
When the hook block is properly reeved and has been lifted from the ground:
Unpin retaining pin 7 and pin and secure into the transport receptacle ( point X), illustration 8.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1085

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108142
1086 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
2.2 Disassembling the hook block
2.2.1 Preparing the hook block for disassembly
Note
Reeving out of the hook blocks is described in chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions!
NOTICE
Retaining pin 7 unpinned upon lowering the hook block!
If the retaining pin 7 - before setting the hook block on the ground - is not pinned, the pulley block tips
away laterally upon being set down!
Pin in and secure retaining pin 7, before setting down hook block onto the ground, at point U!

– the subsoil is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block safely, including the
auxiliary weights,
– the subsoil is level and horizontal.
Lower the hook block completely onto the ground.
If the hook block has been placed properly onto the ground:
Reeve out hoist rope according to chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions!
2.2.2 Disassembling auxiliary weights
Note
WARNING
One-sided disassembly of auxiliary weights can topple the hook block!
The auxiliary weights may only be placed individually and are disassembled alternating left and
right on the pulley block!
The difference between left and right side may never be more than one auxiliary weight upon
disassembly of the auxiliary weight!
Asymmetrical disassembly of auxiliary weights is prohibited!

– the retaining pin 7 is pinned in and secured at point U.
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley block are not properly disassembled, they can fall down during
disassembly!
Attach auxiliary weight 10 on the eyebolt 14 on the auxiliary crane.

Carefully tension the tackle.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1087

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108142
1088 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
WARNING
Swinging auxiliary weights!
During disassembly of the auxiliary weights, the auxiliary weights can lead to swinging!
Take heed that the auxiliary weight to be disassembled is properly attached on the auxiliary crane
before loosening the mounting brackets!
Diagonal pull is not permitted!
When the tackle on the auxiliary weight is tensioned:

Loosen bolt connection on the mounting brackets of the outermost auxiliary weights and remove
bolts.
WARNING
Disconnect mounting brackets 11 laterally.
WARNING
If more than the auxiliary weights to be disassembled are released, these auxiliary weights can fall
down!
Make sure that the other auxiliary weights are secured with the mounting brackets before
removing the outermost auxiliary weights!
If additional mounting brackets must be removed for releasing the outermost auxiliary weights:
Immediately reinstall mounting brackets so that only the relevant auxiliary weight to be
disassembled is released.
Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the pulley block.
Place the auxiliary weight onto the ground.
Disassemble additional auxiliary weights as described above.
2.2.3 Disassembling the pulley block on cross brace

– the auxiliary weights are disassembled.
Attach the pin pulling device 4 on the auxiliary crane.
Unpin retaining pin 7 at point U and pin into transport receptacle on the cross brace, point X,
illustration 12.
Swing out pulley block 4 with auxiliary crane.
Place the pulley block 4 on the ground, illustration 14.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1089

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108121
1090 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
3 Assembling a double hook block for parallel

operation
3.1 Assembling the hook blocks

If the hook blocks are to be brought into parallel operation, then attach the pulley blocks 4 left and
right on the cross brace 8.
3.1.1 Assembling the pulley blocks on cross brace

– the ground is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block safely,
– the subsoil is level and horizontal,
– the cross brace 8 is placed on the floor, see illustration 1.
DANGER
Tipping over the pulley blocks!
If the retaining pins 7, are not pinned during assembly of the pulley blocks 4 on the cross brace, then
the pulley block tips to the side upon removal of the auxiliary crane!
Make sure before removing the auxiliary crane that the pulley blocks are properly pinned and
secured!
Note
The assembly of two pulley blocks 4 is identical and is described on the example of a pulley block!
Attach the pulley block 4 onto the auxiliary crane, illustration 1.

Position pulley block 4 on the cross brace 8 and align the pin bore V.
Pin in the pin 5 on point V and secure with spring retainer 6.
Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the transport receptacle ( point X).
Pin in the retaining pins 7 into the bore ( point U) on the cross brace 8, illustration 1.
If the pulley block 4 is secured through the retaining pins 7 at point U:
Remove the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
Assemble second pulley block.
3.1.2 Assembling the block connector

– assemble and secure the two pulley blocks 4 on the cross brace 8.
Both pulley blocks 4 are pinned with the block connector 1.

Attach the block connector 1 on the auxiliary crane.
Position block connector 1 with auxiliary crane in pinning position, illustration 3.
Pin in the pins 15 on both sides to the pulley blocks 4 and pin with linchpin 16, illustration 3.
When the block connection 1 is pinned and secured properly:
5.19 LIEBHERR 1091

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108120
1092 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights may only be placed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
blocks of the hook block!
If the required auxiliary weight is assembled on the pulley blocks, then the difference between left
Asymmetrical installation of auxiliary weights is prohibited!

– the hook block is placed on the ground,
– the pulley blocks 4 are properly assembled and secured,
– the retaining pins 7 are pinned in and secured at point U,
– the block connector 1 is properly assembled and secured.
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley blocks are not properly assembled, they can fall down during
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
While swinging in the auxiliary weights for the pulley block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Standing between pulley blocks and auxiliary weight is prohibited!
Swing in auxiliary weights with extreme caution and at low speed for the pulley block!
5.19 LIEBHERR 1093

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108120
1094 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
Align auxiliary weight 10 on the pulley block 4.

Retract auxiliary weight centring pin 10.1 into the centring bores Z on them pulley block 4,
illustration 7.
WARNING
Install mounting brackets 11 laterally and connect the pulley block 4 with the auxiliary weight 10,
illustration 8.
Note
WARNING
By removing the auxiliary crane, the auxiliary weights can fall down laterally!

Note
NOTICE
Pin in the retaining pins 7 when lifting the load!
If the retaining pins 7 are not unpinned prior to the crane operation, the pins 7 may be sheered off
when raising the load!
Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the hook block before crane operation!
When the hook block is properly reeved and has been lifted from the ground:
Unpin retaining pin 7 and pin and secure into the transport receptacle ( point X), illustration 9.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1095

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108143
1096 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
3.2 Disassembling the hook block
Note
NOTICE
Retaining pin 7 unpinned upon lowering the hook block!
If the retaining pins 7 - before setting the hook block on the ground - is not pinned in, the pulley blocks
tip away laterally upon reeving out the hoist rope!
Pin in and secure retaining pin 7, before setting down hook block onto the ground, at both pulley
blocks at point U!

auxiliary weights,
Reeve out hoist rope(s) according to chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions!
3.2.2 Disassembling the auxiliary weights
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights may only be disassembled individually and alternating left and right on the
pulley blocks of the hook block!

– the retaining pins 7 are pinned and secured on both sides at point U,
– the block connector 1 is disassembled.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1097

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108143
1098 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley blocks are not properly disassembled, they can fall down during
disassembly!

WARNING

bolts.
WARNING
WARNING
down!
Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the pulley block.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1099

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108143
1100 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
3.2.3 Disassembling the block connector

Attach the block connector 1 on the auxiliary crane.
DANGER
Tipping over the pulley blocks!
If the retaining pins 7, are not pinned during disassembly of the block connector 1 on the pulley
blocks, then the pulley block tips to the side upon removal of the block connector!
Make sure before removing the block connector that the pulley blocks are properly pinned and
secured!
Release and unpin the pins 15 on both sides at the pulley blocks 4.
Remove the block connector 1 with the auxiliary crane.
Place the block connector 1 onto the ground.
3.2.4 Disassembling the pulley blocks on cross brace
Note
The disassembly of two pulley blocks is identical and is described on the example of a pulley
block!

– the auxiliary weights are disassembled,
– the block connector is disassembled.
Attach the pin pulling device 4 on the auxiliary crane.
Unpin retaining pin 7 at point U and pin into transport receptacle on the cross brace, point X,
illustration 13.
Swing out pulley block 4 with auxiliary crane.
Place the pulley block 4 onto the ground.
Disassemble second pulley block.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1101

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108146
1102 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
4 Single hook block
4.1 Assembling the single hook block
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights may only be placed individually and alternating left and right on the hook
block!
If the required auxiliary weight is assembled on the hook block, then the difference between left
Asymmetrical attachment of auxiliary weights is prohibited!

– the hook block is placed on the ground.
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley blocks are not properly assembled, they can fall down during
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
While swinging in the auxiliary weights for the hook block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Standing between hook block and auxiliary weight is prohibited!
Swing in auxiliary weights with the most extreme caution and at low speed for the hook block!
5.19 LIEBHERR 1103

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108146
1104 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
Align auxiliary weight 10 at the hook block.

Retract auxiliary weight centring pins 10.1 into the centring bores Z at the hook block.
WARNING
Install mounting brackets 11 laterally and connect the hook block with the auxiliary weight 10,
illustration 3.
Note
WARNING
By removing the auxiliary crane, the auxiliary weights can fall down!

Note
5.19 LIEBHERR 1105

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108146
1106 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
4.2 Disassembling the single hook block
Note

auxiliary weights,
Reeve out hoist rope according to chapter 4.06 of the crane operating instructions!
4.2.2 Disassembling the auxiliary weights
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights may only be disassembled individually and alternating left and right on the
hook block!
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley block are not properly disassembled, they can fall down during
disassembly!

5.19 LIEBHERR 1107

027929-00 5.19 Hook blocks
B108146
1108 LIEBHERR 5.19

5.19 Hook blocks 027929-00
WARNING

bolts.
WARNING
WARNING
down!
Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the hook block.
5.19 LIEBHERR 1109

028186-00 5.24 Luffing cylinder removal / installation with auxiliary crane
B109992
1110 LIEBHERR 5.24

5.24 Luffing cylinder removal / installation with auxiliary crane 028186-00
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the luffing cylinder can be removed*.
1.1 Hanging the luffing cylinder onto the auxiliary crane

Note
The weight of the luffing cylinder is 2.2 t.
To be able to hang the luffing cylinder 2, the lift off device 3 must be installed.
Attach the lift off device 3 on the auxiliary crane.
Position the lift off device 3 over the luffing cylinder.
Release the ball locking pin 5 and fold the left and right bar out.
Place the lift off device 3 on the luffing cylinder 2.
Fold the left and right bar in and secure with the ball locking pin 5.
Attach the lifting chain 1 on the lashing point P1 and lashing point P2.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to falling luffing cylinder!
Remove or install the luffing cylinder only after the lift off device 3 is installed and the luffing
cylinder is secured with the auxiliary crane to prevent it from falling down!
Check if the lift off device 3 is properly installed.
5.24 LIEBHERR 1111

B109993
1112 LIEBHERR 5.24

2 Removal of luffing cylinder
WARNING
Risk of falling!

– The telescopic boom is disassembled.
2.1 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and the
luffing cylinder
Release the connection for the central lubrication system.
5.24 LIEBHERR 1113

B109993
1114 LIEBHERR 5.24

2.2 Removing the luffing cylinder

– The lift off device is installed on the luffing cylinder.
– The luffing cylidner is secured with the auxiliary crane to prevent it from falling.
WARNING

Result:
Result:

Unpin the luffing cylinder on the turntable: Actuate the function key 8 and unpin the pins 20.
Carefully lift the luffing cylinder with the auxiliary crane from the turntable.
Place the luffing cylinder on the transportation vehicle.
Move the manual lever 8 and insert the pin 20.
Close the lug 12.
Set the crane cab horizontally, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.03.
5.24 LIEBHERR 1115

B109989
1116 LIEBHERR 5.24


WARNING
WARNING
Risk of accident!
superstructure!

Result:
2.4 Final tasks

Result:
Result:

5.24 LIEBHERR 1117

B109991
1118 LIEBHERR 5.24

3 Installation of luffing cylinder
WARNING
Risk of falling!

3.1 Turning the turntable by 180° to the front.

WARNING
Risk of accident!
superstructure!
Result:
5.24 LIEBHERR 1119

B109993
1120 LIEBHERR 5.24

3.2 Installing the luffing cylinder

Result:
Result:

Move the manual lever 8 and remove the pin 20.
NOTICE
damaged.
Carefully lower the luffing cylinder into the turntable until the bore holes between the turntable and
luffing cylinder align.
WARNING
Pin the luffing cylinder with the turntable: Move the manual control lever 8 and insert the pin 20.
Close the lug 12.
DANGER
Falling luffing cylinder!
If the telescopic boom is unhooked from the auxiliary crane before the luffing cylinder is pinned, then
the luffing cylinder can fall down and kill personnel!
Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the luffing cylinder is pinned and secured!
5.24 LIEBHERR 1121

B109993
1122 LIEBHERR 5.24

3.3 Establishing the supply lines between the turntable and the luffing
cylinder
The supply lines between the turntable and the luffing cylinder are in position P3.
WARNING
5.24 LIEBHERR 1123

028164-00 5.27 Erection and take-down charts
B195219
1124 LIEBHERR 5.27

5.27 Erection and take-down charts 028164-00
1 Minimum rope reeving and minimum hook block

weight
WARNING
Uncontrolled luffing up of the luffing lattice jib!
If the minimum rope reeving or the minimum hook block weight is not observed, the luffing lattice jib
can luff up uncontrolled and cause a fatal accident!
Luffing lattice jib Minimum rope reeving Minimum hook block weight
N-12 m 4 rope strands 3t
N-18 m 2 rope strands 1.5 t
2 Erection and take-down charts for TN operation

2.1 TN-operation, “angled” erect on support base of 8.9 m x 8.53 m
WARNING
If the following conditions are not observed, the crane can topple over and cause fatal injuries!
Observe the support base 8.9 m x 8.53 m!
The telescopic boom is completely telescoped in, T-14.9 (0/0/0/0/0)!
The symbol “—” means that erection at this constellation is prohibited!
For N-12 m, a minimum reeving of n = 4 rope strands and a minimum hook weight of 3 t must be
observed!
For N-18 m, a minimum reeving of n = 2 rope strands and a minimum hook weight of 1.5 t must be
observed!
Guy rods for “erection with NA-frame 3” (Erection “folded down”) must be removed!
For a lattice jib length of N-12, N-18 and N-24, additional guy rods must be installed!
For a lattice jib length of N-30, N-36, N-42, N-48, N-54 N-60 N-66, N-72 and N-78, the additional
guy rods may not remain on the N-assembly unit!
Permissible weight of hook block on lattice jib

Lattice jib For counterweight
length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-18 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-30 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t
5.27 LIEBHERR 1125


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t —

WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-18 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-24 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-30 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t
N-36 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t
N-42 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t
N-48 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t
1126 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-54 m — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-60 m — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t —
N-66 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t —
N-72 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t —
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —

WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t —
N-18 m — — — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t —
N-24 m — — — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t —
N-30 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-36 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-42 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-48 m — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-54 m — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-60 m — — — — — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1127


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m — — — — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-72 m — — — — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-78 m — — — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
3 Erection and take-down charts for TN operation

3.1 TN-operation, “stretched” erect on support base of 8.9 m x 8.53 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-24 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-30 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-36 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t —
N-42 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-48 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-54 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-60 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —
1128 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —
N-72 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-78 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —

WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t
N-18 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-24 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t — —
N-30 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-36 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-42 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-48 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — — —
N-54 m — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — — — —
N-60 m — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1129


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — — — —
N-72 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-78 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —

WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — — — — 3t 3t — —
N-18 m — — — — — — — — — 3t 3t — —
N-24 m — — — — — — — — — 3t — — —
N-30 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-36 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t — — — —
N-42 m — — — — — — — — 1.5 t — — — —
N-48 m — — — — — — — 1.5 t — — — — —
N-54 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-60 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
1130 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-72 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-78 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
4 Erection and take-down charts for TYVEN operation

4.1 TYVEN-operation, “folded down” erect on support base of
8.9 m x 8.53 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!
Guy rods for “erection with NA-frame 3” (Erection “folded down”) must be installed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-18 m — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-24 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-30 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-36 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-42 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-48 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-54 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-60 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1131


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-72 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
4.2 TYVEN-operation, “folded down” erect on support base of

8.9 m x 7.06 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!
Guy rods for “erection with NA-frame 3” (Erection “folded down”) must be installed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-18 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-24 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-30 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-36 m — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-42 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-48 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-54 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-60 m — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
1132 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
N-72 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —

5.1 TYVEN-operation “stretched” erect on support base of
8.9 m x 8.53 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t — —
N-18 m — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-24 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-30 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-36 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-42 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-48 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-54 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-60 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1133


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-72 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-78 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
5.2 TYVEN-operation “stretched” erect on support base of

8.9 m x 7.06 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-18 m — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — — —
N-24 m — — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t — — — — —
N-30 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-36 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-42 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-48 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-54 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-60 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
1134 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-72 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —
N-78 m — — — — — — — — — — — — —

6.1 TYVEN-operation “angled” erect on support base of 8.9 m x 8.53 m
WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-18 m — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-24 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-30 m 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t —
N-36 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-42 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-48 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-54 m 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — —
N-60 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1135


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-66 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-72 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — —
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
6.2 TYVEN-operation “angled” erect on support base of 8.9 m x 7.06 m

WARNING
observed!
observed!

length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-12 m — — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-18 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-24 m — — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-30 m — — — — — 3t 3t 3t 3t 3t — — —
N-36 m — — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-42 m — — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-48 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-54 m — — — 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t 1.5 t — — —
N-60 m — — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
N-66 m — 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — —
1136 LIEBHERR 5.27


length
140 130 120 110 100 90 t 80 t 70 t 60 t 50 t 40 t 30 t 20 t
t t t t t
N-72 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —
N-78 m 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t 1t — — — —
5.27 LIEBHERR 1137

027906-01 5.31 Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT)
B105252
1138 LIEBHERR 5.31

5.31 Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 027906-01
1 Operating and control instruments Bluetooth™

Terminal (BTT)
The BTT is a combined display and operating element which allows crane movements to be carried
out without a direct cable connection. The BTT is operated using function keys “F1” to “F10” and both
arrow keys.
Note
The illustrations and / or icons on the BTT display only serve as examples.
They may differ from the crane!
The BTT may be used to call up various menus. Various crane functions can be selected or
preselected, turned on or off, or directly activated in these menus.
F Function keys • The function of individual function keys depends on the menu
and can vary, depending on the menu selected. Therefore the
individual menus will now be described in more detail. The
icons on the touch display above the row of function keys with
a single border indicate the functions that will be triggered by
activating the function keys below them.
BTT placed in its fitting • Menu “Kilometer display and operating hours”
• Menu “Climate control settings for auxiliary heater”
• Menu “Incline indicator”
BTT removed from the charging • Menu “Engine operation chassis”
cradle • Menu “Engine operation superstructure”
• Menu “Support”
• Menu “Sliding beam movement”
• Menu “Assembly functions”
5.31 LIEBHERR 1139

B105252
1140 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.1 Important information

The following important information must be observed for operation with the BTT:
– The machine number on the data tag of the crane cab must match the machine number on the
BTT.
– The rechargeable battery of the BTT is only charged if the EMERGENCY OFF switch 556 on the
rear of the BTT is not actuated when plugging it into the charging module.
– The function keys correspond to the corresponding icons in the various menus. The blue marking
on the associated icon indicates the assignment of the corresponding function key.
– When a function is selected via a function key, the corresponding icon is surrounded with a black
border. In some case, additional icons are shown on the display.
– The actual movement (operation) is only activated after selecting the 2-hand keypad 557. The
icons for the available function keys change to a purple color. After the 2-hand keypad 557 and
the relevant function key have been actuated, the movement for the function shown in purple is
executed. The actuation of the 2-hand keypad 557 is stored for 30 seconds. If no movement is
actuated within these 30 seconds or if the 2-hand keypad 557 is not actuated, then the stored
actuation is deleted and a signal tone sounds.
– The operation of the BTT must be made with two hands.
– The BTT may not come in contact with dirt.
– During crane operation, the complete crane must be monitored via the BTT.
– Before any movement, which is controlled via the BTT, the horn 551 must be actuated.
– As soon as the reception of the radio signal deteriorates (maximum reach approx. 100 m), the
indicator light 550 lights up orange.
– The reach of the radio signal can deteriorate due to buildings in the area.
– If the radio contact between the BTT and the BTB is interrupted or if the EMERGENCY OFF
switch 556 on the rear of the BTT is actuated, the actuated engine is turned off for safety reasons.
– Clean the infrared glass and the charge contacts on the BTT and in the charging module as
necessary.
– It must be ensured that visual contact exists to both radio antennas on the driver's cab during
crane operation via the BTT.
– Protect the BTT from direct sun exposure.
– Protect the BTT from moisture.
NOTICE
The BTT will be destroyed!
Under no circumstances clean the BTT with a jet of water or a steam cleaner.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1141

B107120
1142 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.2 “Pairing” of the BTB and the BTT

To be able to control the crane via the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT), it must run through the pairing
process with the Bluetooth™ Basis (BTB). To do so, the turned on BTT must be plugged into the
charging module. Various connecting parameters are compared and checked for a match via the
infrared interface.
When the pairing process is successfully completed, the connection status 8 is shown in green in the
“System screen”, see section “Operation of the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT)”.
Note
If the pairing process does not run successfully, it is imperative to contact the next Liebherr
Service location or Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
5.31 LIEBHERR 1143

B105252
1144 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.3 General
550 Indicator light Transmission signal for Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT):
• Green: Transmission signal ok
• Yellow: Transmission signal about to be lost
• Red: No transmission signal present
551 Button • Operate the acoustic signal (horn)
552 Indicator light Battery charge condition for Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT):
• Green: Battery fully charged
• Yellow: Battery almost discharged
• Red: Battery discharged
553 Button • Turn the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on / off
554 Button • Enter code
555 Button • Enter code
556 EMERGENCY OFF • Note:
switch The EMERGENCY OFF switch 556 is on the underside of the
Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT).
557 2-hand keypad • Note:
The 2-hand keypad 557 must be actuated in order to carry out
a movement with the BTT.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1145

B105584
1146 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.4 Start screen
1.4.1 Explanation of icons on the BTT display

1 Indicator light Status display connection to BTT receiver
• Yellow / red: Not connected
• Yellow: Transmission signal being build up or severed
• Green with magenta dot: Connection prepared
• Green: Connection established
• Red: BTT and BTB not yet paired (pairing)
2 Crane type and crane
number
3 Indicator light Status indicator code entry:
• Green: Code entry OK
• Red: No code entered, code entry incorrect
F Function key • Note:
Once the code has been successfully entered, press any
function key F to switch back to the selection overview.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1147

B107120
1148 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.5 System screen

1 Project number and • Machine number, system info
version
2 Additional BTT project • Date, time of creation, author
info
3 Battery icon • Battery charge condition for Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) in [%]
4 Connection type • No connection 4.1
• Infrared 4.2
• Cable 4.3
• Bluetooth™ 4.4
4.6 Charging cradle • Green blinking: BTT in charging cradle and charging pulse
present
• Gray: BTT not in charging cradle
5 Icon • BTT response time in [ms]
6 Icon • Contrast indicator
7 Warning icon • No valid project found on BTT
8 Connection status Status display Bluetooth™ Basis (BTB):
• Yellow / red: Not connected
• Yellow: Transmission signal being build up or severed
• Green with magenta dot: Connection prepared
• Green: Connection established
• Red: BTT and BTB not yet paired (pairing)
9 Icon • Brightness indicator
10 BTT system info
11 BTT project info
1.5.2 The function keys

553 Button • Press button briefly: Return to selection overview
• Press button longer: Turn the BTT off
554 Button • Change to operating screen “Button test”
555 Button • Change to the operating screen “Radio master switch test”
F1 Function key • Return to selection overview
F2 Function key • System (bound)
F3 Function key • Horn
F6 Function key • Brightness +
F7 Function key • Brightness -
F9 Function key • Contrast +
F10 Function key • Contrast -
5.31 LIEBHERR 1149

B105315
1150 LIEBHERR 5.31

1.6 Operating screen “Button test”

1 Project number and • Machine number, system info
version
3 Battery icon • Battery charge condition for Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) in [%]
4 Connection type • No connection 4.1
• Infrared 4.2
• Cable 4.3
• Bluetooth™ 4.4
4.6 Charging cradle • Green blinking: BTT in charging cradle and charging pulse
present
• Gray: BTT not in charging cradle
10 BTT system info
11 BTT project info

551 Button • Analog / digital value of button 551 is displayed
553 Button • Press button briefly: Return to system screen
• Press button longer: Turn the BTT off
F1 Function key • Analog / digital value of function key F1 is displayed
5.31 LIEBHERR 1151

B105256
1152 LIEBHERR 5.31

2 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) is plugged into the

instrument console
2.1 Menu “Kilometer display and operating hours” on BTT

1 Kilometer display • The kilometer display displays the total and daily kilometer
count.
1.1 Total kilometers • In kilometers (km) or miles (m)
1.2 Trip kilometer display • In kilometers (km) or miles (m)
2 Time and date display
2.1 Time
2.2 Date
3 Operating hours display • The operating hours display indicates the total and daily
for superstructure operating hours for the superstructure.
3.1 Total operating hours for
superstructure
3.2 Trip operating hours for
superstructure
4 Operating hours for • The operating hours display indicates the total and daily
chassis operating hours for the chassis.
4.1 Total operating hours for
chassis
4.2 Trip operating hours for
chassis

554 Button • Change to previous menu
555 Button • Change to next menu
F1 Function key • Change to next menu
F2 Function key • No function
F3 Function key • Reset daily trip odometer or operating hour meter
F6 Function key • Select reset daily trip odometer
F8 Function key • Select reset daily operating hours - Superstructure
F9 Function key • Select reset daily operating hours - Chassis
F10 Function key • Change to test system
5.31 LIEBHERR 1153

B105257
1154 LIEBHERR 5.31

2.2 Menu “Climate control settings for auxiliary heater” * on BTT

F2 Function key • Move cursor in the edit field for the timer
F3 Function key • Timer function “minus” / activate / deactivate timer
F4 Function key • Timer function “plus” / activate / deactivate timer
F7 Function key • Select to set timer for auxiliary heater
Note
Refer to chapter 6.01 for a detailed description of the heater / air conditioning and ventilation
settings.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1155

B105258
1156 LIEBHERR 5.31

2.3 Menu “Incline indicator” on BTT

1 Crane incline
1.1 Incline range • 1° or 5°
1.2 Incline icon • Displays the graphic incline icon
1.3 Incline • Incline of crane in lengthwise (longitudinal) direction
1.4 Incline • Incline of crane in lateral direction

5.31 LIEBHERR 1157

B106070
1158 LIEBHERR 5.31

3 The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) removed from its

charging cradle
3.1 The menu overview

1 Crane type and crane
number
2 Crane icon • The crane icon 2 displays the numbered sliding beams.

F2 Function key • Select menu “Engine operation chassis”
F3 Function key • Select menu “Engine operation superstructure”
F4 Function key • Turn crane icon 2 in 180° increments
F5 Function key • Select menu “Support”
F8 Function key • Select menu “Sliding beam movement”
F9 Function key • Select menu “Assembly functions”
5.31 LIEBHERR 1159

B106564
1160 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.2 Menu “Engine operation chassis” on BTT

2 Engine function icons
2.1 Engine RPM • Static: Actual engine speed in RPM
2.2 Engine RPM • Blinking: Engine advance warnings are present
2.3 Indicator light display Status of indicator light display 2.3:
• Lights up green: Crane chassis engine preheating OK
• Lights up yellow: Crane chassis engine preheating is active
• Lights up red: Crane chassis engine not preheated
2.4 Crane chassis icon

554 Button • Change to engine function monitoring
F1 Function key • Return to crane chassis overview screen
F5 Function key • Turn engine off
• Note:
The “turn engine off” function can only be carried out if the
2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT is actuated at the same
time the function key is pressed.
F6 Function key • Turn engine on
• Note:
The “turn engine on” function can only be carried out if the
F8 Function key • Reduce engine RPM
• Note:
The “Reduce engine RPM” function can only be carried out if
the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT is actuated at the
same time the function key is pressed.
F9 Function key • Increase engine RPM
• Note:
The “Increase engine RPM” function can only be carried out if
Note
The “Reduce engine RPM” function activated using function key and “Increase engine RPM” using
function key can only be changed in chassis operation.
3.2.3 Monitoring of crane chassis engine functions
Note
If a function is highlighted green, this function is operating correctly.
If a function is highlighted red, this function has an error.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1161

NOTICE
Property damage!
Property damage can result if a malfunction is not immediately rectified!
Immediately rectify the faulty function!

3.1 Green: Coolant level OK
Coolant level
Red: Insufficient coolant
Note: Increase coolant level, see chapter
7.05.
3.2 Green: Engine oil pressure OK
Engine oil pressure

Red: Low engine oil pressure
Note: Bring the crane to a standstill imme-
diately and turn the engine off.
3.3 Green: Hydraulic oil temperature OK

ture
Red: Hydraulic oil temperature too high
3.4 Green: Charge air temperature OK

3.5 Green: Alternator OK

play
Red: Alternator not charging
1162 LIEBHERR 5.31


3.6 Green: Battery voltage OK
Battery voltage
Red: On-board power supply
over / undervoltage
3.7 Green: Fuel level OK
Tank contents
Yellow: Advance warning tank contents
Red: Fuel level low
Note: Refuel the mobile crane.
3.8 Green: Coolant temperature OK
Coolant temperature
3.9 Green: Air filter OK
Air filter
Yellow: Air filter dirty
5.31 LIEBHERR 1163

B106072
1164 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.3 Menu “Engine operation superstructure” on BTT

2 Engine function icons
2.1 Engine RPM • Static: Actual engine speed in RPM
2.2 Engine RPM • Blinking: Engine advance warnings are present
2.3 Indicator light display Status of indicator light display 2.3:
• Lights up green: Superstructure engine preheating OK
• Lights up yellow: Superstructure engine preheating is active
• Lights up red: Superstructure engine is not preheated
2.4 Symbol superstructure

F1 Function key • Return to crane chassis overview screen
F5 Function key • Turn engine off
• Note:
The “turn engine off” function can only be carried out if the
F6 Function key • Turn engine on
• Note:
The “turn engine on” function can only be carried out if the
F8 Function key • Reduce engine RPM
• Note:
The “Reduce engine RPM” function can only be carried out if
F9 Function key • Increase engine RPM
• Note:
The “Increase engine RPM” function can only be carried out if
Note
The “Reduce engine RPM” function activated using function key and “Increase engine RPM” using
function key can only be changed in chassis operation.
3.3.3 Monitoring engine functions - superstructure
Note
If a function is highlighted green, this function is operating correctly.
If a function is highlighted red, this function has an error.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1165

NOTICE
Property damage!
Property damage can result if a malfunction is not immediately rectified!
Immediately rectify the faulty function!

3.1 Red: Insufficient coolant
Coolant level
Green: Coolant level OK
Note: Increase coolant level, see chapter
7.05.
3.2 Green: Engine oil pressure OK
Engine oil pressure

Red: Low engine oil pressure
Note: Bring the crane to a standstill imme-
diately and turn the engine off.
3.3 Green: Hydraulic oil temperature OK

ture
Red: Hydraulic oil temperature too high
3.4 Green: Charge air temperature OK

3.5 Green: Alternator OK

play
Red: Alternator not charging
1166 LIEBHERR 5.31


3.6 Green: Battery voltage OK
Battery voltage
Red: On-board power supply
over / undervoltage
3.7 Green: Fuel level OK
Tank contents
Yellow: Advance warning tank contents
Red: Fuel level low
Note: Refuel the mobile crane.
3.8 Green: Coolant temperature OK
Coolant temperature
3.9 Green: Air filter OK
Air filter
Yellow: Air filter dirty
5.31 LIEBHERR 1167

B105261
1168 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.4 Menu “Support” on BTT

The crane driver can select between manual support and automatic support in the “Outriggers” menu.
Note
Set the crane icon 1 on the BTT display via the function key F4 before selecting the support
cylinder, corresponding to the actual orientation of the user to the crane.
Press the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT to carry out support procedure movements.

1 Crane icon • The crane icon displays the numbered sliding beams.
1.1 Support force values* • In [t] or [kips]
1.2 Unit* • Unit of displayed support force
2 Crane incline
2.1 Incline icon • Displays the graphic incline icon
2.2 Incline range • 1° or 5°
2.3 Incline • Incline of crane in lengthwise (longitudinal) direction
2.4 Incline • Incline of crane in lateral direction

F1 Function key • Return to overview screen
F2 Function key • Retract selected support(s)
• Note:
The “retract support(s)” movement can only be carried out if the
F3 Function key • Extend selected support(s)
• Note:
The “extend support(s)” movement can only be carried out if
F4 Function key • Turn the crane icon in 180° increments
F5 Function key • Select / deselect the support for a given crane position
F6 Function key • Select / deselect the automatic support
F9 Function key • Turn the sliding beam illumination on / off
3.4.3 Manual support

Up to 0 - 4 supports can be simultaneously selected on the BTT using function key F5, function
key F7, function key F8, function key F10 and extended or retracted using function key F3 and the
2-hand keypad or function key F2 2-hand keypad respectively. When a support cylinder is selected,
the automatic support selection is cancelled.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1169

B105262
1170 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.4.4 Automatic support

Selecting the automatic support using function key F6 cancels the selection of all manual support
functions.
Note
The extension / retraction of the support cylinder is “coupled” to function key F2 and function
key F3 on the BTT.
The function key F3 and the 2-hand keypad affect the levelling of the crane by extending the
support cylinders.
The function key F2 and the 2-hand keypad affect the levelling of the crane by retracting the
support cylinders.
The automatic support function automatically levels the crane during the support procedure.
3.4.5 Sliding beam illumination

When a function is activated for the first time in the “Support” menu, the sliding beam illumination
automatically turns itself on.
The sliding beam illumination remains turned on until:
– The crane reaches a driving speed of greater than 3 km/h.
– The sliding beam illumination is manually turned off using function key F9.
Note
If the sliding beam illumination has been turned off using function key F9, the automatic turn on
function is not reactivated until the function key F9 has been pressed again or the crane has been
restarted via “Ignition ON”.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1171

B105263
1172 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.5 Menu “Sliding beam movement” on the BTT

Note
Set the crane icon 1 on the BTT display via the function key F4 before selecting the sliding beams,
corresponding to the actual orientation of the user to the crane.
Press the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT to carry out support procedure movements.

1 Crane icon • The crane icon displays the numbered sliding beams.
1.1 Sliding beam lengths* • In [%]
1.2 Unit* • Unit of displayed support force

F2 Function key • Retract selected sliding beam(s)
• Note:
The “retract sliding beam(s)” movement can only be carried out
if the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT is actuated at the
F3 Function key • Extend the selected sliding beam / confirm the selection
• Note:
The “extend sliding beam(s)” movement can only be carried out
if the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT is actuated at the
F4 Function key • Turn the crane icon in 180° increments
F5 Function key • Retract the support cylinders for the selected sliding beam
• Note:
The “retract support cylinder(s)” movement can only be carried
out if the 2-hand keypad on the rear of the BTT is actuated at
the same time the function key is pressed.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1173

B105263
1174 LIEBHERR 5.31

F6 Function key • Extend the support cylinders for the selected sliding beam
• Note:
The “extend support cylinder(s)” movement can only be carried
F7 Function key • Select / deselect the sliding beam for a given crane position
F8 Function key • Retract the support cylinders for the selected sliding beam
• Note:
The “retract support cylinder(s)” movement can only be carried
F9 Function key • Extend the support cylinders for the selected sliding beam
• Note:
The “extend support cylinder(s)” movement can only be carried
F10 Function key • Select / deselect the sliding beam for a given crane position
3.5.3 Sliding beams

To extend the sliding beams, first set the crane icon 1 on the BTT display via the function key F4,
before selecting the sliding beam and to correspond to the actual orientation of the user to the crane,
and then confirm by pressing the function key F3, see illustration 1. Press function key F7 and
function key F10 to select the particular sliding beam, see illustration 2. After selecting a particular
sliding beam, the associated icons for retracting / extending are displayed. The movements are only
carried out after the 2-hand keypad has been actuated and the icons are highlighted in purple, see
illustration 3. Use function key F2 and function key F3 to retract and extend the sliding beam
respectively. The function key F6 can also be used to extend the support cylinders on the sliding
beam, whereas function key F5 is used to retract the cylinders.
CAUTION
Extended danger zone
When extending / retracting the sliding beams, they can be selected and moved on both the driver
and passenger side at the same time, see illustration 4. The crane driver must be able to see the
entire extended danger zone.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1175

B107937
1176 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.6 Menu “Assembly functions” on BTT

Note
The function key F5 and the function key F9 in the “Assembly functions” menu remain active only
as long as the telescopic boom is completely telescoped in.

F9 Function key • Select / deselect attach the hook block
5.31 LIEBHERR 1177

B107938
1178 LIEBHERR 5.31

3.6.2 Attaching the hook block
Note
The function key F1, function key F2, function key F3 and function key F4 have 2 speed stages.
For example, if the function key F4 is actuated lightly, the hoist rope is spooled out slowly. If the
function key F4 is actuated harder, the hoist rope is spooled out quickly.
Explanation of icons on the BTT display
11 Hoist top limit switch • In the assembly range 0° to 10° boom angle, the hoist top limit
bypassed switch is automatically bypassed by the control system.
12 Hoist top limit switch • Icon appears when:
• Boom angle is greater than 10°
• Hoist top limit switch operated
The function keys

F2 Function key • Movement luffing cylinder down
• Note:
The “luffing cylinder down” movement can only be carried out if
F3 Function key • Movement spool up winch
• Note:
The “spool up winch” movement can only be carried out if the
F7 Function key • Movement luffing cylinder up
• Note:
The “luffing cylinder up” movement can only be carried out if
F9 Function key • Select / deselect attach the hook block
F10 Function key • Movement spool out winch
• Note:
The “spool out winch” movement can only be carried out if the
Description of function
In order to move the hook block, function key F9 must be pressed. After selecting function key F9, the
icons for the luffing cylinder and hoist gear functions are displayed. The movements are only carried
out after the 2-hand keypad has been actuated and the icons are highlighted in purple. Use function
key F1 to luff the boom up and function key F2 to luff the boom down. In addition, function key F3 and
function key F4 can be used to lower or raise the hoist gear respectively.
Note
When using the BTT to operate the hook block, pin the turntable to the front.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1179

B105586
1180 LIEBHERR 5.31

4 Operation Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT)

There are two ways to turn the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on:
– Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via “ignition ON”
– Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via the ON / OFF button
4.1 Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via “ignition ON”

– The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) is plugged into the fitting.
– The crane ignition is turned off.
Turn the crane ignition on.
Result:
– The indicator light 550 and indicator light 552 light up orange until the BTT has booted before
changing to green, see illustration 1.
– The start screen is displayed before the display changes to the “Kilometre display and operating
hours” menu, see illustration 2.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1181

B106718
1182 LIEBHERR 5.31

4.2 Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via the ON / OFF button
– The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) has been removed from its charging cradle.
– The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) is turned off.
– The crane ignition is turned off.
Note
The chassis ignition must be turned on for chassis operation.
The superstructure ignition must be turned on for superstructure operation.
Turn on the chassis ignition.

or
Turn on the superstructure ignition.
Turn Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on: Press the key 553.
Result:
– The indicator light 550 and indicator light 552 light up in orange.
– The start screen is displayed, see illustration 1.
Enter the code: Press button 554, button 555 and then function key F1.
Result:
– The indicator light 550 and indicator light 552 light up in green.
– The indicator light 1 and indicator light 2 light up in green.
– The connection between the BTT and the receiver is established.
Press any function key.

Result:
– The BTT displays the “Menu overview”, see illustration 2.
Note
During chassis operation, the “assembly functions” icon is not shown on function key F9.
Select the menu with the appropriate function key, see relevant technical chapter.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1183

B107387
1184 LIEBHERR 5.31

4.3 Changing the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) from driving to crane

operation
Note
The following description refers to chassis operation. The superstructure ignition must be turned
on for superstructure operation.

– The chassis ignition is turned on or the engine is running.
– The BTT is turned on and the main menu is displayed.
Remove the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) from its charging cradle.
Result:
– The BTT display changes to the “Menu overview”.
4.4 Changing to “system screen”, see illustration 1

– The “menu overview” is displayed.
Select the “system screen”: Press the button 553 briefly.
To change back to the “menu overview”: Actuate the function key F1.
4.5 Changing to operating screen “button test”, see illustration 2

– The “system screen” is selected.
Select operating screen “Button test”: Press the key 554.
To change back to the “system screen”: Press the button 553 briefly.
5.31 LIEBHERR 1185

028004-00 5.51 TN/TF adapter
B108449
1186 LIEBHERR 5.51

5.51 TN/TF adapter 028004-00
1 General
1.1 Weight
Description Weight
TN/TF-adapter 0.8 t
1.2 Attachment points

For the assembly of the TN/TF-adapter 1 2 eyehooks 6 are installed.
2 Assembly of TN/TF-adapter
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (ladders, lifting platforms, scaffolding,
personal protective equipment must be attached in the corresponding attachment points on the

5.51 LIEBHERR 1187

028004-00 5.51 TN/TF adapter
B108449
1188 LIEBHERR 5.51

5.51 TN/TF adapter 028004-00
2.1 Installing the TN/TF-adapter with the auxiliary crane

Attach the auxiliary crane on both sides on the eyehooks 6 and lift the TN/TF-adapter 1 with the
auxiliary crane.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Hands can be crushed or even severed by the swing movement of the TN/TF-adapter 1 during
assembly on the telescopic boom!
Make sure that the TN/TF-adapter 1 does not swing back and forth during assembly!
Hook the TN/TF-adapter 1 with the hook 7 in the stud 8.

Lower the TN/TF-adapter 1 until the receptacle bores of the TN/TF-adapter 1 and the telescopic
boom align.
Pin the TN/TF-adapter 1 with the telescopic boom: Insert the pins 2 on both sides on top.
Pin the TN/TF-adapter 1 with the telescopic boom: Insert the pins 2 on both sides on the bottom.
Secure the pins 2 on top and bottom: Insert the retaining pins 12 and secure with spring
retainers 13.
DANGER
Danger of accident if TN/TF-adapter is installed incorrectly!
Crane operation with TN/TF-adapter 1 is only permissible when all 4 pins 2 are pinned and
secured!
Check if all 4 pins 2 are pinned and secured.

Unhook the TN/TF-adapter 1 from the crane.
Establish the electrical connection for the TN/TF-adapter 1.
If necessary:
Establish the hydraulic connection for the TN/TF-adapter 1.
5.51 LIEBHERR 1189

028004-00 5.51 TN/TF adapter
B108450
1190 LIEBHERR 5.51

5.51 TN/TF adapter 028004-00
3 Disassembly of the TN/TF-adapter
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.
personal protective equipment must be attached in the corresponding attachment points on the

3.1 Removing the TN/TF-adapter with the auxiliary crane

If necessary:
Release the hydraulic connection for the TN/TF-adapter 1.
Release the electrical connection for the TN/TF-adapter 1.
Release all 4 pins 2: Release and unpin the retaining pin 12.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the eyehooks 6 on both sides.
DANGER
The TN/TF-adapter can fall down!
If the TN/TF-adapter 1 is removed before it is secured with the auxiliary crane, then the
TN/TF-adapter 1 can fall down and fatally injure the assembly personnel!
Do not remove the TN/TF-adapter 1 until it is secured with the auxiliary crane!
Note
Disassembly device!
With the disassembly device 15, the pins 2 can be unpinned easier.
Unpin the pins 2 on both sides on top.

Unpin the pins 2 on both sides on the bottom.
Insert pins 2 in the receptacles 9 and secure with spring retainers 3.
Place the TN/TF-adapter 1 on the transport vehicle.
5.51 LIEBHERR 1191

027907-01 5.53 Telescopic boom extension with eccentric
B108360
1192 LIEBHERR 5.53

5.53 Telescopic boom extension with eccentric 027907-01
1 General
To increase the load capacity, a telescopic boom extension 1 with eccentrics which can be folded out
can be installed on this crane.
1.1 Weight
Description Abbreviation Weight

1 Telescopic boom extension without eccentric TV 1.5 t
2 Eccentric right EX 0.4 t
3 Eccentric left EX 0.4 t
Telescopic boom extension with eccentric TV + EX 2.3 t

For the assembly of the right eccentric 2 and the left eccentric 3 two fastening bracket 4 are installed.
For the assembly of telescopic boom extension 1, 4 eyehooks 5 are installed. For simpler installation,
the telescopic boom extension 1 hangs at a slight angle.
2 Assembly of eccentric
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.

– The telescopic boom has been telescoped in all the way and swung to the rear or the side.
– The telescopic boom is in the 0° position.
– The TY-guying is installed on the telescopic boom and erected.
– The TN/TF-adapter is installed on the telescopic boom.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1193

B108415
1194 LIEBHERR 5.53

2.1 Installing the eccentric on the telescopic boom extension

The assembly of the right eccentric 2 and the left eccentric 3 on the telescopic boom extension 1 is
identical.
– The pin 16, pin 18, pin 20 and pin 22 are inserted and secured.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the eccentric.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
During assembly, hands can be crushed or even severed due to swing movements of the eccentric!
Make sure that the eccentric does not swing back and forth during assembly!
Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the eccentric is properly pinned and secured!
Lift the eccentric with the auxiliary crane and affix in the receptacle bores of the telescopic boom
extension 1.
Pin the eccentric with the telescopic boom extension 1: Insert the pin 6 from the outside to the
inside and secure with retaining plate 7.
Secure retaining plate 7 with linch pin 8.
Pin in the pin 10 and secure with retaining plate 9.
Secure retaining plate 9 with linch pin 11.
Lower the eccentric with the auxiliary crane and affix in the opposite receptacle bore of the
telescopic boom extension 1.
Pin in the pin 12 from the inside to the outside and secure with spring retainer 13.
Detach the auxiliary crane from the eccentric.
Note
The pin 16, pin 18, pin 20 and pin 22 are only used for transport retention.

Insert and secure the pin 20 and pin 22 in the park positions.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1195

B108421
1196 LIEBHERR 5.53

2.2 Installing the telescopic boom extension on the TN/TF-adapter

– The TN/TF-adapter 28 is installed on the telescopic boom.
– The right eccentric 2 and the left eccentric 3 is assembled on the telescopic boom extension 1.
– The pin 16 and the pin 18 are pinned and secured.
Attach the auxiliary crane to the telescopic boom extension.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
During assembly, hands can be crushed or even severed due to swing movements of the telescopic
boom extension 1!
Make sure that the telescopic boom extension 1 is not swinging back and forth during installation!
Lift the telescopic boom extension 1 with the auxiliary crane and affix in the receptacle bores of
the TN/TF-adapter 28.
Pin the telescopic boom extension 1 on top with the TN/TF-adapter 28: Insert the pins 26 on both
sides from the outside to the inside and secure with spring retainer 27.
Lower the telescopic boom extension 1 until the lower receptacle bores align.
Pin the telescopic boom extension 1 on the bottom with the TN/TF-adapter 28: Insert the
pins 24 on both sides and secure with spring retainers 25.
DANGER
The telescopic boom extension can fall down!
If the telescopic boom extension 1 is detached from the auxiliary crane before the telescopic boom
extension 1 is installed, then it will fall and can fatally injure installation personnel!
Do not detach the auxiliary crane until the telescopic boom extension 1 is properly installed and
secured!
Unhook the telescopic boom extension 1 from the auxiliary crane.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1197

B110456
1198 LIEBHERR 5.53

2.3 Pinning the eccentric with the TY-guying and erecting it without the
auxiliary crane
– The right eccentric and the left eccentric are assembled.
– The telescopic boom extension 1 is installed on the TN/TF-adapter 28.
Unpin the change over pulley 30 on the retainer 31, release the pin 32 and unpin.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the attachment bracket 34.
To activate the respective guy winch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
WARNING
When pulling the change over pulley 30 from the retainer 31, the change over pulley 30 can swing
back and forth uncontrolled and severely injure personnel!
Spool the respective guy winch up and pull the change over pulley 30 from the retainer 31.
Pull the change over pulley 30 forward to the pin point change over pulley 30 - pull rod 35. Spool
the respective guy winch out at the same time.
Pin the change over pulley 30 with the pull rod 35: Insert the pin 36 and secure with spring
retainer 37.
Pin the opposite change over pulley 30 with the pull rod 35 accordingly.
Note
Before erecting the eccentric, the pins 14 must be unpinned.

Activate the guy winches, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Pull the change over pulley 30 up with the guy winches, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 5.05.
Result:
– The eccentric is automatically erected.
When the eccentrics are fully erected:

Insert pins 14 in bores 40 and secure with spring retainers 15.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1199

B110457
1200 LIEBHERR 5.53

2.4 Erecting the eccentric with the auxiliary crane and pinning it with
the TY-guying
– The right eccentric and the left eccentric are assembled.
– The telescopic boom extension 1 is installed on the TN/TF-adapter 28.
Attach the auxiliary crane on position P1 and carefully pull the pull rod 35 up.
Result:
– The eccentric is erected.
When the eccentric is fully erected:

Insert pin 14 in bore 40 and secure with spring retainer 15.
Lower the pull rod 35 until it hangs on the eccentric.
Detach the auxiliary crane on the pull rod 35.
Erect the opposite eccentric and pin it.
Unpin the change over pulley 30 on the retainer 31, release the pin 32 and unpin.
Attach the auxiliary crane on the attachment bracket 34.
To activate the respective guy winch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
WARNING
When pulling the change over pulley 30 from the retainer 31, the change over pulley 30 can swing
Spool the respective guy winch up and pull the change over pulley 30 from the retainer 31.
Note
It may be necessary to fold the TY-frames out so that the pin point change over pulley 30 - pull
rod 35 align.
If necessary:
Fold the TY-frames out.
Pull the change over pulley 30 forward to the pin point change over pulley 30 - pull rod 35. Spool
the respective guy winch out at the same time.
Pin the change over pulley 30 with the pull rod 35: Insert the pin 36 and secure with spring
retainer 37.
Pin the opposite change over pulley 30 with the pull rod 35 accordingly.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1201

B110456
1202 LIEBHERR 5.53

3 Removal of the eccentric
WARNING
Risk of falling!
injuries.

– The telescopic boom has been telescoped in all the way and swung to the rear or the side.
– The telescopic boom is in the 0° position.
– The TY-guying is installed on the telescopic boom and erected.
3.1 Placing the eccentric down without the auxiliary crane and
unpinning it on the TY-guying
Activate the guy winch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.05.
Lower the guy winch until the pull rod 35 is laying correctly in the receptacles, see Crane operating
Pin the eccentric on both sides in transport position: Insert the pin 16 and secure with spring
retainer 17.
Insert the pin 18 and secure with spring retainer 19.
Hang the auxiliary crane on the change over pulley 30 and secure the change over pulley 30 to
prevent it from swinging back and forth.
WARNING
When unpinning the change over pulley 30 on the pull rod 35, the change over pulley 30 can swing
Unpin the change over pulley 30 on the pull rod 35: Release and unpin the pins 36.
Bring the change over pulley 30 with the auxiliary crane to the rear until the change over
pulley 30 is over the retainer 31. At the same time, spool the respective guy winch up, see Crane
Spool the respective guy winch out and place the change over pulley 30 in the retainer 31.
Pin the change over pulley 30 with the retainer 31: Insert the pin 32 and secure with spring
retainer 33.
Place the opposite change over pulley 30 in the retainer 31 and pin accordingly.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1203

B110457
1204 LIEBHERR 5.53

3.2 Unpinning the eccentric on the TY-guying and placing it down with
the auxiliary crane
– The TY-frames are folded out to an angle where the pull rod 35 can be unpinned without
problems.
Lower the change over pulley 30 until the pull rod 35 hangs on the eccentric.
Hang the auxiliary crane on the change over pulley 30 and secure the change over pulley 30 to
prevent it from swinging back and forth.
WARNING
When unpinning the change over pulley 30 on the pull rod 35, the change over pulley 30 can swing
Unpin the change over pulley 30 on the pull rod 35: Release and unpin the pins 36.
Bring the change over pulley 30 with the auxiliary crane to the rear until the change over
pulley 30 is over the retainer 31. At the same time, spool the respective guy winch up, see Crane
Spool the respective guy winch out and place the change over pulley 30 in the retainer 31.
Pin the change over pulley 30 with the retainer 31: Insert the pin 32 and secure with spring
retainer 33.
Place the opposite change over pulley 30 in the retainer 31 and pin accordingly.
Attach the auxiliary crane on position P1 and secure the pull rod 35 to prevent it from falling.
Place the eccentric and the pull rod 35 down in transport position. The pull rod 35 must be laying
correctly in the receptacles.
Place the opposite eccentric and the pull rod 35 down in transport position. The pull rod 35 must
be laying correctly in the receptacles.
Pin the eccentric on both sides in transport position: Insert the pin 16 and secure with spring
retainer 17.
Insert the pin 18 and secure with spring retainer 19.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1205

B108421
1206 LIEBHERR 5.53

3.3 Removing the telescopic boom extension from the TN/TF-adapter

– The eccentrics have been removed and are placed down in transport position.
– The pin 16 and the pin 18 are pinned and secured.
WARNING
Danger of accident during the assembly / disassembly of the telescopic boom extension!
If the pins 24 or the pins 26 are unpinned before the telescopic boom extension 1 is secured via the
auxiliary crane, then telescopic boom extension 1 can fall down and fatally injure the installation
personnel!
The telescopic boom extension 1 may suddenly release due to distortion!
When unpinning the pins, no personnel may remain under the telescopic boom extension 1 or
within the danger zone!
Only lift a weight with the auxiliary crane that corresponds to the weight of the telescopic boom
extension 1 that is being removed!
Do not remove the telescopic boom extension 1 until the telescopic boom extension 1 has been
secured with the auxiliary crane to prevent it from falling!
Leaning the auxiliary ladder on the telescopic boom extension 1 is prohibited if it is just being
removed!
Release the electrical connection on the telescopic boom extension 1.

Attach the auxiliary crane to the telescopic boom extension 1.
Secure the telescopic boom extension 1 with the auxiliary crane to prevent it from falling and
tension the hoist rope slightly.
Unpin the telescopic boom extension 1 on the bottom on the TN/TF-adapter 28: Release the
pins 24 on both sides and unpin from the outside to the inside.
Insert the pins 24 into the receptacles and secure with spring retainers 25.
Lift the telescopic boom extension 1 until an inclined position of 4° is reached.
Unpin the telescopic boom extension 1 on top on the TN/TF-adapter 28: Release the pins 26 on
both sides and unpin from the inside to the outside.
Insert the pins 26 into the receptacles and secure with spring retainers 27.
Place the telescopic boom extension 1 on the transport vehicle.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1207

B108415
1208 LIEBHERR 5.53

3.4 Removing the eccentric on the telescopic boom extension

The disassembly of the right eccentric and the left eccentric on the telescopic boom extension 1 is
identical.
– The pin 16, pin 18, pin 20 and pin 22 are inserted and secured.
– The telescopic boom extension 1 has been removed from the TN/TF-adapter.
DANGER
The eccentric can fall down!
If the eccentric is removed before it is secured with the auxiliary crane, then the eccentric can fall
down and fatally injure assembly personnel!
Do not remove the eccentric until it is secured with the auxiliary crane!
Attach the auxiliary crane onto the eccentric and secure it to prevent it from falling.
Unpin the eccentric on the telescopic boom extension 1: Release the pins 12 and unpin from the
inside to the outside.
Release retaining plate 9 and remove.
Unpin the pin 10.
Release retaining plate 7 and remove.
Unpin the pin 6.
Place the eccentric on the transportation vehicle.
5.53 LIEBHERR 1209

028188-00 5.61 Pulley cart
B108599
1210 LIEBHERR 5.61

5.61 Pulley cart 028188-00
1 General
1.1 Components of pulley cart
Position Description
1 Pulley cart (steel construction)
2 Tires
3 Wedge
4 Retaining pin
5 Linch pin
6 Receptacle
7 Axle (telescopeable)
1.2 Weight
Description Weight
Pulley cart 0.7 t
1.3 Adjusting the track width on the pulley cart

The track width of the pulley cart can be adjusted via the telescopeable axles 7 to the width of the
corresponding N-head and affixed in this position with set screws.
5.61 LIEBHERR 1211

028188-00 5.61 Pulley cart
B108600
1212 LIEBHERR 5.61

5.61 Pulley cart 028188-00
1.4 Installing the pulley cart

Place the pulley cart 1 under the N-head and affix with wedges 3.
Remove the wedges 3 from the transport retainer (point P1) on the pulley cart.
Secure the pulley cart 1 with wedges 3 to prevent it from rolling off: Push the wedges 3 on the left
and right hand side tightly under the wheels 2, illustration 2.
Slowly lower the lattice jib until the studs 11 of the N-head 10 are placed in the receptacles 6 of
the pulley cart, illustration 3.
Secure the studs 11 in the receptacles 6 of the pulley cart 1.

Unpin the retaining pin 4 from the transport receptacle (point P2).
Insert the pin 4 at receptacles 6 and secure with linch pin 5, illustration 3.
Remove the wedges 3 on the wheels.
Remove the wedges 3 on the transport receptacle (point P1) on the pulley cart.
1.5 Removing the pulley cart

When the boom system has reached a certain angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib,
then the pulley cart is no longer required. Before luffing the boom system all the way up, remove the
pulley cart on the N-head.
WARNING
Overload of crane!
If the pulley cart is not removed before erecting the boom system all the way, the crane can be
overloaded and topple over!
Remove the pulley cart before lifting the boom system from the ground!
Remove the wedges 3 from the transport retainer (point P1) on the pulley cart.
Secure the pulley cart 1 with wedges 3 to prevent it from rolling off: Push the wedges 3 on the left
and right hand side tightly under the wheels 2, illustration 4.
Release the retaining pin 4: Remove the linch pin 5.
Unpin the retaining pin 4 on the receptacle 6 and insert it into the transport receptacle (point P1).
Secure the retaining pin 4 in the transport receptacle (point P2) with linch pin 5.
Luff the boom system up.
When the boom system is luffed up:
Remove the wedges 3 on the wheels.
Remove the wedges 3 on the transport receptacle (point P1) on the pulley cart.
Remove the pulley cart.
5.61 LIEBHERR 1213

1214 LIEBHERR
6.00 Additional equipment
LIEBHERR 1215
028190-00 6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating
B105544
1216 LIEBHERR 6.01

6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 028190-00
1 Heating the driver's cab

The driver's cab can be heated using three different types of heaters which are independent of each
other:
– Engine-dependent heater
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of up to -40
°C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 S*
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of less than
-40 °C, WEBASTO; DBW 2020*, Air Top 5000*
The individual adjustment of the heater (for both engine-dependent and engine-independent auxiliary
heaters*) is carried out with the control elements under the crane operator's seat as well as via
switches and indicator lights on the instrument panel.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to the heater control units* when carrying out electrical welding work on the crane!
Disconnect the negative and positive cables from the batteries and connect the positive cables to
the vehicle ground.
1.1 Heater operation
1.1.1 Adjusting the temperature

The driver's cab is heated using the engine coolant. The temperature may be set in 7 different
temperature stages (0=“cold” to 6=“warm”).
Note
The selected settings are maintained after the ignition is turned off.
If you want to increase the temperature:

Result:
– The function control on button 145 lights up.
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
If you want to decrease the temperature:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1217

B105544
1218 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.1.2 Adjusting the ventilation

The fan speed can be set in four different stages (0=“off” to 3=“maximum fan speed”).
If you want to increase the fan speed:
Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
If you want to decrease the fan speed:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1219

B105545
1220 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.1.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 153 and button 154.
Recirculated air but- Fresh air button 154 Air distribution

ton 153
On Off Recirculated air only
Off On Fresh air only
On On Approx. 70% recirculated air and 30% fresh air
Off Off Approx. 30% recirculated air and 70% fresh air

Result:
– The button 153 has been turned on.

Result:
1.1.4 Ventilating the floorboard area / front windshield

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 155 and button 156.
Floorboard area but- Front windshield button Air distribution

ton 155 156
On Off Floorboard area only
Off On Front windshield only
On On Approx. 70% floorboard area and 30% front
windshield
Off Off Approx. 30% floorboard area and 70% front
windshield

Result:

Result:
6.01 LIEBHERR 1221

1.1.5 Adjusting the air distribution

Open air vent 44.
Result:
– Air distribution takes place.
Close the air vent 44.

Result:
– The air distribution is completed.
1222 LIEBHERR 6.01

blank page!
6.01 LIEBHERR 1223

B105546
1224 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.2 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater*

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the driver cab when the engine is turned off
and as auxiliary heat* at low ambient temperatures if the engine-dependent heater is insufficient.
For detailed description of the auxiliary heater* refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating
instructions.
In summer run the auxiliary heater* once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
Carry out maintenance work on the auxiliary heater* as outlined in the enclosed manufacturer's
1.2.1 Start up
NOTICE
Risk of damage to auxiliary heater!
Fill all units with sufficient service fluids for winter operation, as specified in the lubricant chart.
DANGER
Risk of poisoning and suffocation in enclosed areas!
Only operate the heater with the BTT in enclosed areas, such as garages or workshops, if an
exhaust system is present!
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
In areas where combustible fumes or dust could form, such as in the vicinity of storage areas for fuel,
coal, wood dust or grain storage or similar and in the vicinity of filling stations or tank depots, there is a
risk of explosion.
Turn off the heater.

Result:
– The fan comes on automatically at level 1 in order to prevent the auxiliary heater from overheating.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1225

B105546
1226 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.2.2 Turning off

Result:
– An afterrun is carried out each time the auxiliary heater is turned off.
The keypad unit remains on even if the ignition key has been removed.
NOTICE
Turn the battery master switch off only when the heater after run is over.
When the after run is over:

– The indicator light 180 turns off.
– The keypad unit turns off automatically.
1.2.3 Venting the system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because
the engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubricant
chart.
Start the engine as described in the Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
Set the button 145 to level 3.
Check the expansion tank for air bubbles.
Result:
– The engine is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
When no more air bubbles appear in the expansion tank:

Set the button 146 for the driver's cab temperature to level 0.
Result:
– The heating circuit will be bled.

Result:
– The heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1227

B105548
1228 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.2.4 Setting the timer for auxiliary heater * with the BTT
– The BTT is placed in the charging cradle.
Press button 554 or button 555 until the menu “Air conditioning settings for auxiliary heater” is
displayed.
Result:
– The timer for the auxiliary heater is selected.

Result:
– The cursor blinks on the “weekday”.
Press function key F3 “minus” or the function key F4 “plus” until the desired weekday appears (for
example: Monday).
Result:
– The cursor blinks on the “hours”.
Press the function key F3 “minus” or the function key F4 “plus” until the desired hour appears (for
example: 6 o'clock).
Result:
– The cursor blinks on the “minutes”.
Press the function key F3 “minus” or the function key F4 “plus” until the desired minute appears
(for example: 45 minutes).
Result:
– The cursor blinks for the “turn on duration”.
Set the desired turn on duration (for example: 30 minutes).

Press function key F4 “Activate / deactivate the timer”.
Result:
– The programmed settings are taken over.
– The timer is activated with “ON”.
– In this example the auxiliary heater is set to: Monday, Start 6:45, turn on duration 30 minutes.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1229

B105546
1230 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.3 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for engine

pre-heating*
At ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C, the engine must be pre-heated by the engine
pre-heating system.
At ambient temperatures below -40 °C, the engine, the injection pump and the transmission must be
preheated with the engine preheating system, which is operated with diesel fuel.
For a detailed description of the engine preheating system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
1.3.1 Start up
NOTICE
DANGER
Operate the heater with the BTT in enclosed areas such as garages or workshops only if an
exhaust system is in use!
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
Turn off the heater.
Turn the battery master switch 15 on.

Set the temperature selection to stage 0=“cold”.
Result:
– The prerun of the engine preheating system turns on and runs for approx. 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating starts after 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating runs in automatic regulating mode.
1.3.2 Turning off

When the preheating period is over:
Result:
– Engine preheating is completed.
– An afterrun of the engine preheating will run up to 150 seconds.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1231

B105549
1232 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.3.3 Start up with the BTT

Turn the battery master switch 15 on.
Before turning off the engine, set the temperature selection to level 0=“cold”.
Use the BTT to turn on the engine preheating.
Result:
– The prerun of the engine preheating system turns on and runs for approx. 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating starts after 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating runs in automatic regulating mode.
1.3.4 Turning off with the BTT

When the preheating period is over:
Turn the BTT off.
Result:
– An afterrun of the engine preheating will run up to 150 seconds.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1233

B105547
1234 LIEBHERR 6.01

1.4 Air conditioning system* operation

The cab can be air conditioned.
For a detailed description of the air conditioning system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's
The air conditioning system* can be operated independent of the auxiliary heater*.
Maintenance work on the air conditioning system* is to be carried out according to the enclosed
manufacturer's operating instructions.
1.4.1 Start up
– The battery master switch is turned on.
Close the doors and windows in the driver's cab.
Set the temperature with the button 146 to stage 0=“cold”.
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected temperature stage.
Adjust the fan speed using the button 147 or set the button 148 to at least level 1.
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected fan speed.
Turn on the air conditioning system with the button 152.

Result:
If you wish to change the air conditioning system's cooling capacity:

Press the button 153 air circulation, button 147 “increase fan speed” or button 148 “decrease fan
speed”.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1235

B103973
1236 LIEBHERR 6.01

2 Heating the crane cab

The cab can be heated with an independent heater:
– Auxiliary heater for ambient temperatures of up to -40 °C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 ST*.
– Engine preheating with auxiliary heater. *
The individual adjustment of the heater is made solely via the menu “Air conditioning settings” on the
Touch display left 430.
NOTICE
Risk of damage in the electrical / electronic component area when carrying out electrical welding work
on the crane!
Disconnect the negative and positive cables from the batteries and connect the positive cables to
the vehicle ground.
3 Menu “Air conditioning settings”

3.1 General
The “Air conditioning settings” menu is accessed with the ignition switched on by pressing function
key F1 431 on the left touch display 430.
Note
The “Air conditioning settings” menu is removed automatically after 30 sec. if no settings are
changed during this time.
The screen on the left touch display changes to the “Master switch configuration” menu.
If the crane ignition is turned off, the LICCON computer system as well as the touch display also turn
themselves off.
Note
If the auxiliary heater has been programmed, the settings are saved when the ignition is turned
“OFF”. On the touch display on the left appears the screen “Climate settings”.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1237

B103973
1238 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.2 Operating the left touch display

The left touch display 430 contains all the functions for making and operating all heater, ventilation
and air conditioning settings and for programming the auxiliary heater on the crane:
– Recirculated air / fresh air 550
• Function selection
– Air distribution “up” / “down” 551
– Fan / blower 552
– Air conditioning system* 553
– Heater 554
– Auxiliary heater 555
– Status display 556
• Display function
• The status display 556 shows the following, depending on the selected function:
• The adjustment ratios between the head area and the floorboard area for recirculated
air / fresh air
• The adjustment ratios for air distribution
• The constant heater stage setting in manual heating mode
• The temperature setting in AUTOmatic heating mode
• Air conditioning system on - “ON”
• Air conditioning system off - “OFF”
• The programming display for auxiliary heater / engine preheating
6.01 LIEBHERR 1239

B103974
1240 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

The “circulating air / fresh air” function is selected by “touching” the icon 550 on the left touch display.
The adjustment rate is displayed in the status display 556 as a double bar display for “circulating
air” and “fresh air”.
The adjustment rate between “circulating air / fresh air” is changed with the function key F3 433 and
the function key F4 434.
Adjustment rates for circulating air / fresh air

Status display Circulating air Fresh air Icon display
5 0
Fresh air “OFF”

4 1
3 2
2 3
1 4
0 5
Circulating air “OFF”
Select “circulating air / fresh air” 550 function by “touching”.

Result:
– The “circulating air / fresh air” icon is surrounded with a black border.
– The current adjustment rate is displayed in the status display 556 as a double bar display for
“circulating air” and “fresh air”.

Result:
– The “proportion of circulating air” is reduced and the “proportion of fresh air” increases at the same
time.

Result:
– The “proportion of fresh air” is reduced and the “proportion of circulating air” increases at the same
time.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1241

B103975
1242 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.4 Adjusting the “lower” / “upper” air distribution

The “lower” / “upper” air distribution function is selected by “touching” the icon 551 on the left touch
display.
The adjustment ratio is displayed in the Status display 556 - as a double bar display - for the
“lower” and “upper” air distribution.
The adjustment ration between “lower” and “upper” distribution is modified with function key
F3 433 and function key F4 434.
Air distribution adjustment rates

Status display “Down” “Up” Icon display
5 0
Up “OFF”
4 1
3 2
2 3
1 4
0 5
Down “OFF”
Select Air distribution “upper / lower” 551 function by “touching”.

Result:
– The “lower / upper” air distribution icon is surrounded with a black border.
– The current adjustment rate is displayed in the Status display 556 - as a double bar display - for
“lower” and “upper”.

Result:
– The proportion of air on the “bottom” is reduced, the proportion of air on the “top” increases at the
same time.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1243

Result:
– The proportion of air “on the top” is reduced, the proportion of air “on the bottom” increases at the
same time.
1244 LIEBHERR 6.01

blank page!
6.01 LIEBHERR 1245

B103976
1246 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.5 Fan / blower adjustment

The “fan / blower” function is selected by “touching” the icon 552 on the left touch display.
The current “fan” / “blower setting” is shown as a bar display in the status display 556.
The “fan” / “blower setting” is reduced with the function key F3 433 and increased with the function
key F4 434.
“Fan” / “blower stage”

Status display Stage Icon display
5
Fan “OFF”
Select “fan / blower 552 ” by “touch”.

Result:
– The “fan / blower” icon is then surrounded with a black border.
– In the current status display 556, the “fan” / “blower stage” is shown as a bar display.

Result:
– The “fan” / “blower stage” is reduced.

Result:
– The “fan” / “blower stage” is increased.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1247

B103977
1248 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.6 Air conditioning system* operation

The “air conditioning system” function is selected by “touching” the icon 553 in the left touch display.
The status of the air conditioning system is displayed in the status display 556.
The “air conditioning system” is turned off with function key F3 433 (“OFF”) and turned on with
function key F4 434 (“ON”).
Note
The air conditioning system turns itself on automatically if the “AUTO” heating mode is activated.
Air conditioning system

Status display State Icon display
“OFF”
“ON”
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met before starting up the air conditioning system:
– The air intake opening for recirculated air operation is clear.
– All windows and the cab door are closed.
– The recirculated air / fresh air adjustment ratio is 5:0.
Select “air conditioning system 553 ” function by “touching”.
Result:
– The “air conditioning system” icon is then surrounded with a black border.
– The switching status of the air conditioning system appears in the status display 556.

Result:
– The air conditioning device is turned off.

Result:
– The air conditioning device is turned on.
Open or close the air vents, as desired.

Open the appropriate air vent for upward air distribution.
Turn on / preselect the fan / blower.
Select the heater and change into “MANUAL” heating mode.
or
Select the heater and change into “AUTO” heating mode.
Set the temperature in [°C] or [°F].
The fan / blower preselection is made by the “AUTO” heating mode.
Note
In the “MANUAL” heating mode, the cooled air flow is adjustable via the blower stage in air
conditioning operation.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1249

B103978
1250 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.7 Turning the heater on
3.7.1 General
The “Heating” function is selected by “touching” the icon 554 on the left touch display.
The status of the heater is displayed in the status display 556.
The temperature for the “AUTO” heating mode or the preselect of the constant heat stages in
“MANUAL” heating mode is preset via the function keys function key F3 433 (“reduce” temperature
stage) and function key F4 434 (“increase” temperature stage).
Use the function key F2 432 to switch from “MANUAL” heating mode to “AUTO” heating mode and
vice-versa.
3.7.2 Manual heating mode

In “MANUAL” heating mode, the temperature stages - from stage 1 to stage 16 - are available to the
crane operator for temperature adjustment.
With the function key F3 433, the temperature stages can be reduced from stage 16 in increments
until “heater OFF”.
Note
If the status “heater OFF” is reached, the heater does not operate.
The crane cab is not heated.
Press the function key F4 434 to leave the “OFF” status and to increase the temperature stages
incrementally from stage 1 to maximum stage 16.
Heating mode “MANUAL”

Status display State Stage Icon display
“OFF” ——
Heater “OFF”
“ON” 1
“ON” 16
6.01 LIEBHERR 1251

B103978
1252 LIEBHERR 6.01

Select the “heater 554 ” function by “touching”.

Result:
– The “heater” icon is then surrounded with a black border.
– The status display 556 contains the current status of the “heater”.

Result:
– Switch from heating mode “AUTO” to heating mode “MANUAL”.

Result:
– The “constant heat stages” are reduced one level at a time.
– The amount of warm air supply into the cab is reduced accordingly.

Result:
– The “constant heat stages” are increased one level at a time.
– The amount of warm air supply into the cab is increased.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1253

B103979
1254 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.7.3 AUTO heating mode

If the “AUTO” heating mode is selected, the air conditioning system is automatically added, if needed.
Note
The blower / fan stage is automatically regulated in the “AUTO” heating mode.
In “AUTO” heating mode, the crane driver can adjust the temperature in 1 °C increments.
By pressing the function key F3 433, the temperature is reduced in 1 °C increments from maximum
value to minimum value and if the function key F3 433 is pressed again, the heater is turned off.
Note
If a status “Heat OFF” has been reached, the heater does not operate but the cab can continue to
be cooled.
The crane cab is not heated.
Leave the “OFF” state by pressing the function key F4 434 and the temperature can be increased
infinitely variable from minimum value to maximum value.
Heating mode “AUTO”

Status display State Temperature in Icon display
[°C ] or [°F]
“OFF” —
Heater “OFF”
“ON” 15
Minimum value
“ON” 30
Maximum value
6.01 LIEBHERR 1255

B103979
1256 LIEBHERR 6.01

Select the “heater 554 ” function by “touching”.

Result:
– The “heater” icon is then surrounded with a black border.
– The status display 556 contains the current status of the “heater”.

Result:
– Change from “MANUAL” heating mode to “AUTO” heating mode.

Result:
– The “temperature setting” is reduced in stages in 1 °C increments.
– The amount of warm air supply into the cab is controlled according to the current temperature
setting.

Result:
– The “temperature setting” is increased in stages 1 °C increments.
– The amount of warm air supply into the cab is controlled according to the current temperature
setting.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1257

B103973
1258 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.8 Procedure for fogged windows
3.8.1 General
A certain order must be followed when making the settings in order to clear the windows quickly in
order to use the crane.
The settings can be made manually or semi-automatically.
3.8.2 Adjusting the settings manually in the “Air conditioning settings” menu
Set the air distribution 551 to maximum level “up” - stage 5.
Open air vent.
Set circulating air 550 to maximum level - stage 5.
Set the fan / blower 552 to maximum level - stage 5.
Set the air conditioning system 553 to “ON”.
Set the heater 554 to maximum possible level in “manual ” heating mode.
Add the auxiliary heater 555.
3.8.3 Making adjustments semi-automatically in the “Air conditioning

settings” menu
Set the heater 554 to “AUTO ” heating mode.
Set the air distribution 551 to maximum level “up” - stage 5.
Open air vent.
Add the auxiliary heater 555.
Note
The other functions are automatically added by the system.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1259

B103980
1260 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.9 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the crane cab when the engine is turned off
and to provide additional heat at low ambient temperatures if the engine-dependent heater is
insufficient.
Note
In summer, run the auxiliary heater once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
Carry out maintenance work on the auxiliary heater according to the enclosed manufacturer's
3.9.1 General
NOTICE
WARNING
Only operate the engine-independent auxiliary heater in enclosed areas such as garages or
workshops only if an exhaust system is used, even in “programming mode”.
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
Turn the auxiliary heater off.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1261

B103980
1262 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.9.2 Add the engine-independent auxiliary heater manually

The engine-independent auxiliary heater can be added manually in driving or crane operation mode.
The auxiliary heater, icon 555, must be selected and turned on.
If the auxiliary heater is in the “OFF” state, press the function key F4 434 once to add the cab auxiliary
heater.
Note
If the auxiliary heater it added for engine pre-heating, then the crane cab is not heated.
Manual auxiliary heater

Status display Function key F4 Function key F3 Icon display
——
Auxiliary heater “OFF”
Auxiliary heater - cab “ON”
6.01 LIEBHERR 1263

B103980
1264 LIEBHERR 6.01

Adding the auxiliary heater

Select Heater 554 and set the desired temperature stage via the function key F3 433 or function
key F4 434 (see section “Turning the heater on”).
Note
The temperature adjustment via the function key F3 433 or function key F4 434 is only needed to
heat the crane cab!
Select auxiliary heater 555 and press function key F4 434 or function key F3 433 until the required
setting is displayed in the status display 556 (see chart).
Result:
– The auxiliary heater is added.
– Depending on the setting, the crane cab or the engine is heated.
Note
When the crane cab is “warm” and the engine is at the operating temperature, turn the auxiliary
heater off.
This increases the service life of the auxiliary heater!
Turning the auxiliary heater off

Select auxiliary heater 555 and press the function key F3 433 until the status display 556 shows
the setting auxiliary heater “OFF” (OFF).
Result:
– The auxiliary heating is turned off.
– Whenever the auxiliary heater is turned off, an afterrun occurs.
NOTICE
Turn the battery master switch off only when the heater after run is over.
Turn the battery master switch off if the crane is temporarily not being used.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1265

B107713
1266 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.9.3 Adding the engine independent auxiliary heater at ignition “OFF”

The engine independent heater can be turned on to heat the cab when the ignition is “OFF”.
Note
Operating the engine independent auxiliary heater can discharge the battery when the battery
master switch is turned on. It might no longer be possible to start the crane engine!
Operation of the engine independent auxiliary heater without turned on battery master switch is
not possible!
If the engine independent heater is turned on when the ignition is OFF, then the timer cannot be
programmed. Question marks appear in the status display 556, see illustration.

– The battery master switch is turned on.
Press the function key F1 431 on the left touch display until the “Air conditioning settings” menu
appears.
Result:
– The “Air conditioning settings” menu is displayed.
Note
If the auxiliary heater is not turned on with the function key F4 434 after releasing the function key
F1 431 within 4 seconds, the display in the touch display turns off.
Turn the auxiliary heater on with function key F4 434.

Result:
– The auxiliary heater is turned on.
– The display in the touch display turns off only after the auxiliary heater has been turned off with the
function key F3 433.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1267

B107714
1268 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.9.4 Continuing operation with the engine independent auxiliary heater after crane
operation
The engine independent heater can continue to be operated to heat the cab after crane operation
when the ignition is “OFF”.
Note
Operating the engine independent auxiliary heater can discharge the battery when the battery
master switch is turned on. It might no longer be possible to start the crane engine!
Operation of the engine independent auxiliary heater without turned on battery master switch is
not possible!
If the engine independent auxiliary heater is continued to be operated after crane operation, the
preprogrammed timer can be selected once.

– The ignition on the crane superstructure is turned on.
Press the function key F1 431 on the left touch display.
Result:
– Change the menus on the touch display.
Turn the ignition on the crane superstructure off and press the function key F1 431 on the left
touch display until the “climate control settings” menu appears and the LICCON monitor is down.
Result:
– The display on the right touch display turns off.
– The climate control settings menu is shown on the left touch display.
– The display in the touch display turns off only after the auxiliary heater has been turned off with the
function key F3 433.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1269

B103980
1270 LIEBHERR 6.01

3.9.5 Adding the engine-independent auxiliary heater in programming mode

The engine-independent auxiliary heater to heat the cab or to preheat the engine can be programmed
a maximum of one week in advance.
Note
It is advisable to restrict auxiliary heater programming to two days, since there is a risk of the
battery discharging extremely quickly at minus temperatures.
Auxiliary heater programmed

Status display Function key F4 Function key F3 Icon display
——
Auxiliary heater “OFF”
Cab auxiliary heater
6.01 LIEBHERR 1271

B103981
1272 LIEBHERR 6.01

Programming the auxiliary heater

In order to access auxiliary heater programming mode, press the function key F4 434 until the status
display shows the “clock” (programming mode for cab heater), or the “clock with wave” (programming
mode for engine preheating), illustration 1.
The status display 556 contains the current day of the week with the time 560. The time in the status
display 556 is coupled to the “real-time clock” in the test system.
Note
The procedure for programming the auxiliary heater (to heat the crane cab or to preheat the
engine) is identical in both cases.
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met before the auxiliary heater is programmed:
– The required temperature for the heater has been set.
– The fan / blower is set to stage 0 (“OFF”).
– The required programming mode, cab heater (“clock”) or engine preheating (“clock with wave”)
has been set.
Press the function key F2 432.
Result:
– The auxiliary heater programming interface is displayed, illustration 2.
– In the status display 556 appears the cursor 557 under the editable input value.
Note
The cursor 557 is positioned on day programming 558 by default.
Press the function key F4 434 and select the required day of the week 558.1 (ascending order).
or
Press the function key F3 433 and select the required day of the week 558.1 (descending order).
Result:
– The selected day of the week is “set”.

Result:
– The cursor 557 changes from day programming 558.1 to hour programming 558.2.
Press the function key F4 434 and select the desired hour 558.2 (ascending order).
or
Press the function key F3 433 and select the desired hour 558.2 (descending order).
Result:
– The selected hour is “set”.

Result:
– The cursor 557 changes from hour programming 558.2 to minute programming 558.3.
Press the function key F3 434 and select the desired minute 558.3 (ascending order).
or
Press the function key F3 433 and select the desired minute 558.3 (descending order).
Result:
– The selected minute is “set”.

Result:
– The cursor 557 changes from minute programming 558.3 to turn on programming 559.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1273

Press the function key F4 434 and select the desired turn on duration 559 (ascending).
or
Press the function key F3 433 and select the desired turn on duration 559 (descending).
Result:
– The selected turn on duration 559 is “set”.
Note
The turn on duration 559 for the auxiliary heater is restricted to a maximum of 0:55 minutes!
The cursor 557 automatically changes to the minutes setting for the turn on duration 559.
The turn on duration 559 can only be changed in 5 minute increments.

Result:
– The cursor 557 changes from turn on duration 559 to day programming 558.
– The programming for the auxiliary heater is complete.
Select the auxiliary heater 555 by “touching”.

Result:
– The programmed settings are taken over.
– The “Air conditioning settings” menu is displayed.
– The auxiliary heater starts to operate when the programmed turn on time for the heater operation
is reached and turns the heater operation off again when the selected turn on duration has
expired.
– The auxiliary heater runs in automatic regulating operation, depending on the heater setting in
“manual” or “AUTO”.
Note
The auxiliary heater programming must be manually reset to “zero” after the programmed heating
period. Otherwise, the auxiliary heater is turned on automatically according to the programming.
Resetting the auxiliary heater programming

To reset the auxiliary heater programming, proceed as described in “Auxiliary heater programming”.
Reset the values in the status display 556 to “zero”.
Result:
– The programming is turned off.
Note
The programming can be manually changed at any time or it can be turned off altogether.
3.10 Bleeding the heating system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because
the engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubricant
chart.
Start the engine as described in chapter 3.04.
Set the heater in manual mode to Stage 8.
1274 LIEBHERR 6.01

Result:
– The engine and the heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
6.01 LIEBHERR 1275

027908-01 6.04 Sliding beam monitoring
B110465
1276 LIEBHERR 6.04

6.04 Sliding beam monitoring 027908-01
1 General
The LICCON sliding beam monitoring checks the information entered by the crane driver with regard
to the support basis when selecting the load chart on the monitor.
Note
The sliding beam monitoring does not monitor the correct support of the crane and the pinning of
the sliding beams at the positions for which they have been constructed.
The sliding beams must always be pinned and secured on the “wide”, “reduced (75%)” or
“reduced (50%)” pin points.
2 Support bases
This crane can be operated on three different support bases. The length of the support bases is
unchangeable at 8.90 m and results from the vehicle length. The width of the support bases can be
set according to the load chart to “reduced (50%)”, “reduced (75%)” or “wide”:
Support base Dimensions Extension length per sliding beam

Wide 8.53 m 100 %
Reduced (75%) 7.06 m 75 %
Reduced (50%) 5.60 m 50 %
2.1 Setting the support bases

The support bases have no tolerances. The sliding beams must be pinned onto these support bases.
Pin and secure the sliding beams.
6.04 LIEBHERR 1277

027908-01 6.04 Sliding beam monitoring
B108558
1278 LIEBHERR 6.04

6.04 Sliding beam monitoring 027908-01
3 Working with sliding beam monitoring
3.1 Preparing the crane

Extend the sliding beams to the required width for crane use.
Pin and secure the sliding beams.
Support the crane.
Enter and confirm the load chart on the monitor.
Result:
– The display on the monitor changes to the operating screen and the crane is ready for use.
3.2 Method of operation of sliding beam monitoring

Sliding beam monitoring measures the length of the individual sliding beams and checks whether
these lay within the specified permissible ranges. If at least one sliding beam is not in such a range,
then the extension length of the sliding beam, after confirmation of a load chart in the set up program,
is shown red blinking in the icon Sliding beam monitoring 3 of the operating screen and a short horn
sounds, see illustration 1.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to toppling of the crane!
Only support and operate the crane at the prescribed sliding beam lengths.
If all sliding beams are extended to permissible but different positions due to obstacles, then the
support base must be selected in such a way that all sliding beams have the same extension length.
The load chart which must be set in the set up program results from this.
If a sliding beam is between two selectable positions, then the extension length of the sliding beam in
the icon Sliding beam monitoring 3 is shown red blinking and a short horn sounds.
Extend or retract the sliding beam to the defined position.
Pin and secure the sliding beam.
3.3 Sliding beam monitoring function and error display in crane

operation
If a valid load chart has been used, the crane may be operated while observing the relevant
guidelines provided in the operating instructions and the load charts.
The position of the sliding beams is continually monitored during crane operation and compared with
the support base of the selected load chart. If differences are found, then the icon Sliding beam
monitoring 3 is automatically shown.
– The extension length of the incorrectly extended sliding beam is shown red blinking, see
illustration 1.
– A short horn sounds.
3.4 Procedure to follow in case of an error

If there is a sensor defect, then it is recognized by the sliding beam monitoring. A question mark is
shown red blinking instead of the extension length in the icon Sliding beam monitoring 3 and a short
horn sound, see illustration 2. The crane may not be operated in this condition.
6.04 LIEBHERR 1279

027909-00 6.05 Emergency take-down
B108593
1280 LIEBHERR 6.05

6.05 Emergency take-down 027909-00
1 Emergency control
To be able to take down the crane in case of failure of the crane hydraulic, the crane electrical system
or the crane engine, ball valves and a hand lever 14 (V) are installed on the superstructure. Via the
ball valves, the corresponding crane movement can be preselected and carried out by deflecting the
hand lever 14 (V).
1.1 General
WARNING
Increased risk of accident during emergency operation!
The crane movements are no longer monitored by LICCON in emergency operation.
Due to incorrect operation, the boom can break off or the crane can topple over!
Observe all notes and danger notes as described in chapter 7.15.
Emergency operation and particularly luffing down of the telescopic boom may only be carried out
in accordance with the information in the load chart.
If possible, set down the load first.
All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution and slowly.
– For normal “crane operation”, turn the ball valves downward.

– For “emergency operation”, the corresponding ball valves must be switched upward, opposite their
position for “crane operation”, (see following section or emergency operation tag on the crane's
superstructure).
– Only one movement can be carried out at a time.
– The ball valves must always be changed over completely into the corresponding switch position.
1.2 Emergency operation with driving motor

For cranes with two motors (crane motor and driving motor), the superstructure can be supplied with
power using the driving motor and a hydraulic transformer 16.
1.2.1 Preparing the crane for emergency operation

Remove the dummy plugs on the hydraulic connections.
The different diameters of the hydraulic lines prevent incorrect piping.

Connect the hydraulic connections from the chassis to the transformer 16.
Connect the hydraulic connections from the transformer 16 to the superstructure.
Switch the ball valve 15 to emergency operation - “upward”.
1.2.2 Emergency control

Start the engine.
Refer to the section “Ball valve positions during emergency operation” or to the emergency
operations tag on the crane superstructure to select the ball valves (1 -13) for the appropriate
crane movement.
The deflection of the hand lever 14 (V) determines the speed of the each crane movement.
Operate the hand lever 14 (V) and carry out the relevant crane movement carefully.
6.05 LIEBHERR 1281

B108594
1282 LIEBHERR 6.05

1.3 Ball valve positions during emergency operation
1.3.1 Turning the turntable to the left

Move the ball valve 11, ball valve 12 and ball valve 13 upward.
Move the ball valve 10 downward.
Move the hand lever 14 (V) carefully.
Result:
– The turntable turns to the left.
1.3.2 Turning the turntable to the right.

Move the ball valve 10, ball valve 12 and ball valve 13 upward.
Move the ball valve 11 downward.
Result:
– The turntable turns to the right.
1.3.3 Luffing the telescopic boom up

Switch the ball valve 9 upward.
Result:
– Telescopic boom is luffed up.
1.3.4 Luffing the telescopic boom down

Switch ball valve 6, ball valve 7 and ball valve 8 upwards.
Result:
– Telescopic boom is luffed down.
1.3.5 Raising the hoist gear

Switch the ball valve 1, ball valve 3 and ball valve 5 upwards.
Switch ball valve 2 and ball valve 4 downwards.
Result:
– The hoist gear spools up.
1.3.6 Lowering the hoist gear

Switch the ball valve 2, ball valve 3 and ball valve 4 upwards.
Switch ball valve 1 and ball valve 5 downwards.
Result:
– The hoist gear spools out.
6.05 LIEBHERR 1283

B108593
1284 LIEBHERR 6.05

1.4 Completing emergency operation

WARNING
Risk of accident!
Following the “emergency operation”, always turn all ball valves to “crane operation”.
Switch the ball valve 15 to emergency operation - “downward”.

Secure the ball valve 15 with spring retainer.
Disconnect the hydraulic lines and screw in dummy plugs.
6.05 LIEBHERR 1285

1286 LIEBHERR
7.00 Service and maintenance
LIEBHERR 1287
021681-14 7.01 Maintenance and service - General
B195219
1288 LIEBHERR 7.01

7.01 Maintenance and service - General 021681-14
1 General
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to damaged crane components!
If crane components, which were damaged, for example due to maintenance errors, are not replaced
immediately, personnel can be fatally injured!
Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
notes and the lubrication chart!
Replace damaged crane components immediately!
NOTICE
Damage of crane components!
If crane components are not maintained according to the maintenance intervals and maintenance
guidelines in the individual chapter, or if other lubricants are used than specified in the lubrication
chart, the respective crane components can be damaged and/or fail!
The warranty for the respective crane components will be voided!
Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
notes and the lubrication chart!
1.1 LIEBHERR Service for you

LIEBHERR cranes - whether truck-mounted, mobile or crawler cranes - are technically advanced
products, which prove their worth daily even under tough conditions.
The high technical standards, which these cranes provide today, offer functional security, resistance
to failure and easy maintenance.
LIEBHERR is continuously developing the drive and control components. The combination of well
proven units and modern manufacturing methods produces cranes that are safe to operate and easy
to maintain.
Several hundred cranes are built every year for the international market, supported by international
service.
LIEBHERR's “After Sales Service” plays an important role in ensuring the operational readiness and
high availability of the cranes.
With LIEBHERR, service begins when the crane is handed over. Your crane operators will be
professionally trained in line with their level of knowledge, and we devote much time to this.
We also train your workshop staff in all crane-specific matters, because we know that they can deal
with more than just minor repairs themselves. Often there are specialists who can quickly and reliably
carry out crane repairs.
We also have specialist service advisers who can help you to fix your on-site problems creatively.
This contact by telephone saves time and money. In the event of problems, get in touch as soon as
possible.
Our service technicians are also specialists with years of experience, and can be deployed from local
support points. Naturally these experts have specialized knowledge and special tools.
But before you call on these people, it is worth making full use of the facilities for getting advice
mentioned above.
Note
Customers claims for warranties and refunds!
The buyer only has a claim to warranties and possible credit if only Original LIEBHERR replacement
parts, LIEBHERR service items and LIEBHERR lubricants are used for LIEBHERR cranes!
Only original LIEBHERR replacement parts have been tested for operational use in cranes, and
they can be installed without risking safety.
7.01 LIEBHERR 1289

Note
Exclusion of liability!
In the event that replacement parts are used that are not original LIEBHERR replacement parts and
not original LIEBHERR service items and lubricants, LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen GmbH disclaims all
liability, for system functionality as well as for the parts!
Use only original LIEBHERR replacement parts!
2 Cleaning and care of the crane

2.1 Instructions for sound damping (soundproofing)
Sound proofing in the area of engines and other noise sources is an integral part of the entire
construction. It is your task to limit the noise generation of vehicles and the sound level in the
workplace to the legally specified values in connection with sound absorption and the design of the
equipment. They are therefore an integral part for the construction permits for the machines. They
may not be removed, and if damaged, they must be replaced by original LIEBHERR replacement
parts.
They have been designed to be maintenance free. They have been equipped with surfaces that repel
dirt, oil and water. They are fire-resistant and some of them are fireproof, depending on the location.
For these reasons, these parts need minimal care. Any small dirt deposits can be disregarded, as the
acoustic effectiveness of the parts is not reduced.
NOTICE
Damage of insulation (sound proofing)!
If unsuitable tools or cleaning methods are used, the insulation can be destroyed or damaged during
cleaning!
Remove coarse dirt with suitable tools, such as soft plastic scrapers!
Do not use tools with sharp edges!
Use steam cleaners only with utmost caution, sufficient distance to the insulation and low water
pressure!
Solvents may not be used for cleaning!
WARNING
Contamination due to solvents and foreign matter!
If the insulation is contaminated with solvents, engine oils, gear oils, hydraulic oils or fuel, then these
substances can ignite and significantly change the fire proofing of the insulation!
If the respective insulation was contaminated, remove the insulation immediately and replace
with original parts!
2.2 Care instructions for the driver's cab and the crane operator's cab
Note
The steering wheel, center console, dashboard cover, floor cover, and dirty upholstery in the
driver's cab and the crane operator's cab should only be cleaned with warm water mixed with a
little dish washing detergent!
Do not use any scouring agents!
1290 LIEBHERR 7.01

3 Measures to take during work stoppage or transport

3.1 Hydraulic cylinder
NOTICE
Risk of corrosion of hydraulic cylinders!
During crane application under aggressive environmental conditions, such as on locations with sea
climate and especially salt containing air, the hydraulic cylinders can corrode, resulting in destruction
or severe damage!
As a result, extensive and expensive repairs may be needed!
If the crane is out of service for a longer period of time: Dismantle the crane!
Fully retract all hydraulic cylinders on the crane! If the hydraulic cylinders cannot be retracted all
the way, then protect exposed areas of the piston rod from corrosion, for example by applying a
layer of grease!
Carefully grease exposed areas of the piston rods, such as on luffing cylinders and ballasting
cylinders!
4 Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or

boom
WARNING
Risk of falling!
During maintenance work on the crane superstructure of boom, personnel must be secured with
appropriate antifall guards to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, working personnel can
fall and be killed or severely injured!
For all work on the crane where there is a danger of falling, suitable safety measures must be
taken!
The crane superstructure or boom may not be accessed without suitable aids!
Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms,
auxiliary crane.
If railing are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all work, see crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the maintenance
personnel must secure themselves with approved antifall guards to avoid falling, see crane
It is prohibited to step on the operator's cab or cab roof and specially marked surfaces, see crane
7.01 LIEBHERR 1291

5 Maintenance and inspection guidelines

Note
The maintenance and inspection work on the crane chassis is carried out based on operating
hours or by kilometers travelled!
The maintenance and inspection work on the crane superstructure is carried out based entirely on
operating hours!
Observe the following chapters when performing maintenance and inspection of the crane:
– Chapter 7.02: Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1
– Chapter 7.03: Maintenance intervals - Crane superstructure 1
– Chapter 7.04: Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 2
– Chapter 7.05: Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 2
– Chapter 7.06: Fill quantities, lubrication chart
– Chapter 7.07: Service items and lubricants
1 These chapters contain a list of maintenance intervals for all maintenance work. Only the relevant
work is to be carried out.
2 For individual components, the manufacturer's specifications must be observed.
WARNING
Danger of accidents during maintenance and inspection of crane components!
During maintenance and inspection work on crane components, there is an increased danger of
accidents if the maintenance and inspection guidelines are not observed!
Observer and adhere to the following listed warning notes and the generally valid safety
regulations!
5.1 Warning notes

– Maintenance and inspection work may only be carried out by authorized and especially trained
personnel.
– Unauthorized personnel may not remain within the danger zone.
– Turn the engine in the crane superstructure and the crane chassis off.
– Apply the parking brake for the crane chassis.
– Pull the ignition key on the crane superstructure and the crane chassis and hand it to an
authorized person.
– It is strictly prohibited to carry out maintenance or inspection work during travel or crane operation.
5.1.1 Warning notes regarding danger of burns
WARNING
Danger of burns during maintenance or inspection work!
When carrying out maintenance or inspection work, you can be burnt severely on hot surfaces of
crane components! This applies especially for the exhaust system or the travel gear!
Let any components to be maintained or inspected cool off!
Do not spill any service fluids over hot components!
Avoid short circuits in the electrical system, especially on the battery!
1292 LIEBHERR 7.01

5.1.2 Warning notes regarding rotating parts
WARNING
Danger due to rotating parts!
If inspection work must be carried out while the engine is running, there is a significant danger from
turning parts and from the ignition system!
Personnel can be severely injured!
Be especially careful and do not reach into rotating parts!
Never reach into the cooler fan when the engine is warm! The cooler fan could turn on suddenly!
5.1.3 Warning notes regarding scalding danger
WARNING
Danger of scalding during maintenance or inspection work!
When opening the coolant reservoir, hot coolant can emerge explosively!
Severe scalding over the whole body can result!
Never open the cap on the coolant reservoir as long as the engine is warm!
The cooling system is under pressure!
To protect face, hands and arms from steam of hot coolant, cover the cap with a large rag when
opening!
5.1.4 Warning notes regarding danger of fire
DANGER
Danger of fire!
When working on the fuel system or on electrical systems, there is an increased danger of fires if the
general safety regulations are not observed!
Disconnect the battery from the power supply!
Do not smoke!
Do not work near open flames!
Keep a functioning fire extinguisher ready!
5.1.5 Maintenance errors
NOTICE
Damage of components!
In case of incorrect maintenance, severe functional defects and damage on the components can
occur!
Add correct and sufficient service fluids during maintenance!
For all maintenance work, observe utmost cleanliness to prevent dirt from entering the inside of
the components!
Check components in regular intervals for leaks!
Have leaking components sealed immediately and properly!
7.01 LIEBHERR 1293

026282-10 7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis
B195219
1294 LIEBHERR 7.02

7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 026282-10
1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection plan
First Regular maintenance, Mini- Checks

main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
After 250 h 500 h 1000 h Annu- Daily Weekly
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Diesel engine
Check oil level X
For all other maintenance tasks,
follow the instructions of the en-
gine manufacturer
Check the coolant level in the X
equalising reservoir
Replace coolant Every 2
years
Air filter
Check monitoring device X
Clean or change (follow the
instructions of the engine manu-
facturer)
Receptacle frame telescoping boom
Lubricate X
Hydraulic system
Check hydraulic system for leaks X
Check hydraulic tank oil level X
Oil change (oil sample) X X
Replace bleeder filter of hydraulic 100 h X
tank
Return filter 100 h X
Replace oil filter insert 100 h X
Check hydraulic pressure, X
readjust, if necessary
Hydraulic hose lines
7.02 LIEBHERR 1295


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check for leaks and damage X
A safety check should be per- X
formed by experts
Steering
Check that steering gear and tie X
rods are firmly attached, check
cotter pin
Check hydraulic steering system X
for leaks
Check hydraulic hoses for leaks X
and damage
Check axle alignment, readjust, if X1
necessary
Replace pressure filter insert 100 h X
Check hydraulic steering stop, X
adjust if necessary
Check steering using test pro- X
gram
Hydraulic fan
Replace pressure filter insert of 100 h X
hydraulic fan
Hydraulic supports
Check ease of movement of X
sliding beams / grease
Check sliding beam cables X
Grease sliding beam cylinder X
mounting pins
Lubricate bearing points of the X
swingable swing beams (folding
beams)
1296 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check sight gauge, readjust if X
necessary
Axle suspension
Function test as blocking cylinder X
Check pressure accumulator pre- X4 X4
tension pressure (nitrogen)
Automatic transmission
Check oil level X
Check oil pressure X
Check operating temperature X
Check for leaks X
Check or tighten mounting X
screws
Oil change 100 h X X
Replace oil filter 100 h X X
Load powershift gear box
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Replace oil filter 100 h X X
Automatic gear box AS-Tronic, AS-Tronic HD
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Oil change Every 3
years5
Replace oil filter Every 3
years5
Torque converter transmission TC 2
Check oil level X
Oil change X
7.02 LIEBHERR 1297


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Replace oil filter X
Torque converter transmission TC HD
Check oil level X
Oil change X
Replace suction filter X
Replace pressure filter X
Offset gear
Check for leaks X
Check mounting X
Oil change 1000 X X
km
Distributor gear
Oil change 1000 X X
km
Check oil level X
Check for leaks X
Check or tighten mounting X
screws
Check on road gear / off road X
gear transfer function
Check all-wheel drive enabling X
function
Have tachograph / trip recorder Every 2
checked years
Clean breather nipple X X
Hydrostatic travel drive
Check hydraulic hoses for leaks X
and damage
Clean filter unit 100 h X
Replace filter unit X
1298 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Pump distributor gear
Check for leaks X
Check mounting X
Gear shafts and bearing block
Check flange bolts, retighten if 100 25000 Every 6
necessary km km months
Visually check the gear shafts 25000 Every 6
km months
Visually check the intermediate 25000 Every 6
shaft bearing / bearing block km months
Lubricate gear bearings (if they 100000 Every 2
can be lubricated) km years
Lubricate length compensation (if 100000 Every 2
it can be lubricated) km years
Drive shafts between the engine and gearbox or gearbox and distributor gear
Caution: These checks should only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
Check resistance or play in joint 100000 Every 2
by manually bending it after km years
removal
Check length compensation for 100000 Every 2
impermissible bending play after km years
removal. Replace the drive shaft
if the bending play exceeds 0.17
mm .
Axle, driven
Check for leaks X
Oil level checks at axle housing, X
differential housing and wheel
hubs
7.02 LIEBHERR 1299


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Grease steering knuckle bear- 10000 X
ings km
Check mounting X
Oil change 1000 X Every 2
km years
Replace wheel bearing grease Every 2
filling (if lubricated with grease) years
Clean breather nipple on axle X X
housing
Axles, non-driven
Grease steering knuckle bear- 10000 X
ings km
Check mounting X
Replace wheel hub grease filling X X
Adjust wheel bearings X X
Electrical system
Check vehicle lighting for func- X
tion
Check cable connections and X3
battery acid levels
Fuel system
Check for leaks X
Check condition and mounting X X
Drain off water and sediments X X
Clean auxiliary fuel pump prelimi- X X
nary filter
Check fuel preliminary filter, drain Every
off water if necessary 50 h
Replace fuel preliminary filter X
Tires
1300 LIEBHERR 7.02


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check for external damage X
Check the tire pressure X
Check tread wear and depth X
(observe governmental regula-
tions)
Ensure that lug nuts are tight, 100 X
retighten if necessary km
Brake system
Check brake system X
Check brake lining thickness X
Adjust brakes if necessary, re- X
place linings if required
Check the brake discs X
Check the brake drums X
Check function of parking brake X
and service brake
Eddy current brake
Check mechanical and electrical 5000 X
parts (follow manufacturer km
instructions)
Air pressure system
Check for leaks X
Check operating pressure of X
brake system
Check cut-off pressure X
Drain air pressure tank X
Replace air drier granular car- X
tridges
Clean air drier preliminary filter X
Driver's cab
7.02 LIEBHERR 1301


main- every mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Check armatures / instruments X
for function
Check indicator lights for function X
Check engine brake operation X
Check retarder operation X
Emergency control
Check for correct function X
Support pads with equalization
Replace grease filling X
Perform function test X
1 Every 500 km to 2000 km with frequent off-road driving.

2 At least 1x per annum with frequent off-road driving.
3 In hot climates twice a year.
4 Note chapter 7.04, Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis.
5 Only when using ZF-Ecofluid M, otherwise every 2 years.
1302 LIEBHERR 7.02

7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 025011-14
blank page!
7.03 LIEBHERR 1303

025011-14 7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure
B195219
1304 LIEBHERR 7.03

1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection

schedule
First Regular maintenance, every Mini- Checks

main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
After 125 h 250 h 500 h 1500 h Annu- Daily Weekly
ally
Diesel engine
Check the oil level X
For all other maintenance
tasks, follow the instructions
of the engine manufacturer
Check the coolant level in the X
equalising reservoir
Replace coolant Every 2
years
Air filter
Check monitoring device X
Clean or change (follow the
instructions of the engine
manufacturer)
Rotary connection
Lubricate gearing X
Lubricate the rotary connec- X1
tion
Check screws for tight seating 250 h X X
Check tilt play X X
Rope winches
Check for leaks X
Check the mounting screws 250 h X X
for tight seating
Check the condition of the oil X
in the oil reservoir
7.03 LIEBHERR 1305


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Oil change 3000 h Every 4
years
Check the remaining theoreti- X
cal utilization life by a tech-
nical expert
Check the remaining theoreti- Every 4
cal utilization life by autho- years
rized specialist
Hoist gear brake
Check for leaks X
years
Drive shafts
Check flange bolts X
Lubricate X X
Lattice sections
Check for cracks and damage X
Guy rods
Check for cracks, damage X
and distortion by a technical
expert
Check for cracks, damage Every 4
and distortion by an years
authorised inspector
Checking the retaining ele- X
ments
Relapse supports
Lubricate bearings X X
Check the oscillation guard X2, 6
for easy movement
Relapse cylinder
1306 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check for leaks X2, 6
Check pretension pressure X2, 6 X X
(nitrogen)
Check oil level X2, 6 X X
Pneumatic springs
Check the function X2, 5, 6 X X
A-bracket
Lubricate bearing X
Check the lever for the limit X
switch on the A-frame 3 for
easy movement and reset of
spring
Check the rods with guide rail X
on the A-frame 2 and A-
frame 3 for easy movement
and distortion
Counterweight
Check tightening torque of 1,000 or X
mounting screws km 10,000
km
Ballasting
Press on pulleys of cable winches
Grease guides X X
Rope pulleys
Check for wear, damage, X X
cracks and easy movement
Lubricate rope pulleys X X
Crane ropes
Visual inspection for cracks X
and deformation
7.03 LIEBHERR 1307


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check by trained personnel, Month-
grease if necessary ly
Check by technical expert X
Check by authorised inspec- Every 4
tor years
Hook blocks
Grease hook X X
Check distance gap (y) X X
Crane cab
Check armatures / instru- X
ments for function
Check indicator lights for X
function
Replace filter insert water X
heater
Check fluid level in expansion X
tank of engine control
Crane cab, extendable or inclinable
Check for correct function X X
Overload protection
Check length sensor for func- X X
tion
Check length sensor rope for X X
damage
Electrical system
Check cable connections and X3
battery acid levels
Fuel system
Check for leaks X
1308 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check condition and mount- X
ing
Drain off water and sediments X
Slewing gear
Check for leaks X
for tight seating
years
Turntable locking mechanism
Check for correct function X X
Lubricate X X
Bearings
Checking the retaining ele- X
ments
Pump distributor gear
Check for leaks X
Hydraulic hose lines
Check for leaks and damage X
Check for safe condition by X
expert
Hydraulic system
Check for leaks X
Replace servo pressure and 250 h X X
replenishing pressure filter in-
serts
7.03 LIEBHERR 1309


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Replace return filter inserts 250 h X X
(only for cranes with open
hydraulic circuit)
Replace bleeder filter of hy- 250 h X X
draulic tank
Check hydraulic oil, required 500 h X X
degree of purity: 20/18/15
(take oil sample and have it
checked by oil supplier)
Hydraulic cylinder
Check for leaks X
Hydraulic pressure accumulator (nitrogen)
Check pretension pressures X4 X4
Air pressure system
Check for leaks X
Check operating pressure X
Check shut off pressure X
Check operation of automatic X
drain valve
Replace air drier granule ele- X
ments
Clean air drier preliminary X
filter
Central lubrication system
Check the grease container X X
fill level
Emergency control
Telescopic boom with cable mechanism
Check telescopic boom for X
distortions and cracks
1310 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Grease the sliding surfaces of X X
the telescopic boom bearing
Lubricate change over pulleys X X
of telescoping mechanism
Check mounting screws on X X
change over pulleys for tight
seating
Check cable mechanism, 250 h X
readjust, if necessary
Dismantle and check boom 20000 Every
h 10
years
Pneumatic boom lock
Clean air filter with com- X X
pressed air
Check locking pins X X
Lubricate locking pins X X
Telematik telescopic boom system
Check telescopic boom sys- X
tem for distortion, damage
and cracks
Check hydraulic components X
for leaks and damage
Check telescoping cylinder for X X
proper condition
Check pull knob retainer and X
mounting screws for tight
seating
Check mounting screws of X
push out cylinder for tight
seating
7.03 LIEBHERR 1311


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check twist guard of cylinder X
pinning and telescopic boom
pinning
Check push out rod for proper X X
condition
Check locking pins and lock- X X
ing bores for proper condition
Check inner and outer sliding X X
surfaces for proper condition
Lubricate sliding surfaces X5
Grease guide rails on tele- X5
scoping cylinder
Dismantle and check boom 20000 Every
h 10
years
Telescopic boom guying
Check for distortions and X
cracks
Lubricate grease fitting on the Every 3
TA / TY-guying months
5, 6
Check guy winch for leaks X

Check the oil level on the guy Every 6
winch months
for tight seating
Change the oil on the guy Every 4
winch years
Derrick ballast
Check frame, suspension and X
guide section for distortion
and cracks
1312 LIEBHERR 7.03


main- mum
te- main-
nance te-
nance
ally
Check wheels for condition X
and tight seating
1 Every 3 months if the crane is not moved.

2 Carry out a visual inspection before every start up in service.
3 In hot climates twice a year.
4 Note chapter 7.05, Crane superstructure maintenance instructions.
5 when necessary
6 during assembly
7.03 LIEBHERR 1313

027910-02 7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis
B106597
1314 LIEBHERR 7.04

7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 027910-02
1 Diesel engine
Never step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work in the engine area!
DANGER
Danger of fire!
Make sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
Extreme cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled
fuel!
When changing the filter it is advisable to place some cotton rags underneath to absorb the fuel
before removing the filter.
1.1 Engine oil
1.1.1 Checking the oil level

– The crane vehicle is in horizontal position.
– The engine is turned off and the oil has collected in the oil pan.
Remove the dipstick 1 and wipe it off.
Reinsert the dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the dipstick 1.
Check the oil level.
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil according to the lubrication chart
until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum marks!
Add engine oil and check again!
Reinsert the dipstick 1.
1.1.2 Changing the oil

Refer to separate operating instructions “LIEBHERR Diesel engines”.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1315

B108239
1316 LIEBHERR 7.04

1.2 Coolant Engine cooling

The coolant level on the expansion tank is monitored with a water level probe. If the coolant level is
too low, the warning light 182 “Engine coolant level too low” lights up on the display unit.
The coolant temperature of the travel motor can be read on the display unit on the bar chart via the
warning light 231.
WARNING
Danger of skin burns!
Check the coolant only when the engine is cold!
Turn the cap on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion tank to the first notch.
Release excess pressure.
Remove the cap.
Add coolant as specified in the lubrication chart only on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion
tank.
Add coolant if required.
1.3 Air filter

The air filter is monitored electrically. If the vacuum in the intake pipe has increased because of dirty
air filter inserts, the warning light 183 in the driver's cab display unit lights up.
If the warning light 183 lights up:
Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.4 Diesel particle filter*

DANGER
Danger of igniting the diesel particle filter*!
The diesel particle filter* may only be regenerated under the supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out the operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* according to the separate
operating instructions of the diesel particle filter* manufacturer.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1317

B108240
1318 LIEBHERR 7.04

1.5 Fuel pre-filter
1.5.1 Draining the fuel pre-filter
Note
The water separator 2 on the fuel pre-filter must be drained at regular intervals.

Place a catch basin under the water separator.
Close the ball valve 1.
Open the drain valve 3 and drain water until fuel emerges.
Close the drain valve 3.
Open the ball valve 1.
Remove the catch basin and dispose of the fluid.
1.5.2 Cleaning the filter strainer
DANGER
Danger of fire and explosion!
Do not smoke!
Avoid open flames!
Work only when the diesel engine is turned off!
Maintain extreme cleanliness during all work!

Place a catch basin under the fuel pre-filter.
Close the ball valve 1.
Open the drain valve 3 until no more fuel emerges.
Remove the catch basin and dispose of the fluid.
Remove the screws 4 and remove the cover 8.
Remove the filter strainer 6 and clean it properly.
Insert the cleaned filter strainer 6 properly.
Properly install the cover 8 with seals.
Properly tighten the screws 4.
Open the ball valve 1.
Open the breather screw 5.
Operate the hand pump 7 and properly bleed the fuel filter.
Properly tighten the breather screw 5.
Start the engine and check the fuel pre-filter for leaks.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1319

B108241
1320 LIEBHERR 7.04

2 Automatic transmission with torque converter

coupling
NOTICE
Risk of transmission damage!
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from entering the inside of the
transmission!
Check the transmission for leaks at regular intervals!
Have a leaking transmission sealed immediately and professionally!
2.1 Checking the oil level at automatic transmission

– The gear oil has cooled down (less than 40 ° C).
Remove the oil filler plug 1.
The oil level must reach the edge of the bore.

NOTICE
Danger of gear damage!
Too little oil causes lubricating problems and reduces the service life of the gear. Too much oil causes
more displacement work and overheats the gear!
If the oil level has dropped below the oil filler plug 1, oil must be added as specified on the
lubrication chart until it runs over on the oil filler plug 1.
The deciding factor for exact oil quantity is always the correct procedure for adding oil and
checking the oil level after a trial run!
Install the oil filler plug 1 with a new seal and tighten.
2.2 Changing the oil in the automatic transmission

– The oil is at operating temperature and is thin.
Remove the oil drain plug 2 and the oil drain plug 3 and drain the gear oil.
Clean the magnets on the oil drain plugs.
Reinstall the oil drain plug 2 and the oil drain plug 3 with a new seal and tighten.
Add oil according to the lubrication chart on the bore of the oil filler plug 1 until it starts to run over.
After adding the oil, install the oil filler plug 1 with a new seal and tighten.
Test drive the vehicle.
Check fluid level and add oil, if necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1321

B108242
1322 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.3 Checking the oil level of torque converter coupling

– The oil temperature is 30 °C.
– The engine is running at idling speed.
– The transmission is in neutral position.
Remove the dipstick 13 and check the oil level.
If the oil level has dropped below the permissible minimum mark “cold”, then oil must be added.
If there is too much oil in the system, it must be drained via the oil drain plug.
Note
Important control note!
The oil on the dipstick 13 must be transparent. Milky oil means that foam is forming in the system.
Let the engine run at idling speed until the oil on the entire dipstick is clear. This procedure can
take several minutes.
NOTICE
Add oil as specified on the lubrication chart and re-check!
Insert the dipstick 13.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1323

B108242
1324 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.4 Changing the oil on the torque converter coupling

– The transmission is in neutral position.
– The oil is hot and is thin.
Note
Important safety instructions!
Do not drive against converter when at a standstill!
Do not actuate the retarder at a standstill. The retarder must be turned off.
Remove the dipstick 13.

Remove the oil drain plugs 5 and the torque converter discharge plug 11 and drain the oil.
Note
The oil in the torque converter cannot be drained completely. The oil remaining in the torque
converter is approx. 9 l. Depending on the version and location, a certain amount of oil, which
cannot be drained, also remains in the connector lines.
Clean the magnet on the oil drain plugs 5.

Reinstall the oil drain plugs 5 and torque converter discharge plug 11 with new seal ring and
tighten.
Add oil as specified on the lubrication chart on the oil filler tube 12 (approx. 20 l).
Start the engine.
With the engine running at idling speed, check the oil level constantly and add oil until the oil level
on the dipstick 13 remains steadily in the range of the 30 °C cold mark. This procedure can take
several minutes until all lines and the cooler are filled.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
If too much oil has been added, then it must be drained!
The oil should be at approx. 30 °C, allow oil to cool down if necessary.
Check oil level at 30 °C cold mark with the engine at idling speed.
Add or drain oil, as necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1325

B110224
1326 LIEBHERR 7.04

2.5 Replacing the suction filter

The suction filter 6 must be replaced at every oil change.
Remove the old suction filter 6.
Assemble the new suction filter 6 properly.
2.6 Changing the pressure filter

The pressure filter 7 must be replaced at every oil change.
Remove the old pressure filter 7.
Assemble the new pressure filter 7 properly.
2.7 Bleeding the transmission

The gear oil heats up while the vehicle is being driven. This creates overpressure which is
continuously released via a breather valve 15.
Ensure that the bleeder valve is operating at all times. The vent must be clean and the plastic cover
must be removed.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1327

B108244
1328 LIEBHERR 7.04

3 Transfer gearbox
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent any dirt from entering the inside of the gear.
3.1 Checking the oil level

Remove the level control screw 2.
The oil level must be up to the edge of the hole for the level control screw 2.
NOTICE
If more than 0.5 l runs out on the bore edge of the level control screw 2, then this is a sign of a defect
in the oil circuit!
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherrwerk Ehingen!
NOTICE
Add oil up to the overflow level of the level control screw 2, as specified in the lubrication chart,
and recheck the level!
Reinstall the level control screw 2 with a new seal and tighten.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1329

B108244
1330 LIEBHERR 7.04

3.2 Changing the oil

– The transmission has warmed up.
Remove the oil filler plug 1 and the level control screw 2.
Remove the oil drain plug 3, drain the oil and determine the oil quantity.
Note
During removal, the check valves 4 must remain on the supply line 5 and the return line 6 on the
transfer gear box.
Remove the supply line 5 and the return line 6 on the transfer gear box, drain the oil and
determine the oil quantity.
If necessary:
Carefully blow out the oil lines with maximum 4 bar to drain all the oil.
Note
If the determined oil quantity is significantly less that the oil quantities specified in chapter 7.06,
then this is a sign that there is a leak in the oil circuit. Find the reason for the leaky oil circuit and
fix it.
Check the supply line 5 and the return line 6 for damage.
Install the supply line 5 and the return line 6 properly.
Install the oil drain plug 3 and the level control screw 2 with a new seal and tighten.
Add the complete oil quantity for the transfer gearbox with oil cooler and line as specified in the
lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 1. See chapter 7.06 and 7.07.
Install the oil filler plug 1 with a new seal and tighten.
Drive the mobile crane about 10 km.
Note
After about 10 km, the oil cooler is filled with oil.
Check the oil level as described in paragraph “Checking the oil level” and add more oil or drain oil,
as necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1331

B108245
1332 LIEBHERR 7.04

4 Hydraulic system
Extreme cleanliness must be maintained when adding oil.
4.1 Hydraulic tank

– The support cylinders and sliding beams have been fully retracted.
– The vehicle has been lowered to the lowest axle suspension level.
DANGER
Danger of accident if hydraulic pump is damaged!
If the oil level is too low, the hydraulic pump may be damaged, which will increase the risk of accident
because of incapacity to steer. The cylinders cannot be fully extended and the vehicle cannot be
levelled.
Check oil level and add oil, if necessary.
The oil level must be in the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
Check the oil level on the oil level sight gauge 1 of hydraulic oil tank.
Troubleshooting
No oil visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart using a fine-meshed filter until the oil level is visible in
center of oil level sight gauge 1.
4.1.2 Checking the aeration / bleeder filter

Open the cover with turn lock.
Check the filter 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
Replace the filter 2.
Close the cover with the turn lock again.
Start the engine.
Slowly run through all crane movements.
Check fluid level again and add fluid if necessary.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1333

B108245
1334 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.1.3 Checking and replacing the return filter

Change the return filters 3 according to the maintenance intervals in chapter 7.02.
Unscrew and remove both filter covers.
Remove the filter units.
Rinse out the filter housing.
Clean the sealing surfaces on the covers and filter housings.
Insert new filter units.
Lubricate the rubber seal rings in the covers with oil.
Replace both filter covers and screw tight.
Start the engine and check the filter for leaks.
Check fluid level and add fluid if necessary.
4.1.4 Pressure filter

The pressure filters 4 are equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the red bar indicator is visible
when the oil is at operating temperature, then the filter cartridge must be replaced.
Release the filter cartridge and collect any escaping oil in a suitable container.
Remove and dispose of the filter cartridge.
Clean the sealing surface on the filter bracket.
Oil the rubber sealing ring on the new filter cartridge.
Install a new filter cartridge and tighten.
Start the engine and check for leaks.
Result:
– This bleeds the hydraulic system.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1335

B106786
1336 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.2 Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle blocking system

Diaphragm reservoirs have been installed in the hydraulic system. The pretension pressures are
specified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The
pretension pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
NOTICE
Risk of travel gear damage!
If the outside temperature fluctuates considerably, e.g. after transport to extremely hot or cold
countries or in countries with considerable differences between the summer and winter temperatures,
the gas accumulator pressures may change. Inadequate gas pretension may cause the reservoir
diaphragms to be overstressed. If the pretension is too high, the spring action in the axle suspension if
no longer guaranteed!
Check the accumulator pressures and correct if necessary!

– The axle suspension/axle locking system is in the suspended position.
– The function control on button 130 does not light up.
Lower vehicle down as far as possible using button 119, button 120, button 135, button 136 and
enter 143 until the oil has drained from the diaphragm reservoirs.
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
The pressure in the nitrogen cylinder must be less than the maximum permitted operating pressure of
the reservoir or the pressure gauge. Otherwise install a pressure reducer between the cylinder and
the filling device.
Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir!
The pretension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by an expert with
appropriate training and equipment. In addition, the national regulations for pressurized container
inspections must also be observed.
Check the pretension pressure with a testing and filling device and correct it, if necessary.
Press level button 129 and ENTER 143 until the function control on the level button 129 blinks.
Result:
– The vehicle is at the level setting for road driving.
4.3 Hydraulic hose lines

The hydraulic hose lines must be checked according to ISO 9927-1 by an experienced technician or
expert mechanic, as required, depending on the duration of use and the operating conditions, but at
least once a year.
Experienced technicians are persons who:
– possess sufficient knowledge about cranes due to their professional background and experience,
– are familiar with the relevant settings to detect any abnormal operating situations,
– have undergone special training.
Expert mechanics are mechanics, who:
– are experienced in the design, construction or maintenance of cranes,
– possess sufficient knowledge about the relevant settings and standards,
– are fully equipped to perform inspections,
– are able to assess the safety of the crane,
– can decide which action needs to be taken to ensure the crane can continue to be operated
safely.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1337

Note
The applicable national regulations must also be complied with!
4.3.1 Checking the hydraulic hoses within area of responsibility of the German
employer's liability insurance associations
At least once a year, an expert must check whether the hydraulic hoses are in a safe condition. The
crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years from the day it was first
licensed. After the 12th year of operation, the crane must be inspected annually by an authorized
inspector.
The expert or authorized inspector must document the fact that the hydraulic hoses can continue to
be used in the crane!
An expert is someone:
– whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate knowledge in the field of
hydraulic hoses and hose systems,
– who is familiar with the relevant occupational health and safety regulations,
– who is familiar with the relevant accident prevention guidelines,
– who is familiar with the directives and generally accepted technical regulations (e.g. DIN
standards, VDE regulations, technical regulations of other EU member states or other countries
that have signed the European Economic Community agreement),
– who can properly assess whether hydraulic hoses and hose systems are deemed safe in
accordance with the guidelines and regulations stated above.
Authorized inspector(s) is/are :
– an authorized expert employed by the technical supervisory authorities,
– in Hamburg this is the Amt für Arbeitsschutz (office for occupational health and safety),
– in Hessen these are the technical supervisory offices,
– an authorized expert appointed by the professional associations.
4.3.2 Examples of possible defects in hose lines
DANGER
Risk of fire or accident!
If problems are discovered during inspections, then they must be remedied immediately or suitable
measures are to be taken. Failure to do this can result in serious injury to persons, death or damage
to property.
Remedy problems or take suitable measures!
– Damage to the outer layer as far as the intermediate later (e.g. chafing, cuts and cracks)
– Outer layer brittleness (hose material cracking)
– Deformation that differs from the natural shape of the hose or hose system when depressurised or
pressurised or when the hose is bent (e.g. layer separation, bubbling, crushing or kinking)
– Leaks
– Failure to follow installation instructions
– Damage or deformation of hose fittings that inhibit the operation and strength of the fitting or the
hose / fitting connection
– Hose slipping out of fitting
– Fitting corrosion that inhibits function and strength
– Storage time or usage period exceeded
1338 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.3.3 Maintenance of hose lines

– We recommend to check all hoses, hose lines and screw fittings daily, but at least every two
weeks for leaks and externally recognizable signs of damage.
– Damaged parts must be replaced immediately! Oil spray can lead to injuries and fires.
– Hydraulic lines and hoses may not be repaired.
– Hoses that have already been used in a hose system may not be reinstalled in hose systems.
– Always use original LIEBHERR spare parts when replacing hoses and hose systems.
– Always ensure that the hoses are routed free of torsion. If high pressure hoses are being used,
attach screws of half clamps or full flange at both ends of hose and then tighten.
– When using high pressure hoses with a bent fitting, tighten the end with the bent fitting first when
tightening the flanges, then the end with the straight fitting.
– Any mounting clamps in the hose center may be attached and tightened only thereafter.
– Route the hoses in such a way that chafing with other hoses or other structures is prevented.
Maintain minimum clearance of approximately ½ the outer diameter of the hose from other parts.
The clearance may never be less than 10 to 15 mm.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1339

B198423
1340 LIEBHERR 7.04

4.3.4 Changing hose lines for active rear axle steering
DANGER
If the hose lines are not changed at proper intervals, personnel can be severely injured or killed. In
addition, property damage can occur on the crane.
Replace hose lines at appropriate intervals!
This must be documented in the crane's inspection log by the expert or the authorized inspector.
Note
Deviating from the data in section “Checking the hose lines within the area of responsibility of the
German employer's liability insurance associations”, the following replacement intervals apply for
hose lines for the active rear axle steering!
The service life of a hose line may not exceed six years, including a storage period of a maximum of
two years. (Pay attention to manufacturing date of hose). The duration of use can also be defined by
the expert or authorized inspector in accordance with existing test and experience data in the
individual application areas, taking the usage conditions into consideration.
Steering
DANGER
Impairment of steering!
Leaky hydraulic lines can impair the steering ability!
Damaged or leaking hydraulic hoses must be replaced immediately!
Check hydraulic hoses 2 from the steering centering cylinder 1 to the control block of the sixth to ninth
axles for cracks, damage and leaks.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1341

B108246
1342 LIEBHERR 7.04

5 Compressed air and brake system air dryer
5.1 Replacing the granular cartridge

CAUTION
Danger!
The granular cartridge of the air dryer 1 is under spring tension.
Caution when replacing the cartridge.
Replace granular cartridge once per year.
6 Tires / wheels
Note
6.1 Checking the tires

While doing this, also check the spare tire*.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Regularly check the tires for damage, depth of tread and foreign particles, as well as checking the
tire pressures.
6.2 Changing the wheel

Note
7.04 LIEBHERR 1343

B108247
1344 LIEBHERR 7.04

7 Axles
Please maintain extreme cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from entering the interior of the
axle casings.
7.1 Axle casings

The position of oil filler plug 1, oil filler plug 2 as well as the position of oil drain plug 3 and oil drain
plug 4 depends on the type of axle.

Remove the oil filler / control plug 1, see illustration 1.
Remove the oil filler plug 2, see illustration 2.

NOTICE
Damage to the axles!
If the oil level has dropped, add oil according to the lubrication chart until it runs over on the oil filler /
control plug 1 (illustration 1) or oil filler plug 2 (illustration 2)!
Add oil and check again!
Install the oil filler / control plug 1 with new seal ring and tighten, see illustration 1.
Install the oil filler plug 2 with new seal ring and tighten, see illustration 2.
7.1.2 Changing the oil (illustration 1)

Remove the oil filler / control plug 1.
Remove the oil drain plug 4 and drain the oil.
Install the oil drain plug 4 with new seal ring and tighten.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler / control plug 1 until it starts to overflow
at the edge of the bore for the oil filler / control plug 1.
Install the oil filler / control plug 1 with new seal ring and tighten.
7.1.3 Changing the oil (illustration 2)

Remove the oil filler plug 1 and the oil filler plug 2.
Reinstall the oil drain plug 4 with new seal ring and tighten.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 1 or the oil filler plug 2 until it starts
to overflow on the bore edge of the oil filler plug 2.
Reinstall the oil filler plug 2 with new seal ring and tighten.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1345

B106789
1346 LIEBHERR 7.04

7.2 Wheel hubs

– The crane vehicle is supported.

Turn each driven wheel until the oil drain plug 5 reaches its lowest point and the line 4 is exactly
horizontal.

NOTICE
Danger of damage!
If the oil level has dropped, always top up with the oil specified in the lubrication chart up to the
overflow of the oil filler plug 3.
Add oil and check again.

Turn each driven wheel until the oil drain plug 5 reaches its lowest point and the line 4 is exactly
horizontal.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 3 until it starts to overflow at the
edge of the bore.
8 Wheel alignment
8.1 Checking the wheel alignment
The wheel alignment must be checked at regular intervals. Failure to perform this check can result in
increased tire wear. If extremely high stress has occurred such as driving against curbs, it is
extremely important to check the wheel alignment.
Always have the wheel alignment checked by a trained and authorized expert.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1347

B109852
1348 LIEBHERR 7.04

9 Tilting the driver's cab

The driver's cab can be tilted forward for assembly or disassembly purposes to max. 24°.
Note
Depending on the version, the support rod 1 is carried along on front on the bumper, see
point P1 or behind the driver's cab, see point P2!
9.1 Measures before tilting

Before the driver's cab may be tilted forward over the front bearing, the following measures must be
taken, depending on the version.
Mark the position of drive shaft in relation to the miter gear.
Unscrew the drive shaft from the miter gear to the steering gear on the flange.
Remove the shock absorbers and stabilisers (if necessary) from rear wall of driver's cab.
Pay attention to cables and hoses on underside of driver's cab.

Loosen any mountings, if necessary.
WARNING
Risk of accident if driver's cab tilts forward in an uncontrolled manner!
The maximum angle that the driver's cab may be tilted forward is 24°.
The driver's cab must be properly supported in the tilted position and secured with a support rod 1.
Screw and secure the support rod 1 with a nut M10 2 and washer on top on the driver's cab.
Bolt the support rod 1 on the bottom with pins 3 on the vehicle frame and secure with cotter pin 4.
Remove front bumper completely (depending on model) or loosen it, pull it out and tilt it downward.
9.2 Reinstalling the drive shaft after tilting the cab

Check the drive shaft for ease of movement and operation of joints and slider.
If the drive shaft is damaged, replace it with a new drive shaft.
Attach the drive shaft with assistance of markings that were made.
10 Electrical system - Lighting

The maintenance of the electrical system is essentially limited to replacing defective fuses and bulbs
and maintaining the batteries.
NOTICE
Damage to electrical system!
Never short circuit defective fuses with wire or similar items!
Always replace defective fuses with fuses of the same amperage!
If there is a repeat problem with the same fuse, check the electrical system!
10.1 Battery maintenance

DANGER
Always disconnect the batteries from the power circuits when working on the electrical system of
the crane and during all welding work!
Keep batteries dry and clean.

Do not bring oil, grease, fuel or solvents into contact with the battery casting compound.
7.04 LIEBHERR 1349

Release dirty terminals, clean and grease them with an acid-free and acid-resistant grease.
Check the acid levels in batteries at least once a year. In summer and in hot climate zones, check
it at least twice a year.
On conventional batteries, check electrolyte level at regular intervals and add distilled water to the
specified “max mark”, if necessary.
When adding distilled water:
Measure the acid concentration only after 30 minutes. The acid temperature for measuring should
be + 20 °C if possible.
Proceed as follows when checking the battery charge:
Specific weight Charge condition

1.28/1.23* Well charged
1.20/1.16* Semi-charged, recharge
1.12/1.08* Discharged, recharge imme-
diately
* in tropical countries
Reduced battery performance requires greater power requirements.
Ensure that batteries are well charged, particularly during the colder months.
10.2 Mixing battery acid

Ensure that work area is well ventilated.
DANGER
Risk of explosion!
When mixing battery acid, always pour distilled water into the container first, then the concentrated
sulphuric acid!
Observe this order, otherwise explosions and spattering can occur!
Stir the mixture with an acid-proof stick (glass or plastic).
Desired acid concentration kg/l 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28
Volume ratio of concentrated sulphuric acid 1:3.8 1:3.6 1:3.4 1:3.2 1:3.0 1:2.8
(96%) to distilled water
When adding the battery acid, the acid level should be 15 mm above the top edge of the battery
plates and the temperature of the acid should be approximately 15 °C.
Add battery acid to battery.
Wait approximately 20 minutes before connecting the battery. By that time, it will be balanced out.
Connect the battery after approximately 20 minutes.
10.3 Removing and recharging the battery

WARNING
Danger of injuries!
Do not place tools on batteries and keep open flames away!
1350 LIEBHERR 7.04

10.3.1 Removing the battery

– All electrical consumers are turned off.
NOTICE
Damage to alternator!
Do not disconnect batteries unless the engine has been turned off!
Carry out work in well ventilated rooms and avoid sparks.

Disconnect the negative terminal first (ground cable), then the positive terminal.
Remove the battery.
Avoid spark formation caused by electrostatic charge. To avoid this, touch the ground support
point in the driver's cab.
Do not tilt or shake the battery.
10.3.2 Recharging the battery
NOTICE
Damage to battery!
Recharge only with direct current, the strength of which does not exceed 1/10 of the battery
capacity!
Recharging example: A battery with 170 Ah should be charged with a maximum charging current of
17.0 A.
Frozen batteries must be thawed out before charging.
Remove all plugs before charging.
Provide ventilation during charging (risk of oxyhydrogen gas explosion!).
Connect the battery to a battery charger (positive to positive and negative to negative).
Turn on the battery charger after connecting the battery.
Stop charging immediately if:

– The acid temperature exceeds 55 °C (casing more than warm to the touch).
– The battery starts to give off gas.
– The acid concentration or the charging voltage has not changed for 2 hours.
Turn the battery charger off after charging, then remove the connector cables individually from
battery and battery charger.
10.3.3 Installing the battery

Reinstall the battery tightly in the vehicle.
Avoid spark formation caused by electrostatic charge. To avoid this, touch the ground support
point in the driver's cab.
Connect the positive terminal to the battery first, then the negative terminal (ground cable).
Check that the terminals are tightly seated (low contact resistance).
Grease the terminals and terminal posts with acid-free and acid-resistant grease (use corrosion
protection even for modern maintenance-free batteries).
7.04 LIEBHERR 1351

027911-01 7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure
B108249
1352 LIEBHERR 7.05

7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 027911-01
1 Diesel engine
Never step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work in the engine area!
DANGER
Danger of fire!
Make sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
Extreme cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled
fuel!
When replacing the filter, it is recommended to put down cleaning rags before removing the filter in
order to absorb fuel.
1.1 Engine oil

– The crane is in horizontal position.
– The engine is turned off and the oil is collected in the oil pan.
Remove the oil dipstick 1 and wipe it off.
Reinsert the oil dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. marks on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil according to the lubrication chart
until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum marks.
Add engine oil and check again.
Reinsert the oil dipstick 1.

Refer to the separate operating instructions for “LIEBHERR Diesel engines”.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1353

B108250
1354 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.2 Bleeding the injection lines

Note
Two persons are required to bleed the injection lines!

– The diesel engine is turned off.
– The ignition switch in the crane operator's cab is in the “0 position” (OFF).
– The diesel engine is easily accessible.
DANGER
Risk of falling!
During the bleeding process of the injection lines, the assembly personnel must be protected from
falling with suitable aids, depending on the turntable position. If this is not observed, assembly
personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries.
All assembly work from a height of 2 m must normally be carried out using suitable aids
(scaffolding, ladders, etc.)! The height above which assembly / maintenance work must be carried
out with aids depends on national regulations. The national regulations must be adhered to!
1.2.1 Activating the bleeding function

The bleeding function is activated from the crane operator's cab.
A high injection rate is required to bleed the injection lines on the diesel engine. It is therefore
necessary to operate the manual feed pump 1 on the diesel engine during the bleeding process.
Turn the ignition on in the crane operator's cab: Turn the ignition switch to “position I”.
When the ignition is turned on:
Floor the engine regulation within 10 s.
Repeat this step within the next 10 s: Release the engine regulation and floor it again.
To activate the bleeding function: Repeat this procedure five times.
Result:
– The bleeding function is now activated.
– The LICCON monitor displays an operating error message with the text: “Bleeding function
activated”.
Troubleshooting
If the LICCON monitor does not display an operating error message with the text: “Bleeding function
activated”?
The bleeding function has not been correctly carried out or the specified time has been exceeded.
Turn the ignition off: Turn the ignition switch to “position 0”.
Repeat the procedure according to the description.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1355

B108250
1356 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.2.2 Carrying out the bleeding procedure
Note
Do not operate the engine regulation during the bleeding procedure!

– The bleeding function is activated.
– The operating error message is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
Pump the manual feed pump 1 to operate it during the entire engine start procedure (approx. 20 s).
Turn the ignition switch in the crane operator's cab to “position II” and hold it for approx. 20 s in
“position II”.
When the ignition switch is actuated:
Immediately pump the manual feed pump 1 for approx. 20 s and at least as long as the ignition
switch is being turned.
Result:
– The injection lines are bled.
– The diesel engine starts up and runs at low idle speed after a successful bleeding procedure.
– The bleeding function will be deactivated.
– The system switches over to normal operation.
Troubleshooting
The injection lines are not bled and the diesel engine does not run at low idle speed?
The ignition switch was not operated long enough or the manual feed pump 1 was used incorrectly.
Hold the ignition switch for 20 s in “position II”.
Continuously pump the manual feed pump 1.
Note
The starter block is deactivated if the bleeding function has been activated. Several starting
attempts can be made without turning the “ignition OFF”.
1.2.3 Deactivating the bleeding function
Note
The bleeding function is automatically deactivated after successfully bleeding the injection lines or
when the ignition is turned off.
Once the injection lines have been successfully bled, the diesel engine is regulated by the engine
electronic to low idle speed after a short period and the bleeding function is automatically deactivated.
Turn the ignition off: Turn the ignition switch to “position 0”.
Result:
– The diesel engine is turned off.
– The bleeding function is deactivated.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1357

B108251
1358 LIEBHERR 7.05

1.3 Engine coolant

The coolant level is monitored by the LICCON computer system. If, for example, the coolant level is
too low, the warning icon on the function key F3 is shown in red. By pressing the function key F3 you
get into the “monitoring field with monitoring functions”. There the icon 11 “coolant level” is shown in
red.
If the coolant temperature is too high, then in case of an error, the icon 12 in the “monitoring field with
monitoring functions” is also shown in red.
The coolant temperature 13 of the crane engine can also be shown in the individual control display on
the LICCON monitor, see chapter 4.02.
DANGER
Danger of skin burns!
Engine must be cold when performing coolant check.
Turn the cap 2 on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion tank to the 1st notch.
Release excess pressure.
Remove the cap 2.
Only add coolant according to the lubrication chart on the filler neck on the water cooler expansion
tank.
Add coolant to overflow level if necessary.
1.4 Air filter

The air filters are monitored by the LICCON computer system. If an increased vacuum occurs in the
suction line due to dirty filter inserts, then the warning icon on the function key F3 is shown in red. By
pressing the function key F3 you get into the “monitoring field with monitoring functions”. There the
icon “Air filter contaminated” 14 is shown in yellow.
If the warning “Air filter contaminated” 14 appears:
Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.5 Diesel particle filter*

DANGER
Danger of igniting the diesel particle filter*!
The diesel particle filter* may only be regenerated under the supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out the operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* according to the separate
operating instructions of the diesel particle filter* manufacturer.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1359

B108252
1360 LIEBHERR 7.05

2 Pump distributor gear

Please maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from entering the gear system.

Ensure that the crane is horizontal.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. marks on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil as specified in the lubrication
chart until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum marks!

Install the oil drain plug 3 with new seal and tighten.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 2 until the oil level is between the
min. and max. marks on the oil dipstick 1.
Install the oil filler plug 2 with new seal.
Check oil level.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1361

B108253
1362 LIEBHERR 7.05

3 Hydraulic system
When adding oil, observe utmost cleanliness.
3.1 Hydraulic tank

– All hydraulic cylinders (luffing cylinder and telescoping cylinder) are fully retracted.
The oil level must be in the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
Check the oil level in the oil level sight gauge 1 of hydraulic oil tank.
Troubleshooting
No oil visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart using a fine-mesh strainer until oil level is in center of
the oil level sight gauge 1.
3.2 Checking the vent / breather filter

Open the cover with the turn lock.
Check filters 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
Replace the filters 2.
Close the cover with the turn lock again.
Start the engine.
Check the oil level again and add oil if necessary.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1363

B108254
1364 LIEBHERR 7.05

3.3 Pressure filter in crane hydraulic

The pressure filter 3 and pressure filter 4 are equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the red bar
indicator is visible when the oil is at operating temperature, then the filter cartridge must be replaced.
Release the filter cartridge and collect any escaping oil in a suitable container.
Remove and dispose of the filter cartridge.
Clean the sealing surface on the filter bracket.
Lubricate the rubber seal ring on the new oil filter cartridge with oil.
Install a new filter cartridge and tighten.
Result:
Check the oil level again and add oil if necessary.
3.4 In-line filter in crane hydraulics

The in-line filter 5 is equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the pointer moves into the red zone
when the oil is warmed up ready for operation the filter must be changed.
Remove the old filter properly.
Install the new filter properly.
Result:
3.5 Diaphragm reservoirs

Various diaphragm reservoirs are installed in the hydraulic system. The pretension pressures are
specified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The
pretension pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
NOTICE
Risk of damaging the hydraulic system!
If the ambient temperatures fluctuate considerably, for example after transfer to countries with
extremely hot or cold temperatures or in countries with considerable differences between the summer
and winter temperatures, the accumulator pressures may change!
Check the accumulator pressures and correct if necessary!

This relieves the diaphragm reservoir at the fluid side.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1365

DANGER
Risk of explosion!
The pressure in the nitrogen cylinder must be less than the maximum permissible operating pressure
of the accumulator or the pressure gauge. Otherwise install a pressure reducer between the cylinder
and the filling device.
Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir.
The pretension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by an expert with
appropriate training and equipment. In addition, the national regulations for pressurized container
inspections must also be observed.
Check pre-loading pressure using a testing and filling device and correct it, if necessary.
3.6 Hydraulic hose lines

The hydraulic hose lines must be checked according to ISO 9927-1 by an experienced technician or
expert mechanic, as required, depending on the duration of use and the operating conditions, but at
least once a year.
Experienced technicians are persons who:
– possess sufficient knowledge about cranes due to their professional background and experience,
– are familiar with the relevant settings to detect any abnormal operating situations,
– have undergone special training.
Expert mechanics are mechanics, who:
– are experienced in the design, construction or maintenance of cranes,
– possess sufficient knowledge about the relevant settings and standards,
– are fully equipped to perform inspections,
– are able to assess the safety of the crane,
– can decide which action needs to be taken to ensure the crane can continue to be operated
safely.
Note
The applicable national regulations must also be complied with!
1366 LIEBHERR 7.05

3.6.1 Checking the hydraulic hose lines within area of responsibility of the German
employer's liability insurance associations
At least once a year, an expert must check whether the hydraulic hoses are in a safe condition. The
crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years from the day it was first
licensed. After the 12th year of operation, the crane must be inspected by the authorized inspector
annually.
The expert or authorized inspector must document the fact that the hydraulic hoses can continue to
be used in the crane!
An expert is someone:
– whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate knowledge in the field of
hydraulic hoses and hose systems,
– who is familiar with the relevant occupational health and safety regulations,
– who is familiar with the relevant accident prevention guidelines,
– who is familiar with the directives and generally accepted technical regulations (e.g. DIN
standards, VDE regulations, technical regulations of other EU member states or other countries
that have signed the European Economic Community agreement),
– who can properly assess whether hydraulic hoses and hose systems are deemed safe in
accordance with the guidelines and regulations stated above.
Authorized inspector(s) is / are:
– an authorized expert employed by the technical supervisory authorities,
– in Hamburg this is the Amt für Arbeitsschutz (office for occupational health and safety),
– in Hessen these are the technical supervisory offices,
– an authorized expert appointed by the professional associations.
3.6.2 Examples of possible defects in hose lines
DANGER
If problems are discovered during inspections, then they must be remedied immediately or suitable
measures are to be taken. Failure to do this can result in serious injury to persons, death or damage
to property!
Remedy problems or take suitable measures!
– Damage to the outer layer as far as the intermediate later (e.g. chafing, cuts and cracks)
– Outer layer brittleness (crack formation of the hose material)
– Deformation that differs from the natural shape of the hose or hose line, in depressurized as well
as in pressurized condition or in bends, for example layer separation, bubbling, crushing or kinking
– Leaks
– Failure to follow installation instructions
– Damage or deformation of hose fittings that inhibit the function and strength of the fitting or the
hose / fitting connection
– Hose slipping out of fitting
– Fitting corrosion that inhibits function and strength
– Storage time or usage period exceeded
7.05 LIEBHERR 1367

3.6.3 Maintenance of hose lines

– We recommend to check all hoses, hose lines and screw fittings daily, but at least every two
weeks for leaks and externally recognizable signs of damage.
– Damaged parts must be replaced immediately! Oil spray can lead to injuries and fires!
– Hydraulic lines and hoses may not be repaired!
– Hoses that have already been used in a hose system may not be reinstalled in hose systems.
– Always use original Liebherr spare parts when replacing hoses and hose systems.
– Always ensure that the hoses are routed free of torsion. If high pressure hoses are being used,
attach screw of clamps or full flange at both ends of hose and then tighten.
– When using high pressure hoses with a bent fitting, tighten the end with the bent fitting first when
tightening the flanges, then the end with the straight fitting.
– Any mounting clamps in the hose center may be attached and tightened only thereafter.
– Route the hoses in such a way that chafing with other hoses or other structures is prevented.
Maintain a minimum clearance of approximately ½ the outer diameter of the hose to other parts.
The clearance may never be less than 10 to 15 mm.
3.6.4 Replacing the hose lines
DANGER
Failure to replace hose lines at appropriate intervals can cause serious injury to persons, death or
damage to property!
Replace hose lines in appropriate intervals!
This must be documented in the crane's log book by the expert or the authorized inspector.
The service life of a hose system may not exceed six years, including a storage period of a maximum
of two years (observe the manufacturing date on the hoses). The duration of use can also be defined
by the expert or authorized inspector in accordance with existing test and empirical data in the
individual application areas, taking the usage conditions into consideration.
1368 LIEBHERR 7.05

blank page!
7.05 LIEBHERR 1369

B105098
1370 LIEBHERR 7.05

4 Rotary connection
4.1 Lubricate the rotary connection

Perform lubrication with extreme care before and after long operating intervals, particularly before and
after any winter break, in order to provide the best possible corrosion protection.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump until grease emerges from all grease points, see also section of
“Central lubrication system”. Then the relevant crane movement must be repeated several times and
the lubrication procedure must be carried out again.
Lubricate the rotary connection.
4.2 Lubricating the gear ring and the slewing gear pinion
Before and after extended breaks in service, grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 to
ensure the best possible protection from corrosion.
Grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 externally.
4.3 Tilt play of roller ring connection

The wear of the roller ring connection is determined by measuring the “tilt play” with the ring installed.
Note
The determination of the “tilt play” must be carried out according to the test instructions of
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH for test instructions.
DANGER
Danger of accident if tilt play of roller ring connection is too large!
If the permissible tilt play of 2.0 mm is exceeded, then safe crane operation is no longer possible.
Replace the roller ring connection if the tilt play is larger than 2.0 mm!
7.05 LIEBHERR 1371

B108255
1372 LIEBHERR 7.05

5 Central lubrication system

The crane superstructure is equipped with a central lubrication system. All grease points (refer to the
overview on the left), the bearing of the pivot section, the bearings of the luffing cylinders and the
winches are automatically supplied with the correct amount of grease.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump on the grease fitting 3 until grease emerges from all grease points.
Then the relevant crane movement must be repeated several times and the lubrication procedure
must be carried out again.
Note
If winch 2 is assembled, the connection for the central lubrication system must be established!
If winch 2 is removed, the connector line 20 must be installed between the supply and return line.
Cleaning is permitted in washing bays or with steam cleaners!
5.1 Pump operating period on the central lubricating system

– Pump operation period: 7 cycles
– Break period: 3 hours
5.2 Components of the system

– Grease container 1
– Grease fitting 2: Filling the central lubrication pump
– Grease fitting 3: Filling the lube lines
– Pump outlet 4
– Pressure relief valve 5
– Pump element 6
– Push button 7
– Control 8
– Green LED 9: Function display
– Latched switch 10: Pause time (h)
– Latched switch 11: Cycles
– Red LED 12: Fault display
5.3 Setting the cycles and cycle time

The cycle number and the cycle time are set in the factory.
Adjust cycle number using a latched switch 11.
Adjust cycle time using latched switch 10.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1373

B108255
1374 LIEBHERR 7.05

5.4 Intermediate lubrication

Intermediate lubrication can be carried out manually after washing the crane, for example.
Press the push button 7.
Result:
– Components are greased.
5.5 Function check

Ensure that the ignition is turned on.
Trigger 2 or 3 grease pulses using the push button 7.
Result:
– Grease exits from the pressure relief valve.
5.6 Cycle control

The central lubrication system is progressively monitored. This means that a proximity switch converts
the piston strokes of the central lubrication system distributor into electric control signals and relays
them to the control unit. If the control signals are not present or incomplete, the indicator
light 662 displays a malfunction or a problem by blinking.
5.6.1 Blinker code - cycle control

During operation
– Ignition on, ready for operation:
The indicator light 662 lights up orange for 1.5 s and turns off.
The green LED 9 and the red LED 12 light up for 1.5 s and turn off.
– Lubrication active:
The indicator light 662 lights up yellow during the lubrication period.
The green LED 9 lights up during the lubrication period.
In case of a problem
– Error monitoring time cycle input, lubrication time larger monitoring time cycle input.
The indicator light 662 lights up orange for 2 s and is off for 2 s etc.
The green LED 9 and the red LED 12 light up 1 s and are off for 1 s etc.
– Error CPU, Error memory.
The indicator light 662 lights up red for 1 s and is off for 1 s etc.
The red LED 12 lights up for 0.5 s and is off for 0.5 s etc.
5.7 Access into the automatic lubrication (intermediate lubrication)

After washing the crane, carry out intermediate lubrication processes or fill the grease lines with
grease again after a repair.
With the ignition turned on, press the red button 7 on the engine protection housing of the pump.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1375

B108255
1376 LIEBHERR 7.05

5.8 Filling the grease container

NOTICE
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
There must always be sufficient grease in the grease container 1!
Observe utmost cleanliness when filling the grease container 1!
Fill the grease container 1 with a grease pump via the grease fitting 2 on the central lubrication
pump.
5.9 Bleeding the central lubrication system

If the grease container 1 has been emptied, then it may be necessary to bleed the central lubrication
system.
Fill the grease container 1.
Unscrew the main line from the pump outlet 4.
Trigger additional lubricating pulses until there are no more air bubbles in the emerging grease at
the pump outlet 4.
Reconnect the main line.
Trigger an additional lubricating process.
5.10 Filling the lubrication lines

NOTICE
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
The lubrication lines must be refilled after any repair on components, which are lubricated with
grease. If this is not observed, the component may run dry.
Sufficient grease must be available in the grease lines after every repair on greased components!
Observe utmost cleanliness when filling the grease lines!
Add grease with an external grease pump via the grease fitting 3.
or
With the ignition turned on, press the red button 7 on the engine protection housing of the pump.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1377

B108255
1378 LIEBHERR 7.05

5.11 Troubleshooting on the central lubrication system
Problem Cause Remedy

Pump is not working Integrated electronic control de- Replace lower part of motor
fective, electrical line interrupt- protection housing, replace
ed, pump defective electrical line, replace pump
Pump operates, but does not Air cushion in delivery piston Bleed pump, fill reservoir, re-
deliver has dropped below minimum fill place pump element
level, pump element defective
No grease collar on all lube Pump not operating, interval See “Pump not operating” , re-
points time too high or cycle time too duce interval time or increase
short, system blocked number of cycles, refer to
“Grease emerges on pressure
relief valve”
No grease collar on several Supply lines to secondary dis- Replace lines, tighten or re-
lube points tributors broken or leaking, place screw connections
screw connections leaking
No grease collar on one lube Associated lube line broken or Replace line, tighten or replace
point leaking, screw connection leak- screw fitting
ing
Pump speed reduced Higher system pressure, lower Check system / bearing points,
ambient temperature no damage: Try 1 or 2 interme-
diate lubrication operations
Grease escapes at the pressure System pressure too high, pro- Check system, replace distribu-
relief valve gressive distributor blocked, tor, repair blocked / seized
system blocked, defective valve bearing point, replace pressure
spring relief valve
7.05 LIEBHERR 1379

B108256
1380 LIEBHERR 7.05

6 Hoist gear 1 and 2, illustration 1

6.1 Overflow container, illustration 3

When the oil heats up in the hydraulic motor for the winch 2, the oil can enter the overflow
container 10 via a check valve, but cannot flow back into the hydraulic system after cooling off. For
this reason the oil that has collected in the overflow container 10 must be disposed of at regular
intervals.
6.2 Winch
– The winch is inactive.

The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil as specified in the lubrication
chart until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum marks!
6.2.2 Oil change

Unscrew the vent screw 2.
Remove the oil drain plug 3 and drain the oil into a suitable container.
Open oil filler port by removing the oil dipstick 1.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart at the oil filler port until the oil level is between the
minimum and maximum mark on the oil dipstick 1.
Insert the breather screw 2 with new seal and tighten.
Check the oil level as described above.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1381

B108256
1382 LIEBHERR 7.05

6.3 Winch brake

– The winch is inactive.

Remove the level plug 4.

NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped, add the oil specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
level plug 4!
Reinstall the level plug 4 with new seal and tighten.
6.3.2 Oil change

Remove the level plug 4.
Add oil on the oil filler plug 5 as specified in the lubrication chart until oil starts to overflow on the
level plug 4.
Install the oil filler plug 5 and level plug 4 with new seal and tighten.
7 Assembly winch, illustration 2

7.1 Oil change
Ensure that the assembly winch has been spooled out.
Add oil as specified on the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 8.
Install the oil filler plug 8 with new seal and tighten.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1383

B103885
1384 LIEBHERR 7.05

8 Guy winches
– The guy winches are in horizontal position.

Remove the level plugs 2.

NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped, add the oil specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
level plug 2.
Reinstall the level plugs 2 with new seals and tighten.
8.2 Oil change

Remove the level plugs 2.
Add oil on the oil filler plug 1 as specified in the lubrication chart until oil starts to overflow on the
level plugs 2.
Install the oil filler plug 1 and level plugs 2 with new seals and tighten.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1385

B108257
1386 LIEBHERR 7.05

9 Slewing gear

The oil level must be between the two notches on the oil dipstick 1.
NOTICE
If the oil level has dropped below the lower notch, add oil as specified in the lubrication chart until the
oil level is between the two notches!

Open the oil filler port by unscrewing the oil dipstick 1.
Remove the drain plug 2 with the seal ring and drain the oil.
Clean the oil drain plug 2 and sealing surface on the housing.
Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart at the oil filler opening until the oil level is between the
two notches on the oil dipstick 1.
Close the oil filler port by screwing in the oil dipstick 1.
Check the oil level as described above.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1387

B108258
1388 LIEBHERR 7.05

10 Air dryer of the compressed air system of the crane

superstructure
10.1 Replacing the granular cartridge

CAUTION
Risk of accident due to pretensioned granular cartridge!
The granular cartridge 1 is under spring tension!
Caution when replacing the granular cartridge 1!
Replace the granular cartridge 1 once per year.
11 Electrical system - Lighting

Maintain electrical system and lighting in crane superstructure according to the maintenance data in
chapter 7.04.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1389

B195757
1390 LIEBHERR 7.05

12 Telescopic boom
12.1 Lubricating the telescopic boom

– The crane is properly supported and level.
– The counterweight has been attached to the turntable according to the load chart.
The inner gliding surfaces of the telescoping sections (plastic glide bearing plates) are lubricated via
the grease fittings in the bearing shoes.
These lubricating fittings can be accessed from the outside via inspection ports on both sides of the
pivot section and the telescope sections.
Telescope out telescopic section 5 to 92 % and pin.
Unpin the telescoping cylinder, retract into telescopic section 4 and pin telescoping cylinder to
telescopic section 4.
Telescope out telescopic section 4 until the grease fittings of telescopic section 5 become visible
on the inspection ports at 92 %.
Lubricate telescopic section 5 on the inspection ports.
Retract telescopic section 4 to 0 % and unpin the telescoping cylinder.
Telescope out telescoping cylinder and pin to telescopic section 5.
Telescope in telescopic section 5 to 46 % and pin.
Unpin telescoping cylinder and retract into telescopic section 4.
Pin telescoping cylinder with telescopic section 4.
Telescope out telescopic section 4 until the grease fittings of telescopic section 5 become visible
on the inspection ports at 46 %.
Lubricate telescopic section 5 on the inspection ports.
Telescope in telescopic section 4 and 5 to 0 %.
Lubricate telescopic sections 4, 3 and 2 in the same way as telescopic section 5.
Pin telescoping cylinder into telescopic section 1.
Telescope out telescopic section 1 to 46 %, pin and grease.
Telescope out telescopic section 1 to 92 %, pin and grease.
Use the special grease specified in the lubrication chart to grease the inner and outer glide surfaces of
the telescopic sections.
After spraying on the special grease, allow it to harden for 4 to 8 hours.
Spray special grease onto the outer glide surfaces of the telescopic sections.
7.05 LIEBHERR 1391

027912-00 7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart
B108234
1392 LIEBHERR 7.06

7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication chart 027912-00
1 Fill quantities
1.1 Fill quantities crane chassis

The specified fill quantities (change quantities) are orientation values. The marks on the dipsticks,
inspection ports and sight gauges are decisive for filling.
NOTICE
Do not mix synthetic oils with mineral oils!
Position Components Fill quantity

1 Diesel engine 70.0 l
2 Cooling system 136.5 l
3 Fuel tank 550.0 l
4 Automatic transmission 23.5 l
5 Torque converter transmission 26.0 l
6 Transfer gear box 5.5 l , oil cooler and lines 1.4 l , Total fill quantity: 6.9 l
7 1. axle, axle drive 19.5 l
1. axle, per wheel side 1.4 l
11 Hydraulic oil tank, crane chassis 1 (oil change volume) 260.0 l
Contents lines 160.0 l
1 Before checking the oil level, retract all hydraulic cylinders and lower the vehicle all the way via the levelling regulation. The oil
level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
7.06 LIEBHERR 1393

B108235
1394 LIEBHERR 7.06

1.2 Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom

NOTICE
Note
To retain an axle load of 12 t, the fuel tank on the crane superstructure may only be filled with
approx. 250 l. For construction site operation, the fuel tank can be filled with max. 400 l.

1 Diesel engine 25.0 l
2 Cooling system 62.0 l
3 Fuel tank 400.0 l
4 Winch 1 5.7 l
Winch brake, winch 1 0.75 l
5 Winch 2 6.5 l
Winch brake, winch 2 0.8 l
6 Slewing gear (right / left), each slewing gear 3.2 l
7 Pump distributor gear 8.5 l
8 Hydraulic oil tank1 1370.0 l
Central lubrication system 2.0 kg
1 When the oil level is checked, all hydraulic cylinders must be retracted. The oil level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
7.06 LIEBHERR 1395

B108238
1396 LIEBHERR 7.06

1.3 Fill quantities - Equipment

NOTICE

1 Assembly winch* 0.4 l
2 Winches TY-guying (right / left), per winch 5.0 l
7.06 LIEBHERR 1397

B108236
1398 LIEBHERR 7.06

2 Lubrication schedule
2.1 Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis
Note
The lube points are marked with this icon.
7.06 LIEBHERR 1399

B108237
1400 LIEBHERR 7.06

2.2 Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and boom
Note
7.06 LIEBHERR 1401

B108145
1402 LIEBHERR 7.06

2.3 Lubrication schedule - Equipment
2.3.1 Lubrication schedule Hook block / load hook
Note
7.06 LIEBHERR 1403

B108358
1404 LIEBHERR 7.06

2.3.2 Lubrication schedule TY-guying
Note
2.3.3 Lubrication schedule Eccentric right / left
Note
7.06 LIEBHERR 1405

023098-24 7.07 Service fluids and lubricants
B195219
1406 LIEBHERR 7.07

7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 023098-24
1 Service items and lubricants required for LIEBHERR

cranes
1.1 Service items and lubricants

Note
To improve the cold start ability of the diesel engine at an ambient temperature below -10 °C, we
recommend the use of the following engine oil:
Viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 according to specification ACEA E4.
LWE Id. No.: 10425711!
Usage Ambient temperature for driving and crane operation

-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
1 Diesel engine LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 8610240
SAE 10W-40 SAE 10W-40
API CF API CF
ACEA E4-96 ACEA E4-96
Below -20 °C with pre-heating Below -20 °C with pre-heating
2 Drive axle LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
With differential locks, SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
Planetary gear and API GL 5 API GL 5
Installed distributor gear ZF TE-ML 05 ZF TE-ML 05
3 Axle drive ZF DK-7 LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
ZF TE-ML 05 ZF TE-ML 05
4 Vehicle distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
KESSLER SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
VG 1800 / 2400 /2550 / 2600 / 3750 API GL 5 API GL 5
W 3750 ZF TE-ML 19 ZF TE-ML 19
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH
VG 1200 / 1600 / 2000 / 3800
7.07 LIEBHERR 1407

1.2 Service items and lubricants (continuation)

-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
5 Drop box LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
6.1 Pump distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
Filled with mineral gear oil SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
Filled with synthetic gear oil ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 150, DIN 51 519
CLP PG 220, DIN 51 502 CLP PG 150, DIN 51 502
Do not mix with mineral oils! Do not mix with mineral oils!
LTC 1055-3.1 SAE 75W-90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
7.1 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF torque converter SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
WG 120, WG 150 API CF ALLISON C4
WG 180, WG 181, WG 200, WG 201 ACEA E2-96, E4-96
Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
described in the operating described in the operating
instructions instructions
1408 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
7.2 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF torque converter WG 251* ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
ZF ERGOPOWER ZF TE-ML 03 ZF TE-ML 03
WG 210, WG 260, WG 310 Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
* also for ambient temperatures above
-10 °C
8 Load powershift gear box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
CLARK SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
API CF ALLISON C4
ACEA E2-96, E4-96
9 Drop box LWE Id. No.: 8610240 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ALLISON SAE 10W-40 ATF Dexron II D
API CF ALLISON C4
ACEA E2-96, E4-96
7.07 LIEBHERR 1409


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
10.1 Automatic transmission ATF Dexron III LWE Id. No.: 861903708
ALLISON ALLISON C4 CASTROL Transynd
CLBT 740, CLBT 750, CLBT 754, Below -20 °C run warm as Below -20 °C run warm as
CLBT 755, HT 755, HD 4560 described in the operating described in the operating
10.2 Automatic transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
11 Automatic gear box LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF AS-Tronic ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M
ZF TC-Tronic ZF TE-ML 02 ZF TE-ML 02
ZF TC-Tronic HD below -20 °C pre-heat
gearbox as described in the
operating instructions
12.1 Torque converter transmission LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF TC HD ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M
below -20 °C pre-heat
gearbox as described in the
operating instructions
12.2 Torque converter transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF TC 2 ATF Dexron II D ATF Dexron II D
1410 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
13 Gear box LWE Id. No.: 861004208 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF ECO-Split Engine oil or gear oil SAE 75W-90
14 Rope winch LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
15 Slewing gear LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
16 Winch LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
Telescopic boom guying ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519 ISO VG 220, DIN 51 519
7.07 LIEBHERR 1411


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
17.1 Crane hydraulics LWE Id. No.: 861903508 LWE Id. No.: 10467552
Crane chassis and crane superstructure Liebherr Hydraulic 37 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
or
LWE Id. No.: 10293807
LTC 1055–3.1 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
or or
LWE-Identnr.: 10293807 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
LTM 11200–9.1 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30 Liebherr Hydraulic FFE 30
Crane chassis and crane superstructure or or
LTR 11200 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807 LWE-Identnr.: 10293807
Crane superstructure Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arctic
18 Brake system LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
if hydraulically actuated DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
19 Clutch actuator LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
1412 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
20 King pin bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Gear shaft LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
if not maintenance-free Special grease 9610 PLUS Special grease 9610 PLUS
21 Slide and roller bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
roller bearing joint LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
Special grease 9610 PLUS Special grease 9610 PLUS
22 Central lubrication system Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
23 Boom lock Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
24 Rotary connection Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Roller bearing LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 861301308
25 Support pad with equalization Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
Special grease 9613 Plus Special grease 9613 Plus
7.07 LIEBHERR 1413


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
26 Plastic slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Sliding beam LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
27 Plastic slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Telescopic boom LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
28 Outer slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Guide rail on Special grease 1336 with Special grease 1336 with
Telescoping cylinder Solvent LM (spray grease) Solvent LM (spray grease)
29 Inner slide bearing Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
(only during assembly) Special grease 1336 with Special grease 1336 with
Solvent LM (spray grease) Solvent LM (spray grease)
30 Gear ring rotary connection LWE Id. No.: 861301508 LWE Id. No.: 861301508
Slewing gear pinion Adhesive grease Adhesive grease
OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502 OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502
(water-resistant) (water-resistant)
1414 LIEBHERR 7.07


-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
31 Running rope LWE Id. No.: 861301508 LWE Id. No.: 861301508
Adhesive grease Adhesive grease
OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502 OGPF 2 S-30, DIN 51 502
(water-resistant) (water-resistant)
32 Radiator fluid Special regulations: Special regulations:
LIEBHERR LIEBHERR
Diesel engine and heating system LWE Id. No.: 861600508 LWE Id. No.: 861600508
50 % antifreeze fluid with 50 % antifreeze fluid with
corrosion inhibitor corrosion inhibitor
50 % water 50 % water
33.1 Drive transmission crawler crane see nameplate see nameplate
33.2 Drive transmission crawler crane LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
LTR 1100 SAE 90 SAE 75W-90
API GL 5 API GL 5
34 Towing winch see nameplate see nameplate
35 Towing winch rope Special regulations: Special regulations:
LWE Id. No.: 861008608 LWE Id. No.: 861008608
Motorex TW-Fluid Motorex TW-Fluid
7.07 LIEBHERR 1415

027923-03 7.15 Procedure in case of problems
B197077
1416 LIEBHERR 7.15

7.15 Procedure in case of problems 027923-03
1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

This chapter answers the following questions:
– What to do in case of a problem?
– Which data is important for communication with Liebherr Service?
– Which displays and component groups are relevant for error diagnostics?
– Which measures are to be taken in clear problem cases?
– How to proceed in case of error messages of the LICCON computer system?
– How can an error diagnostics be carried out?
– Which measures are to be taken for defective components?
WARNING
Incorrect operation!
Incorrect operation of the crane can result in death or serious injuries!
The crane may only be operated by authorized and trained expert personnel!
WARNING
Measures without the help of Liebherr Service!
Measures in case of a problem, which are carried out without consulting Liebherr Service can cause
damage to the crane. Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure.
Note
Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Service!
For information regarding error diagnostics and error remedy, see “Diagnostics manual”.
Note
The monitor illustrations in this section are only examples. The error codes shown in the monitor
illustrations and the corresponding error descriptions might not exactly match the crane.
1.1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

Observe and adhere to the notes and instructions in this chapter.
Before contacting Liebherr Service: Determine relevant data about the problem.
Carry out the error diagnostics with the aid of Liebherr Service or the “Diagnostics manual”.
Follow the instructions given by Liebherr Service.
After error diagnostics: Replace defective components, which are supplied as spare parts.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1417

B107712
1418 LIEBHERR 7.15

1.2 Overview of displays and component groups for error diagnostics

Note
Displays and components in the driver's cab are only relevant for cranes with Liebherr crane
chassis!
Various displays and component groups allow the crane driver:

– To localize error messages.
– To communicate quicker and more precise with Liebherr Service.
– With the aid of the “Diagnostics manual”: Diagnostics and remedy errors.
Note
324 LICCON Monitor 0

I LED supply voltage
Monitor 0
60 EMERGENCY OFF
switch on driver's cab
650 Operating and control unit
(BKE)
651 EMERGENCY OFF
switch on the BKE
350 EMERGENCY OFF
switch on the crane
operator's cab
4 Bluetooth™ Terminal
(BTT)
550 Indicator light sending
signal BTT
552 Indicator light charge
condition BTT
10 Fuses in driver's cab
17 Display unit
20 Fuses in crane operator's
cab
460 Touch display
1.3 Which data is required by Liebherr Service?

If the assistance of Liebherr Service is required, always provide the following information:
– Crane type
– Crane number
– Complete error code and any error message displayed on the LICCON monitor 0 324
– Complete error code and any error message from the BTT 4
– Application conditions of crane
– Action during which the error occurs
– Frequency of error
7.15 LIEBHERR 1419

B107712
1420 LIEBHERR 7.15

2 Measures in clear problem cases
Note
Measures in clear problem cases from the driver's cab are only relevant for cranes with Liebherr
crane chassis!
Measures, which are taken in clear problem cases, are described in this section.
Note
If a problem occurs, which is not described in this chapter:
Contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and further procedure.
Clear problem cases are:

– The sliding beam does not extend.
– Engine does not start.
– Hydraulic, electric or engine failed.
– An alarm function occurs.
– LICCON computer system shows an error message.
2.1 Cranes with one engine
2.1.1 The engine does not start from the driver's cab?
Make sure that the EMERGENCY OFF switch 651 on the BKE 650, EMERGENCY OFF
switch 60 on the crane chassis and the EMERGENCY OFF switch 350 on the crane operator's
cab are not actuated.
Turn the ignition off.
Start the engine again.
If the engine still cannot be started:
Check the indicator lights on the display unit 17.
Note
Problem remedy, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
If the error cannot be remedied:

2.1.2 The engine does not start from the crane operator's cab?
Make sure that the crane driver is seated on the crane driver's seat.
Watch the indicator lights 652 on the BKE 650.
Note

7.15 LIEBHERR 1421

B107712
1422 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.2 Cranes with two engines
2.2.1 The engine in the crane chassis does not start?

Check the indicator lights on the display unit 17.
Note

2.2.2 The engine in the crane superstructure does not start?

Make sure that the crane driver is seated on the crane driver's seat.
Watch the indicator lights 652 on the BKE 650.
Note

2.3 Have the hydraulic, electric or engine failed?

Note
Is the equipment for hydraulic emergency control part of the scope of delivery, the crane can be
taken down when the crane hydraulic, crane electric and crane engine failed.
For emergency control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.05.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1423

B109438
1424 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.4 Bluetooth™ Terminal
2.4.1 The display of the BTT remains dark?
Note
The LED 552 shows the charge condition of the BTT 4.
If the LED 552 does not light up after turning the BTT 4 on:
Plug the BTT into the charging module.
If the LED 552 does not light up after plugging the BTT 4 into the charging module:
2.4.2 Is the radio connection faulty?

If the radio contact connection to the BTT 4 is faulty or interrupted, then it can be bypassed with
line 20.
The radio contact connection to the BTT 4 can become faulty or interrupted by the following
occurrences:
– Through interference signals from a nearby radio tower
– The radio module on the BTT 4 or on the BTB is defective.
– The rechargeable battery in the BTT 4 is discharged.
– Due to bad selection of location by the operator
Bypassing the radio connection

– The line 20 to bypass the radio connection has been removed from the switch cabinet of the crane
cab.
– The BTT 4 has been removed from the charge module 22 and is turned on.
– The caps on the plug connection 23 and the plug connection 29 have been removed.
Screw the line 20 on the charge module 22 onto the plug connection 23.
Screw the line 20 on the BTT 4 onto the plug connection 29.
Continue operation with the BTT 4.
Note
If the BTT 4 does not turn on, even though the line 20 is connected with the charge module 22, then
the rechargeable battery may be defective!
7.15 LIEBHERR 1425

B107023
1426 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.5 LICCON monitor
2.5.1 Error identification on LICCON computer system
Note
For error identification on the LICCON computer system, see Diagnostics manual, chapter 20.05.
Procedure in case of error messages with LEC

Two different types of errors are differentiated with the LEC:
– Operating errors - Error code starts with a “B”.
– System errors / application errors - Error code starts with an “E”.
If an error code starts with a “B”:
Correct the operating error.
If an error code starts with an “E”:
Call up the test system, see section “Calling up the test system program”.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1427

B107024
1428 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.5.2 Did an alarm function occur?
Note
For a detailed description of alarm functions, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
In case of an alarm function, an error message 3 with LICCON error code appears at the same
time.
The following alarm functions are indicated by blinking icons on the LICCON monitor 0:
– Boom limitation 41
– Hoist top limit switch 42
– Advance warning load 43 / Advance warning engine 44
– Stop load 45 / Stop engine 46
The limit ranges of the crane movements are monitored by:
– Hoist limit switch
– Angle sensors
– Pressure sensors
– Length sensors
– Wind sensor
– Inductive sensors
If the limit ranges for these sensors are exceeded, the crane movements are turned off (LML-STOP).
The load moment limiter (LML) is a program of the LICCON computer system to monitor the
permissible load moment. If the permissible load moments of the load chart are exceeded, the
LML-STOP turns the crane movements off.
Note
In case of certain shut offs, you can only continue to work by bypassing the safety devices.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
All instructions and data in chapter 4.04 of the Crane operating instructions must be observed and
adhered to!
WARNING
Bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against crane overload!
can topple over!
The bypass may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts
regarding the bypass of the overload protection!
Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of an authorized person and must be
If a LML-STOP occurs due to boom limitation:

Carry out load moment reducing crane movements.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1429

B107025
1430 LIEBHERR 7.15

2.5.3 LICCON computer system shows an error message?
WARNING
Risk of accident!
The crane can be severely damaged or destroyed!
adhered to!
Example of an error message:

– During operation with LICCON Error Code (LEC), see Operating view illustration, example 3.
Differentiation of errors in crane operation:
– Errors which lead to shut down: The shut down icon is shown.
– Errors which do not lead to shut down: The crane operator is warned.
2.6 Does the touch display remain dark?

If the Touch display 460 does not turn on after turning the ignition on:
2.7 Is telescoping not possible?

Note
Only required for cranes with Telematic.
If telescoping is not possible, then the telescoping lock may be defective.
WARNING
Increased danger of accidents in case of defective telescoping lock!
There is an increased risk of accident if the following danger notes are not observed!
“Emergency control telescoping” may only be carried out by authorized expert personnel trained
on Liebherr-Werk Ehingen mobile cranes, who know the dangers of emergency operation!
It is imperative that the next Liebherr Service location or Liebherr-Werk Ehingen is contacted!
All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution!
Telescoping must be constantly monitored by a second person!
2.7.1 How is the error recognized?

– Telescoping is not functioning.
Possible causes:
– The valves are mechanically defective.
– The electrical connection is interrupted.
– The valves can no longer be supplied with power.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1431

B107026
1432 LIEBHERR 7.15

3 Carry out error diagnostics

Several possibilities exist for an error diagnostics:
– With the help of Liebherr Service.
– With the help of Liebherr Service via remote diagnostics.
– Without the help of Liebherr Service.
3.1 Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Service
3.1.1 Error diagnostics by phone

3.1.2 Remote diagnostics

The remote diagnostics makes it possible for Liebherr Service to check Liebherr cranes from a remote
location in case of problems.
Activation of the remote diagnostics device is first carried out by Liebherr Service.
– The crane operator has a valid SIM-card (telephone card for mobile telephones) from a current
mobile network operator.
– The telephone number of the data service is known.
– The PIN code request of the SIM-card is deactivated.
– The SIM-card is installed in the GSM module.
– Follow the instructions given by Liebherr Service.
Note
For information for remote diagnostics, see “Diagnostics manual” chapter 20.15.
3.2 Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Service

WARNING
Measures without the help of Liebherr Service!
Measures in case of a problem, which are carried out without consulting Liebherr Service can cause
damage to the crane. Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure.
Note
7.15 LIEBHERR 1433

B107712
1434 LIEBHERR 7.15

4 Measures for defective components
WARNING
Danger to life if original attachment parts are not used!
If the crane is operated with attachment parts, which are not original, then the crane can fail and
cause fatal accidents!
Crane components can be damaged!
Operate the crane only with original attachment parts!
Crane operation with attachment parts, which do not belong to the crane is prohibited!
WARNING
The crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become void!
If any original installed parts are modified, manipulated or replaced (e.g. removal of parts, installation
of non-original Liebherr parts), both the crane permit and the manufacturer's warranty will become
void.
Leave installed original parts unchanged!
Do not remove installed original parts!
Use only Original Liebherr spare parts!

– Error diagnostics has been carried out.
– Defective component has been determined.
4.1 Is the LICCON monitor defective?

Replace the LICCON monitor 324 with a functioning substitute monitor.
Note
For instructions to change a defective LICCON monitor 324, see “Diagnostics manual”.
4.2 Is the electrical connection of a cable drum interrupted?

WARNING
Interrupted electrical connection!
If the electrical connection of a cable drum is interrupted, then this causes a shut off (LML STOP). No
further crane movements are possible.
Contact Liebherr Service to determine further procedure.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1435

B107027
1436 LIEBHERR 7.15

4.3 Is a sensor defective?
4.3.1 General
Certain crane functions are monitored with two sets of sensors.
Note
For double version: If only one of the two sensor is defective, then work can continue with the
crane.
Replace the defective sensor.
Note
For single version: If a sensor is defective, then this causes a shut off (LML STOP).
For double version: If both sensors are defective, then this causes a shut off (LML STOP).
4.3.2 Possible sensor defects

The following sensor defects can occur:
– Length sensor defective, see illustration A.
– Angle sensor defective, see illustration B.
– Pressure sensor defective, see illustration C.
4.3.3 Length sensor defective?

If illustration A is shown on the LICCON monitor, then the length sensor is defective:
Carry out error diagnostics via the BSE test system, see Diagnostics manual, chapter 20.10.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1437

B107027
1438 LIEBHERR 7.15

4.3.4 Angle sensor defective?

If illustration B is shown on the LICCON monitor, then the angle sensor is defective:
4.3.5 Pressure sensor defective?

If illustration C is shown on the LICCON monitor, then the pressure sensor is defective:
4.4 Is a limit switch defective?

Certain crane functions are monitored with two sets of limit switches.
Note
For double version: If only one of the two limit switches is defective, then work can continue with
the crane.
Replace the defective limit switch.
Note
For single version: If a limit switch is defective, then this causes a shut off (LML STOP).
For double version: If both limit switches are defective, then this causes a shut off (LML STOP).
DANGER
Bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against crane overload!
can topple over!
Personnel can be killed or seriously injured!
The bypass may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts
regarding the bypass of the overload protection!
Missing values must be monitored manually and must match the load chart.
adhered to!
7.15 LIEBHERR 1439

5 Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane

with CE mark)
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following points are not observed, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
The crane operator bears the sole and full responsibility for the adherence to measures to be
taken in case of shut off of crane movement!
The crane operator must make sure, before crane operation, that he is using the correct
description for the current programming!
Note
Check the data tag to determine if your crane has a CE mark!
The following section applies to a crane with CE mark!
If your crane does not have a CE mark, then you must observe the description in section
“Measures for shut off of crane movement (crane without CE mark)”!
5.1 Are acoustical / visual warnings issued?
5.1.1 Acoustical / visual warnings within the crane operator's cab
Acoustic warning Visual warning - LICCON moni-

tor icons
Slow Fast Ad- Shut off
vance
warning
Function Signal
Crane operation LML overload of 90 X1 O

to 100 percent
Crane operation LML overload of X1 O O
101 to 130 percent
Bypass key but- Bypass load mo- O
ton D ment limiter / Hoist
top
1440 LIEBHERR 7.15


tor icons
vance
warning
Function Signal
Bypass key but- The utilization of O

ton D and no load the crane is outside
chart available the programmed
load chart
Bypass key but- Values, which are O
ton D and sensor important for crane
defective operation, are miss-
ing
O = cannot be turned off

X1 = can be turned off immediately on the LICCON monitor
5.1.2 Acoustical / visual warnings outside the crane operator's cab
Acoustic warning Visual warning

Warning light rod,
front of cab
Function Signal Horn turntable Green Yel- Red
low
Utilization of main Utilization from 0 to 89 percent O1
boom
boom
Utilization of main Utilization from 101 to 130 percent X2 O2
boom
Bypass key button D Bypass load moment limiter from 0 O3
to 110 percent
Bypass load moment limiter from O O4
111 to 130 percent
Hoist top, utilization from 0 to 110 O3
percent
7.15 LIEBHERR 1441


Warning light rod,
front of cab
low
Hoist top, utilization from 111 to 130 O O4
percent
Bypass key button D The utilization of the crane is outside O3
and no load chart avail- the programmed load chart
able
Bypassing the hoist lim- Utilization from 0 to 100 percent O3
it switch during radio
assembly
Luffing in with suspend- Utilization from 0 to 100 percent O3
ed load
Utilization from 101 to 130 percent X2 O4

O1 = Warning light rod lights up
O2 = Warning light rod and side lights light up
O3 = Warning light rod blinks
O4 = Warning light rod and side lights blink
X2 = can be turned off after 5 s with the button 405 “Horn” on the left master switch 400 or with the
button 425 “Horn” on the right master switch 420
1442 LIEBHERR 7.15

blank page!
7.15 LIEBHERR 1443

B108173
1444 LIEBHERR 7.15

5.2 The LICCON overload protection has turned the crane operation
off?
Note
If the LICCON overload protection turns the crane operation off, then you must first determine the
exact cause for the shut off.
The LICCON overload protection turns all load moment increasing crane movements off. For
assembly purposes or in emergency cases, the overload protection can be bypassed.
There are two ways of bypassing the LICCON overload protection:
– Bypass the load moment limiter by pressing bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor.
– Bypass the load moment limiter by pressing function key F4 434 on the touch display.
5.2.1 Bypass with the bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor
With the bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor, the shut off Load moment limiter* can be
bypassed.
Note
If it is not possible to bypass the shut off load moment limiter with the bypass key button D:
Consult Liebherr Service.
The bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor has two positions:
– Operating position (not pressed): Crane is in normal operation.
– Position to right (touching): Hoist limit switches or shut off of load moment limiter can be bypassed
(self-retaining)
7.15 LIEBHERR 1445

B108175
1446 LIEBHERR 7.15

Bypassing the load moment limiter

If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the LICCON overload safety device turns off
all crane movements that increase the load moment. This shut off can be bypassed with the bypass
key button D in position “right touching”, see section “Actuate bypass key button D on the LICCON
monitor”.
WARNING
If the overload safety device is bypassed, there is no additional protection against crane overload!
can topple over!

– The master switches and the bypass key button D are not actuated.
– The seat contact 301, the button 401 or the button 421 are actuated.
– Radio operation is not active.
– The standby mode on the LICCON monitor is not active.
Result:
– The Assembly icon 3 on the LICCON monitor blinks.
– The working speed is reduced for all functions except for the area “No load chart available”.
– A visual or acoustical warning is issued, see section “Are acoustical / visual warnings issued?”.
Troubleshooting
If shut off load moment limiter can not be bypassed with the bypass key switch D?
7.15 LIEBHERR 1447

B108175
1448 LIEBHERR 7.15

The bypass function turns off:

– If the bypass key button D is pressed again
– If all master switches are in neutral position for 10 seconds (with load chart available)
– If the seat contact 301, the button 401 or the button 421 is not actuated
– If the standby mode on the LICCON monitor is active
– If radio operation is active
– At engine stop
– During transition load chart available / not available
– During transition load chart not available / available
– During shut off transition hoist top clear / not clear
– During transition main boom not steep / steep
– During transition lower limit angle clear / not clear
– During transition upper limit angle clear / not clear
– When the maximum luffing cylinder pressure is reached
The bypass function turns off.
Result:
– The Assembly icon 3 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
– The working speed is reduced until the master switches are in neutral position after turning the
bypass off.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1449

B108700
1450 LIEBHERR 7.15

Erecting and placing the luffing lattice jib down
Note
Only relevant for cranes with luffing lattice jib!
If the main boom with installed luffing lattice jib is erected or taken down, there are areas where the
overload protection must be bypassed. These areas can be bypassed with the bypass key button D in
the “right touching” position.
WARNING
over!

– The master switches have not been actuated.
– The main boom with luffing lattice jib is in a range which is not monitored by the load chart.
Result:
– An optical warning is issued, see section “Overview of acoustical / optical warning”.

– When all master switches are for 10 seconds after actuation of the bypass key button D in neutral
position (with available load chart)
– When the main boom with luffing lattice jib is luffed into a range, which is monitored by the load
chart
– At engine stop
Result:
7.15 LIEBHERR 1451

B108176
1452 LIEBHERR 7.15

5.2.2 Bypassing the load moment limiter by pressing function key F4 on the touch
display
Bypass “Luffing in with suspended load”
If overloading occurs, the “Luffing up” crane movement is shut off, although this is a load moment
reducing crane movement with a freely suspended load.
WARNING
Risk of accident from overloading and toppling the crane!
Never lift a load by luffing up the boom if, when trying to lift the load, the hoist gear was turned off by
the load moment limiter.
Bypass the limit range only if the LICCON overload safety device with a freely suspended load
does not report an overload and if the boom radius is not less than 3.5 m!
If a load chart is descending, then the function key F4 434 has no function.

– The seat contact, the button or the button are actuated.
– The function key F4 434 on the touch display is not actuated.
– No falling load is present when luffing up.
Press the function key F4 434 on the touch display and deflect the master switch “MS1 420 ” in
the X-direction.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is inactive.

– If function key F4 434 is no longer actuated
– If the seat contact, the button and the button are not actuated
– If the stand by mode on the LICCON monitor is active
– In case of falling load when luffing up
– If a sensor is defective
– At engine stop
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is active.
5.3 Additional shut offs of LICCON overload protection

Note
The LICCON overload protection shuts off the following if a maximum permissible value is being
exceeded:
– Luffing the telescopic boom up / down (limit angle, boom steep)
– Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
– Telescoping the telescopic boom in / luffing up (tipping danger)
– Spooling the winch up (hoist top)
5.3.1 Luffing the telescopic boom up / down after shut off (limit angle, boom steep)
7.15 LIEBHERR 1453

The LICCON overload protection turns the crane operation off.
Troubleshooting
In the icon 4 blinks arrow 4.1 or arrow 4.2?
“Luffing the telescopic boom up” ( arrow 4.1) or “Luffing the telescopic boom down” ( arrow 4.2) was
shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was fallen below or
exceeded.
The crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom up” was turned off and arrow 4.1 blinks:
Result:
– Crane operation is possible again.
The crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom down” was turned off and arrow 4.2 blinks:
Result:
Note
If a double arrow 4.3 appears blinking in the icon 4, then the telescopic boom was luffed up to
shortly before the block position of the luffing cylinder, the proximity switch boom steep has
turned the crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom up” off.
The proximity switch boom steep has turned the crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom
up” off and the double arrow 4.3 blinks in the icon 4:
Result:
5.3.2 After shut off, telescoping the telescoping boom out (limit length)
Troubleshooting
Does an error appear on the LICCON monitor icon 8 and an acoustic signal sound?
“Telescoping the telescopic boom out” was turned off because the limit length of the selected load
chart has been exceeded.
The crane movement “Telescoping boom telescope out” has been interrupted and an error
appears in the icon 8:
Telescope the telescopic boom in.
Result:
1454 LIEBHERR 7.15

5.3.3 After shut off, telescoping the telescopic boom in / luffing up at danger of
tipping over*
Troubleshooting
On the LICCON monitor, are the values of both supports displayed flashing with the smallest forces
on the icon 6 and a “short horn” sounds?
Support force monitoring* has reported a danger of tipping over and the crane movement
“Telescoping boom telescope in” and “Telescoping boom luff up” turns off.
The crane movements “Telescoping boom telescope in” and “Telescoping boom luff down” has
been turned off and in the icon 6 the values of both supports with the lowest forces are shown
flashing:
Luff the telescopic boom down and telescope out.
Result:
7.15 LIEBHERR 1455

B109437
1456 LIEBHERR 7.15

5.3.4 After shut off, spooling the winch up (hoist top)

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during the upward movement, the hoist limit
switch reacts. The hoist top icon 2 on the LICCON monitor blinks. The crane movements “Spool up
winches”, “Luff telescopic boom down”, “Luff hydraulic* folding jib down” and “Telescope out” are
turned off. The shut off can be bypassed with the bypass key button D.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to bypass of Hoist top shut off!
the loads to fall!
The bypass of the hoist top shut off may only be carried out by an authorized person, along with a
guide. The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator and must continually monitor
the distance between the hook block and the boom head!
Carry out all crane movements with utmost caution!
Bypassing the hoist top shut off

– One hoist limit switch has switched.
Note
It is not possible to bypass the hoist limit switch without an active shut off.

Result:
– The Hoist top icon 2 in the LICCON monitor changes to the Hoist top icon 9.
– The working speed is reduced for all functions.

– If there is no longer a shut off of the hoist limit switch
– At engine stop
Result:
– The hoist top icon 9 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
– The working speed is reduced until the master switches are in neutral position after turning the
bypass off.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1457

6 Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane

without CE mark)
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following points are not observed, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
The crane operator bears the sole and full responsibility for the adherence to measures to be
taken in case of shut off of crane movement!
The crane operator must make sure, before crane operation, that he is using the correct
description for the current programming!
Note
Check the data tag to determine if your crane has a CE mark!
The following section applies to a crane without CE mark!
If your crane does have a CE mark, then you must observe the description in section “Measures
for shut off of crane movement (crane with CE mark)”!
6.1 Are acoustical / visual warnings issued?
6.1.1 Acoustical / visual warnings within the crane operator's cab

tor icons
vance
warning
Function Signal
Crane operation LML from 90 to 100 X1 O

percent
Crane operation LML overload of X1 O O
101 to 130 percent
Bypass key but- Bypass load mo- O
ton D ment limiter / Hoist
top
1458 LIEBHERR 7.15


tor icons
vance
warning
Function Signal
Bypass key but- The utilization of O

ton D and no load the crane is outside
chart available the programmed
load chart
Bypass key but- Values, which are O
ton D and sensor important for crane
defective operation, are miss-
ing

X1 = can be turned off immediately on the LICCON monitor
6.1.2 Acoustical / visual warnings outside the crane operator's cab

Warning light rod,
front of cab
low
boom
boom
Utilization of main Utilization from 101 to 130 percent X2 O2
boom
Bypass key button D Bypass load moment limiter from 0 O3
to 100 percent
Bypass load moment limiter from O O4
101 to 130 percent
Hoist top, utilization from 0 to 100 O3
percent
7.15 LIEBHERR 1459


Warning light rod,
front of cab
low
Hoist top, utilization from 101 to 130 O O4
percent
Bypass key button D The utilization of the crane is outside O3
and no load chart avail- the programmed load chart
able
Bypassing the hoist lim- Utilization from 0 to 100 percent O3
it switch during radio
assembly
Luffing in with suspend- Utilization from 0 to 100 percent O3
ed load
Utilization from 101 to 130 percent X2 O4

O1 = Warning light rod lights up
O2 = Warning light rod and side lights light up
O3 = Warning light rod blinks
O4 = Warning light rod and side lights blink
X2 = can be turned off after 5 s with the button 405 “Horn” on the left master switch 400 or with the
button 425 “Horn” on the right master switch 420
1460 LIEBHERR 7.15

blank page!
7.15 LIEBHERR 1461

B108173
1462 LIEBHERR 7.15

6.2 The LICCON overload protection has turned the crane operation
off?
Note
The LICCON overload protection turns all load moment increasing crane movements off. For
assembly purposes or in emergency cases, the overload protection can be bypassed.
There are two ways of bypassing the LICCON overload protection:
– Bypass the load moment limiter by pressing bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor.
– Bypass the load moment limiter by pressing function key F4 434 on the touch display.
6.2.1 Bypass with the bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor
With the bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor, the shut off Load moment limiter* can be
bypassed.
Note
If it is not possible to bypass the shut off load moment limiter with the bypass key button D:
The bypass key button D on the LICCON monitor has two positions:
– Operating position (not pressed): Crane is in normal operation.
– Position to right (touching): Hoist limit switches or shut off of load moment limiter can be bypassed
(self-retaining)
Bypassing the load moment limiter

If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the LICCON overload safety device turns off
all crane movements that increase the load moment. This shut off can be bypassed with the bypass
key button D in position “right touching”, see section “Actuate bypass key button D on the LICCON
monitor”.
WARNING
can topple over!

7.15 LIEBHERR 1463

Result:
– A visual or acoustical warning is issued, see section “Are acoustical / visual warnings issued?”.
Troubleshooting
If shut off load moment limiter can not be bypassed with the bypass key switch D?
1464 LIEBHERR 7.15

blank page!
7.15 LIEBHERR 1465

B108175
1466 LIEBHERR 7.15


– At engine stop
– During transition load chart available / not available
– During transition load chart not available / available
– During shut off transition hoist top clear / not clear
– During transition main boom not steep / steep
– During transition lower limit angle clear / not clear
– During transition upper limit angle clear / not clear
– When the maximum luffing cylinder pressure is reached
Result:
7.15 LIEBHERR 1467

B108700
1468 LIEBHERR 7.15

Erecting and placing the luffing lattice jib down
Note
Only relevant for cranes with luffing lattice jib!
If the main boom with installed luffing lattice jib is erected or taken down, there are areas where the
overload protection must be bypassed. These areas can be bypassed with the bypass key button D in
the “right touching” position.
WARNING
over!

– The master switches have not been actuated.
– The main boom with luffing lattice jib is in a range which is not monitored by the load chart.
Result:
– A visual warning is issued, see section “Overview of acoustical / visual warnings”.

– When all master switches are for 10 seconds after actuation of the bypass key button D in neutral
position (with available load chart)
– When the main boom with luffing lattice jib is luffed into a range, which is monitored by the load
chart
– At engine stop
Result:
7.15 LIEBHERR 1469

B108176
1470 LIEBHERR 7.15

6.2.2 Bypassing the load moment limiter by pressing function key F4 on the touch
display
Bypass “Luffing in with suspended load”
If overloading occurs, the “Luffing up” crane movement is shut off, although this is a load moment
reducing crane movement with a freely suspended load.
WARNING
Risk of accident from overloading and toppling the crane!
Never lift a load by luffing up the boom if, when trying to lift the load, the hoist gear was turned off by
the load moment limiter.
Bypass the limit range only if the LICCON overload safety device with a freely suspended load
does not report an overload and if the boom radius is not less than 3.5 m.
If a load chart it missing, then the function key F4 434 has no function.

– The seat contact, the button or the button are actuated.
– The function key F4 434 on the touch display is not actuated.
– No falling load is present when luffing up.
Press the function key F4 434 on the touch display and deflect the master switch “MS1 420 ” in
the X-direction.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is inactive.

– If function key F4 434 is no longer actuated
– If the seat contact, the button and the button are not actuated
– In case of falling load when luffing up
– If a sensor is defective
– At engine stop
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is active.
6.3 Additional shut offs of LICCON overload protection

Note
The LICCON overload protection shuts off the following if a maximum permissible value is being
exceeded:
– Luffing the telescopic boom up / down (limit angle, boom steep)
– Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
– Telescoping the telescopic boom in / luffing up (tipping danger)
– Spooling the winch up (hoist top)
6.3.1 Luffing the telescopic boom up / down after shut off (limit angle, boom steep)
7.15 LIEBHERR 1471

Troubleshooting
In the icon 4 blinks arrow 4.1 or arrow 4.2?
“Luffing the telescopic boom up” ( arrow 4.1) or “Luffing the telescopic boom down” ( arrow 4.2) was
shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was fallen below or
exceeded.
The crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom up” was turned off and arrow 4.1 blinks:
Result:
The crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom down” was turned off and arrow 4.2 blinks:
Result:
Note
If a double arrow 4.3 appears blinking in the icon 4, then the telescopic boom was luffed up to
shortly before the block position of the luffing cylinder, the proximity switch boom steep has
turned the crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom up” off.
The proximity switch boom steep has turned the crane movement “luffing the telescopic boom
up” off and the double arrow 4.3 blinks in the icon 4:
Result:
6.3.2 After shut off, telescoping the telescoping boom out (limit length)
Troubleshooting
Does an error appear on the LICCON monitor icon 8 and an acoustic signal sound?
“Telescoping the telescopic boom out” was turned off because the limit length of the selected load
chart has been exceeded.
The crane movement “Telescoping boom telescope out” has been interrupted and an error
appears in the icon 8:
Telescope the telescopic boom in.
Result:
1472 LIEBHERR 7.15

6.3.3 After shut off, telescoping the telescopic boom in / luffing up at danger of
tipping over*
Troubleshooting
On the LICCON monitor, are the values of both supports displayed flashing with the smallest forces
on the icon 6 and a “short horn” sounds?
Support force monitoring* has reported a danger of tipping over and the crane movement
“Telescoping boom telescope in” and “Telescoping boom luff up” turns off.
The crane movements “Telescoping boom telescope in” and “Telescoping boom luff down” has
been turned off and in the icon 6 the values of both supports with the lowest forces are shown
flashing:
Luff the telescopic boom down and telescope out.
Result:
7.15 LIEBHERR 1473

B109437
1474 LIEBHERR 7.15

6.3.4 After shut off, spooling the winch up (hoist top)

If the hook block touches the hoist limit switch weight during the upward movement, the hoist limit
switch reacts. The hoist top icon 2 on the LICCON monitor blinks. The crane movements “Spool up
winches”, “Luff telescopic boom down”, “Luff hydraulic* folding jib down” and “Telescope out” are
turned off. The shut off can be bypassed with the bypass key button D.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to bypass of Hoist top shut off!
the loads to fall!
The bypass of the hoist top shut off may only be carried out by an authorized person, along with a
guide. The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator and must continually monitor
the distance between the hook block and the boom head!
Carry out all crane movements with utmost caution!
Bypassing the hoist top shut off

– One hoist limit switch has switched.
Note
It is not possible to bypass the hoist limit switch without an active shut off.

Result:
– The Hoist top icon 2 in the LICCON monitor changes to the Hoist top icon 9.

– If there is no longer a shut off of the hoist limit switch
– At engine stop
Result:
– The hoist top icon 9 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
7.15 LIEBHERR 1475

1476 LIEBHERR
8.00 Inspections of cranes
LIEBHERR 1477
027298-04 8.01 Periodic crane inspections
B195219
1478 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 Periodic crane inspections 027298-04
1 General
This crane was tested at the manufacturer's facilities prior to shipment in accordance with the latest
ISO, FEM and DIN Standards and BGV D6 (BGG 905).
The safety level achieved during initial commissioning may not be attainable during operation.
Examples of the root cause of such deviations include; e.g., wear and tear, corrosion, effects of
external forces, changes in the environment and changes to the mode of operation.
The operator is responsible for taking the necessary steps to ensure that the maximum level of safety
is maintained.
The crane operator is therefore obligated to have the crane inspected by an expert, at intervals
depending on the operational conditions but at least once per year, from the first day of vehicle
registration.
The crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after it has been licensed.
The crane must be annually inspected by an authorized inspector after its twelfth year of operation.
To ensure the high safety standard of the crane, we recommend - no later than the 12th year, in the
20th year, in the 26th year and then every 4 years - to have the crane undergo a general inspection
by an authorized inspector. At that time, in addition to the usual scope of inspection, all load carrying
parts of the crane - the complete steel structure with all welding seams as well as all components and
connecting devices - are to be subjected to a complete visual inspection. The following procedural
notes for repeat inspections are to be observed for that.
WARNING
There is a risk of weakening the supporting components when major changes or repairs are made to
the crane!
In such cases, the operator must have the crane inspected by an authorized inspector before
putting it back into service!
Respective local regulations also apply.

Expert: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate knowledge
in the field of inspecting technical equipment. He is adequately familiar with the relevant national work
safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, and standards that he is able to evaluate the
operational safety of the equipment (for example cranes). Responsible employees from specialist
workshops and customer service engineers may be considered as experts.
Note
Experts are not authorized inspectors!
Authorized inspector: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has
explicit knowledge in the field of inspecting technical equipment. He is adequately familiar with the
relevant national work safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, and standards that he is
able to evaluate the operational safety of the equipment (for example cranes). He is to test the
technical equipment and is able to certify the equipment as safe. Authorized inspectors can be active
engineers.
Note
Authorized inspectors are legally recognized experts who have received special training!
Periodic inspection are principally a visual inspection, wherein the inspector (either type) appraises
the condition of the crane and its components.
The purpose of the inspections is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies in a timely fashion. Any
deficiencies determined by the inspectors must be documented, remedied, and subsequently
reinspected.
A number of important examples of items that are particularly important during the periodic crane
inspections are listed in the following: We wish to advise that the authorized inspectors / experts take
sole responsibility for the crane inspections that they carry out.
8.01 LIEBHERR 1479

Note
The inspection may not be solely limited to the following positions shown in the sample
construction illustrations. Rather the entire crane structure must be subjected to a careful
inspection!
A checklist for periodic inspections recommended for Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes is included
in the appendix to assist the inspectors.
If the inspector has any questions they should be directed through our Service Department to
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH's technical departments.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Adhere to the following inspection guidelines and intervals.
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially

steel structures
DANGER
The crane structures, particularly steel constructions have to be checked by an expert or authorized
inspector at least once a year. If this is not the case, they could fail and cause fatal injury or seriously
damage the crane!
Crane structures, particularly steel constructions must be checked by an expert or an authorized
inspector at least once a year!
Shorten the inspection intervals if the crane is subjected to above-average duty cycles, for
example when handling large material quantities or frequently erecting long boom systems.
If the crane was subjected to excessive operating loads; e.g., due to an unusual impact, the crane
structure, especially the steel structures must be inspected immediately!
Crane structures, especially steel structures, such as booms, turntables, chassis, support equipment
(e.g., sliding beams or folding outriggers) must be carefully inspected, at the very least during the
annual recommended crane inspections. Inspect welding seams especially through an intensive
visual inspection.
If paint damage with corrosion (rust) is found on load carrying parts of the crane structure, especially
on telescopic booms, lattice booms, lattice jibs, pull rods etc., then the rust must be removed,
primered and painted.
During an electrolyte process, such as corrosion in combination with water, an atomic hydrogen is
created, which causes to hydrogen induced corrosion with resulting cracks on high tensile fine grain
construction steel.
If disassembly and assembly work on the crane is required to carry out the inspections, then they
must be carried out by taking the manufacturer's data into account or in coordination with the crane
manufacturer.
We would like to point out that the framework of mobile cranes is designed for a limited number of
stress work cycles. This also determines the utilization or service life of the framework. The service life
is not determined solely by the number of stress cycles. It also depends on the loads (load spectrum)
applied during the time in operation.
Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes are designed for assembly operation and can only perform
a limited number of stress cycles. They are designed for special movement characteristics. For
example: Continuous deployment of drive forces, occasional operation and load conditions according
to DIN 15018:1984 Part 3 or EN 13000:2004.
Example of a duty cycle according to the grouping for Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes:
1480 LIEBHERR 8.01

Li: Load proportion in relation to maximum load [in %]

ni: Load cycles in relation to maximum number [in %]
Note
The service life of Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes can be drastically reduced, for example
when used in magnet, grapple or material handling applications!
For that reason, the steel structures and the welding joints must be subjected to an visual intensive
inspection by the expert during the specified periodic inspections.
If any damage (such as cracks or suspicion of cracks) are apparent on any part of the steel structure,
the total extent of the damage must be determined by qualified specialists using appropriate material
testing methods, such as magnetic crack detection, ultrasound or x-rays. Thereafter, the qualified
personnel must determine whether or not the damaged area can be repaired by welding or by other
means.
The following diagrams are samples of the load-bearing weld designs. The welding joints or seams or
steel structural zones that require inspection may be present more than once and in various forms.
The joints or zones must be inspected all around at the locations identified by arrows.
Note
The scope and extent of all inspections remain the sole responsibility of the inspectors!
The scope and results of tests should be documented to permit reproducibility. This
documentation forms part of the crane records and should be safely stored during the entire
service life of the crane!
The following diagrams are provided to assist the inspector. The sketches are only examples and
are not necessarily 100 % complete!
8.01 LIEBHERR 1481

2.1 Repair welds

If defects such as cracks or permanent deformation are detected on load-bearing steel components,
they should be immediately reported to Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH (hereinafter called LWE),
Customer Service Department.
Furthermore, the defect must immediately be appraised by an authorized inspector in accordance with
standard welding practice rules. The inspector must immediately ascertain whether or not the crane
can continue to be safely operated until the time of the repair.
The following items apply to the repair weld:
– Repair welds may only be carried out by the following persons or companies:
• LWE personnel, or third-party personnel contracted by LWE, with appropriate qualifications
according to EN 287-1 for the subject material (3.2) and welding method.
• Companies whose suitability is verified according to DIN18800, Part 7, DIN 15018, and DIN
4132 with an endorsement for cranes, crane runways and the following high and
ultra-high-tensile fine-grained construction steel:
Metal sheeting S690QL1 W.No.1.8988
Metal sheeting S690QL W.No.1.8928
Metal sheeting S700MC W.No.1.8974
Metal sheeting S960MC W.No.–
S770QL W.No.1.8938 pipe
S890QL1 W.No.1.8925 pipe
Experience in repairing mobile and crawler cranes using the appropriate materials and
application of welding methods in accordance with MAGM (135), especially manual arc
welding E (111), are absolutely essential.
– Repair instructions that identify the basic material, along with the required welding accessories
and supplementary materials, must be requested from LWE before starting the repair. The
required non-destructive tests must be carried out and documented.
– The repair weld must be carried out in accordance with the latest revision of LWE's internal
welding guideline ISR B 010!
– The repaired structural component must subsequently be subjected to a load test.
The required test loads and boom configurations shall be obtained from LWE, Customer Service!
Successful test results shall be documented in the crane inspection log!
– We also refer to observing the accident prevention regulations “Principles for testing cranes by
authorized inspectors or experts in accordance with UVV Cranes BGV D6 and BGG 905”!
WARNING
Comply absolutely with all recommendations, particularly welding specifications!
1482 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 1483

B185046 Example for vehicle frame
1484 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1485

1486 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105687 Example for tow coupling
8.01 LIEBHERR 1487

B105698 Example for sliding beam
1488 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1489

1490 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1491

B185060 Example for slewing sliding beam
1492 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1493

1494 LIEBHERR 8.01

B187347 Example for crawler center section
8.01 LIEBHERR 1495

1496 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1497

B187348 Example for cross carrier
1498 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105727 Example for cross carrier
8.01 LIEBHERR 1499

B187349 Example for crawler carrier
1500 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1501

1502 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185048 Example for turntable frame
8.01 LIEBHERR 1503

1504 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1505

1506 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1507

1508 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1509

1510 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1511

1512 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1513

1514 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1515

1516 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105801 Example for ballasting cylinder
8.01 LIEBHERR 1517

B105705 Example for mounting plate
1518 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105807 Example for base plate
8.01 LIEBHERR 1519

B185050 Example for telescopic boom
1520 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1521

1522 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1523

1524 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105891 Example for push out mechanics telescopic boom
8.01 LIEBHERR 1525

B105892 Example for boom nose
1526 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105689 Example for dolly console
8.01 LIEBHERR 1527

B185051 Example for lattice jib
1528 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185052 Example for NA / WA frame
8.01 LIEBHERR 1529

B105713 Example for end section
1530 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105836 Example for pivot section, adapter and boom nose
8.01 LIEBHERR 1531

B185058 Example for folding jib
1532 LIEBHERR 8.01

B105697 Example for folding jib
8.01 LIEBHERR 1533

B105732 Example for W-connector head
1534 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185053 Example for assembly unit with lattice jib
8.01 LIEBHERR 1535

B105838 Example for NA frames
1536 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185054 Example for pulley head
8.01 LIEBHERR 1537

B185055 Example for guy rod
1538 LIEBHERR 8.01

B185059 Example for TA-guying
8.01 LIEBHERR 1539

B105707 Example for TY-guying
1540 LIEBHERR 8.01

8.01 LIEBHERR 1541

1542 LIEBHERR 8.01

2.2 Inspection of lattice sections

Note
The illustration is only an example and is valid for all lattice sections!
Check all diagonal and frame pipe connections!
Example for lattice sections
8.01 LIEBHERR 1543

B107378
1544 LIEBHERR 8.01

3 Inspection of tires and disk wheels
3.1 Inspection of tires

WARNING
Risk of accident if incorrect tires are used!
The use of improper tires and tires which do not meet the license permits may result in serious
accidents with fatal injuries!
Only tire types and sizes approved for this crane may be assembled on the crane.
Regularly check the tires for damage, tread depth, foreign particles and tire pressures!
Carefully remove any foreign particles stuck or wedged in the tire tread before starting to travel (for
example: rocks or gravel)!
The tread depth of the tire may not fall below the legally specified minimum value.
– Check the tread depth.
– Check the tires for damage.
– Make sure that the tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel 1. The tire bead must touch the
inside and outside of the disk wheel evenly.
WARNING
Risk of fatal injury if the lock ring 2 is not properly seated!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed due to an incorrectly assembled lock ring 2!
Check to ensure that the lock ring is correctly seated!
Consult with authorized and trained specialists if there is any doubt whether a lock ring 2 has been
correctly assembled!
Indications of an incorrectly installed lock ring are present if:

– The lock ring 2 is not completely seated with its entire circumference in the groove ( point X) of the
disk wheel, see illustration A.
– The gap of the installed lock ring 2 is outside the permissible tolerance range of 3 mm to 12 mm.
3.2 Inspection of tire pressure

– The tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel.
– The lock ring 2 correctly sits in the groove ( point X) on the disk wheel, see illustration A.
– The gap on the lock ring 2 is between 3 mm and 12 mm.
WARNING
When checking the tire inflation pressure on the vehicle or after assembling tires, make sure that the
lock ring 2 is correctly installed on the disk wheel.
If the tire pressure has dropped below 3 bar and the tires are improperly inflated, there is a risk of fatal
injury if the lock ring 2 jumps off explosively.
If the tire pressure is below 3 bar, the tire may only be inflated by authorized and trained
specialists!
If the lock ring 2 is not correctly seated on the disk wheel, it is essential that authorized and trained
personnel are called in. Do not attempt to change the tire pressure yourself!
Adhere to the specified tire pressure!
The tire pressure may not exceed or fall below the permitted range, otherwise the body of the tire
could be damaged and tire failure may occur.
8.01 LIEBHERR 1545

Note
Always check the tire pressure when the tires are cold!
The specified tire pressure must be within the tolerance range of ±0.2 bar!
Observe the tire pressure, which is approved for the tire assembled on the crane. See Crane
– Check the tire pressure.
3.3 Inspection of disk wheels

The disk wheel is one of the most important safety relevant components on the vehicle.
The disk wheel is a welded steel structure and must be inspected according to section 2.
In addition, at least during the annual specified inspection of cranes, the outside and the inside of the
disk wheel must be visually inspected, taken the below listed points into account.
If cracks on the outside in the paint of the disk wheel can be seen, also recognizable by rust lines in
the paint, then the disk wheel must be inspected closely for cracks. The “color penetration
procedure” is recommended for this crack inspection.
In particular, the disk wheels must be inspected for cracks that are developing in the base material, as
well as at the locations indicated by the arrows.
Any disk wheels that show evidence of cracks or crack formation must be replaced immediately.
After a mileage of maximum 40,000 km, the operator must routinely inspect the disk wheel regardless
of the actual duty cycle.
The following safety and maintenance guidelines are the manufacturer's recommendations for
avoiding safety risks caused by damaged disk wheels. In addition, the manufacturer can only provide
a warranty in case of a claim if these guidelines have been observed.
Note
Tires may only be changed by authorized and trained specialists!
This applies both to dismounting and mounting of the tire on the disk wheel 1!
Workshop personnel or authorized and trained specialists should check the wheels at the rim and the
disk wheel for the following when changing the tires:
– Excessive rust or corrosion.
– Bent rim flanges.
– Cracks in the disk wheel.
– Cracks in the brake drum fastening on the inside or outside of the disk wheel.
– Weld seam connection on inside or outside of disk wheel.
– Damage to side and locking rings.
– Damaged wheel bolts or nuts.
– Worn out pin holes.
– Matching disk wheel parts.
WARNING
Risk of overload breakage!
Disk wheels with worn bolt holes must be scrapped immediately. Repairing these highly-stressed disk
wheel components causes structural changes in the material, which can lead to premature overload
breakage!
No welding work is permitted on rims and disk wheels, particularly repairs to worn bolt bores!
– If damaged disk wheel parts are discovered during the inspection:

Remove and replace any damaged disk wheel components.
– If paint damage or minor rust formation is found:
Make good the wheels by removing the rust using commercially available paint. Pay special
attention to having a perfect surface in the tire seating areas.
1546 LIEBHERR 8.01

4 Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches

The hoist and luffing winches are designed using integrated planetary gears. These gears are sized
for long service life and the drive shafts and gears are rated for endurance.
Even though the hoist and luffing winches are designed for long life, an external visual inspection is
not adequate, since their life can be significantly affected by bad maintenance (insufficient oil), using
oil that does not meet specification requirements, defective seals, improper operation or overloading.
The annual inspection must therefore be carried out by an expert in accordance with the following
requirements.
The winches must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after the initial license.
Within the territorial validity of the BGV D6, after the 10th year in operation, counted from the first day
of initial license, if the theoretical utilization time is not over, the winches must be checked annually by
an authorized inspector.
4.1 Inspections
4.1.1 Inspection intervals

At least once a year, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.03.
4.1.2 Inspecting oil level

Re-check oil level using the dipstick.
For hoist and intake winches without a dipstick, we recommend that the oil is drained and the amount
compared to the specified oil quantity.
4.1.3 Evaluating oil color

Assume that the oil has been overheated if it is black and/or a burnt oil smell is detected. Change the
oil.
4.1.4 Checking for foreign substances

The used oil is to be dribbled on special filter fleece. Visual inspection using a magnifying glass may
reveal coarse particles. If particles are detected, all the oil's properties must be examined by a
qualified laboratory.
Note
The evaluation of the foreign particles found in the oil must be made by a qualified laboratory!
The maximum permissible quantity of foreign material measured by weight is 0.15 % of total oil
weight!
Maximum permissible foreign particle size from fine abrasion is 0.25 microns!
If the above value have been exceeded, remove the gear and search for the cause of the
increased abrasion!
Damaged components must be replaced and the gear refilled with fresh oil!
NOTICE
Risk of property damages!
Repairs may only be carried out by specialists with appropriate technical knowledge!
4.1.5 Visual inspection for leaks

The gearboxes shall be checked for leakage, since loss of oil, in addition to polluting the environment,
can lead to gearbox failure.
8.01 LIEBHERR 1547

4.1.6 Inspecting the gearbox brakes

Check the brakes each time the gearboxes are inspected.
Proceed as follows:
– Attach a load, which creates the maximum rope pull in the uppermost layer of the winding, and
raise it just off the ground.
– Remove the plug on the brake lifting magnet.
This causes the brake to remain engaged when operated.
– Operate the winch to lower it.
Note
The brake should not slip, i.e. the winch should not turn. If the brake slips, contact the Service
Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
Only operate the crane after it has been checked and approved for use by the Service department
at Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH!
NOTICE
Risk of property damages!
Only qualified personnel with specialized knowledge may be used to evaluate gears and brakes!
4.1.7 Documenting the completed inspection and tests

The results of the annual inspections and maintenance work, including the steps taken, shall be
documented by the competent or authorized inspector, including attachments from the inspection labs
and qualified service companies if any.
This documentation shall be filed in the crane inspection log under the heading "Periodic inspections".
4.2 Requirements for monitoring the winches
4.2.1 Design life

The designer of your crane used a theoretical total operating time when designing and sizing the
winches. This resulted in the design life of the equipment.
The winches of your crane are classified according to ISO 4301/1 as follows:
Winches Classification
Power train group: M3
Load spectrum: L1
Load spectrum factor Km: 0,125
Theoretical service life D: 3200 h
1548 LIEBHERR 8.01

Note
The “design life” is not equal to the real (true) life of a winch!
The actual life of the winch is affected by many additional outside factors; for example:
– Overloads caused by unapproved use of the crane.
– Inadequate maintenance: Oil is not changed in a timely manner.
– Improper operation:
• Extreme acceleration or braking of the load.
• Load falling onto the cables.
– Improper maintenance:
• Using the wrong type of oil.
• Too much or too little oil.
• Contamination during oil changes.
– Assembly errors during repair and maintenance.
– Undetected leakage.
– Incorrectly set safety devices.
– Hidden damage from accidents.
– Extreme environmental conditions:
• Extreme temperatures.
• Corrosive atmosphere.
• Dust and dirt.
4.2.2 Actual usage component of the design life

The crane operator is obligated to carry out an inspection of the crane at least once a year.
At this time, the actual usage component of the design life shall be calculated. If necessary, the crane
operator must contract an authorized inspector.
The actual operating conditions (duty cycle) and the winch operating hours at each inspection interval
are required to determine the proportion of the design life that has actually been used. The operator is
responsible for the documentation in the crane inspection log.
Determining the operating conditions (duty cycle)
The load spectrum of the crane is divided into groups, please refer to ISO 4301/1.
One of the following duty cycles shall be selected and recorded in the crane inspection log for the
respective inspection interval based on knowledge of the actual operating conditions. A more precise
determination of the load spectrum is permissible.
Duty cycle class: Light L1
Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum loading in exceptional cases, but normally only
operate at very light loads.
Operating time rates:
10 % of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load)
40 % of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load
50 % of the operating time, with dead load only
Factor of load spectrum:
Km = 0.125
Graphic view:
8.01 LIEBHERR 1549

Note
Load spectrum L1 with load spectrum factor Km = 0.125 is normally applied to cranes used for
assembly operations!
Load spectrum class: Medium L2

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum loading relatively often, but normally only
operate at light load.
1/6 of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load).
1/6 of the time with dead load and 2/3 working load.
1/6 of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load.
Km = 0.25
Graphic view:
Duty cycle class: Heavy L3

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are frequently subjected to maximum loading and normally operate at
medium load.
Km = 0.5
Graphic view:
1550 LIEBHERR 8.01

Duty cycle class: Very heavy L4

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are regularly subjected to near maximum load.
Km = 1
Graphic view:
8.01 LIEBHERR 1551

Determining the effective operating hours Ti

The effective operating hours calculated using the following method shall be entered into crane
inspection log for the respective inspection interval.
There are four different scenarios:
1.) Operating hour meter installed on every winch.
If an operating hour meter is installed on every winch, the effective operating hours Ti can be read
directly during each inspection.
2.) Operating hour meter installed for the overall crane drive.
The winch proportion of the total superstructure operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the hoist winches can be
estimated at 20 % in relation to the total operating hours of the superstructure.
3.) One operating hour meter is used for both the crane engine and the crane drive.
The winch proportion of the total crane operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the superstructure can be
estimated at 60 % of the total operating hours of the crane. If the hoist winch proportion is
estimated at 20 % of the superstructure operating hours (see previous item), then the result in
relation to the total operating hours of the crane is: 12 %.
4.) No operating hour meter installed.
In this case the operator must estimate and document the actual operating hours of the winch.
The approximate percentages stated above normally apply to main hoist winches. For auxiliary
hoist winches or boom control winches, the proportion of the total operating hours can be
significantly less and should therefore be estimated by the operator.
Determining the actual usage proportion of the design life

For an inspection interval i (max. 1 year), the actually used proportion Si of the theoretical design life is
derived from the formula:
Abbreviation Explanation
Si Used proportion of the theoretical service life.
Km Load spectrum factor that was used to calculate the winch rates. This factor is
provided in the Operating instructions.
Kmi Load spectrum factor for inspection interval i according to section “Determining
the operating conditions” .
Ti Effective operating hours for inspection interval i according to section
“Determining the effective operating hours Ti ” .
The actually used hours proportion is subtracted from the remaining design life Di after each
inspection interval (see example).
If the remaining design life is not long enough to cover the next projected operating period, a general
overhaul of the winch is required.
1552 LIEBHERR 8.01

If the design life D has been reached (see chapter on “Design life”), the winch may only be operated
after conducting a general overhaul.
A general overhaul of the winch is required not later than 10 years after commissioning.
The general overhaul shall be arranged by the operator and carried out by the manufacturer or the
manufacturer's authorized representatives and must be documented in the inspection log. After the
general overhaul, the manufacturer or the manufacturer's authorized representative will define a new
theoretical service life D.
If the design life has not been reached after 10 years, continued operation of the winch without
a general overhaul is acceptable, provided that the crane's authorized inspector has confirmed the
accuracy of the actual usage calculation by signing the crane inspection log at each authorized
inspection interval.
In such a case, the crane authorized inspector must thoroughly inspect the winch. This comprises at
least:
– Outer visual inspection (leakage, damage, deformation, etc.).
– Oil inspection, particularly looking for metal residues.
– Load test at minimum and maximum cable tension, at maximum speed in both cases. At least one
layer must be spooled up. Pay particular attention to any unusual noises during this load test.
The crane's authorized inspector must confirm this inspection in the crane inspection log and must
make a statement regarding suitability of the winch for continued operation. The next inspection must
take place at the end of the 12th operating year and annually thereafter.
4.2.3 Example
According to the manufacturer's operating manual, a mobile crane with a separate operating hour
meter for the crane engine and the crane drives classified as follows:
– Power train group: M3
– Load spectrum: Light L1
– Factor of load spectrum: Km = 0.125
– Design life: D = 3200 h
Actual usage proportion S of the design life is calculated using the individual inspection intervals as
follows:
First inspection (first year)
The crane was used for assembly work during the elapsed year:
Duty cycle L1, in other words Km1 = 0,125.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 800 h. The winch was operated about 20 % of the time; i.e.
T1 = 160 h.
The actual usage proportion S of the design life at the time of the first inspection is therefore:
Remaining design life:

D1 = 3200 h – 160 h = 3040 h
The above values are recorded in the crane inspection log.
Second inspection (second year)
The crane was used at a harbor for unloading work:
Duty cycle L3, in other words Km2 = 0.5.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 2000 h; i.e., during this period:
2000 h – 800 h = 1200 h (800 h were used in the first year of operation)
The winch was operated about 40 % of the time; i.e. T2 = 480 h.
The actual usage proportion S2 of the design life at the time of the second inspection is therefore:

D2 = 3040 h – 1920 h = 1120 h
8.01 LIEBHERR 1553

Third inspection (third year)

The crane was used for assembly work and occasionally at a harbor for unloading work:
Duty cycle L2, in other words Km3 = 0.25.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 3000 h; i.e., during this period:
3000 h – 2000 h = 1000 h (2000 h were used in the first two years of operation)
The winch was operated about 30 % of the time; i.e. T3 = 300 h.
The actual usage proportion S3 of the design life at the time of the third inspection is therefore:

D3 = 1120 h – 600 h = 520 h
4.2.4 Table for theoretically determining the remaining service life

Table 1 includes an example.
The theoretical remaining service life should be documented in table 2.
1554 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 1555

B102588
1556 LIEBHERR 8.01

B102589
8.01 LIEBHERR 1557

B195239
1558 LIEBHERR 8.01

5 Inspecting load hooks

The load hooks must be visually inspected annually by a competent inspector.
This inspection must be carried out by an authorized expert every 4 years.
The purpose of the inspections is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies in a timely fashion.
Any deficiencies determined by the inspector must be documented, corrected, and subsequently
reinspected.
5.1 Inspection and monitoring procedure
5.1.1 Deformation
The hook should be inspected for distortion as required, but at least once a year; e.g., at the hook jaw.
The original dimensions, (y) or (y1) and (y2), are given on the load hook itself.
Measure between the punch marks.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
Hook jaw expansion may not exceed 10 % of the original dimensions (y) or (y1) and (y2)!
Do not use a load hook that exhibits greater expansion!
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
5.1.2 Corrosion
DANGER
Risk of accidents caused by thread corrosion / wear and tear!
Stop using the load hook!
Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
Unscrew the nut from the hook shank every 4 years so that the threads can be inspected for corrosion
and wear by the inspection through an authorized expert.
6 Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the

telescopic boom
– For inspection of rope end mounts, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
– For inspection of the pre-tension on the intake ropes, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
7.05.
– For inspection of ropes for damage according to DIN 15020 or ISO 4309, see Crane operating
8.01 LIEBHERR 1559

B109286
1560 LIEBHERR 8.01

7 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom
7.1 For cranes with pneumatic boom locking system

– For inspection of function, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of pin wear pattern, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of wear, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– For inspection of safety control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
7.2 For cranes with telescopic boom system Telematik

– Inspection of the pull knob safety 1 and all mounting screws 2 for tight seating
– Inspection of twist guards of cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of the length sensor rope 4 for damage
– Inspection of the cylinder barrel in the area of all welding seams 5 for crack formation
– Inspection of the locking pockets 6 for damage
– Grease the guide rail 7
– In case of leakage: Inspection of the piston rod 8 for grooves
– Inspection of the wear pattern on the cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of guide rail 7 for distortion of contour
– Inspection of plastic guide 9 on cylinder bottom for damage
– Inspection of all mounting screws 10 on the push out cylinder for tight seating
8 Inspection of membrane accumulator

Note
The national regulations for pressurized container inspection must be observed!
The inspection of the membrane accumulators for specified gas pressure must be carried out by
authorized and trained expert personnel, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04, 7.05.
9 Inspection of relapse cylinders

9.1 Check the relapse cylinders for visible defects
WARNING
Defective relapse cylinders!
The relapse cylinders can be damaged due to loss of oil or corrosion and a safe crane operation can
no longer be ensured! This could result in serious accidents!
Before any operation, visually check the relapse cylinders for leaks, damage and corrosion!
If any defects are found, the relapse cylinders must be inspected by the cylinder manufacturer!
9.2 Checking the gas pressure and oil fill
9.2.1 Checking the gas pressure
Note
The gas pressure may only be checked by an expert for pressurized containers!
8.01 LIEBHERR 1561

9.2.2 Checking the oil fill
Note
The oil fill may only be checked by an expert for pressurized containers!
10 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse

cylinders
For inspection of the safety control or limit switches on the relapse cylinders and the boom A-frames,
11 Inspecting the cable pulleys

DANGER
Risk of accident when damaged or cracked!
Replace rope pulley immediately!
Inspect the rope pulleys all around once a year for damage and cracks.
If rope pulleys are subjected to any impacts (e.g., with buildings) or are otherwise overloaded, they
must be immediately visually inspected for damage or cracks.
Also check for wear in the rope groove. Replace the pulley if the bottom of the rope groove has been
run down up to 1/4 of the rope diameter.
12 Inspecting the overload protection operation

Position the longest boom at minimum and maximum radius: Check the load indicator, using the hook
block as a test load.
The indicator reading shall not deviate more than 10 % off the true load value at these two extreme
positions.
Measure the indicated radius for the longest boom at its minimum radius and at a boom angle of 45°.
The indicator reading may not deviate more than 10 % off the measured projection.
13 Inspecting the roller slewing ring

For tilt play dimension, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
14 Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing

equipment
Check that the mounting bolts for the roller slewing ring, winches, slewing gears and hitch are
properly seated.
Slewing ring connection mounting bolts are pre-stressed at the factory, so that no loosening of the
bolted connections will occur during normal crane operation.
However, the bolted connection may become overloaded and the bolts may be permanently stretched
if the crane is overloaded or if the load is pulled free. It is therefore important to check these screws
for tight seating during the annual crane inspection or after an overload.
Completely remove loose bolts, plus the two adjacent ones, and immediately check for damage.
Inspect the screws, particularly for cracks or permanent distortion. If a screw has been stretched by
more than 0.2 % (in relation to its original length) or if cracks or other damage are detected, then the
damaged screws must be replaced. If the screws have been stretched or there is other damage, then
the adjacent screws must also be replaced.
1562 LIEBHERR 8.01

blank page!
8.01 LIEBHERR 1563

B109096
1564 LIEBHERR 8.01

15 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric,

illustration 1
– Inspection of twist guard 1 for damage and loose screw connection
– Inspection of rotator 2 for easy turnability
– Inspection of all clamps 3 for damage and function
16 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2

– Inspection of twist guard 4 for damage and loose screw connection
– Inspection of rotator 5 for easy turnability
17 Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs

Visually check the oil and fuel tanks at least once a year for leaks and safe mounting.
Repairs shall only be carried out by trained and knowledgeable specialists.
Improper repairs; e.g., welding, hard or soft soldering is not permitted, particularly if the Service
Department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH has not been consulted!
18 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing

winch and spare wheel winch
Determine the design life of the auxiliary reeving, towing and spare wheel winches from their
respective original manufacturer.
8.01 LIEBHERR 1565

19 Appendix
The following is a checklist to assist the inspector during the periodic inspections of Liebherr mobile
and crawler cranes.
19.1 Inspection recommendations for periodic inspections of Liebherr

mobile and crawler cranes
Company: Checked by:

Crane manufacturer: LIEBHERR Crane type:
Serial number: Stock number:
Construction year: Date:
Inspector's signature for No. 1 to 22:
1. Inspection category: Crane document

Component inspected A B C D E Comments
Crane inspection log
Operating and installation instructions
Crane control log
Load chart manual
Job planner
2. Inspection category: Signs / labeling

Factory tag
Load data
Operating specifications label
Prohibition and command signs
Other safety signs
3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Frame2
Supports3
Axles
Wheels
1566 LIEBHERR 8.01

3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Tires
Bearings
Gear
Universal drive shaft
Leaf springs / springs
Shock absorbers
Steering
Brakes
Hydraulic axle suspension
4. Inspection category: Chassis1

Coverings
Treads
Counterweight holders2
Suspension equipment
Ladders
Hook block mounting2
Boom support2
5. Inspection category: Chassis - driver's cab1

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshields wiper
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound-proofing
Trip recorder
First aid kit
8.01 LIEBHERR 1567

5. Inspection category: Chassis - driver's cab1

Spare bulbs
Hazard warning triangle
Safety vest
6. Inspection category: Chassis - drive1

Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
Filter
Sound-proofing
Engine mount
Oil levels
Fuel lines
7. Inspection category: Chassis - hydraulics1

Oil reservoir
Filter
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
8. Inspection category: Chassis - pressurized air system1

Compressor
Filter
Air tanks
Valves
1568 LIEBHERR 8.01

8. Inspection category: Chassis - pressurized air system1

Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
9. Inspection category: Chassis - electrical system1

Motors
Generators
Battery
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
Illumination
Brake lights
Indicator lights
Tail lights
Working lights
Signaling systems
Indicator lights
Battery switch
Limit switches: Transmission, steering,
drivetrain
Support pressure indicator2
10. Inspection category: Chassis - control devices1

Engine regulation
Gear
Couplings
Circuits
Brakes
Steering
Indicator displays
Engine shut off line
8.01 LIEBHERR 1569

10. Inspection category: Chassis - control devices1

Control of supports2
Axle suspension
Crane leveling
Rear axle steering
11. Inspection category: Superstructure

Frame
Coverings
Treads
Bearings
Counterweights
Relapse retainer
Rotary connection: Tilt play
Rotary connection: Mounting screws
Rotary connection: Gearing
Slewing gear: Mounting screws
Slewing gear: Gearing
12. Inspection category: Superstructure - crane operator's cab

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshields wiper
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound absorber
Joystick for working functions
Gear shifts
Safety: Crushing / shear locations
1570 LIEBHERR 8.01

13. Inspection category: Superstructure - Retaining and protection devices

Grab handles and accesses To the cab and to the power train
Coverings
Covers
Hatches
14. Inspection category: Superstructure - engine

Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
Filter
Sound-proofing
Engine mount
Fuel lines
15. Inspection category: Superstructure - hydraulic system

Oil reservoir
Filter
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
Lowering brake valves
Brake control: Hoist gear
Brake control: Slewing gear
8.01 LIEBHERR 1571

16. Inspection category: Superstructure - electrical system

Motors
Generators
Batteries
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
Illumination
17. Inspection category: Superstructure - control systems

Engine regulation
Gear
Flexible couplings
Circuits
Engine shut off line
Monitoring indicators
18. Inspection category: Superstructure - rope drives

Winch 13
Winch 23
Winch 33
Winch 43
Rope pulleys
Rope end connection
Rope for winch 1
Rope for winch 2
Rope for winch 3
Rope for winch 4
Guy ropes
1572 LIEBHERR 8.01

19. Inspection category: Superstructure - load hook

Pulleys
Rope guards on pulleys
Axle support
Load hook
Load hook mounting
Hook retention
20. Inspection category: Superstructure - safety and switching systems

Hoist emergency limit switch I
Hoist emergency limit switch II
Lowering emergency limit switch I
Lowering emergency limit switch II
Boom emergency limit switch I
Boom emergency limit switch II
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch I
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch II
Load moment limiter
Angle display: Boom
Angle display: Luffing jib
Angle display: Slewing gear
Safety devices: Control
Operating range limiter
Pressure sensors
Speed sensor
Wind sensor
Sliding beam monitoring
Support pressure indicator
Incline display
Length indicator: Radius, boom length
Emergency off system
Engine stop
8.01 LIEBHERR 1573

21. Inspection category: Boom

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Luffing cylinder
Telescoping cylinder
Boom extension ropes
Boom retraction ropes
Boom bearings
Boom pinning
Guy rods
Relapse cylinders
22. Inspection category: Equipment

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Relapse cylinder
Relapse support
Oscillation guard
A-frame bearings
Pinning of components
Guy rods with pinning
Rods with guide rail on A-frame 2 and
A-frame 3
All limit switches with switch mechanism
Inspection criteria:
A = Present / complete
B = Condition / maintenance
C = Function
D = Repair / replace
E = Reinspection required
1574 LIEBHERR 8.01

Evaluation:
Satisfactory = x
Unsatisfactory = -
Not required = 0
Comments:
1 Inspection of the crane carrier vehicle road worthiness is also fulfilled if it has already been certified
by the road traffic department certification authority. For cranes that are not certified for use on public
roads, an expert or authorized inspector must conduct the required tests to validate the vehicle's road
worthiness.
2 These inspections must be carried out by an authorized inspector even if it has passed the road
traffic department test and is certified.

3 Inspection of the winches regarding the used portion of the theoretical service life.
8.01 LIEBHERR 1575

027299-04 8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes
B195219
1576 LIEBHERR 8.04

8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 027299-04
1 Introduction
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to defective crane ropes!
Please observe the following criteria.
The rope should be considered to be a wear part, which must be replaced if the inspection shows that
its strength has reduced to such an extent that continued use may be dangerous.
Regular inspection of the rope is required in order to safely carry loads with correctly deployed
equipment, meaning that the rope must be taken out of service at an appropriate point in time.
The take-down criteria with regard to wire breaks, wear, corrosion and deformation can be applied
immediately under all application conditions. The different factors are dealt with in ISO 4309, which is
intended to serve as a guideline to competent experts who are involved in the maintenance and
inspection of cranes.
We recommend to carry out an annual inspection by an expert according to the following standard
(ISO 4309).
The ropes should be inspected every 4 years by an authorized inspector.
The scope of the inspection and the inspection results must be traceably documented, see addendum
2. This documentation must be retained as part of the crane records!
The criteria that are covered here are intended to provide an appropriate safety margin for movement
of loads with cranes until the rope is taken down.
2 Wire rope
2.1 Condition before installing
The rope is usually replaced with a rope that is of the same type as the original. If the spare rope is of
another type, then the user must ensure that the rope characteristics are at least as good as those of
the rope that was taken down.
Before installing a new wire rope, the grooves of the rope drums and pulleys must be checked in
order to ensure that the spare ropes is placed correctly in the rope grooves (see section entitled
“Inspection”).
2.2 Installation
When the rope is removed from the spool or unwound from a reel, it must be ensured that the rope is
not twisted, otherwise loops, reverse bends or kinks could originate in the rope.
If the rope is looped over any part of the system when it is not under strain, these areas must be
protected accordingly.
Before starting to use the rope on the system, the user must ensure that all components that are
functionally associated with the wire rope in connection with the standing components have been set
up in such a way that they will operate correctly.
To stabilize the wire rope, a few lifting procedures should be carried out at approximately 10 % of the
normal load.
2.3 Maintenance
The maintenance of the wire ropes depends on the type of lifting device, its application, the
environment as well as the type of rope that is used. Unless other instructions from the crane or rope
manufacturer are provided, the wire rope should be cleaned, if possible, and lubricated with grease or
oil, particularly in areas in which the rope is subjected to bending when it runs over pulleys.
The kind of grease that is used must be suitable for steel ropes.
Lack of maintenance will reduce the service life of the rope, particularly if the crane is used in a
corrosive environment and if re-lubricating is not possible because of the nature of the respective
crane application.
8.04 LIEBHERR 1577

2.4 Inspection according to ISO 4309
2.4.1 Frequency
Daily inspection
If possible, all visible parts of the ropes must be checked for general wear and distortion every
working day. Special attention must be paid to the rope end connections. Any suspected changes in
the condition of the rope must be reported and the rope must be inspected by a trained expert
inspector in accordance with the section “Points to check on the rope”.
In the event that the lower rope layers on the drum are used infrequently or not at all, periodically
unwind and rewind the entire drum under pretension. A rope is most cost-effective if it is used over its
entire length. For that reason, it is recommended to use an appropriate rope length when operating
the crane over longer periods.
Note
If a rope is newly placed, then it must be pretensioned and placed with a pretension of at least
10 % of the maximum rope pull.
Special inspection as described in section “Points to check on the rope”

The rope must be checked after any events that may have led to damage to the rope and / or the rope
ends and whenever the rope is taken back into service after being taken down and then re-installed.
2.4.2 Checking the spooling behavior of the rope on the cable drum
To avoid spooling errors and associated rope damage, it is necessary to check the spooling behavior
daily. If spooling errors are determined, the rope must be reeled off until there are only 3 rope coils on
the winch. Thereafter, the rope is to be tensioned with a pretension of at least 10 % of the maximal
rope pull and then placed again.
Possible spooling errors:

– Cutting into the lower rope layers 1
– Loop formation in the lower rope layers 2
1578 LIEBHERR 8.04

2.4.3 Points to check on the rope

General
Although the entire length of the rope must be checked, particular attention must be paid to checking
the following areas:
– At the rope end points on both sides, for movable as well as fixed ropes.
– The part of the rope that runs through the block or over rope pulleys; particular attention must be
paid to parts of the rope that are on rope pulleys when under load (see appendix 1) in systems
that carry out repeated movements.
– Parts of the rope that run over a compensation pulley.
– All parts of the rope that can be subjected to wear caused by external elements (e.g. protruding
hatch surrounds).
– All parts of the rope that are subjected to the effects of heat.
– On the contact positions of the ropes when spooling up.
– Check the inside of the rope for corrosion and material fatigue.
The results of the inspection must be entered in the inspection log for the system (for typical example
see section entitled “Rope inspection log” and appendix 2).
Checking the rope in the uphill pitch zones of the rope coil for flat sections
In the cross area of the coiled up rope layers, the rope is under more strain and can therefore be
flattened. To void flat sections, the rope can be shortened on the rope drum fixed point.
If the wires in the outer braids are flattened to no more than maximum half the wire diameter:
– Shorten the rope by a length of 1/3 of the rope drum circumference and reset.
DANGER
Rope breakage!
If the following measures are not observed, the rope can break, the load can fall down and fatally
injure personnel!
Take the rope down when the take down criteria is reached, as described in section “Take down
criteria”!
Take the rope down when the wires in the outer braids are flattened by more than half the wire
diameter!
Rope suspension and connection systems - except loops

The rope must be examined at the exits of the rope suspension and connection system, since this
area is particularly susceptible to initial signs of material fatigue (wire breaks) and corrosion. The rope
suspension and connection systems must also be examined for signs of deformation or wear.
Rope suspension and connection systems with pressure sleeves must undergo the same checking,
and the sleeve must be checked for cracks in the sleeve material and possible slippage of the rope in
the sleeve.
Detachable rope suspension systems (cotters, rope clamps) must be checked for wire breaks inside
and beneath the mount or fastening; it must also be examined whether the cotters and screwed-on
rope clamps are firmly connected to the rope. This check should also ensure that the requirements of
the rope suspension and connection systems standards and procedural guidelines are complied with.
8.04 LIEBHERR 1579

2.5 Take-down criteria

The safe use of the rope is assessed in accordance with the following criteria:
1.) Number of wire breaks
2.) Broken wire nests
3.) Wire break increase rate
4.) Strand breaks
5.) Rope diameter reduction, including the reduction caused by damage to the rope core
6.) External and internal wear
7.) External and internal corrosion
8.) Deformation
9.) Damage caused by the effects of heat or arc welders
These individual factors must be taken into consideration in accordance with the relevant criteria
during all examinations. However, rope quality deterioration frequently results from a combination of
the individual factors, meaning that a worsening effect occurs that can be detected by an expert and
that influences the decision as to whether the rope has reached its rope removal limit and whether it
can continue to be used.
The checker must investigate whether the deterioration has been caused by a fault in the system; if
this is the case remedial action should be recommended before fitting a new rope.
2.5.1 Number of wire breaks

The number of wire breaks must be determined by visually inspecting the entire length of the rope. If a
wire break is found, sections that are 30 × d (d = nominal rope diameter) in length are marked at both
sides of this point. These sections must be examined extremely carefully. All wire breaks are now
carefully counted in each section. Please compare the number of visible wire breaks with appendix 4.
If the number of visible wire breaks is less than the number specified in the table, the area in which
the most broken wires are found is marked to a length of 6 × d. Count the number of visible wire
breaks again and compare the result with appendix 4. If the number of visible wire breaks is less than
the number specified in the table, the rope does not have to be taken down yet.
Note
Defining the interval until the next inspection
The interval until the next inspection is set depending on the number of visible wire breaks.
2.5.2 Broken wire nests

If the wire breaks are extremely close together and form wire nests, the rope must be taken down. If
the frequency of such wire breaks occurs over a rope length of less than 6d or is concentrated on one
strand, taking the rope down is recommended, even if the number of wire breaks is less than the
maximum number specified in the tables.
2.5.3 Wire break increase rate

For applications in which the main reason for damage to the rope is material fatigue, the first wire
breaks will not occur until a certain time has elapsed, but the number of wire breaks will increase
rapidly at ever-decreasing intervals.
Careful checking and logging of the increased number of wire breaks over time is recommended in
these cases.
2.5.4 Strand breaks

If an entire strand breaks, the rope must be taken down.
1580 LIEBHERR 8.04

2.5.5 Reduction in rope diameter caused by damage to core rope

The rope diameter can be reduced as a result to damage to the core because of:
1.) Internal wear and notching
2.) Internal wear due to friction between individual strands and wires in the rope, particularly if it is
subjected to bending
3.) Steel core breakage
4.) Break in internal layers of multi-strand ropes
If the rope diameter (average of two diameter measurements) is reduced by 3 % of the nominal
diameter (rotation resistant ropes) or 10 % of the nominal diameter of other ropes due to these
factors, the ropes must be taken down, even if no wire breaks are visible.
Note
Diameter of new ropes
New ropes can have an actual diameter that is greater than the nominal diameter, meaning that
proportionally greater wear is possible.
2.5.6 External wear

Abrasion of outer wires of outer rope strands as a result of rubbing contact under pressure with the
grooves in the rope reels and drums. This condition is particularly evident in moving ropes in the
areas in which they come into contact with rope pulleys when the load is being moved and braked,
and manifest themselves as flattened surfaces on the outer wires. Abrasion is exacerbated by a lack
of or incorrect lubrication as well as the effects of dust.
Wear reduces the breaking strain of steel ropes because the cross section of the steel is reduced.
The rope must be taken down if the actual rope diameter has reduced by 7 % or more because of
outer wear, even if no wire breaks are visible.
2.5.7 External and internal corrosion

Corrosion is a particular problem in maritime climates and atmospheres that are polluted by industrial
emissions, reducing breaking strain and accelerating material fatigue because of the reduction in the
rope material cross section, leading to irregular surfaces that are the starting point for stress cracks.
Extreme corrosion can reduce the elasticity of the rope.
1.) External corrosion
Corrosion of the outer rope wires can be determined by visual inspection.
2.) Internal corrosion
This condition is more difficult to detect than external corrosion.
Note
Internal corrosion
If there are any signs of internal corrosion the rope must be checked by a competent expert.
DANGER
Occurrence of internal corrosion!
If the suspicion of extreme internal corrosion is confirmed, the rope must be taken down
immediately.
8.04 LIEBHERR 1581

2.5.8 Rope deformation

A visible change to the rope structure is referred to as “rope deformation” and can cause a change at
the deformation point that results in irregular rope tension.
A distinction is made between the following important types of rope deformation on the basis of the
rope appearance (see following sections):
1.) Corkscrew-like deformation
2.) Basket formation
3.) Strands protruding from the rope
4.) Wire loop formation
5.) Flattening
6.) Reverse bends or knots
7.) Kinks
Corkscrew-like deformation (see appendix 3, table 1)
Corkscrew-like deformation
If there is any corkscrew-like deformation the rope must be taken down if the following condition is net:
d = nominal diameter of rope

d1 = rope sheath diameter of the distorted rope
Basket formation (see appendix 3, table 2)

If there are kinks in the rope, it must be replaced immediately.
Strands protruding from the rope (see appendix 3, table 3)
The rope must be replaced immediately if this kind of deformation occurs.
Wire loop formation (see appendix 3, tables 4 and 5)
In this case, certain wires or groups of wires protrude from the rope at the side facing the rope pulley
in the form of loops - this is normally the result of sudden strain. If serious deformation occurs, the
rope must be taken down.
Flattening (see appendix 3, tables 8 and 9)
Flattening is the result of mechanical damage; if it is pronounced the rope must be replaced.
Reverse bends or knots (see appendix 3, tables 6 and 7)
If the rope has any reverse loops or knots it must be taken down immediately.
Kinks (see appendix 3, table 10)
Kinks are angled deformations in the rope caused by external influences. If there are kinks in the
rope, it must be replaced immediately.
2.5.9 Damage caused by the effects of heat or arc welders

Steel ropes that have been subjected to extremely high temperatures, which can be detected
externally because of the colouring that it causes, must be taken down.
1582 LIEBHERR 8.04

3 Operating behavior of steel ropes

Exact logging of information by the checker can be useful for predicting the behaviour of a certain type
of steel rope on a crane. This information is useful for planning and adapting maintenance instructions
and controlling the stocking of spare ropes. The use of such a prediction system should not cause the
examinations to be less strict or the rope usage time to be extended beyond the criteria that are
specified in the previous sections of this guideline for monitoring and taking down of crane ropes.
4 Condition of equipment that is functionally

associated with the rope
Note
Groove radius
The radius must not be smaller than the actual diameter of the rope.
Rope drums and pulleys must be checked at regular intervals in order to ensure that all these
components rotate correctly in their bearings. Stiff or blocked rope pulleys wear rapidly and unevenly
and cause serious rope abrasion. Ineffective compensation pulleys can lead to irregular rope tension.
The radius at the bottom of the rope grooves of all rope pulleys and the drum must be suitable for the
nominal diameter of the rope. If the radius has become too big or too small the rope groove must be
reworked or the rope pulley replaced.
5 Rope inspection log

The user must provide a log for each of the regular inspections in which all rope inspection
information is recorded. Typical example of a log - see appendix 2.
6 Rope storage and marking

Clean, dry rope storage facilities must be provided in order to prevent damage to ropes that are not in
use; it must also be ensured that the ropes can be clearly and unambiguously assigned to their
checking logs.
7 Wire ropes and rope end connections

DANGER
Risk of accident!
Correct choice and use of the wire rope and the rope end connections are a decisive precondition
for proper and accident-free crane operation.
The wire ropes and rope end connections selected in accordance with their usage. It must be
determined whether a rotation-resistant or non-rotation free rope is required. The type of rope that is
selected then determines the type of rope end connections that are used.
7.1 Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connections

Rotation-resistant ropes are special ropes that produce extremely little torque and twisting at the rope
end connection when they are under strain.
Note
Rotation-resistant ropes are used as hoist ropes.
8.04 LIEBHERR 1583

Typical rotation-resistant wire rope structures are ropes with 15 to 18 outer strands. Rotation-resistant
ropes are symbolically depicted with 15 outer strands (circles) (see table 1).
Rotation-resistant ropes can be optionally used with the following rope end connections:
– Rope end connection rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link with swivel or spin stabiliser / swivel.
– Rope end connection non-rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link without swivel or gib and cotter.
If possible, preference should be given to the use of a twisting rope end connection to reduce
torsional stress with rotation-resistant ropes (see table 2).
DANGER
Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation free ropes!
Note
Usage warning notes
The usage warning notes on the rotating PFEIFER link with pulley indicates that this rope end
connection may not be used for non-rotation free ropes (see table 3)!
7.2 Non-rotation free ropes and their rope end connections

Non-rotation free ropes generate high torque levels at the rope end connection when they are under
load. For this reason, the rope ends must be protected from twisting using an appropriate rope end
connection to prevent the rope from unscrewing under strain!
Note
Non-rotation free ropes are used as guy ropes or control ropes.
1584 LIEBHERR 8.04

Typical non-rotation free wire rope structures are ropes with 8 to 10 outer strands. Twisting ropes are
symbolically depicted with 8 outer strands (circles) (see table 4).
Non-rotation free ropes can only be used with the following rope end connections:
– Rope end connection non-rotating in the form of a PFEIFER link without swivel or gib and cotter.
A non-rotating rope end connection is also the mount of the rope on the fixed point of the winch
drum.
DANGER
Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation free ropes!
Never install a twist compensator / swivel!
Note
Usage warning notes
The usage warning note on PFEIFER links without swivel and cotter indicates that this rope end
connection may not be used for non-twist free ropes in combination with a twist compensator /
swivel (see table 5)!
8.04 LIEBHERR 1585

B106181
1586 LIEBHERR 8.04

8 Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant

ropes and its remedy
For procedure, see illustration opposite.
WARNING
Damage to the rope!
Please proceed with extreme caution when performing the following actions.
Please heed the following instructions to the letter.
8.1 General
The cause for the turn-in of the hook block can have various reasons. For that reason, check the
crane first for the following features.
– Scrub marks: Are hoist rope scrub marks present on the crane components? If scrub marks are
present, check the hoist rope pathway and rectify.
– Rope pulleys: Has the groove diameter become too small, or do the rope pulleys exhibit a
negative profile?
• Groove diameter dimensional stability must be present.
• The rope groove must be uniformly smooth without a hoist rope negative profile.
• If this is not the case, the rope pulley must be exchanged.
– Rope greasing: Has the hoist rope been sufficiently greased? If the rope surface is dry, the hoist
rope must be re-greased.
If the crane does not display other features, the hoist rope must be spun out. Following, two methods
are described by which the hoist rope can be spun out. The methods must be applied in the described
sequence.
8.2 Turning out extremely rotation-resistant hoist ropes
8.2.1 Method 1: Spinning out with one strand reeve

1.) Reeve in the one strand hoist rope.
2.) Extend the boom to the maximal boom length and hook height.
3.) Lower hooks to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out.
4.) With an empty hook block, carry out one complete hoist cycle.
5.) Lower the hook again to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out
again.
6.) Reeve the number of strands of hoist rope carefully and spin free where the twisting of the hook
block is largest.
7.) Carry out at least two complete hoist cycles at maximum boom length and hook height, in order
to divide the spin out onto the entire rope length.
If the hook block turns in further, method 2 must be used.
8.04 LIEBHERR 1587

8.2.2 Method 2: Spin out by turning out the hook block

1.) The hook block is reeved with the largest number of strands are twisted.
2.) Extend the boom completely and lower the hook block.
3.) Attach a load of approximately 10 % of the nominal rope pull on the hook block.
4.) Before lifting the load, an assistant must carry out the following measures: Rotate the twisted
hook block to a straight position by hand until the rope strands no longer touch each other.
5.) Rotate the hook block further by a complete revolution, the rope strands touch each other again.
6.) Hold the hook block in the prescribed position until the load lifts off the ground.
• NOTICE:
When the hook block comes under load, it will attempt to rotate back to a straight position.
Release the hook block.
7.) Move the load until approximately 15 m before the uppermost hook position of the completely
extended boom.
8.) Lower load and set it down. The twisting should now be remedied.
If the hook block turns in further, then the process must be repeated. If the problem is not remedied by
this, contact Liebherr Service.
1588 LIEBHERR 8.04

blank page!
8.04 LIEBHERR 1589

B193940
A Hook block B Cable pulley C Rope drum
1590 LIEBHERR 8.04

9 Appendix 1
Diagram of possible defects, with reference to different areas that must be considered during
inspection:
1.) Check rope end connection at rope drum
2.) Examine for incorrect spooling up, which causes deformation (crushing) and wear, which can
have serious consequences at rope crossing points
3.) Examine for wire breaks
4.) Examine for corrosion
5.) Look for deformation as a result of hook block loading
6.) Inspect parts of rope that run over rope pulleys for wire breaks and wear
• Rope suspension and rope mountings:
• Check for wire breaks and corrosion
• Also inspect parts of rope that run on or next to compensating pulleys
7.) Look for deformation
8.) Check rope diameter
9.) Carefully check length of rope that runs through the hook block, particularly the part that rests on
the rope pulley under load
10.) Check for wire breaks and surface wear
11.) Check for corrosion
8.04 LIEBHERR 1591

B105034
1592 LIEBHERR 8.04

10 Appendix 2
Typical example for an inspection log
8.04 LIEBHERR 1593

B194071
1594 LIEBHERR 8.04

11 Appendix 3
Note
Depiction of deformation
The deformation that is depicted on many pictures is exaggerated in order to show it more clearly.
The ropes that are shown would have had to be taken down long before they reached this stage.
Typical examples of damage that can occur to wire ropes:

– Picture 1:
Corkscrew-like deformation: deformation where rope is in the form of a spiral along its longitudinal
axis.
The rope must be taken down if the deformation exceeds the value that is mentioned in
chapter “Take-down criteria”, section entitled “Corkscrew-like deformation”.
– Picture 2:
Basket formation on a multi-strand rope.
Reason for immediate rope take-down.
– Picture 3:
Steel core rope exit, generally in combination with basket formation in the immediate vicinity.
– Picture 4:
Only one strand is affected by loop formation, although the examination of a longer section of rope
shows that the deformation is visible at regular intervals; normally deformation along the length of
a lay.
– Picture 5:
Serious worsening of the previous problem (see picture 4) (typical of hoist rope in a ram system).
– Picture 6:
A serious reverse bend or knot.
Note the destroyed lay that leads to the exit of the fibre layer.
– Picture 7:
A wire rope that has been kinked during installation but still taken into operation, and now suffers
from localised wear and substandard rope tension.
Reason for rope take-down.
– Picture 8:
Crushing as a result of local mechanical damage causing imbalance beneath the strands,
resulting in wire breaks.
– Picture 9:
Crushing of a multi-strand rope caused by incorrect spooling up on the rope drum.
Note increase in length of outer strands of lay. Here too, imbalance would occur under load.
– Picture 10:
Example of serious kinking.
12 Appendix 4
Guideline for number of wire breaks in accordance with ISO 4309
for power train classification groups M1, M2, M3 and M4
8.04 LIEBHERR 1595

12.1 Wire ropes
12.1.1 Hoist ropes
Rope diameter Number of visible broken wires requiring rope removal,

over a length of
6 x rope diameter 30 x rope diameter
See chapter 1.03 2 4
12.1.2 Assembly ropes

over a length of
12.1.3 Guy ropes, control ropes

over a length of
1596 LIEBHERR 8.04

8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for disk brakes 026229-02
blank page!
8.07 LIEBHERR 1597

026229-02 8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for disk brakes
B103653
1598 LIEBHERR 8.07

1 General
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to erroneous maintenance or repair on the wheel brake!
Incorrect maintenance or repair of the wheel brake can cause serious traffic accidents and
subsequent death.
All wheel brake maintenance and repair work may only be carried out by authorized and trained
expert personnel!
Use only original Liebherr spare parts!
After completion of work on the brake system, carry out a brake function test on all wheels! If
possible, we recommend a function test on the brake test bench.
The air disk brake systems on mobile cranes must be inspected annually.
In Germany, the main inspection and safety tests must be conducted in accordance with § 29 of
STVZO.
The corresponding national regulations apply for other countries.
2 Visual inspection
Check that the following requirements are met:
– Pipe and hose lines are not damaged, not corroded and are properly routed
– Devices are properly installed and fastened
– The air pressure tank is not damaged and no external corrosion is visible
The tank is labeled as specified.
No welding nor heat treatments be conducted on the tank walls.
– Water has been removed from the air pressure tank
– Dust seals are not damaged
– The wheel brakes are properly adjusted (vent clearance, brake cylinder stroke, lining thickness)
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to overheating wheel brake!
If the lower breather bore 1 is closed, the wheel brake can run hot!
The lower breather bore 1 may never the closed!
3 Function and performance test

3.1 Function test
– Pressure regulator, air cylinder: Check turn on pressure, shut off pressure and delivery rate
– Pressurized air system: Check for leaks and supply pressure
– Multi-circuit safety valve, overflow valves and warning device: Check function
8.07 LIEBHERR 1599

3.2 Performance test

Note
The following values are valid for an axle load of 12 t.
Check the function of the wheel brake:

– Press down the brake pedal: Both brake shoes contact the brake disk
– Release the brake pedal: Brake shoes immediately return to their starting position
Check effectiveness of wheel brake:
1.) Measure delay
2.) Measure brake path
3.) Determine brake performance on brake test bench
3.2.1 Determine delay with a decelerometer

At an applied pressure of 6.5 bar, the measured average delay dm should be larger than 4.5 m/s2 .
3.2.2 Measure brake path

At an applied pressure of 6.5 bar, the brake path s should be smaller than the value given in the chart.
Test speed Brake path

v s
20 km/h 6.5 m
30 km/h 12.5 m
40 km/h 19.8 m
50 km/h 29 m
3.2.3 Measuring the braking performance on the brake test bench

When the brake forces are measured on the vehicle axles, determine the brake performance as
follows:
Gz = allowable total vehicle weight [N]

z = brake performance [%]
F1 = brake force of the first axle, which was determined at pressure p1 [N]
F2 = brake force of the second axle, which was determined at pressure p2 [N]
Fn = brake force of last axle, which was determined at pressure pn [N]
pN1...n = max. brake pressure of corresponding axle [bar]
p1...n = brake pressure, which is actually applied into the wheel cylinder at the corresponding axle [bar]
during the brake test
1600 LIEBHERR 8.07

4 Internal inspection of the wheel brake

Note
Check the brake pads and the brake disks in regular intervals, depending on the vehicle use, during
maintenance interval as well as within the framework of lawful regulations.
Check the condition of the brake pads every 4 months.
Check the condition of the brake disks every 12 months.
At least every 24 months, replace the retaining springs as well as seal rings, caps and convoluted
rubber gaiters.
4.1 Checking the brake pads

DANGER
Danger of fatal injury!
Worn brake pads or brake disks can lead to a reduction of the brake force or failure of the wheel
brake. This can result in accidents with fatal injuries.
Observe the wear limits of the brake pads and the brake disks!
Replace worn brake pads or brake disks!
Replace the wheel brake if significantly damaged or if the castings are worn (for example, if they
show cracks)!
Change burnt, slick or oily brake pads as quickly as possible!
Always replace all the brake pads on each axle!
The brake pads are electrically monitored and can also be optically checked on the brake pads.
4.1.1 Checking the brake pads electrically
If the warning light 204 on the display unit lights up, it is a sign that at least one brake pad on the
crane is worn and has reached the wear limit.
To find the worn brake pad, see chapter 20.20.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury in case of worn brake pads!
As soon as the warning light 204 lights up, the worn brake pads must be localized and replaced. If this
is not done, the wheel brake can fail, which can cause fatal accidents, or the brake disks can be
damaged.
Replace worn brake pads!
4.1.2 Checking the brake pads optically
8.07 LIEBHERR 1601

DANGER
Danger of fatal injury in case of worn brake pads!
Replace brake pads no later than when the weakest point measures 2 mm of brake pad thickness
over the brake pad carrier plate. The remaining pad thickness may not fall below 2 mm. If this is not
done, the wheel brake can fail, which can cause fatal accidents, or the brake disks can be damaged.
Replace worn brake pads!
If the remaining pad thickness A is less than 2 mm it is imperative that the brake pads are
replaced.
1 = Pad carrier plate

2 = Brake pad
Component Dimension
A Remaining pad thickness 2 mm
B Total pad thickness 23 mm
4.2 Checking the brake disks
4.2.1 Checking brake disk wear
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury!
Worn brake pads or brake disks can lead to a reduction of the brake force or failure of the wheel
brake. This can result in accidents with fatal injuries.
Replace worn brake pads or brake disks!
If the brake disk reaches the wear limit of D = 33 mm, then it must be changed immediately!
If the brake pad and the brake pad carrier plate reaches the minimum thickness of H = 11 mm,
then the brake pad must be changed immediately!
We recommend to change all the brake disks on each axle.
Generally, after installing the new brake disks, we recommend to use new brake pads also.
1602 LIEBHERR 8.07

Remove the brake pads and measure the brake disk thickness in the contact area of the brake pads.
Component Dimension
C Total thickness of new brake disk 41 mm
D Wear dimension limit brake disk 33 mm
E Total thickness of new brake pad 32 mm
F Brake pad carrier plate 9 mm
G Minimum thickness of brake pad 2 mm
H Absolute minimum thickness brake pad and 11 mm
brake pad carrier plate
4.2.2 Checking brake disk condition

Check brake disks for cracks and surface condition as well as for maximum wear dimension.
a = Brake surface
8.07 LIEBHERR 1603

Irregularity Evaluation
A Net-like crack formation permissible
B Cracks running to hub center to maximum 0.5 permissible
mm width
C Irregularities of disk surface below 1.5 mm permissible
D Continuous cracks impermissible
4.2.3 Checking brake disk impact
DANGER
Risk of accident!
If the brake disk impact exceeds the limit value of 0.15 mm, then the brake disk must be changed
immediately!
– Attach the test gauge on the wheel brake carrier.

– With installed brake disk, check the brake disk impact by turning the wheel hub, see illustration.
1604 LIEBHERR 8.07

8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 027913-00
blank page!
8.12 LIEBHERR 1605

027913-00 8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports
B108596
1606 LIEBHERR 8.12

1 Luffing lattice jib
1.1 Luffing lattice jib “steepest position”
1.1.1 Checking the limit switch initiators for function

Cover limit switch initiators 11 on the relapse cylinder 10 individually with a metal plate.
– The control winch movement “spool up” must turn off.
– The icon must appear on the LICCON monitor.
1.1.2 Checking the limit switch initiators on the switch point

Before erecting the boom, check the function of the limit switch initiators 11 in installed condition. Pull
up both NA-frames to the specified dimension of 90 mm until the switch contact opens, see
illustration.
– The control winch movement “spool up” must turn off.
After successful test, reset the NA-frames to set up condition.
8.12 LIEBHERR 1607

B108597
1608 LIEBHERR 8.12

1.2 Luffing lattice jib “lowest position”
1.2.1 Checking the limit switch initiators for function

Cover the limit switch initiators 11 individually with a metal plate.
– The control winch movement “spool out” must turn off.
1.2.2 Checking the limit switch initiators on the switch point

Luff the lattice jib down to the switch point at 80°, see illustration on the left.
– The control winch movement “spool out” must turn off.
8.12 LIEBHERR 1609

B108598
1610 LIEBHERR 8.12

1.3 Function check of limit switch initiators on the mechanical relapse

retainer
Mechanical relapse support 1
Oscillation guard 2 for mechanical relapse support
In addition to the relapse cylinders, the lattice jib is also secured by a mechanical relapse support 1,
which engages in steepest lattice jib position into the flap of the oscillation guard 2. The luffing up
movement is turned off by the actuated limit switches on the oscillation guard.
WARNING
Danger of tipping over if the oscillation guard is hard to move!
If the oscillation guard 2 is hard to move, the mechanical relapse retainer will no longer function. The
luffing lattice jib can tip backwards uncontrolled and cause the crane to topple over!
Crane operation with hard to move oscillation guard 2 is prohibited!
Before erection, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse retainer must be checked for easy
movement over the complete swing range of the pendulum.
Depending on the lattice jib position, the flap on the oscillation guard is swung out by the weight of the
pendulum:
– 13° the flap is swung in.
– 21.4° the flap can be pushed open.
– 39° the flap is swung out.
8.12 LIEBHERR 1611

027914-01 8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder
B108637
1612 LIEBHERR 8.14

8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 027914-01
1 Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse

cylinder
Check the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder before and during crane operation with the
luffing lattice jib.
Note
When the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is in a permissible range, then the
icon 2.1 and the bar display for the actual pressure 1.2 are shown in green.
When the replenishing pressure in the relapse cylinder is in a impermissible range, then the
icon 2.1 and the bar display for the actual pressure 1.2 are shown in red. In addition, an error
message is issued.
Crane operation with luffing lattice jib and impermissible replenishing pressure in the relapse
cylinder is not possible.
1.1 Checking the replenishing pressure with “luffing lattice jib placed
in pulley cart”
– The luffing lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart.
Note
If the telescopic boom is not luffed up, then the icon 2.1 is shown in green but the bar display for
the actual pressure 1.2 is shown in red. This does not mean that the replenishing pressure in the
relapse cylinder is impermissible! The replenishing pressure for the “luffing lattice jib placed in the
pulley cart” can only be checked if the “relapse cylinder is in test position”.
Luff the luffing lattice jib up to the shut off point.

Result:
– The relapse cylinder is now in test position.
cylinder”.
shown in green.
1.2 Checking the replenishing pressure with the “telescopic boom

luffed up”
cylinder”.
shown in green.
8.14 LIEBHERR 1613

021714-03 8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods
B180875
1614 LIEBHERR 8.15

8.15 Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 021714-03
1 General
Always check the entire length of the guy rods before every assembly.
Also check the concealed bearing surfaces and bores.
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods

The guy rods must be checked at least once a year by an expert according to VGB D6.
The inspection must be carried out by an authorized expert every 4 years.
If a load was dropped or if the crane was overloaded, an additional inspection by an expert is
required.
The inspections must be documented.
DANGER
Risk of accident in case of guy rod failure!
If the following damage is found, the guy rods may no longer be used and must be replaced
immediately!
2.1 Cracks and dents

The guy rods must be thoroughly inspected visually for cracks and dents.
If cracks are present, the guy rods must be replaced. Repairs are not permitted.
Note
In case of doubt, the relevant areas must be carefully examined, for example with magnetic crack
detection!
2.2 Stretching
Check for guy rod stretching by measuring the guy rods.
The stretch may be no more than max. 0.2 %, for example 14 mm, for an initial dimension (L) of
7000 mm.
Note
The initial dimension (L) of the guy rods is noted in the separate rod diagram!
2.3 Wear
Check the bores, pins and pin retainers for signs of wear.
2.4 Damaged paint

Check the paint on the guy rods at regular intervals (signs of corrosion).
Repair damaged paint.
Note
The guy rods may not be stored in aggressive media, such as salt water!
2.5 Ductile distortion

After a ductile distortion, such as bending, the guy rods must be replaced.
8.15 LIEBHERR 1615

1616 LIEBHERR
9.00 General notes
LIEBHERR 1617
027300-03 9.02 Supplementary service work
B195219
1618 LIEBHERR 9.02

9.02 Supplementary service work 027300-03
1 Checks before start up

We recommend to carry out the following visual inspections in the engine compartment before start
up:
– Check if all oil and fuel lines are leak-free and dry.
– Check if the injection pump, fuel and oil filters are leak-free.
– Check if the hydraulic units, the hydraulic motors for the fan drives and their supply lines are
leak-free.
– Check if the exhaust system and exhaust flange are leak-free.
– Check if the exhaust flap retention flap is moveable.
The return springs that open the exhaust flaps must function properly, because seized (therefore
closed) exhaust flaps during engine operation will result in considerable overheating.
– Inspect electrical wiring and ensure that there is sufficient clearance to hot exhaust system piping
and that it is properly fastened and that there is no insulation damage.
– Inspect the soundproofing mats for soiling from solutions and large quantities of oil or fuel, as well
as other damage.
Immediately remove any soundproofing mats that are excessively damaged or soiled and replace
them with original parts.
When cleaning the engine and gear compartments, observe the care instructions for the sound
insulation, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.01!
2 Repair and maintenance tasks

Note
Repair and maintenance tasks are to be carried out carefully!
Take particular precautions regarding cleanliness when replacing diesel and oil filters. Remove any
diesel fuel or oil that has leaked. Perform a test run on the systems to ensure that there are no leaks.
The diesel engine V-room must be inspected regularly, and any oil or diesel fuel must be cleaned up,
particularly after repairs and servicing. Any fuel that has collected in V-room can spread throughout
the engine room while the crane is travelling on the road and can ignite if it comes into contact with
hot surfaces.
We stress that all electrical wiring must be installed according to the regulations and must be properly
fastened. Immediately repair any wiring insulation that exhibits signs of chafing or brittleness as a
result of operational activities. Any wiring that is not in perfect condition is to be immediately and
professionally replaced.
We would like to particularly emphasize that over time fuel and oil lines can become brittle or porous
as they age. Any hoses that appear to be excessively porous should be replaced immediately, see
crane maintenance chapter.
3 Important service tasks

The following service tasks are to be carried out regularly:
– Grease drive shafts with LIEBHERR special grease.
– Regularly check that the drive shaft bolts are properly seated.
– Check gearbox and engine oil levels regularly.
Replace any oil used in normal operation. If oil consumption or loss is unusually high, determine
the cause and correct.
9.02 LIEBHERR 1619

4 Maintenance notes for replacement parts

The following is to be considered when replacing drive components such as engine, gearbox or axles:
– Before start up, be sure to refill with the correct type of oil to the center of the min. - max. marks.
For type of oil, refer to the data tag and service items and lubricants.
– Conduct initial maintenance according to chapter “Maintenance intervals”; thereafter, maintain in
accordance with the specified periodic maintenance intervals.
– Observe break-in instructions, see chapter 2.02.
5 Recommendations for travel operation

NOTICE
Risk of engine damage!
If the permissible engine speed in exceeded, the engine can be seriously damaged!
Do not exceed the permissible engine rpm!
6 Disposal of fuels and lubricants

Note
Engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids, grease and fuels are dangerous waste materials!
These materials must be disposed of separately!
These materials may not be disposed of in the ground or in any bodies of waters: wastewater
systems, sewers or groundwater!
Comply with the regulations specified by local authorities before disposing of any of these items or
substances!
Note
Radiator fluid for diesel motors and heating systems are dangerous waste materials!
Undiluted antifreeze / anti-corrosion agents must be handled as dangerous waste materials!
Follow the regulations of the local authorities when disposing of used cooling fluids (mixture of
antifreeze / anti-corrosion agents solution and tap water).
7 Tires
1620 LIEBHERR 9.02

7.1 Wheel checks

DANGER
If the lock ring 2 is not properly seated in the groove, it can be violently ejected when the tire is inflated
and fatally injure personnel!
If the lock ring 2 is not correctly seated in the groove, please obtain the assistance of an
authorized and trained expert personnel!
Do not make any alteration to the tire pressure!
Visually check the side ring and lock ring 2 for correct seating!
DANGER
In the event of insufficient profile or damage to the tires, exchange tires for new ones!
Maintain correct tire pressure! See chapter 1.03.
If the tire pressure has dropped below 3 bar, the tire may only be pumped up by qualified and
trained personnel!
Replace damaged disk wheels 1 with new ones immediately!
Check depth of tread.

Check tires for damage.
Check the tire pressure.
Check wheel disks 1 for damage.
9.02 LIEBHERR 1621

7.2 Tire changes

Note
Tires may only be changed by authorized and trained specialist personnel!
This applies both to dismounting and mounting of the tire on the disk wheel 1!
For EM-tires (Earthmover tires) there is no legal specification for tire replacement due to tire aging
either from the tire manufacturer or by law. The tires must be replaced when the legally specified
minimum tire tread depth is reached.
To ensure that the tires on the crane vehicle obtain a long service life, we recommend to proceed as
follows:
Check in regular intervals:
– the tire pressure
– the tire tread depth
– the tire surface for cracks, damage or foreign particles
– the tire outer wall for cracks to damage
– the track adjustment for all axles
Note
These inspections cannot ensure that the EM-tires do not have internal, non-visible damage and
that the EM-tire cannot be used further.
The crane operator must monitor the externally recognizable condition and any changes of dynamic
behavior, such as increasing noise or vibrations. If any of these features decrease, that could be a
sign that the tire must be taken out of service.
Note
We recommend after 8 to 10 years, even if the EM-tire does not show any external damage, to
have the tires check by an authorized expert personnel of the respective tire manufacturer and to
observe the recommendations regarding continued use of the tire.
7.3 Wheel changes
7.3.1 In event of tire failure
Note
The following is to be considered in the event of tire failure!
Pay attention to road traffic when stopping!
The steering wheel could judder. Hold on to the steering wheel tightly with both hands!
Select the flattest possible surface for undertaking a wheel change! Select the site in such a way
that the road traffic is obstructed as little as possible and you will not be endangered when
changing the wheel!
Secure the vehicle and the breakdown site!
“Free-standing” crane operation is absolutely prohibited!
WARNING
Toppling wheel!
The wheel can topple over when changing the wheel and seriously injure personnel!
Secure the wheel against toppling!
Only operate the support when no wheels are leaned against a sliding beam or support cylinder!
Step away quickly if a wheel threatens to topple!
Change the wheel with the help of a second person if possible!
1622 LIEBHERR 9.02

Apply the parking brake, see chapter 3.04.

Lock the axle suspension, see chapter 3.03.
Loosen wheel lugs on the defective wheel.
DANGER
Select a support base where the mobile crane cannot topple over!
Support the mobile crane until the wheels can be changed, see chapter 3.05.
Wheels that are on their side are extremely difficult to lift up. For this reason, do not place wheels
down when changing a wheel.
Lift the spare wheel using the crane, set it down next to defective wheel and prevent it from rolling
away or toppling over.
Unscrew wheel lugs and remove defective wheel.
DANGER
Defective spare wheel!
Before mounting, visually inspect the disk wheel 1, the side ring, the clamp collar 2 and the tire!
Never mount a defective spare wheel!
Only mount wheels that are approved for the vehicle!
Mount the spare wheel.
WARNING
Risk of accident if wheel lugs are overtightened!
The tightening torque is 600 Nm!
Do not overtighten wheel lugs!
Only use wheel lugs approved by LIEBHERR-Werk Ehingen!
Re-fit wheel nuts and tighten crossways to 600 Nm.

After the first 50 and the first 100 travelled kilometres:
Ensure that wheel lugs are tight, re-tighten if necessary.
7.3.2 Rotating the wheels

Crane vehicle tires are subjected to differing loads during operation.
Tire rotation is recommended to ensure that all the vehicle's tires wear uniformly. Tires should be
rotated as soon as uneven wear patterns are detected. We recommend intervals in the range of
5000 km and 10000 km. Tires should be rotated in a crosswise pattern (see following illustrations).
The location should also be selected so that tires that are evenly worn are installed in locations where
the wear pattern is uneven.
This process has a positive impact on driving comfort and tire performance.
9.02 LIEBHERR 1623

B108267
1624 LIEBHERR 9.02

B108268
9.02 LIEBHERR 1625

B108269
1626 LIEBHERR 9.02

B108270
9.02 LIEBHERR 1627

1628 LIEBHERR
Index
Assembling the telescopic boom 1053, 1067
1 Assembly by closing the lattice jib 845
12x8 drive 33 Assembly / disassembly 753
Assembly / disassembly of booms 755
Assembly of boom nose 1033
A Assembly of counterweight 673
Aborting telescoping 623 Assembly of eccentric 1193
Access into the automatic lubrication (intermediate Assembly of guyed fixed lattice jib 1005
lubr 1375 Assembly of guyed luffing lattice jib 955
Activating / deactivating the guy winches 921 Assembly of lattice jib 783
Adding the transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle Assembly of lattice sections for lattice mast
5 271 cranes 769
Adding transverse differential lock Axle 1 271 Assembly of lattice sections for telescopic
Air conditioning system* operation 1235, 1249 cranes 757
Air filter 1317, 1359 Assembly of luffing lattice jib 827
Air dryer of the compressed air system of the crane Assembly of the fixed lattice jib 787
superstructure 1389 Assembly of TN/TF-adapter 1187
Additional counterweight 33 Assembly of TY-guying 909
Additional equipment 1215 Assembly winch 2 1019
Additional equipment 33 Assembly winch, illustration 2 1383
Additional shut offs of LICCON overload Assembly with NA-frame 3 837
protection 1453, 1471 Assembly without NA-frame 3 829
Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch
g 269 weight 647
Adjusting the consoles 539 Attaching the hoist limit switch weight 647
Adjusting the crane operator's seat 537 Attaching the load 703
Adjusting the “lower” / “upper” air distribution 1243 Attachment and fastening points on the coun-
Adjusting the mirror 207 terweights 143
Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air 1241 Attachment / fastening points points on the
Adjusting the driver's seat 203 TY-guying 145
Adjusting the steering wheel 207 Attachment points 1187
Adjusting the track width on the pulley cart 1211 Automatic transmission 239
Alarm functions 441 Automatic transmission with torque converter cou-
All wheel steering 278 pling 1321
Angle settings 801 Auxiliary pulley* 717
Angular pull 705 Auxiliary rope winches for assembly support of
Antifall guards on the crane 127 components 747
Appendix 1 1591 Axle casings 1345
Appendix 2 1593 Axle loads above 12 t 221
Appendix 3 1595 Axle loads 37
Appendix 4 1595 Axle loads up to 12 t 221
Appendix 1566 Axle loads when driving with installed
Are acoustical / visual warnings issued? 1440, 1458 TY-guying 907
Assembling a double hook block for individual Axles, for drive 12x6 31
operation 1081 Axles 1345
Assembling a double hook block for parallel Axle suspension system 212
operation 1091
Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock 651 B
Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines 775 Ball valve positions during emergency
Assembling the change over pulleys 919 operation 1283
Assembling the change over pulleys on the Battery maintenance 1349
retainers 941 Before leaving the jobsite 347
Assembling the fixed lattice jib 791 Before starting to travel 196
Assembling the hook blocks 1081, 1091 Bleeding the central lubrication system 1377
Assembling the hook device on the ladder 131 Bleeding the heating system 1274
Assembling the lattice jib 1007 Bleeding the injection lines 1355
Assembling the single hook block 1103 Bleeding the transmission 1327
Assembling the telescopic boom 1051, 1065 Blocking the winch 595
LIEBHERR 1629
Index
Block position of relapse cylinders when setting Checking the oil level at automatic
down a 746 transmission 1321
Block the axle suspension 213 Checking the oil level 1329, 1361, 1385, 1387
Block winch 383 Checking the oil level of torque converter
Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 1138 coupling 1323
Bluetooth™ Terminal 1425 Checking the prerequisites 776
Boom nose 1032 Checking the replenishing pressure with “luffing
Boom nose* 57 lattice 1613
Brakes 31 Checking the replenishing pressure with the “tele-
Breaking away fixed loads 707 scopic 1613
Breaking in the brake linings 59 Checking the retaining elements 743
Break-in instructions 58 Checking the ropes 743
Break-in instructions 59 Checking the safety measures 94
Bringing the guy rods into transport position 945 Checking the tires 197, 1343
BTT (Bluetooth™ Terminal) 207 Checking the vent / breather filter 1363
Bypassing the overload protection 751 Checking the wheel alignment 1347
Checking the window cleaning fluid 535
C Checks before starting to work with the crane 700
Checks before start up 533, 1619
Camera monitoring 367
Checks to be performed 347
Care instructions for the driver's cab and the crane
Check the relapse cylinders for visible defects 1561
ope 1290
Cleaning and care of the crane 1290
Carry out error diagnostics 1433
Command and prohibition signs 117
Catch bar 571
Command sign 117
Central lubrication system 1373
Completing emergency operation 1285
Changing between operating modes 278
Components fixed lattice jib 27
Changing from crane operation to travel mode 289
Components 1003, 1073
Changing from travel mode to crane operation 285
Components luffing lattice jib 29
Changing the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) from
Components of fixed lattice jib 779
driving to c 1185
Components of luffing lattice jib, illustration 1 819
Changing the idling speed 231
Components of pulley cart 1211
Changing the mechanical lattice jib 809
Components of the N-assembly unit, illustration
Changing the mechanical lattice jib to 0° 809
2 819
Changing the oil 1331, 1361, 1387
Components of the system 1373
Changing the oil in the automatic transmission 1321
Components TY-guying 903
Changing the oil on the torque converter
Components TYVEN-operation 951
coupling 1325
Compressed air and brake system air dryer 1343
Changing the pressure filter 1327
Condition before installing 1577
Changing the wheel 1343
Condition of equipment that is functionally asso-
Changing to operating screen “button test”, see
ciated with the rope 1583
illustra 1185
Connecting the supply lines between the turntable
Changing to “system screen”, see illustration 1 1185
and th 1055, 1071
Checking general condition of the crane 535
Consideration of wind conditions 108
Checking main controls 211
Control elements DTCO trip recorder* 181
Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse
Control 32
cylinder 1613
Control measures - crawler cranes 746
Checking the accumulator pressure in relapse
Control measures - mobile cranes 745
cylinder 477
Control of crane movement “Telescoping” 613
Checking the brake disks 1602
Control panel counterweight 407
Checking the brake pads 1601
Control release 571
Checking the central lubrication system 535
Coolant Engine cooling 1317
Checking the coolant level 197, 533
Cornering and shunting 171
Checking the fuel level 197, 533
Counterweight combinations 655
Checking the gas pressure and oil fill 1561
Counterweight frame, illustration 1 39
Checking the general transport condition 199
Counterweight 654
Checking the horn 549
Counterweight 33, 95
Checking the instruments after starting the
Counterweight plate, illustration 2 39
engine 227, 555
Counterweight plate, illustration 4 39
Checking the lights 201
Counterweight with replacement weight, illustra-
Checking the oil level and filters 197, 535
1630 LIEBHERR
Index
tion 20 45
Counterweight with winch 2 and pulley block, D
illustrat 45 Description of crane 21
Coupling and decoupling the dolly to/from the Diaphragm reservoirs 1365
crane 165 Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle
Crab steering 279 blocking 1337
Cracks and dents 1615 Diesel engine 1315, 1353
Crane alignment 94 Diesel particle filter* 1317, 1359
Crane at the job site 281 Differential locks 269
Crane chassis 31 Dimensions 35
Crane chassis 23 Dimensions 905
Crane chassis maintenance and inspection Dimensions support base 35
plan 1295 Dimensions support pad 35
Crane chassis operation 175 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib 815
Crane components 23 Disassembling the hook block 1087, 1097
Crane engine 32 Disassembling the lattice jib 1015
Crane geometry and load information 435 Disassembling the single hook block 1107
Crane movement - Telescoping 701 Disassembling the telescopic boom 1047, 1061
Crane operation 572 Disassembling the wedge lock 651
Crane operation 707, 875, 981, 1009 Disassembly of counterweight 687
Crane operation 97 Disassembly of guyed fixed lattice jib 1013
Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 100 Disassembly of telescopic boom 1045, 1059
Crane operation in operating mode TY 935 Disassembly of the fixed lattice jib 811
Crane operation with a load 95 Disassembly of the guyed luffing lattice jib 999
Crane operation with auxiliary block* 653 Disassembly of the luffing lattice jib 885
Crane operation with auxiliary block* on the tele- Disassembly of the sliding beams 1075
scopic boom 653 Disassembly of the TN/TF-adapter 1191
Crane operation with placed guy rods 748 Disassembly of TY-guying 937
Crane operator's cab 32 Disassembly winch 2 1027
Crane operator's cab with incline adjustment 65 Disassembly with NA-frame 3 897
Crane operator's cab with retractable / extendable Disassembly without NA-frame 3 891
step 65 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turn-
Crane drive 32 table and 1045, 1059, 1113
Crane speeds 47 Displays in “Crane operation” program 499
Crane start up and taking the crane out of Display unit 189
service 532 Disposal of fuels and lubricants 1620
Crane superstructure 32 Documenting the inspections in writing 163
Crane superstructure 573 Does the touch display remain dark? 1431
Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection Dolly 173
schedule 1305 Driver's cab 32
Cranes with one engine 1421 Driving on inclines and slopes 169
Cranes with two engines 1423 Driving speed 231
Crane vehicle axles blocked 213 Driving speeds with 385/95 R 25 tires 46
Crane vehicle axles suspended 213 Driving speeds with 445 / 95 R 25 and 525 / 80 R
Cycle control 1375 25 tire 46
Driving the crane on the transport vehicle 353
DTCO trip recorder* 209
Ductile distortion 1615
Damaged paint 1615
Danger of being crushed! 707
Danger of burns (position 29) 113
“ Dangerous conditions without shut off 746
“Configuration” program 415 Danger zone of crane 63
“Configuration” program areas 417
“Crane operation” program 433
“Pairing” of the BTB and the BTT 1143 E
“Power Plus” rapid gear 577 Emergency exit 67
“Tele guying* ” program 517 Emergency exit - driver's cab 67
“Telescoping” program 495 EMERGENCY OFF switch* 571
“Winch display” icon 479 Emergency operation with driving motor 1281
LIEBHERR 1631
Index
Emergency take-down 1280

Endangering air traffic 101 F
Engine coolant 1359 Fall arrest equipment on the TF-adapter 149
Engine 31 Fall arrest equipment on the TY-guying 145
Engine oil 1315, 1353 Fall arresters on the crane superstructure 137
Engine RPM 575 Fan / blower adjustment 1247
Ending crane operation 110 Fastening and hook points on the telescopic
Ending crane operation 110 boom 133
Ending travel 267 Fastening points 665, 781, 821, 905, 1017, 1193
Equalizing the incline position of the Fastening points on the N-assembly unit, illustra-
counterweight 685 tion 1 153
Equipment 741 Fastening points on the TF-adapter 149
Erecting or placing down the TY-frames 927 Fastening points on the TN/TF-adapter 147
Erecting the boom 805 Fastening the seat belt 207
Erecting the boom 1007 Filling the grease container 1377
Erecting the eccentric with the auxiliary crane and Filling the lubrication lines 1377
pinn 1201 Fill quantities crane chassis 1393
Erection, angled with or without NA-frame 3 967 Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom 1395
Erection, angled without NA-frame 3 869 Fill quantities - Equipment 1397
Erection and take-down charts for TN Fill quantities 1393
operation 1125, 1128 Fill quantities, lubrication chart 1392
Erection and take-down charts for TYVEN Final tasks 949, 1049, 1055, 1063, 1071, 1117
operation 1131, 1133, 1135 Fixed lattice jib, guyed 1002
Erection and take-down charts 1124 Fixed lattice jib - TF 777
Erection and take-down charts 863 Flying assembly of lattice jib 851, 959
Erection and take down charts 961 Folding the rope pulley into operating position,
Erection, folded down or folded under with NA- illustr 1035
frame 3 973 Folding the TY-frames out or in 931
Erection 863, 961 Fold the rope pulley to transport position,
Erection stretched with or without NA-frame 3, illustration 1039
illustra 963 Footboard 543
Erection stretched without NA-frame 3, illustrations For cranes with pneumatic boom locking
1 865 system 1561
Erection / take down for crawler cranes 776 For cranes with telescopic boom system
Erection / take down for mobile cranes 776 Telematik 1561
Erection / take down 775 Frame 31, 32
Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Fuel pre-filter 1319
Service 1433 Function and performance test 1599
Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Function check 1037, 1375
Service 1433 Function check of electrical connection 797, 857
Establishing the electrical connections 797, 857 Function check of limit switch initiators on the
Establishing the supply lines between the turntable mechani 1611
and 1071, 1123 Function test 1599
Establishing the supply lines for winch 2 1021 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the boom 131
Exhaust systems and other heated crane compo- Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the counter-
nents 63 weight frame 141
Extending support cylinders from the crane cab 335 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the N-assembly
Extending the sliding beams from the crane unit 153
operator's ca 329 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the TN/TF-
Extending the sliding beam with the BTT 297 adapter 147
Extending the support cylinder using the BTT 305 Fall arrest equipment on counterweights 143
Electrical connections 797
Electrical system 32, 33
Electrical system - Lighting 1349, 1389
G
General notes 1617
Emergency control 1281
General operating elements 177
Emergency exit - crane operator's cab 67
General operating elements 397
General safety technical guidelines 62
General safety technical notes for driving with
dolly 164
1632 LIEBHERR
Index
General towing regulations 349 Indicator lights on the BKE “652” 399
Grounding 99 In-line filter in crane hydraulics 1365
Grounding the crane 99 Inspecting load hooks 1559
Grounding the load 100 Inspecting the cable pulleys 1562
Grounding the mobile crane 195 Inspecting the hoist and luffing winches 1547
Guiding the load 707 Inspecting the mounting of the load bearing
Guying the TY-frames 933 equipment 1562
Guy points and guy angle 903 Inspecting the oil and fuel reservoirs 1565
Guy rods 748 Inspecting the overload protection operation 1562
Guy winches 1385 Inspecting the roller slewing ring 1562
Gear 31 Inspecting the rope feed mechanics in the tele-
General checks before starting to travel 197 scopic boom 1559
General 63, 283, 409, 565, 573, 655, 711, 717, 779, Inspection according to ISO 4309 1578
819, 903, 951, 1003, 1017, 1033, 1043, 1057, 1073, Inspection and maintenance of guy rods 1614
1111, 1187, 1193, 1211, 1277, 1289, 1479, 1599, Inspection and monitoring procedure 1559
1615 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse
General 69, 74, 275, 291, 327, 615, 707, 907, 1145, cylinder 1612
1237, 1281, 1587 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially
Generally valid instructions: 98 steel structures 1480
Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration
2 1565
H Inspection of crane wire ropes 1576
Heater operation 1217 Inspection of disk wheels 1546
Heating the crane cab 1237 Inspection of lattice sections 1543
Heating the driver's cab 1217 Inspection of locking system of telescopic
Height of vehicle 167 boom 1561
Hoist gear 1 and 2, illustration 1 1381 Inspection of membrane accumulator 1561
Hoist gear 32 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for disk
Hoist gear, hoist rope 96 brakes 1597
Hoisting heights 47 Inspection of relapse cylinders 1561
Hoist limit switch 1037 Inspection of retaining ropes and anchor points 163
Hoist limit switch “Hoist top” 569 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse
Hook block overview 1079 supports 1605
Hook blocks 1078 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, towing
Hydraulic cylinder 1291 winch and spare wheel winch 1565
Hydraulic hose lines 1337, 1366 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse
Hydraulic safety valves 571 cylinders 1562
Hydraulic system 1333, 1363 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric,
Hydraulic tank 1333, 1363 illustration 1 1565
Hanging the luffing cylinder onto the auxiliary Inspection of tire pressure 1545
crane 1111 Inspection of tires and disk wheels 1545
Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary Inspection of tires 1545
crane 1043, 1057 Inspection procedures 744
Hand signals for guidance 107 Inspection recommendations for periodic inspec-
Have the hydraulic, electric or engine failed? 1423 tions of 1566
Heater / engine pre-heating 1216 Inspections 1547
Inspections of cranes 1477
I Installation 1577
Installation of luffing cylinder 1119
Identification of support cylinder
Installation of the sliding beams 1077
“3” (position 86) 124
Installing the eccentric on the telescopic boom
extensio 1195
“4” (position 87) 124
Installing the equipment, illustration 1 to 4 957
Implementing speed reduction 515
Installing the hoist rope 855
Important information 1141
Installing the ladder in position for installation /
Important indicator instruments while driving 253
re 141
Important service tasks 1619
Installing the ladder in transport position,
In addition, the following applies for Germany: 99
illustratio 141
Independent steering 279
Installing the luffing cylinder 1121
Index 1629
LIEBHERR 1633
Index
Installing the pipe in transport position, Lubricate the rotary connection 1371
illustration 141 Lubricating the gear ring and the slewing gear
Installing the pulley cart 1213 pinion 1371
Installing the retaining ropes 1047 Lubricating the telescopic boom 1391
Installing the sliding beam 1077 Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis 1399
Installing the telescopic boom extension on the Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and
TN/TF-ad 1197 boom 1401
Installing the TN-pulley block on winch 2 1019 Lubrication schedule - Equipment 1403
Installing the TN/TF-adapter with the auxiliary Lubrication schedule 1399
crane 1189 Luffing cylinder removal / installation with auxiliary
Installing the TY-frames on the transport device 357 crane 1110
Installing the wedge lock 651 Luffing 583
Installing winch 2 on the counterweight frame 1021 Luffing gear 32
Instructions for sound damping Luffing lattice jib 1607
(soundproofing) 1290 Luffing lattice jib, guyed 950
Intermediate lubrication 1375 Luffing lattice jib “lowest position” 1609
Intermediate sections 12 m, illustration 18 45 Luffing lattice jib “steepest position” 1607
Intermediate sections 6 m, illustration 17 45 Luffing lattice jib -TN 818
Internal inspection of the wheel brake 1601 Luffing the luffing lattice jib 587
Interruption of crane operation 109 Luffing the telescopic boom 583
Interruption of crane operation 109 Luffing the telescopic boom down 807, 1011
Introduction 1577 Luffing the telescopic boom up 805
Is a limit switch defective? 1439 Ladder on the N-assembly unit 153
Is a sensor defective? 1437 Ladder on TN/TF adapter 147
Is telescoping not possible? 1431 Lattice jibs 33
Is the electrical connection of a cable drum Levelling instruments 565
interrupted 1435 Level regulation from the driver's cab 215
Is the LICCON monitor defective? 1435
Identification of sliding beam (position 90) 124
M
Maintenance guidelines - Crane
superstructure 1352
Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1294
“1” (position 84) 123
Maintenance notes for replacement parts 1620
Maintenance work on the crane superstructure or
“2” (position 85) 124
boom 1291
Manual telescoping 625
J Master switch assignment for cranes with TY-
Job planning 60 guying 379
Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes 102 Master switch configuration for cranes with two
winches 371
K Measures before tilting 1349
Measures for defective components 1435
Keyboard 185
Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane
with CE mark) 1440
L Measures for shut off of crane movement (Crane
Level regulation 215 without CE mark) 1458
LICCON computer system after engine start 561 Measures in clear problem cases 1421
LICCON computer system boot up 411 Measures to take during work stoppage or
LICCON computer system 408 transport 1291
LICCON computer system 565, 581 Mechanically adjust the angle of the lattice jib 801
LICCON monitor 1427 Menu “Air conditioning settings” 1237
LIEBHERR Service for you 1289 Menu “Assembly functions” on BTT 1177
Lifting / lowering 591 Menu “Climate control settings for auxiliary
Lifting / lowering winch 1 591 heater” * 1155
Lifting / lowering winch 2 593 Menu “Engine operation chassis” on BTT 1161
Lifting of personnel 98 Menu “Engine operation superstructure” on
Lifting the load 705 BTT 1165
Limit switch winch spooled out 569 Menu “Incline indicator” on BTT 1157
Load tackle 45 Menu “Kilometer display and operating hours” on
1634 LIEBHERR
Index
BTT 1153 Operating elements on control consoles 369

Menu “Sliding beam movement” on the BTT 1173 Operating elements on control platform 363
Menu “Support” on BTT 1169 Operating elements on the control panel 407
Method of operation of sliding beam Operating elements on the operating and control
monitoring 1279 unit (BKE) 399
Minimum rope reeving and minimum hook block Operating elements pedals 363
weight 1125 Operating instructions chassis (position 16) 121
Mixing battery acid 1350 Operating instructions for cranes (position 13) 121
Monitored auxiliary functions for crane Operating interface “Adjustment window” 509
operation 463 Operating interface Tele guying* 517
Monitoring functions during crane operation 455 Operating keys on the BKE “653” 400
Movement on the crane 63 Operating keys on the BKE for release control
Moving support plates to transport position and “654” 403
securing 325, 345 Operating keys on the BKE (optional) “653” * 403
Moving the support plates from operating position Operating screen “Button test” 1151
(illus 287 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater
Moving the support plates from transport position for en 1231
(illus 287 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary
Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 1303 heater* 1225
Maintenance and inspection guidelines 1292 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary
Maintenance and service - General 1288 heater 1261
Maintenance 69, 1577 Operating the left touch display 1239
Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 1314 Operating the windshield wiper / washer
system 547
Operation Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 1181
N Operation of crane superstructure 361
NI-intermediate section 12 m, illustration 15 43 Operations with a boom extension (folding jib,
NI-intermediate section 6 m, illustration 14 43 auxiliary 715
NI-reducer section, illustration 13 43 Operations with a boom nose* on the lattice jib 713
Non-rotation free ropes and their rope end connec- Operations with a boom nose* on the telescopic
tions 1584 boom 711
Note for speed limiter (position 50) 123 Other operating elements 489
Notice sign for refueling (position 49) 123 Outrigger supports 31
Notice sign for vehicle height (position 19) 121 Overflow container, illustration 3 1381
Notice signs 121 Overload protection 566
Numbering of sliding beams with support Overload protection (load moment limiter) 409
cylinder 283 Overview of guy rods to pulley block 825, 953
NA-intermediate section 12 m, illustration 12 43 Overview of displays and component groups for
NA-intermediate section 6 m, illustration 11 43 error diag 1419
N-assembly unit, illustration 6 41 Obligations of the crane operator 80
National traffic regulations 57 Oil change 1383, 1385
N-end section, illustration 10 41 On road driving 278
Opening or closing the latches 925
O Opening the crane operator's cab window 549
Operating and control instruments Bluetooth™
Terminal (BTT) 1139 P
Operating and control instruments 363 Periodic crane inspections 1478
Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane Permissible ground pressures 88
chassis 176 Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes 89
Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes 89
superstructure 362 Personal protective equipment 129
Operating behavior of steel ropes 1583 Personal protective equipment 77
Operating console 399 Pinning the counterweight frame to the
Operating elements camera monitoring* 183 turntable 683
Operating elements, General 365 Pinning the eccentric with the TY-guying and
Operating elements in the side console 397 erecting it 1199
Operating elements of the LICCON computer Pinning the TN-control winch 1023
system 413 Pinning the TY-frame to the telescopic boom 913
Operating elements on camera-monitor* 367 Pin the TN-control winch in “lower position” 1025
LIEBHERR 1635
Index
Pin the TN-control winch in “upper position” 1023 Reeving the auxiliary rope 719
Placing the counterweight 677 Reeving the hoist rope for luffing lattice jib 721
Placing the counterweight on the crane Reeving the hook block in and out 637
chassis 675, 689 Reeving the telescopic boom 721
Placing the counterweight on the transportation Reinstalling the drive shaft after tilting the cab 1349
vehicle 697 Release the supply lines for winch 2 1027
Placing the eccentric down without the auxiliary Releasing the counterweight 691
crane a 1203 Releasing the electrical connections 813, 887
Placing the hoist rope 743 Releasing the TY-frames 939
Placing the TY-frame on the transporter 949 Removal of luffing cylinder 1113
Placing the TY-frames in the receptacles 911 Removal of the boom nose 1039
Planning crane operation 61 Removal of the eccentric 1203
Pneumatic springs for assembly support of compo- Removal of the guy rods, illustrations 1 to 3 889
nents 747 Removing and recharging the battery 1350
Positioning the guy rods into operating position 915 Removing the counterweight plates 693
Positioning the lattice jib 803 Removing the eccentric on the telescopic boom
Parking brake 233 extension 1209
Power-Save and Stand-by mode in the LICCON Removing the equipment, illustration 1 to 4 1001
computer system 525 Removing the hoist limit switch weight 649
Preheating the hydraulic oil* 551 Removing the load hook* 645
Preparatory work 911 Removing the luffing cylinder 1115
Preparing the crane 1279 Removing the N-assembly unit 901
Prerequisites for crane operation TY-guying 935 Removing the pulley cart 1213
Prerequisites for erection 863, 961 Removing the retaining ropes 1051
Pre-selecting of slewing speed 605 Removing the sliding beam 1075
Pressure filter in crane hydraulic 1365 Removing the telescopic boom extension from the
Procedure for fogged windows 1259 TN/TF-ad 1207
Procedure in case of problems 1416 Removing the TN-pulley block on the counterweight
Procedure to follow in case of an error 1279 frame 1031
Procedure to follow in case of a problem 1417 Removing the TN/TF-adapter with the auxiliary
Procedure to follow in case of a problem 1417 crane 1191
Procedure with installed TY-guying 907 Removing the TY-frames on the transport
Prohibition signs 118 device 357
Product description 30 Removing winch 2 on the counterweight frame 1029
Pulley cart 1210 Repair and maintenance tasks 1619
Pulley cart, illustration 16 45 Repair welds 1482
Pump distributor gear 1361 Repeat inspection of guy rods 1615
Pump operating period on the central lubricating Replacing retaining ropes subjected by a fall 163
system 1373 Replacing the granular cartridge 1343, 1389
Parking brake - Slewing gear 609 Replacing the suction filter 1327
Parking the vehicle 111 Requirements for monitoring the winches 1548
Performance test 1600 Requirements of the crane operator 74
Retaining ropes as fall arrest equipment 157
R Retaining ropes on the N-assembly unit 159
Retaining ropes on the telescopic boom extension
Radio remote control (position 28) 122
with e 161
Ram work or pulling sheet piles 708
Retaining ropes on the telescopic boom 157
Read the operating instructions (position 35) 122
Retarder 235
Receptacle plate, illustration 3 39
Retracting sliding beams from the crane cab 345
Recommendations for travel operation 1620
Retracting support cylinders from crane driver's
Reeving for N-head with fixed lattice jib 739
cab 341
Reeving for N-head with luffing lattice jib 735
Retracting the sliding beam using the BTT 319
Reeving in the hoist rope 795, 1037
Retracting the support cylinders with the BTT 313
Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly
Reduced sheer out rate 279
winch* 633
Reduction of load carrying capacity with placed guy
Reeving in the hook block 637
rod 748
Reeving plans 716
Rope end connections 631
Reeving plans 723
Rope diameter 37
Reeving plan Telescopic boom 723
Rope inspection log 1583
Reeving procedure 633
1636 LIEBHERR
Index
Rope pulleys 743 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 88

Rope reeving 630 Special functions 453
Rope reeving 653 Speeds 46
Rope storage and marking 1583 Spooling the assembly winch up / out 599
Rotary connection 1371 Spooling the guy winch up / out 597
Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connec- Stabilizers 35
tions 1583 Stand-by mode 529, 581
Railing and pedestal on the left of the crane Starting and stopping the engine 223
superstruc 137 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine 553
Railing on the N-assembly unit 155 Starting crane operation 983, 1009
Railings on the right of the crane superstructure 139 Starting / stopping the program 501
Starting superstructure engine from the crane
S operator's 553
Starting the engine 223
Safety 55
Starting the program 495, 499
Safety guidelines for ladders 69
Start screen 1147
Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V
Steering 275
AC) 100
Steering 31
Safety signs on the ladders 71
Stretching 1615
Safety systems 571
Supplementary service work 1618
Safety systems 565
Support bases 1277
Safety technical guidelines for assembly and
Support forces 35
disassembly 742
Supporting from the crane operator's cab 327
Securing and removing the load hook* 643
Supporting 93
Securing the counterweight 681
Support plates, illustration 3 287
Securing the crane 353
Suspension 31
Securing the ladder in transport position 135
Suspension path and incline 35
Securing the load hook* 643
Swinging the assembly winch into position “luffing
Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 85
latti 719
Selecting the new configuration and hoist rope
Swinging the assembly winch into position “Reeving
reeving 563
the t 719
Selecting the operating location 283
Swinging the pipe in position for installation /
Selecting the telescoping target 617
remova 141
Service and maintenance 1287
Swinging the railing in position for installation /
Service brake 233
rem 141
Service fluids and lubricants 1406
Swinging the railing into transport position,
Service items and lubricants (continuation) 1408,
illustrati 141
1409, 1410, 1411, 1412, 1413, 1414, 1415
Swinging the rope guide pulley on the TF-adapter
Service items and lubricants 1407
into op 789
Service items and lubricants required for
Swinging the rope guide pulley on the TF-adapter
LIEBHERR cranes 1407
into tr 817
Settings window “Speed reduction master
Swinging the supports into the assembly
switch” 509
position 943
Setting the cycles and cycle time 1373
Swinging the supports into the transport
Setting the operating mode and equipment configu-
position 917
ration 415
Swing the boom nose into operating position,
Setting the support bases 1277
illustratio 1033
Showing adjustment window “Speed reduction
Switching the slewing gear to coasting 611
master switch 513
Swiveling boom nose into transport position,
Signs on the crane 112
illustratio 1041
Single hook block 1103
System screen 1149
Single hook operation 1037
Safety equipment 564
Slewing gear brake 607
Safety devices 33
Slewing gear 1387
Safety devices on the crane 569
Slewing gear 32, 607
Slewing range (position 41) 114
Sliding beam disassembly/assembly 1072 T
Sliding beam monitoring function and error display Take down folded down or folded under with
in cr 1279 NA-frame 3, 993
Sliding beam monitoring 1276 Take down 877, 985
LIEBHERR 1637
Index
Take down stretched with or without NA-frame 3, Tilt play of roller ring connection 1371
illustr 985 Tire changes 1622
Take down stretched without NA-frame 3, illustra- Tires 36, 1620
tions 1 877 Tires 31, 33
Taking on a load 703 Tires / wheels 1343
Taking over the previously selected configuration Tires with “speed symbol E” 36
and ho 561 Tires with “speed symbol F” 36
Taking the boom down 807, 1011 TN-operation, “angled” erect on support base of
Taking up crane operation again 110 8.9 m 1125, 1126, 1127
Taking up crane operation again 110 TN-operation, “stretched” erect on support base of
Technical data 34 8.9 1128, 1129, 1130
Technical safety instructions for working with a TN/TF adapter 1186
load 699 TN/TF-adapter, illustration 7 41
Take down angled with or without NA-frame 3, Touch displays 369
illustrati 989 Towing 349
Telescope the telescopic boom in 1011 Towing the crane 348
Telescopic boom extension, illustration 9 41 Towing with a defective engine and / or trans-
Telescopic boom extension with eccentric 1192 mission 349
Telescopic boom extension with eccentric 33 Towing with an intact engine 349
Telescopic boom 1391 Traffic regulations 56
Telescopic boom 25, 33 Traffic regulations 57
Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 902 Transfer gearbox 1329
Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing Transporting components 746
cylinder on the crane superstructure 1042 Transporting lattice sections 747
Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly, luffing Transporting the crane 351
cylinder on the telescopic boom 1056 Transporting the crane safely 351
Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on Transporting the TY-frames with transport
one si 700 device 359
Telescoping 613 Transporting the TY-guying 357
Telescoping 875 Transport of crane and crane components 350
Take down angled without NA-frame 3, illustrations Travel conditions of the crane 221
1 to 881 Travel 231
Telescoping the telescopic boom 1009 Travel operation 220
Telescoping the telescopic boom in / out 929 Travel operation with dolly 165
Telescoping to the selected target 621 Troubleshooting on the central lubrication
Telescoping using the operating screen 623 system 1379
Telescoping with hanging lattice jib 983 Turning 605
Telescoping with luffed up lattice jib 981 Turning out extremely rotation-resistant hoist
Tempomat 259 ropes 1587
Temposet 263 Turning / driving in reverse 110
Terminology 22 Turning the axle suspension on 213
TF-adapter, illustration 8 41 Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via
The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) 291 “ignition O 1181
The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) is plugged into the Turning the Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) on via the
instrument console 1153 ON / 1183
The Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT) removed from its Turning the crane superstructure 605
charging cradle 1159 Turning the engine off 229
The crane engine is running 581 Turning the heater on 1251
The function key line (crane operation) 485 Turning the heater / ventilation on 207
The LICCON overload protection has turned the Turning the heater / ventilation on 543
crane oper 1445, 1463 Turning the hydraulic oil preheating on 551
The menu overview 1159 Turning the differential locks off 273
The menus (operating functions) 385 Turning the sliding beam illumination on 325
The Power-Save mode 525 Turning the sliding beam illumination on / off 347
The “Support force monitoring” program* 501 Turning the superstructure engine off 559
The vehicle swings out (position 27) 122 Turning the turntable by 180° to the front 1051,
The “Working range limitation” program* 499 1065
Tilting the crane cab* 545 Turning the turntable by 180° to the front. 1119
Tilting the driver's cab 1349 Turning the turntable by 180° to the rear 1049,
1638 LIEBHERR
Index
1063, 1117 Warning of crushing danger (position 14) 113

Turntable 23 Warning of fatal electric shock (position 33) 122
Twisting caused by stretching in rotation-resistant Warning of high voltage (position 40) 114
ropes and its remedy 1587 Warning of rotating parts (position 31) 114
Two hook operation 709 Warning of suspended load (position 11) 113
TY-guying 33 Warning signs 113
TY-guying, illustration 5 39 Warranted maximum sound output level (posi-
TYVEN-operation “angled” erect on support base of tion 77) 123
8.9 1135, 1136 Wear 1615
TYVEN-operation, “folded down” erect on support Weight 905, 1017, 1187, 1193, 1211
base of 1131, 1132 Weights and fastening points 951, 1003
TYVEN-operation “stretched” erect on support base Weights 37, 748
of 8. 1133, 1134 Weights 665
Take-down criteria 1580 Weights Sliding beams 1073
Welding work on the load 100
U Wheel alignment 1347
Wheel changes 1622
Unpinning the eccentric on the TY-guying and
Wheel checks 1621
placing it 1205
Wheel hubs 1347
Unpinning the TY-frame with the telescopic
Which data is required by Liebherr Service? 1419
boom 947
Winch 2 1016
Unreeving the hoist rope 811
Winch 2 with pulley block 33
Unreeving the hook block 641
Winch brake 1383
User interface 495, 499, 503
Winch 1381
Unloading the crane safely 355
Waiting for the boot up phase 561
Wind warning device 569
V Wire rope 1577
Vibration sensor 579 Wire ropes and rope end connections 631, 1583
Vibrations 36 Wire ropes 631, 1596
Visual check for damage 700 Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission
Visual inspection 1599 line 708
Working in the vicinity of transmitters 105
W Working lengths 779
Warning marks “left” (position 3) 121 Working with a load 698
Warning marks “left” (position 98) 125 Working with sliding beam monitoring 1279
Warning marks “right” (position 4) 121 Work on the crane superstructure or boom 79
Warning marks “right” (position 99) 125 Workplace-related emission value 36
Warning notes 1292 Work station - Crane operator's cab 537
Warning of crushing danger for hands Work station - Driver's cab 203
(position 32) 114
LIEBHERR 1639

Liebherr LTM 1400nx Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Liebherr LTM 1400nx Operating Instructions

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LIEBHERR

Mobile crane with telescopic boom

ORIGINAL OPERATING MANUAL

The operating manual is part of the crane!

It must always be available within reach!

The traffic regulations and those for crane operation

Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH

Warn- Signal word Explanation

CAUTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to slight or

ATTENTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to property damage if it

Sign Signal word Explanation

Definition of directional data

1.00 Description of crane 21

1.02 Product description 30

1.03 Technical data 34

2 Suspension path and incline 35

5 Workplace-related emission value 36

2.01 Traffic regulations 56

2.02 Break-in instructions 58

2.03 Job planning 60

1 Planning crane operation 61

2.04 General safety technical guidelines 62

3 Safety guidelines for ladders 69

4 Requirements of the crane operator 74

5 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 85

6 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 88

7 Permissible ground pressures 88

9 Checking the safety measures 94

10 Crane operation with a load 95

13 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 100

14 Welding work on the load 100

15 Safety instructions for external power supply (230 V AC) 100

16 Endangering air traffic 101

17 Joint lifting of a load by numerous cranes 102

18 Working in the vicinity of transmitters 105

19 Hand signals for guidance 107

20 Consideration of wind conditions 108

21 Interruption of crane operation 109

22 Taking up crane operation again 110

23 Ending crane operation 110

24 Turning / driving in reverse 110

25 Parking the vehicle 111

2.05 Signs on the crane 112

1 Warning signs 113

2 Command and prohibition signs 117

3 Notice signs 121

2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 127

1 Personal protective equipment 129

2 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the boom 131

3 Fall arresters on the crane superstructure 137

4 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the counterweight frame 141

5 Fall arrest equipment on counterweights 143

6 Fall arrest equipment on the TY-guying 145

7 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the TN/TF-adapter 147

8 Fall arrest equipment on the TF-adapter 149

9 Fall arrest equipment and ladder on the N-assembly unit 153

10 Retaining ropes as fall arrest equipment 157

1 Travel operation with dolly 165

3.00 Crane chassis operation 175

3.01 Operating and monitoring instruments on the crane chassis 176

1 General operating elements 177

2 Control elements DTCO trip recorder* 181

3 Operating elements camera monitoring* 183